KWF Blogs

var addthis_config = {"data_track_clickback":true};

[kwfblogs]

KWF WrestleMania: 31st March 2013 – MetLife Stadium. East Rutherford, NJ.

We come in via a Live panning shot of the audience here in the MetLife Stadium. We hear Justin Roberts’ voice: “Ladies and gentlemen, Mister Phillip Phillips.” The crowd holler and applaud as they stand as one and we zoom in on American Idol season 11 winner Phillip Phillips on the WrestleMania stage. He performs an acoustic guitar version of the ♫United States National Anthem♫ <<< click to listen) and as he finishes we watch as five jets fly over the stadium pouring colored smoke, the same colors of the United States flag. Mr. Phillips stands to take in the round of applause and we hear William Regal and Hall of Famer Jim Ross on commentary. Regal: “This guy’s like a male version of Enrique Iglesias.” JR chuckles. The crowd are excited and there’s an atmosphere of anticipation as we get set for KWF’s last ever show.

We fade into WrestleMania’s opening video, a montage of the memories collected through KWF Blogs during its tenure and we’re reminded of the musical acts that have been a part of the product as well. We see original superstars, characters taken from Marvel and DC and we take in the glamour of KWF Chicks, the risks of the X-Division and the glory of the selection of KWF Champions. We then come to an updated reminder of how we got to the main event of Mania today and we see that it all began with AJ Styles defeating CM Punk for the KWF World Title at Survivor Series 2012. AJ has since held the Belt, defending successfully against Punk, Brock Lesnar and Wade Barrett before finally making here to Mania. Finally…

We hear “Finally, The Rock has come back…” as we see John Cena win the Royal Rumble, CM Punk overcome all odds to win the SuperBrawl Elimination Chamber and we hear the voice of The Rock spouting the term “Generations.” So tonight, on March 31st 2013 the Keystone Wrestling Federation brings to you our final show and we celebrate by putting forth a culmination featuring our very best superstars building up to our most star-studded main event ever. It’s The Rock representing the WWF. John Cena representing WWE. CM Punk representing Ring of Honor and TNA is represented by AJ Styles, The Phenomenal One, our reigning KWF Heavyweight Champion of the World.

We come back into a very loud MetLife Stadium and every single fan is on their feet as the pyro's rain over the entire stadium. An incredibly long, loud and bright pyrotechnic display lights up the New Jersey sky, and once it’s finally over the camera pans across the tens of thousands in attendance. Good Ol' JR, Jim Ross excitedly brings us in. “Welcome everyone to East Rutherford, New Jersey! Welcome everyone to MetLife Stadium! Welcome everyone to the final night and the final show in the three and a half year journey that has been the Keystone Wrestling Federation! Welcome everyone to KWF WrestleMania!!!” He introduces himself and his broadcast colleague William Regal, and asks the Brit for his thoughts now that we have finally arrived at the last ever KWF show. Regal: “Thank you Jim. It is with great sadness, but equally great excitement that I sit beside you here tonight for the very last time to call what may be the greatest pay-per-view either of us has ever seen.” JR: “Indeed it may well be William. Our General Manager Edge was determined that if we were going to go out, that it would be with the utmost style and excitement imaginable, and I can't see any other outcome given the matches we have coming up.”

Regal reminds us that we are set to witness Randy Orton defend his Intercontinental Title against The Blueprint Matt Morgan to determine the greatest IC Champion of the modern era. Kurt Angle and Brock Lesnar will face off in a rematch ten years in the making. Sheamus, Rob Van Dam and Samoa Joe will continue their brawl from Wednesday in a Hardcore Triple Threat match for the Hardcore Title. Kaitlyn will challenge her mortal enemy Angelina Love for the Women's Championship. Panther will attempt to take the Crown from the head of King Dolph Ziggler in a ladder match. There will be an iconic Triple Threat TLC Tag Team match for the KWF Tag Team Titles as The Dudleys, Why So Serious and Champs Beer Money face off. Faction supremacy will be on the line as the British Invasion take on the Latin American eXchange in a five v five tag match. And, The UnderTaker may well be facing the biggest ever challenge to his fabled streak as he takes on his former apprentice and protégé, The Absolute Lashley. JR takes over: “And then, in our main event, what will be the last ever KWF match, a Fatal-4-Way to determine the last ever KWF World Heavyweight Champion. The Phenomenal AJ Styles will defend against Royal Rumble winner John Cena, Elimination Chamber winner CM Punk, and the People's Champion, The Rock, in a match that has been built as one of generations. But that is for the end, we're right at the very beginning folks, and what better way to kick things off than with this.”

JR motions to the ring, where the camera pans around to reveal the impressive ThunderCage structure. We hear Justin Roberts announce that this first bout is an X-Division ThunderCage match, “... and it is for the X-Division Championship! The rules are as follows. The competitors begin in the ring, and must eliminate their opponents by pinfall or submission. When two men remain they must climb up the cage, through the hole at the summit and claim the X-Division Belt. Whomever achieves this will become the new X-Division Champion! And finally, after winning a Battle Royal last Wednesday on Turmoil (click HERE to read our last ever Turmoil), Christopher Daniels can only be eliminated by the X-Division Champion Jack Evans.” With that, ♫Jack Evans’ music♫ <<< click to play) hits and he makes his entrance to a huge pop from the crowd. JR: “What a perfect way to round off the KWF X-Division. It is full of incredibly talented young men, and none more so than this man Jack Evans. He has to be the favorite heading into this.” Regal: “Nonsense, Daniels is the favorite. He has immunity. All he has to do is make sure Evans gets eliminated and he's guaranteed to make it to the final two!”

Jack Evans vs. Christopher Daniels vs. Kazarian vs. Evan Bourne vs. Amazing Red vs. Santino Marella vs. Justin Gabriel vs. Yoshi Tatsu vs. Sin Cara vs. Suicide vs. Low-ki vs. ‘Black Machismo’ Jay Lethal vs. Austin Aries vs. Sonjay Dutt vs. Alex Shelley vs. Daniel Bryan – Thundercage match for the X-Division Title

After every superstar has entered the Cage, the door is closed and the bell is rung. They all rush at one another and the carnage begins. As the match sorts itself out, JR reminds us that this is the second ThunderCage match in the KWF. “It was match that originated in WCW way back when, and was brought back under Panther's suggestion by former GM Bret Hart at the very first KWF WrestleMania. Panther was X-Division Champion back then, and wanted to put on the greatest spectacle possible for the fans, which is exactly why Jack Evans has followed suit.” Regal: “Yeah, and what happened that night? Panther lost his Title to Kazarian. I'm telling you, Kaz’s knowledge of how to win this match will be a huge advantage to him and Daniels, who already has a huge advantage.” JR: “What makes you think Kaz will really help Daniels? It’s every man for himself.” Regal points out JR's comment moments later when Kaz and Daniels team up to perform a double team move on Suicide, with Daniels getting the pin. Suicide is eliminated.

Regal: “Hmm, it was odd seeing Suicide, Daniels and Kaz in the ring at the same time don't you think?” JR doesn't answer and continues to call the action as Jay Lethal is hitting Austin Aries with chops, while Gabriel and Dutt are going at it in the corner. Gabriel flings Dutt across the ring with a headscissors, and the Indian clatters into Low-ki, who turns around and kicks him savagely in the head. He pins Dutt and manages to get the Three. Sonjay Dutt is eliminated. Amazing Red flies across the ring and clotheslines Bryan down, but soon gets dropkicked himself by Sin Cara. There's superstars flying all over the place, and JR says this is exactly why the ThunderCage is the perfect way to show off the quality of the X-Division: “And whether you like the attitudes of a Daniels or an Austin Aries, it has to be said that the fans are going nuts for this one. Every member of our audience has one, two or three X-Division favorites and I’m glad that KWF concludes with this spectacle at WrestleMania.” Evan Bourne has taken down Kaz, which has separated him from Daniels, but the Fallen Angel is understandably aiming his attack at Evans. He lays the boot in, but Evans is able to fight free and starts hitting Daniels with kicks, before coming off the ropes and hitting a corkscrew kick to the face. Meanwhile, on the far side, Kaz reverses Bourne and rolls him up, getting Three. Evan Bourne is eliminated.

Kaz uses this chance to immediately join Daniels and help him get back on top against Evans. They hit a double suplex and Daniels eagerly covers, but Evans kicks out at Two. They continue to beat him down, and even try a double cover, but Evans is able to get his foot on the rope. Meanwhile, Lethal and Alex Shelley are having a high risk contest on the other side of the ring, with Lethal missing with an Elbow Drop, and Shelley climbing the cage, before dropping off to land a torpedo leg drop. He covers and gets Three. Jay Lethal is eliminated. Shelley has no time to celebrate as Bryan rolls him up, getting only two though. Santino is hitting Low-ki with punches, before ducking an attempted punch back and trying to hit the Cobra, but as he winds it up, he gets kicked in the head. Justin Gabriel seizes the moment and comes off the top rope with a 450-Splash, covering for Three. Santino Marella is eliminated.

Gabriel is also set upon straight away, by Low-ki, who grapples him to the ground and applies a front headlock to try and force a submission. Austin Aries sees this as an opportunity and grabs Low-ki, before applying Last Chancery. JR: “My God! He's applied Last Chancery to Low-ki, who still has the headlock on Gabriel. It's two submissions in one!” Regal: “And look. The pressure being applied by Aries is causing Low-ki to pull back harder on Gabriel. If this is on purpose from Aries, it's genius!” It proves to be just that as Gabriel taps, soon followed by Low-ki. Justin Gabriel and Low-ki are eliminated. Evans is still being double teamed by Bad Influence, as Daniels slams him into the corner and Kaz follows up to hit a hard dropkick. He pins, but again Evans kicks out. We watch as Yoshi Tatsu and Sin Cara go at Kaz and Daniels. This breaks them up from Evans who gets a breather. Daniels and Yoshi go back and forth, but then we see Sin Cara getting the upper hand on Kaz.

JR: “These two have history. They fought toward the end of 2012 and Kaz cost Sin Cara the X-Division Title, twice.” Regal: “Yes, and the core of their rivalry was based around that thief Sin Cara using Kaz’s move, the Flux Capacitor.” JR: “Aww come on, Sin Cara was doing that move in Mexico for years before coming to the KWF.” Regal: “Exactly, so he should have arrived here, allowed Kaz to stake claim on it and that should have been the end. But, the guy doesn’t speak English, so when Kaz said ‘did you steal my move?’ Cara said ‘Si!’ haha.” Regal’s sentiments are followed by a successful Wave of the Future from Kaz and Sin Cara is eliminated. As Daniels gets away from Tatsu, Austin Aries takes over on him and rolls him up, getting Three by use of his tights. Yoshi Tatsu is eliminated. Daniels is getting more and more frustrated as he can’t eliminate Evans. He orders Kaz to perform Fade to Black. Kaz says Daniels should do BME, but Daniels says it's too risky. “Fade to Black Kaz, come on, be a team player!” Kaz shakes his head and accuses Daniels of only looking out for himself. Daniels tries to calm the situation and says they'll do one move then the other, but before they can, Shelley and Red nail both of them with hard kicks. Shelley backs Daniels into the corner, while Red hits Infra-Red on Kaz and hooks both legs, getting Three. Kazarian is eliminated.

JR: “We're down to five now, and Bad Influence is no more. Frankie Kazarian has been eliminated, and now Daniels has to work alone.” The Fallen Angel is panicking, and tries to immediately strike up an understanding with Aries, who initially seems receptive, but as soon as Daniels turns his back, Aries grabs him and throws him into the side of the Cage. Alex Shelley is now trying to put away Jack Evans, but after attempting Sliced Bread 2, he is pushed off by Evans, who then springs back off the middle rope to hit a springboard spinning heel kick. Evans heads to the top rope quickly, before flying off to hit Shelley with the 630-Senton! He covers and gets Three. Alex Shelley is eliminated. The crowd go wild as Evans gets up to perform a couple of acrobatic front flips to celebrate his move. Regal: “Idiot. The match is still going on mate!” Amazing Red is really taking it to Daniels, while Aries has floored Bryan with a DDT. He doesn't cover though, and just sits across the top rope in the corner watching on and resting. Evans goes across to try and take advantage of his slack attitude, but Daniels manages to push Red into Evans, causing a collision. Both men go down, and Daniels floors Red with Angel's Wings. He makes sure by hitting BME and eliminates The Amazing One. Amazing Red is eliminated. The crowd boo as Daniels mouths off at Red, kick-rolling him toward the cage door. JR: “Amazing Red’s one of KWF’s most storied and most popular former X-Division Champions. Daniels sees this as a major coo to eliminate Red from this contest.”

Bryan is up again and goes straight back for Daniels, but is hit across the back by Aries. With Evans down, Aries and Daniels try to put away Bryan, and hit a double standing dropkick. Aries then picks Bryan up and goes for the Brainbuster, but as he's about to, Evans recovers and hits a low dropkick to the knee of Aries, causing him to drop Bryan onto himself. He just manages to kick out of the resulting cover. Daniels attacks Evans again, and dumps him down with Angel's Wings. He stands and looks down at Evans, before looking out to the crowd and holding his arms out in a cocky manner. They boo as JR says: “Big mistake. He should be covering, not posing.” Regal: “Oh let him enjoy the moment you big... oh no!” With that, Daniel Bryan has sneaked up behind and grabbed Daniels, taking him down with a LeBell Lock. The fans cheer as JR reminds us that Bryan was in an epic dream match with Kurt Angle this past Wednesday and just came up short, but he could well be on his way to victory here. However, Regal points out that even though Daniels is tapping out, he can only be eliminated by Jack Evans. Bryan realizes and lets go, before looking to Evans, then back at Daniels, before cracking Daniels across the back of the head with a hard kick. He then drags Evans across and drapes him over Daniels. The referee counts Three and Christopher Daniels is eliminated.

We're down to three as Bryan, Evans and Aries circle one another. Evans looks confused as to what just happened, but doesn't question it. He races over and tries to clobber Aries, as Daniel Bryan looks around the Cage, trying to plot his way up to the top if he survives one more elimination. Aries rakes the eyes of Evans and slams him into the side of the Cage, before getting a close Two-count. He then goes after Bryan, but gets blocked and hit with kicks. The fans chant “Yes!” with every kick, but eventually Aries blocks one, before tripping Bryan and trying to lock on an Anaconda Vise. However, Bryan is able to turn it into a LeBell Lock and pulls back on it. Aries is in real trouble, and reaches for the ropes. He is about to reach them, but Evans is back and dropkicks Aries in the face. He hits him so hard that he knocks him out. Bryan looks at him and says “Hey! How's he supposed to tap out when he's unconscious?!” He gets up and pushes Evans, who pushes back, and they're soon firing shots at one another. Regal: “Morons. It hasn't occurred to either one of them to pin him.” Evans sends Bryan against the ropes, but gets a flying clothesline when the Bearded Dragon returns. Bryan looks down at Evans, then up at the hole in the top of the Cage. He turns to look at Aries, but sees that the Greatest Man that Ever Lived has gotten to his feet. Aries boots Bryan in the stomach, before lifting him up and planting him with a Brainbuster! He hooks the leg and gets One, Two and Three! Daniel Bryan is eliminated.

Aries realizes that now is the moment, and seeing that Evans is struggling, he heads straight for the side of the cage. JR: “Jack Evans has been targeted as Champ throughout this entire match, but he’s made it to the final two. Does he have enough left to chase Aries down and win this match?” Aries begins to climb, and goes quickly as he starts to curve towards the top. He is practically upside down as Evans gets to his feet and sees that Aries is nearly there. He thinks fast and races up to the ropes, before leaping off the top rope and reaching up to grab Aries around the head, bringing him down and hitting a 15ft neckbreaker! “Oh my God! Did you see that!?!” Regal: “Goodness gracious me! That was unbelievable! He just soared through the air and brought him down with a neckbreaker from the heavens. I think both men might be out cold.” Neither man is moving, and the scenes look worrying. The referee on the outside is shouting at them to respond, but nothing. He motions his arms in an 'X' and EMT's start racing to the ring. The Cage door is opened and they head in with mini stretchers. The doctors try to get a response from both men, but don't seem to be getting anywhere. They set both stretchers up and both superstars are carefully lifted onto them. However, just as they are about to be lifted, Aries moves. He rolls off the stretcher and starts to crawl across the ring.

The EMT's look on, and soon Evans is also crawling. They look to one another, and decide to exit, letting this match continue. JR: “I thought both of these men had broken their necks, but they want this so badly!” Regal: “Sixteen men Jim, sixteen X-Division athletes came into this and Evans and Aries are showing the might of all of them put together. This is incredible!” Aries and Evans start to climb, but a lot slower than Aries was before. They go up on separate sides of the Cage, and are soon both hanging upside down by the hole at the top. They release their feet and swing kicks at one another, both still clearly feeling the effects of a grueling match and a hellacious fall. Evans manages to swing his legs through the hole, but he's not all the way through, and Aries pulls him down again. Aries hangs by one hand and aims a punch, but almost falls so grabs back onto the Cage. Evans tries to kick him, but Aries grabs his foot, before kicking the torso of Evans over and over again. An overhead camera shows what happens next and finally, one big kick causes Evans to fall. He crashes all the way down to the mat! Regal: “Like Mufasa dropping at the hands of Scar!” JR: “By God, a Disney reference!” Evans is down, he’s hurt and we watch as Aries uses one last boost of energy to pull himself through the hole and grab hold of the X-Division Title.

Winner and New KWF X-Division Champion: Austin Aries.

An absolutely exhausted Austin Aries stands atop the ThunderCage and holds the Title above his head. JR: “What an incredible match, and a fitting way to end the KWF's X-Division. Jack Evans put up an immensely brave fight, but in the end he came up short. Huge credit must go to him, but I have to tip my hat to Austin Aries. He took a 15ft neckbreaker and still came back to win. Both of these men were set to be stretchered out of here, out of WrestleMania, but they both got back up and fought to a grueling finish.” Regal: “I echo all of that Jim. Great match, and Mr. Aries is a worthy Champion. He truly is the Greatest Man that Ever Lived. Well, in the X-Division anyway.” Aries celebrates, and despite the fans routing for Evans, they recognize Aries’ achievement and give him a standing ovation.

We head backstage where we see the KWF World Heavyweight Championship. The camera pans out and we see that it is sat next to it's owner, The Phenomenal AJ Styles. He is lacing up his boots, as we see a shadow come over him. He looks up and we see that none other than Rowdy Roddy Piper is stood there. Styles smiles and gets up, before shaking the hand of the man before him. Piper: “My boy AJ Styles, are you ready for the biggest match of your life?” Styles nods and says: “Yes Sir I am. I know that I can win, and I know how I'm going to win.” Piper: “Glad to hear it sonny. Now I know that you've held many Championships in the KWF, and you've been Heavyweight Champion since Survivor Series, but tonight is the night AJ. WrestleMania! I main evented the first ever WrestleMania opposite Hulk Hogan and a certain fool-pitier called Mr. T. It was a great night. But you want to know the biggest regret of my career? That I lost that match. That was the biggest night of my life, not just as a wrestler or a character, but as a man. And I lost. I might have gone on to have great career after that, but that loss always stuck in my mind. And AJ, if you lose tonight then that will always be eating away at you for the rest of your days.”

Styles nods. Piper continues: “The great Ric Flair said; to be the man, you gotta beat the man – and AJ, you are the man. You’re coming into tonight as Champion and you got that target on your back. But kid, don’t let it faze you. The egos of Rock, Cena and Punk are ten times bigger than yours and the three of them will make mistakes tonight. I want you to capitalize on’m. I want you to overcome them and at the end of the night brother you raise the Title as KWF’s greatest ever superstar.” AJ nods and smiles at the thought. Before Piper exits: “Well AJ,  I came down here tonight to tell you that I believe you are the man. Of all the guys in the KWF roster, from what I've seen AJ Styles, you are the best. I know CM Punk has his 'Best in the World' t-shirt, but from the Rowdy One, I say that you are the one, the top dog, and that you will win the main event tonight!” Styles looks fired up and he embraces Piper before he exits.

Back at ringside. JR: “Rowdy Roddy Piper is in the house, and he's on Team Styles!” Regal: “Sorry Jim I can't hear you, it's too loud in here!” With that, ♫the music of Kurt Angle♫ <<< click to play) hits and the Olympic Gold Medalist makes his way to the ring. JR: “Here comes one of our industry’s greatest wrestlers, and he proved it again on Wednesday with a hard fought win over Daniel Bryan.” Regal: “He did, but he's going to get torn to pieces tonight. Angle angered Brock Lesnar on Wednesday, and he paid the price. But that was only the beginning.” We see a video reminding us of the original rivalry between Angle and Lesnar, which led to a match at WrestleMania 19. After a grueling bout, Lesnar won despite suffering severe concussion after attempting a Shooting Star Press. Up to present day, Brock and Angle battled in the Elimination Chamber at SuperBrawl, with Lesnar eliminating Angle. He then went on to motion to attack Angle after a match on Turmoil, but declined, stating he felt sorry for Angle these days. Kurt was furious about this and challenged Brock to a match at WrestleMania, which Lesnar eventually accepted, but declared that he was so worried about how frail he thought Angle was, that he wouldn't lay a finger on him before Mania. However, he did just that after Angle refused to shake his hand after Lesnar came out to supposedly congratulate him on his win over Bryan. Lesnar hit Angle with an F5, the same move he defeated him with at Mania ten years ago. And now tonight they go at it again. ♫Brock’s music♫ <<< click to play) hits and the Ultimate Fighter makes his way out to the squared circle.

Kurt Angle vs. Brock Lesnar

They both stare fire at one another as the bell rings, and Angle is straight in there wanting to take down Brock early. He does take Lesnar by surprise and manages to take him down, pummeling him with shots. The fans are cheering as the intense Angle is taking it to Lesnar early on, so much so that Brock is forced to retreat to the outside. However, Kurt follows and grabs Lesnar, before hurling him into the barrier. Angle means business and he's clearly trying to show Lesnar that he's still got the fire. He then goes to send Brock into the steel steps, but it's reversed and Angle is sent into the steps instead. Lesnar shakes his head and tries to recover, before getting to work on Angle. He slams his back into the apron, before tossing him back into the ring. Lesnar looks determined to make Angle pay for his earlier shots, and starts working him over with some strikes. He backs him up into the corner and hits him with lefts and rights, but the referee is forced to intervene. Lesnar plays innocent, but then goes straight back to Angle, pushing his luck as the referee counts to Four.

Brock picks Angle up and slams him down in the centre of the ring, before going for a headlock. Angle slides out of it and takes Brock down with a drop toe hold, before applying a headlock of his own. However, Lesnar locks his legs around Angle’s neck and is able to get free. Both men rise and JR reminds us how both may have been brawling so far, but it was their tremendous technical bouts spliced with violence in the past that made their rivalry famous. They lock up, but Brock pushes Angle down with force, before bouncing on the spot with a smile on his face. The crowd boo. They lock up again, but the same thing happens. Regal: “Brock seems to be enjoying himself, and who can blame him?” JR: “Kurt went all out at the beginning of the match, but what may be worrying is if he’s running out of steam, and running out of ideas.” Regal: “Right, which basically means that Brock’s been right all along. Kurt Angle is past it and he should  retire.” Angle is trying to figure out how to go next, and goes to lock up again, but turns it into a go behind, before pushing Brock in the back, sending him into the corner. Lesnar turns around and is furious, but Angle now smirks back at him, growing in confidence. Lesnar runs over for a clothesline attempt, but Angle ducks before hitting a series of armdrags. Lesnar again heads to the outside, and looks incredibly frustrated. He picks up a steel chair and goes to get back in the ring, but the referee warns him. He instead smashes the chair repeatedly in frustration against the ring post and the floor.

JR: “An angry Brock is a scary sight and Angle better be careful not to poke the bear too much here.” Lesnar eventually gets back in the ring and the match goes on with both men getting extended periods on top. Lesnar dominates with power, but Angle's technical nous and ability to reverse almost any attack allows him to stay in the match. He counters an F5 attempt and hits a German Suplex, followed by another, but as he goes for a third he gets elbowed in the face. This causes him to stumble, and Lesnar nearly decapitates him with a fierce clothesline. Regal: “That’s a Meat-hook if I’ve ever seen one. Ryback could learn from Brock.” Lesnar covers, gets One, gets Two, but Angle kicks out. Brock then goes for the Kimura Lock, but Angle manages to get to the ropes. Lesnar lets go, but only so he can drag Angle back into the middle of the ring and go for it again, but he gets lifted up instead, and down with an Angle Slam! Kurt drops down, before covering and getting One... Two... and no! Brock gets the shoulder up! Regal: “Goodness me, this is turning into a terrific contest.” JR: “I'd expect nothing less from these two.” The crowd cheer Angle on and Kurt pulls down the straps and goes for the Ankle Lock. He has it applied and Brock is showing that he's in a lot of pain. JR: “I wonder if Brock is questioning Angle's mettle now?” Kurt wrenches the ankle, and Brock is in great pain, but he shows determination to pull himself toward to the rope, and just manages to reach them. Kurt lets go, before dragging Lesnar back to the middle. However, Brock manages to kick him away, and Angle goes flying, shoulder-first into the ring-post. He stumbles back as Brock gets up, before being lifted up and *BAM!* F5! F5 connecting!

Lesnar has Angle down, but struggles to get across to cover. His ankle is too badly hurt, and he uses his fingernails to crawl across the ring to where Angle landed. He eventually manages to turn him over and covers, getting One... Two... no! Foot on the rope! Lesnar is now frustrated, but he starts to smile again as he looks to the ropes. He looks back at Angle and the crowd boo as Lesnar heads to the ring apron and begins climbing to the top rope. JR: “No, surely not again. He can't think he can pull off that Shooting Star Press now when he couldn't do it ten years ago!” Lesnar is measuring, but doesn't look steady on his feet. This gives Angle the opportunity as he gets up and joins Lesnar on the ropes, before grabbing him onto his shoulders and falling back with an Angle Slam from the top rope! JR: “That's what he beat Daniel Bryan with on Wednesday! Angle Slam! Angle Slam! Cover him Kurt!” Angle is exhausted and he looks at Brock, but then he also looks at the top rope. JR: “No Kurt, just pin him!” Regal: “Very foolish Kurt.” But the crowd cheer him on as Angle heads to the top rope, before turning around, looking out to the fans, and leaping off for a Moonsault attempt... and he nails it! Now he covers Brock and gets One... Two... Three!

Winner: Kurt Angle.

JR: “Angle wins! Angle wins! Kurt Angle gets retribution ten years on from his loss at WrestleMania 19!” Regal: “Brock had him beat, he had this won, but he went for that bloody Shooting Star Press again, and it cost him.” Angle is battered and bruised, but still has the energy to climb the turnbuckles and take in the cheers of that fans as he signs off his KWF career with a big win over the Ultimate Fighter.

We go backstage and we see Panther with a determined look on his face, ready for his upcoming match. He is halted in his tracks by Kaitlyn. “Hey Catman, I just wanted to say good luck out there. I've been there with you through all the crap with Dolph, had to put up with a lot of it myself, and it would make my year if you could go out there and beat the holy hell out of him and take his Crown.” Panther smiles: “Thanks honey kitten. It's been one pretty exciting ride hasn't it? And listen, I wanted to thank you for being there with me through everything, and now I see you out there kicking arse and taking names. This time tomorrow, you could be etched in history as the last ever KWF Women's Champion. Good luck against Angelina, I know you'll smash her right out of her boots with that Spear.” Kaitlyn thanks him as they share a hug, and then there's an awkward moment. Panther: “Hmm, right about now is where Hornswoggle would show up or one of us would make a mustache joke.” Kaitlyn: “I guess we're all out of them.” Panther: “Huh, well it's a good job this is the last show then eh? Whatever happens beyond this Kaitlyn, I know you'll be fine, you'll be great.” He kisses her on the forehead and heads off to the ring. We see Hornswoggle turn up with a mustache on his face, apparently ready, albeit late for the segment. He says: “Man I hope he kicks Dolph’s ass.” Kaitlyn: “Yeah, me too.” She turns in shock to see Hornswoggle and says: “Wait, you can talk?!”

We fade into a video package chronicling the storied rivalry between Panther and Dolph Ziggler. There had been some bad blood between them, but things really kicked off when Ziggler beat Panther on the way to winning King of the Ring just after last year's WrestleMania. Crowned as King of the KWF, Dolph used his power to try and influence people in the company, and soon decided that he wanted a Queen, and namely, he wanted Kaitlyn. This irked Panther, especially as King Dolph made numerous attempts to woo the Texas gal, but it was never reciprocated. However, this didn't seem to matter to Panther, who was getting more and more outraged by Ziggler's actions, and eventually challenged him to a match at Sovereignty, but the King said he would only accept if the 'managerial services' of Kaitlyn were put on the line. As the red mist descended, Panther accepted, and Ziggler won the match, making Kaitlyn his reluctant Queen.

The Black Cat went away, sent on an errand by Edge to find Why So Serious and this gave him time to cool off from hunting down King Dolph. Meanwhile, Dolph and more hired guns, The Beautiful People, terrorized Kaitlyn in the Kingdom. Panther would soon return and work a plan to get Kaitlyn out of Dolph's clutches, before angering the King even more by eliminating him from the Royal Rumble. He then managed to outlast him in the Elimination Chamber match at SuperBrawl, but Dolph had the last laugh as he hit Panther with a Zig-Zag on his way out of the Chamber, costing him his place in the match. Panther has been trying to angle a match with the King ever since, and after a surprise win on Turmoil over Dolph's bodyguard Ryback, he challenged the King to a Ladder match with the Crown on the line. This past Wednesday, after Panther broke into his Kingdom and turned it into a giant ball-pit, King Dolph accepted.

We come back into the Stadium where the ♫Royal music of King Dolph♫ <<< click to play) plays and he is carried down to the ring on a portable throne by some well dressed servants. JR notes that both Madison Rayne and Ryback have been banned from ringside by Edge, and also that there are two ladders, one each side of the ring, one red and one blue: “I am just being told that there is an added stipulation to this match. The winner has to ascend the ladder and retrieve the Crown, but Panther can only do it from the blue ladder, while Dolph must use the red one.” Regal: “Hmm, interesting.” ♫Panther’s music♫ <<< click to play) hits and the Black Cat races all the way down the ramp and into the ring.

King Dolph vs. Panther – Ladder match for the Crown and Kingship of the KWF

Panther is firing shots at Dolph and the King hasn't even gotten out of his royal robe yet. JR: “One year of frustration and anger being unleashed by Panther all over Dolph Ziggler here, and this one could be over quickly.” Regal: “Nonsense, he'll tire himself out soon.” Panther shows no signs of letting up as Dolph escapes, leaving Panther holding his robe. All of a sudden though, the Cat stops to put the robe on. He models it for the fans, before running against the far ropes and leaps over the top rope, landing on Dolph. He gets up and removes the robe, before tossing it into the crowd. He grabs the blue ladder and slides it into the ring, before lifting Dolph up and dropping him face first onto the apron. He slides in the ring himself and sets up the ladder. JR: “This could be it, we could have a new King!” Regal: “What's the point? There'll be no KWF after tonight, why would Panther want to be King of a non-existent company?” JR: “It's not about him being King, it's about taking from Dolph what he treasures most after Dolph took Kaitlyn from Panther like she was lunch money.” Regal: “Nothing wrong with betting women on wrestling matches, that's how I met my third wife.”

Panther gets up the ladder, but Dolph is able to get in and stop him from reaching for the Crown. He pushes the ladder over, but Panther lands on his feet, only to get floored by a leg lariat. Dolph lays the boot into his opponent. He taunts to the crowd before nailing his opponent with multiple elbow drops. He taunts again, before throwing the blue ladder out of the ring and heading out to get the red one. He slides it back in and follows, but a recovered Panther baseball slides it into his face as he does. Dolph gets to his feet holding his face, but gets tripped face first onto the ladder again. The fans shout along with Panther: “Trip ya!” Panther turns him over and together they yell: “Flip ya!” followed by a big boot across the chest and: “Kick ya!” They cheer as Panther continues to work Dolph over. He takes him into the corner and lifts him up onto the top rope. He is setting up for a Superplex, but as he goes for it, Dolph pushes him off and he lands back first across the ladder. Regal: “Oh snap, that's gotta hurt, haha.” Dolph laughs at Panther's misfortune, before leaping off and hitting an elbow drop across the Black Cat. He takes the slight pain it caused him in order to hurt Panther further. JR: “King Dolph is now in control, and he looks comfortable working over Panther.” Regal: “It's clever. Wear him down before trying to ascend the ladder. Panther went up there far too quickly, and I've heard similar from Kaitlyn, hahaha.” JR: “Will you stop it?”

The match goes on with Dolph on top, though Panther tries to fight back and manages to get his ladder back in the ring. Both are set up, but Dolph slams Panther into the side of his own ladder, before hitting a Fame-asser. He stands over Panther and yells abuse at him. “I'm better than you!” he shouts before wiping his forehead and flicking sweat at him. However, Panther grabs his feet and gets up, forcing Dolph to fall back. Panther slingshots him across the ring, but Dolph lands on the red ladder, and scurries up it. Panther has to react and goes up the same ladder. They are at the top and trading blows. Panther is getting more into his shots, and Dolph is hanging off the ladder, so Panther leaps off and grabs Dolph's head on the way down, turning it into a modified PKO! The fans are on their feet as both men are down on the mat. JR: “What a move by Panther, but he's taken himself out in the process.” Regal: “Moron.” Panther gets up first though, and sets up his ladder. He stomps on Dolph one more time for good measure, before climbing his ladder. Dolph is just about aware enough to push the ladder over, but Panther holds his boot out and balances on the top rope, before pushing back and leaping off the ladder to dropkick Ziggler down.

The match goes on like this, and Ziggler comes within a fingertip of retaining his Crown, but is pulled down. However, moments later he hits a Zig-Zag, but in the process, smacks his own head on the blue ladder. Regal: “Oh man, a mistake from Dolph. He had this match won if he hadn't smacked his head.” Both ladders are set up in the middle of the ring and we watch as Panther climbs his and Dolph gets up to groggily climb his one as well. They get to the top at the same time and try to knock each other down. Dolph kicks the blue ladder, but it doesn't fall. Panther stretches to try and do the same to Dolph's, but can't move it either, so he tries to grab the Crown. However, he can't quite reach and only succeeds in knocking it towards Dolph, who grabs it. JR: “Dolph has the Crown in his grasp, all he has to do is unhook it.” However, Dolph cannot unclasp it, and in an act of desperation, Panther gets atop his ladder so he is standing right on top of it, before leaping off and *BAM!* clotheslining Dolph all the way down off his ladder with a very high risk Sword of Omens! JR: “My God! My God! What did we just see?!” Regal: “I don't know, but whatever it was just killed Dolph Ziggler.” Dolph crashed to the canvas and rolled to the outside, while Panther took a lot out of himself too, but he is using the ropes to pull himself up. He staggers to the blue ladder, before positioning it, and slowly climbing. The Crown is swinging wildly from side to side after it flew out of Dolph's hand and the crowd are going wild as Panther climbs higher and higher. Once Panther reaches the top he reaches out and catches the Crown, before pulling it down and winning the match.

Winner and New King: King Panther.

♫Panther’s music♫ <<< click to play) blares out across the stadium as the fans are on their feet and they cheer for the new King. He sits on top of the ladder, holding the Crown in the air. JR: “Panther did it! He finally beat King Dolph, or should I say former King Dolph.” Regal: “I bloody knew this would happen. That damn Cat is King? What has this world come to?” Panther climbs down and goes up the turnbuckles, before Justin Roberts announces him as new King: “And now, the special guests to perform the Crowning Ceremony...” There is a long pause, until we hear ♫Are you ready?...♫ <<< click to play). The fans go absolutely bananas as green lighting fills the Stadium, and the familiar figures of Triple H and Shawn Michaels head out to the stage! JR: “Look who it is?! It's The Game and HBK! It's D-Generation X!!!” DX head to the ring, throwing glowsticks into the crowd on the way. Panther looks as surprised as anyone, and waits his Crowning as Hunter and Shawn perform their DX Chops to the delight of the crowd. A throne has been bought in the ring, and Panther takes a seat.

Shawn and Hunter take their time, taking in the cheers and enjoying this WrestleMania moment. Shawn runs circles around Panther’s throne and finally hands a mic to Triple H. Hunter: “Well look who turned up to WrestleMania.” The fans cheer. Shawn grabs his own mic: “Well you know Hunter, I am Mister WrestleMania, so it was only right that I show up tonight to entertain the millions... and millions of The Rock's fans... hold up. I must have picked up the wrong script. My bad. You go.” Hunter says jokes that DX’s last great ride in the KWF came when they defeated The UnderTaker and The Absolute Lashley at Survivor Series 2011. He says: “Hey, d’you ever notice how big a part Survivor Series plays in Pro Wrestling history? Especially in the KWF, I mean, it’s where Lashley was abducted in the first place, it’s where Christian Cage defeated Brock Lesnar after cashing in Money in the Bank in 2010. It’s where The Joker first brought us the Joker’s Playground match and oh yeah, it’s since last year’s Survivor Series that AJ Styles has held the KWF World Championship!” The crowd cheer as Michaels says: “It’s historic, especially in the KWF.”

Triple H goes on to get down to business and he asks the fans if they're ready. “No, MetLife Stadium, I said ARE YOU READY???!!!” The crowd cheer more. “Then, for the thousands in attendance, for the millions reading at home, for Dolph Ziggler who just got his brains scrambled by our new King, and for the WWE and TNA, and Vince, Dixie, if you don't hire these KWF writers then me and Shawn are gonna keep turning up like this and causing havoc. Don't think I won't show up in the Impact Zone and Pedigree Hogan if he tries to push his own daughter in scripts, I mean, what kind of wrestling powerhouse would do that?” Shawn shrugs: “How is Stephanie by the way?” Hunter: “She's fine, why?” Shawn: “Never mind.” We see Panther on his throne and his expression says: ‘I think you guys have lost track.’ Hunter is finally set to say “Let's get ready to Suck It”, but before he can, ♫Ryback’s music♫ <<< click to play) hits, and the Machine heads to the ring with Madison Rayne in tow.

As they approach the ring, Dolph is getting to his feet on the outside. He grabs a mic and shouts “Stop this crap! What the hell are you two doing here?! And what is that guy doing with my Crown and sitting in my throne?! This is bullcrap! I am the KING! I am the KING!” *BAM!* Shawn’s out at ringside and he hits Dolph with Sweet Chin Music! Ryback then rushes the ring, but Triple H gets the upper hand, he kicks him in the gut, before slamming him into the mat with a Pedigree! DX dust themselves off as Madison screams at them from the outside. Hunter finally says his piece before HBK adds “And if you're not down with that, we got two words for ya!” to which the fans yell ‘SUCK IT!’ With that, Triple H takes the Crown, and pronounces that, as the King of Kings, it gives him great pleasure to Crown Panther as King of the KWF! Panther gratefully takes the Crown and the scepter, before bowing to the crowd, and his Crown falls off. He shakes hands with Hunter and Shawn as the fans chant for DX. Madison is left screaming at ringside.

We go to a video package highlighting the ups and downs of the KWF careers of Sheamus, Rob Van Dam and Samoa Joe. We’re reminded of Sheamus’ stint with the World Elite, his successful tag team career with former KWF superstar Vladimir Kozlov and his rise as KWF Hardcore Champion. We see images of RVD flying from off a balcony to defeat Abyss in a Monsters Ball match. We see Van Dam’s highlights from his matches with Sabu; at KWF Survivor Series 2010. With Samoa Joe; at Bound For Glory 2011 and his voyage for the World Championship during the summer of 2012. We see a snapshot image of how he put his foot through a car window this past Wednesday Night on Turmoil. With Joe we’re reminded of how his KWF career started, a back and forth with Kurt Angle before winning the Royal Rumble and booking a date on the Grand Stage with the Lord of Darkness, The UnderTaker. All three superstars have been on different paths, but tonight it’s their chance to prove who the greatest Hardcore competitor really is.

The video fades into a sitdown shoot-style chat with KWF’s Hardcore Ambassador, the Hardcore legend, the Hall of Famer, Mick Foley. Foley says: “This past Wednesday night was probably my proudest moment as Hardcore Ambassador. Samoa Joe challenged RVD and Sheamus to spark WrestleMania by taking their fight to the streets. Now the footage is limited, because of legal reasons and the fact that Edge never sanctioned any street-fight between the three. But it was a moment in time that made me proud to be part of the KWF and it made me proud to see that our product is absolutely the best possible output of Hardcore wrestling that’s ever been seen.

Now in the old days, ECW often had such random fights and a lot of it used to happen within the arena and around the ring. But there, there’s no surprises of what can happen and the wrestlers knew their way round, so there was a kind of safety net where they knew they could survive. Samoa Joe took it to the streets on Wednesday night and these guys fought off KWF cameras, they closed their fists, they went out there to hurt each other and they bled in the snow. Now that’s what I call Hardcore. These three men are warriors. I heard William Regal describe it as war games between them and I couldn’t call it better myself. RVD is the Whole F’n Show. He is the most resilient wrestler I’ve ever seen and while he’s casual in his approach and while he thumb-taunts R-V-D, the guy can hurt ya. Van-Daminator. Van-Terminator. Oh he’s a Hardcore vet and he’ll know how to win tonight.

Samoa Joe, haha, Joe’s a guy that I personally recruited into Hardcore wrestling. I always told him that with his intensity, his guts and his ability to inflict pain; the use of weapons and the no-rules concept would fit perfectly with his wrestling style. And I was right. Joe’s one of KWF’s best wrestler’s period and God knows that if he can choke out Van Dam or Sheamus to win at Mania, then he’ll do it. Sheamus, well Sheamus is a different kind of animal all together. We call him the Great White, but I like calling him the Fighting Irishman. This is because I watch Sheamus a lot and I’ve become a fan of his since he went Hardcore and let me tell you something; Sheamus smiles when he gets hit. He enjoys the pain and that means when he inflicts it, his grin becomes wider, his eyes glow brighter and if you have such a sadistic blood-hungry Champion, it means you’re gonna have to damn near kill him to take his Belt. Who’s going to win at WrestleMania?... I have no idea.”

Sheamus vs. Rob Van Dam vs. Samoa Joe – Triple Threat Hardcore match for the Hardcore Title

All three superstars receive equally loud cheers and the comms agree that the performances of these men individually will get them even more cheers tonight. JR: “The bigger the risk, the more pain inflicted, that’s what will highlight a clear fan favorite here.” Regal: “Indeed Jim, but remember, these guys are coming into this match on the back of a non-sanctioned street fight only a few days ago. Now that was brutal and I know for a fact that all three of them bled. But how’s that going to affect them here tonight? You can tell that neither one of them is at a hundred percent.”

The three approach one another in the center of the ring and Joe goes to jab at the reigning Champ, but Sheamus blocks him and Van Dam nails a kick upside Joe’s head. Joe goes down and Sheamus immediately lays over him for a cover, but Van Dam breaks the count before it can even get started. Regal: “Right there’s an example of why they had the street fight. They wanted to get some Hardcore off their chest before this match. Out in the parking lot it wasn’t about winning, it was about survival and now they can only have one thing in mind; getting that Three-count.”

Van Dam continues kicking Sheamus while he’s on the canvas, showing a ruthless side to his attack. Sheamus tries to tackle him down, but Van Dam counters and manages to roll him into a pinning predicament with use of his legs. He gets One on the count, before Samoa Joe dives over and breaks the fall. Regal: “That’s something that may help Van Dam. He’s certainly the most agile superstar in this match. If he can catch Sheamus or Joe off-guard like that then he can certainly get a surprise pinfall.” Joe jabs at Van Dam, closed fists as he backs him up toward the corner. He sets him atop the top turnbuckle, but Van Dam flips over the back of him for a Sunset Flip, but he fails as Joe grabs the top ropes to prevent the execution of the move. He steps back over Van Dam and uses the ropes to elevate himself for a senton backsplash. The fans gasp as the splash crunches over Van Dam’s face. JR: “Gosh that may have busted RVD’s nose.”

As Joe turns over for the cover, we can see that Van Dam’s indeed busted open. Joe gets One on the cover, but Sheamus comes to break it. The two of them scrap, fighting on the canvas before battling through the ropes and down to ringside. Sheamus gets the upper hand, bouncing Joe’s face off the ring apron. But Joe battles back, elbowing Sheamus away before shoulder-barging his gut and slamming his back into the announcers table. The comms stand up, anticipating destruction. Joe takes the panel off the table and he picks up a monitor. But Sheamus picks up a monitor as well and the two smash the equipment against one another, but Joe catches Sheamus on the hand. The Irishman roars out in pain as we can see his fingers bleeding and JR suspects that some of them may be broken. Regal: “Damn it Jim. There goes our viewing for the night. No monitors.”

Meanwhile RVD’s come to and he maneuvers the steel stairs so that they’re diagonal to the announcers table. He measures as the fight between Joe and Sheamus goes on. Sheamus has come back angrily at Joe and he manages to get him laid over the table. Van Dam runs up the stairs and front flips off them as if for a Rolling Thunder – and he crashes over Joe and the two of them go right through the table! Regal: “Oh bloody hell, no monitors no table. We’re not even half-way through the show yet.” The crowd go wild as we go split screen to view replays and when we come back Live we can see and hear the fans chanting RVD’s name. Sheamus meanwhile goes toward the ring apron. He reaches under to grab a steel chair, but looks over to Van Dam and Joe and sees that they’re still down. Sheamus then decides to look around the other side of the apron. He reaches under and pulls out a Cooling Box. He opens it and pulls out a can of Guinness. JR: “Haha, a belated Saint Paddy’s Day to everybody.”

Sheamus drinks from the can and places it on the apron. He wipes his mouth, picks up the chair again and shakes his hand, still feeling the pain on his fingers. He starts toward Joe and Van Dam. RVD’s pulled himself up by the barricade. Sheamus goes over and gets set to swing the chair, but Van Dam boots it right back in his face. He then lifts himself atop the barricade and flies off for a spin-kick, nailing the chair over Sheamus’ head again and he takes the Irishman down. Van Dam gets up to thumb-taunt, but all of a sudden Joe’s back to his feet and he uses a camera cable, wrapping it around Van Dam’s neck and pulling him into a Kokina Clutch. The fans gasp as the comms describe how dangerous this is and we zoom in to see the sadistic look on Joe’s face as he brings RVD to the floor. Van Dam’s in a world of trouble, but before Joe can choke him out, Sheamus dives over with a monitor right to Joe’s face and the Samoan Submission Machine is busted open.

JR: “Good God, the brutality. All three men are giving this everything they have. It’s a blood bath out here and Samoa Joe’s bleeding the most. That shot from Sheamus dented Joe’s face and Joe’s blood is flowing like a broken water hose. By God, this is heinous.” Regal: “This is what Hardcore’s all about Jim. Survival. Old school, battle to the end survival and I can’t call who’s going to win this. These guys are matching each other at every turn.” The contest goes back in the ring as Sheamus lifts the weakened RVD in and sets for a cover. He gets One, gets Two – but no, Van Dam kicks out. Sheamus sees Joe climbing the apron, but he’s first to him, picking up his can of Guinness, taking a sip before smashing it over Joe’s head. Joe goes down and Sheamus grabs him to pull him through the ropes for a cover. One, Two – but Van Dam’s up, and he breaks the count. Joe rolls under the bottom rope and down to ringside.

RVD and Sheamus trade shots on their knees now, the fans cheering ‘Yay!’ ‘Yay!’ with every hit. Van Dam is quick to jump to his feet and he spin-kicks Sheamus right in the mush. He then sets his sights on the top turnbuckle. He climbs up, clearly exhausted, but he thumb-taunts and looks ready for a Five Star Frog Splash. He targets the Champ, but Samoa Joe’s up and he’s back in the ring. He has a black bag in hand, but before he can even think about doing anything, RVD leaps off the top turnbuckle to target Joe right in his bloody wound with a flying kick. Joe drops the bag and its contents pour out – thumbtacks, and lots of them. Van Dam sees the tacks, but then sees that Joe’s fallen by the corner. He exits the ring, looks under the apron and pulls out a trash can. He throws it into the squared circle before going to pick up the steel chair. He gets back in the ring to see Sheamus getting up and he slams the chair right over the back of The Great White.

The echoing smash is heard all throughout the arena and then we see Van Dam target Joe. He sees him starting to get up, but then smashes him over the head with the trash can. Joe falls back into the corner and the volume of the audience rises as RVD looks out to the crowd. He then sets the trash can over Joe. Picks up the steel chair again and this time he’s going to the top rope alongside where Joe is laid out in the corner. JR: “Oh my God, what’s he thinking here?! Van Dam’s going to go coast to coast!?” RVD thumb-taunts as he carries the chair to the top turnbuckle. The crowd cheer him on and “Ohhhhhh!” yell the comms as Van Dam uses the chair, smashes right into the trash can and right into Samoa Joe’s face! Regal: “A WrestleMania moment if I’ve ever seen one, and it has to be over Jim. The Veteran RVD’s going to win this.” Van Dam gets up, ready to pull Joe away from the ropes for a cover – but *BAM* Brogue Kick! JR: “Brogue Kick! Brogue Kick!” yelps JR as Sheamus damn near knocks RVD’s head off – but the impact of the move sends Van Dam flying over the top rope.

Sheamus looks around and sees Joe. He begins pounding his chest and shouting “Brogue! Brogue! Brogue!” as Joe gets up by the corner, bleeding even more than he was before. The crowd chant Brogue along with Sheamus, but it acts as a warning signal for Joe and as Sheamus approaches, Joe ducks so that Sheamus boots a leg and has it hang over the top rope. The fans gasp and the mistake proves costly as Joe then maneuvers Sheamus to be atop the top turnbuckle and we watch as the Nation of Violence grabs Sheamus atop his shoulders. He takes one step out of the corner. He takes another step out of the corner. He lays back on the move and the comms yell in unison: “Muscle Busterrrrr!” JR: “In the tacks! Joe’s slammed Sheamus in the tacks!” And as Joe turns round we can see that he too has thumbtacks in his upper back. But he doesn’t care. Bleeding is Joe. Fatigued is Joe. But fighting is Joe and we watch as he crawls over Sheamus for the cover: ‘One!’ chant the crowd, ‘Two!’ and ‘Three!’

Winner and New KWF Hardcore Champion: Samoa Joe.

♫Joe’s music♫ <<< click to play) hits and the crowd go absolutely berserk. Sheamus is motionless as his body lays planted on the tacks that have kept his shoulders pinned down and the audience chant and cheer as Samoa Joe raises the KWF Hardcore Championship. JR and Regal applaud the efforts of all three men and they review replays of what was one of KWF’s greatest Hardcore bouts ever. Regal: “It certainly lived up to the billing, and it could have been anyone’s match in the end.” JR: “Indeed William. Van Dam never got a chance to pin Joe after the Van Terminator. Sheamus never got to pin Van Dam after the Brogue Kick and it was Joe, the Nation of Violence who prevailed. Slamming Sheamus into the tacks with a Muscle Buster and I gotta say, what a memory we’re left with here. This was a dream bout between three fan favorites and all three of these men can leave New Jersey with their heads held high. What a match. What a treat for all of us and what sacrifice made by Joe, Sheamus and RVD. I tip my hat to you gentlemen.” The fans stand to applaud as RVD sit against the barricade at ringside and we see medics come to the aid of Sheamus.

Backstage we see John Cena. He has headphones on and he’s sat in his locker room seeming like he’s getting in the zone for his World Title opportunity tonight. We see a hand come over his head and pull off his headphones. Cena looks up. Stands up and right before him is the immortal Hulk Hogan. Hulk: “How are ya brother?” Cena: “How am I? You tell me; I’m about to take names, lay out some fools and raise the World Title. I’m doin’ pretty good.” Hulk nods. Cena snatches his headphones back, and he sits back down. He says: “Why are you here?” Hulk: “I’m here to make sure you know what it means to be here tonight.” Cena: “You don’t need to tell me that. I know what it means.” Hulk: “Look John, I want you to cool yourself and stop sniping for just a second.” Hulk sits down. Cena puts his headphones down: “Alright. What you got?”

Hulk says: “Brother I know who ya are and I know what you mean to this industry. You John, you were our chosen Champion. When Flair and I ran this place, you were our chosen one brother because you had absolutely everything. The body of a soldier, mic-skills, the ability to hand out a beating and the FU attitude to make sure that you brushed off any criticism and still went on to do what you do best. Since Ric and I lost control, you’ve had to climb a ladder to be here and I don’t want you to take for granted what it means to be part of the main event on this, the last night of KWF Blogs.” Cena looks at Hogan. Hulk goes on: “I know you well enough to appreciate you man. But you have to appreciate the occasion, and you gotta channel everything to make sure you win tonight. In this company, you’re real. You rap, you curse, you fight – and you win. But tonight John, it’s not just about winning the Title. It’s not just about being a Champion. Tonight it’s about John Cena and what you represent for the WWE Generation. Now I know you don’t care about that and I dig how you hate the PG garbage. But John, those that love the WWE, they want you to fail tonight. They’re not supporting the WWE in the Generations battle and all they’re doing is hating on you. I have been there first hand brother. In my lifetime when I went from the WWF to the WCW, I was never appreciated brother. People resented my t-shirts, they hated the fact that I was a Suburban Commando and Hulkamania was drowning. Then the nWo was born and I realized that what you gotta do to be successful in this business is be selfish. Hollywood Hogan was the real me. The control, the power and the money – that’s what I cared about.”

Cena listens intently as Hogan continues: “It all gave me everything in life and so far John, what’s WWE given you? You work night and day, you’ve done movies for them and made appearances all around the world. But it destroyed your family and John I know from your attitude in the KWF that you are in that position now, that selfish position to not give a damn. Those fans out there are not supporting you. Tonight John, you take in the occasion. And this occasion means that you’re not winning for WWE. You’re not winning to be better than a TNA, a Ring of Honor or a WWF. You’re winning for yourself. You do it, you win tonight for John Cena and nobody else. It’s all about you brother. Screw everyone and everything else. You use the occasion to mark your name down in history. You are the model Professional Wrestler. You deserve the spotlight and tonight, tonight you make it all about you.” Hulk stands up and Cena eventually stands up too. Cena: “You got a lotta hate for the business don’tcha?” Hogan: “I don’t hate it. I crush it. Do what I did John. Make them all cry. At the end of the day the nWo destroyed WCW. Nowadays, I’m destroying TNA. Tonight, the KWF comes crashing down. And when the dust settles, the name that I wanna see up in lights is John Cena.” Cena nods and he shares a manly hand-shake with Hulk. We hear the comms voice over. JR: “Gosh. I’m speechless.” Regal: “Well that was insightful. God Jim, it really makes you think doesn’t it?”…

We come to a video package where we are reminded of when Dolph Ziggler defeated Panther to obtain the managerial services of Kaitlyn last year at Sovereignty. He made Kaitlyn his Queen, and tried to ‘woo’ her, but she did not reciprocate and Dolph decided to bring in Angelina Love and Velvet Sky to his Kingdom. The new Queens terrorized and bullied poor Kaitlyn, even after she won the Women's Championship. Angelina and Velvet treated the Title as if it were their own as they had played a significant part in Kaitlyn winning it, but they were the 'Beautiful Sisters' to Kaitlyn's Cinderella, and made her life a misery. Once Madison Rayne had infiltrated the Kingdom and fired The Beautiful People as Queens, they went straight back after the Championship, with Love and Sky teaming up to allow Love to win the Belt from AJ Lee at the Royal Rumble. Kaitlyn's BFF and fellow Chickbuster was unable to win it back in her rematch at SuperBrawl, but it is now Kaitlyn who gets a shot at Angelina and a chance for retribution.

Back in the stadium, the arena lights blink white and pink as ♫the music of The Beautiful People♫ <<< click to play) hits. Women’s Champion Angelina Love emerges, with Velvet Sky crawling through her legs. Regal: “Here come two of the finest female competitors of our time. Both Angelina and Velvet are superb athletes, as well as being Beautiful People. This should prove to be an enthralling match.” TBP complete their ‘pigeons’ entrance and the male capacity of the audience cheer. The fans’ volume rises though as we hear ♫Kaitlyn’s music♫ <<< click to play) and the Hybrid Chick makes her entrance. She hurries to the ring, but waits at the bottom of the ramp, and she is then joined by her best friend, AJ Lee. AJ skips down to ringside to join Kaitlyn. JR: “Solidarity on show from the Chickbusters, the numbers are even now, so the advantage that Love usually enjoys by having Velvet at ringside is wiped out.” Kaitlyn and AJ bump fists and Kaitlyn is about to get in the ring, but all of a sudden AJ turns Kaitlyn’s attention to the stage and we see that Trish Stratus is making an entrance! The fans go wild as Trish approaches the Chickbusters, and she shakes hands with AJ, before hugging Kaitlyn and wishing her luck.

JR: “Trish is in Kaitlyn's corner as well?! It's three versus two. For once, The Beautiful People are outnumbered.” Kaitlyn is now looking ultra confident, while Angelina and Velvet are outraged. Kaitlyn, AJ and Trish get in the ring and Velvet’s not shy of yelling at AJ and Trish. The crowd’s volume is at a high, but then there’s a pause as the lights dim and we hear ♫music hit♫ <<< click to play). All eyes turn to the stage and JR yelps: “My God that's... that's Lita!” Regal: “Trish Stratus' mortal enemy from way back when. Is she on the side of The Beautiful People? It’s three on three!” Lita slides in the ring, before looking at both corners, and then removing her t-shirt to reveal a referee shirt underneath. JR: “Lita is the special guest referee?! Who'd have thunk it!! What a surprise Edge has dished out here, making his former flame special referee here tonight. It’s not three on three at all. Lita’s the officiator and Trish makes it 3-2 to the Chickbusters. Wow, listen to these fans. What a surprise!” Lita makes sure that Trish, AJ and Velvet all exit to ringside before doing the job of showing both women the Title Belt and raising it to show the fans.

Angelina Love w/ Velvet Sky vs. Kaitlyn w/ AJ Lee & Trish Stratus – Women’s Title match with Lita as Special Guest Referee

As soon as Lita calls for the bell, Kaitlyn races over to Angelina and dump tackles her down, firing rights and lefts into the beautiful face of the Champion. Trish and AJ clap and cheer her on, but Velvet gets up on the apron and yells at Lita to break it up. Lita tells her there is nothing wrong with it, and Velvet aims more abuse at her, so Lita kicks her in the head and sends Sky crashing to the outside. Regal: “That is outrageous behaviour from the supposed referee!” JR: “It was outrageous behaviour from Velvet Sky. Two seconds into the match and she sees fit to get involved?! Haha, what a kick from Lita!” Kaitlyn is dominating Angelina as she vents all the frustration that has built up over the past year. She wraps her huge legs around the waist of Love, trying to squeeze the air out of her. Angelina refuses to tap, as Kaitlyn’s look of determination is clear to see. JR: “Wow, Kaitlyn sure is determined to beat the holy hell out of Angelina Love here tonight. She has won the Women's Title before, but she always felt it was a hollow victory as it was mainly down to the interference of TBP. They followed the instruction of King Dolph to make sure Kaitlyn won, but then essentially acted as if it was their Title. Now Kaitlyn has earned her spot here tonight and she wants to win the Title outright. She’s all fired up for this one.” Regal: “She has a chance, but Angelina Love is the best women's wrestler in the world in my opinion. The Beautiful People may be outnumbered for once, but they have the experience to overcome this.”

The match goes on with Kaitlyn on top, but she is almost too enthusiastic with her offense, and Angelina is able to turn things around as she avoids a shoulder barge in the corner and Kaitlyn slams into the ring-post. Love now uses her experience to work over the Texan lass and abuses Lita while she does: “You could never compete at this level honey.” She says as she applies a Boston Crab. Kaitlyn cries out in pain, facing Velvet Sky, who from the outside is screaming at her to tap out. Velvet is getting very animated as Kaitlyn struggles to the ropes, and she actually pulls the bottom rope away. We see that AJ has headed around ringside and Velvet sees her. She lets go of the bottom rope and turns around to run away, only to get smacked in the face with a Chick Kick! JR: “Trish boots Velvet down, and Kaitlyn has reached the bottom rope!” After the Four-count from Lita, Angelina lets go, but elbows Kaitlyn in the spine.

As the action evolves, Kaitlyn tries her best to get back into things, hitting Love with forearms to the face, but Angelina is able to work her down to the mat again and get back on top. JR reminds us of Kaitlyn's relationship with the new King of the KWF Panther, and suggests that, together, they have raised each other's games these past few months. Regal: “I must say, when you have a partnership like that it can improve you as you're always looking to impress the other, but in the case of Panther and Kaitlyn, all they ever did was make silly jokes and act the goat. They're both imbeciles as far as I'm concerned, although I'll concede Kaitlyn is a tremendously talented competitor.” JR: “What about King Panther?” Regal: “Meh.” Kaitlyn is mostly on the defensive now, but she counter attacks with a small package, getting Two. Angelina is angry as she gets up and boots Kaitlyn in the chest, before backing off to the corner. She seems set for a Spear, and as a groggy Kaitlyn gets up, Love races over. However, Kaitlyn jumps and Angelina runs underneath her, slamming into the turnbuckles. Kaitlyn grabs her on the return and dumps her down with a reverse DDT. She hooks the leg and gets One... Two... and... no! Love kicks out!

JR: “So close! What a match this has been. The Chicks Division in the KWF has showcased the highest standard of Women's Wrestling I can recall ever commentating on in my long broadcasting career.” Regal: “Oh absolutely. It has been a pleasure calling matches with you here in the KWF Jim, and especially those involving our female competitors. I can't get over how much free reign they have been given in this company to showcase their skills, and some of our best contests in the past couple of years have involved the likes of Kaitlyn, AJ Lee, Mickie James, Angelina, Velvet, Gail Kim and Queen Madison. Soon it'll be back to their three-minute slots on WWE or TNA.” Kaitlyn sends Angelina against the ropes and goes for a clothesline, but Angelina ducks, before hitting Kaitlyn with a Chick Kick! JR: “That's Trish's move! She's stolen the Chick Kick to try and beat Kaitlyn!” Love turns to blow a kiss to Trish, before covering. JR: “Trish said that Angelina and Velvet were Trish wannabes, I guess she was right.” However, Kaitlyn kicks out at the last split second and this match continues.

Angelina is frustrated and yells at Lita, accusing her of a slow count, before leaning over the ropes to abuse AJ and Trish. AJ gets up on the apron. She walks slowly toward Angelina as Lita tells her to get down. Angelina is still shouting her down, but not for long as AJ grabs her by the face and plants a huge kiss on her! The crowd gasp and cheer as Angelina struggles with AJ’s lips locked on her, and Lita isn't sure whether to call a DQ or not, but she lets the kiss carry on. Kaitlyn seizes the opportunity and rolls Angelina up, unlocking the kiss and getting another near fall. AJ drops back down to ringside, as a surprised Trish looks at her. She wipes the lipstick from her mouth and shrugs her shoulders before laughing. Regal: “WWE’s nut-bar AJ. Wonderful. Well at least she’s kissing gals eh Jim?” JR: “No comment. I’m a happily married man.” Regal: “What’s that got to do with anything?” Meanwhile, Angelina’s back up and she kicks Kaitlyn in the ribs, and backs off to attempt another Spear. She races over to try and connect, but again Kaitlyn jumps over it. However, Love this time heads for the ropes, before bouncing back and *BAM!* Spear! Spear! Spear!... from Kaitlyn! She covers and hooks both legs, getting One... Two... and THREE!

Winner and New KWF Women’s Champion: Kaitlyn.

Kaitlyn is on her knees and has her hands held aloft in the air in triumph. AJ and Trish slide into the ring and embrace her. They have a group hug, before they both raise the hands of the new KWF Women's Champion. Lita is handed the Title, and she gives it to Trish, who turns and hands it to Kaitlyn. JR: “If that isn't a torch passing I don't know what is.” Regal: “Shame, I fancied Angelina, in more ways than one, but I guess momentum was with Kaitlyn coming into Mania. With Trish and AJ in her corner along with a ref that kicked poor Velvet in the face, Kaitlyn was probably the favorite to win this.” Kaitlyn has mascara running down her face as the realization of what she has achieved sinks in. Trish and AJ lift her up onto their shoulders, as Lita applauds. JR: “Kaitlyn is the last ever KWF Women's Champion! What does the future of the Women's Division hold for her and the rest of the KWF Chicks? Who knows, but in this company, they have all been treated like Queens!” Angelina and Velvet sit on the outside of the ring looking forlorn, while Kaitlyn celebrates.

We turn our attention to the stage where a band sets up. We see a video package replaying the various moments of the career highlights of Y2J Chris Jericho. We come back Live and pyro’s explode on stage where Jericho is lined up with his band Fozzy and the group make the crowd go nuts to a Live performance of ‘Balls to the Wall’. Fozzy follow with ‘Enemy’ and then finish with ‘Stay Hungry’. They give our WrestleMania crowd a musical break and the audience cheer them out as Jericho concludes with his Y2J stage-pose. Click HERE to watch/listen to a mesh of the songs above.

We go to a video package reminding us of the history of the British Invasion’s time in the KWF. We see that the group were once led by William Regal on KWF’s old Friday night program Impact SmackDown. Regal was a maestro when it came to choosing young up and coming talent and he was instrumental in leading Drew McIntyre and Styler to Tag Team Gold. The Brits were a proud union, but when the fusion of TNA RAW and Impact SmackDown came, Regal decided to step down as leader, turn to commentary and leave the British Invasion in the capable hands of Wade Barrett. Barrett molded a new tag team; Mason Ryan and Rob Terry, the Welsh Dragons. He took great pleasure in the allure of Layla and he was successful in earning himself World Championship opportunities, most recently against AJ Styles at SuperBrawl. Barrett’s opportunity was cut short though. And this was because of the Latin American eXchange.

LAX are a newly formed faction with the common ground that they all felt overlooked by Edge, the General Manager of the KWF. Rey Mysterio, Konnan, Homicide, Hernandez and Chavo Guerrero, all joined Alberto Del Rio’s cause. A cause fueled by money and the goal to dominate as the top faction in the KWF. The British Invasion were well established, but LAX couldn’t handle that. The Brits’ leader was main eventing SuperBrawl, but LAX couldn’t handle that. They seemed like they were happy with the idea of dominating the Hardcore Division, not just Del Rio, but all of them making sure that he won and thus keeping the Belt within their faction. But the Brits took exception to this. The Brits cost Del Rio his Hardcore Title against Sheamus, not to help the Irishman, but to establish that they were the top faction in the KWF. Ever since costing each other Gold, both these groups have been at logger-heads and tonight is where a conclusion comes to the war once and for all. Edge has made it official. British Invasion versus LAX in a five on five match. First fall to a finish.

♫LAX’s music♫ <<< click to play) hits and we listen as Ricardo Rodriguez begins their introductions from inside the ring. We see a mini-van drive out beside the Mania stage and the doors open with LAX members Homicide, Hernandez, Chavo, Rey, Konnan and Melina all bopping out like a gang of thugs. The crowd boo as they climb up the stage. They stand there all lined up before the music changes into the ♫theme of Alberto Del Rio♫ <<< click to play). Del Rio steps out from behind the curtain and lines up with the rest of his faction as Rodriguez proudly announces his name. Regal: “What a goon. This group of bandits steal a mini-van, they cost Wade the World Title and now they’re so far up themselves that Del Rio gets his own part of the entrance here at WrestleMania? The man’s full of himself and he’s proving that this isn’t exactly a unified faction at all.”

JR: “Oh I don’t know about that. Your allegiance to the Brits is clear Mister Regal, but let me remind you that LAX have always worked like this. This group formed on the back of a common notion, the idea that they were all screwed over or harshly treated at some point or another. Now Del Rio is the hood ornament of the group because he funds them completely. When they acquired the Hardcore Title at the beginning of the year, they did so to show their unity and to make a point that they can take whatever they want. But when it comes to the money that is part of the prize with Championship Gold, Del Rio already has that. He must be paying the members of his group very smartly for all of them to not be so distracted by Championships and I can bet you this; he’ll give’m one heck of a bonus if they defeat the Brits here at WrestleMania.”

Regal: “Okay, so tell me this Jimbo. The Hardcore Title was a statement and their attacks on the Brits are to show that they’re the number one faction in all of wrestling and you’re telling me that they’re not individually coveting Title’s because of Del Rio’s money… so why the heck did they steal a mini-van?!!!” JR: “Because they can. Haha Del Rio’s view is probably; why should we pay just because we have the money? It’s like a mob of pirates. Del Rio’s the captain of his ship and he looks after his goons well. But if there’s something they want collectively, they steal it.” ♫The British Invasion’s music♫ <<< click to play) hits and the group comes out as one onto the stage. They march to the ring together as Regal says: “Pirates. A fitting way to describe LAX Jim, and if they’re mucky scallywags then the Brits are soldiers to the great Queen of England. Look at them march. Onward Commodore Barrett, off with their heads!”

Wade Barrett, Drew McIntyre, Styler, Mason Ryan & Rob Terry w/ Layla vs. Alberto Del Rio, Chavo Guerrero, Rey Mysterio, Homicide & Hernandez w/ Melina & Konnan – British Invasion vs. LAX  

Both sets of factions go to their corners and we watch as Big SuperMex Hernandez starts off against Mason Ryan. The two lock up and Mason shoves Hernandez away. Hernandez takes exception and he widens his eyes before going back toward Ryan, but Ryan backs off to his corner and he tags in Styler, who comes in and dropkicks Hernandez to the thigh. He just stands there though and he barks at Styler, yelling at him to try that again. Styler sprints toward the ropes, but as he comes back Hernandez performs a huge ‘Get Off Me’ shoulder barge and Styler’s sent from one side of the ring to the other. SuperMex bops arrogantly as he goes to pick him up by the corner. He lays into Styler with punches before performing a hard Irish-whip, sending his opponent into the opposite corner. He then makes a tag to Homicide. Hernandez goes and puts a knee into Styler’s back while he’s down. He reaches forward to pull back on Styler’s chin and Homicide runs against the ropes top come back and low-dropkick the Brit right in the mush. We see Wade Barrett bark at the referee and Layla complains from the outside. The ref ushers Hernandez away as Homicide keeps Styler grounded before making a cover. Gets One, Two – but Styler kicks out.

The comms are surprised to see that the two groups didn’t run at each other raring to tear one another’s heads off at the beginning of the match. JR: “We’ve seen both these groups attack each other in the parking lot, during matches, backstage and even during the big Thundercat return this past Wednesday night. All of a sudden they’re at WrestleMania and the brakes are firmly on. Are they nervous because of this Grand Stage? Are they intimidated?” Regal: “Oh no chance Jim. This isn’t just about brawling anymore and you’re right, they are on the Grand Stage. But not only that, it’s the final stage. This is the be all and end all and both these factions know just how important a victory is here. They’re set up, they have game plans and with the match being one fall to a finish, they know that brawling won’t help because backs turned and quick pins could lead to an ultimate victory. No one remembers the losers and faction supremacy means everything here. I’m on the edge of my seat.” JR: “And so are the fans William. Neither of these groups are fan favorites, but everyone is intrigued to see who comes out on top.”

The match continues with Homicide doing well against Styler and then tagging in Chavo. Guerrero receives a round of boos as the comms remind us that he betrayed Edge when the Rated R GM tried to get him to be a peacemaker between himself and the Latin American eXchange. JR: “Edge approached Chavo as a friend, but he stabbed him right in the back.” Regal: “Yes and I’m guessing Mister Del Rio’s money talked there too.” We watch as Chavo arrogantly taunts the Brit corner. He sets to pick Styler up and administer the Three Amigos, but Styler counters, knees Chavo in the gut before yanking him to the canvas in a Small Package. One, Two – but Mysterio comes in full speed and breaks the count. On the far side we watch as Drew McIntyre sprints in and he lays Rey out with a big boot. Chavo gets up to try and go at Drew, but the ref stops him and meanwhile Styler is able to go toward his corner. Del Rio commands Chavo to make a tag and he does, but he can’t get in quick enough to stop Styler from tagging Wade Barrett. We see Mysterio roll out of the ring and Konnan checks on him. Drew goes back to his corner and now there’s a battle of Gladiators type atmosphere as the leaders of the two factions are set to go one on one.

JR: “We saw Barrett versus Del Rio a couple of Turmoil’s ago, but that match was interrupted by LAX and with all their experience, they were able to make it perceived by the ref that it’s Barrett who should be the one Disqualified.” Regal: “Bastards!” Barrett and Del Rio mouth off to one another and the audience erupts as we hear Layla bashing the ring apron and both sets of factions bouncing on the ropes by their corners. Del Rio throws the first punch, but Barrett blocks it. He comes back with a left of his own. A right, then another left, hitting hard and fast, forcing Del Rio toward the corner. Regal: “You can’t get into a fist fight with Barrett haha. The man will knock you out!” But as Barrett forces Del Rio to the corner we watch as Konnan climbs the ring apron. This distracts the referee and allows Homicide and Hernandez to come in illegally and batter Barrett from behind. From the far side though, The Welsh Dragons come in and all hell breaks loose. Konnan drops from the apron as Layla goes around ringside to get in his face. Melina comes by Konnan and without warning she tackles Layla to the floor. “Cat fight!” yells JR.

There’s havoc in the ring as The Welsh Dragons and the original duo of LAX go at it. And while Ryan and Terry are bigger and collectively stronger, it’s LAX that are getting the upper hand, once again using their experience. Regal: “I’ll give them that one. Mason and Rob are knuckleheads compared to Homicide and Hernandez.” JR: “I’ve heard KWF fans say over time that LAX are a tag team that should have been in Tag Title contention since the dawning of the Hogan/Flair era when we went from TNA RAW and Impact SmackDown to one show a week. Even after Edge took over, Homicide and Hernandez simply didn’t take their opportunities when they came.” Regal: “Those chances where through multiple-team matches though Jim. They never earned a two-on-two Tag Title chance, and that’s part of a reason why the entire LAX faction formed. Scorned superstars all feeling hard done by, by the system.” We watch as the referee fails to get control and the crowd gasp as we see Layla tear the bottom part of Melina’s dress off. Regal: “Red undies. Nice.” Konnan meanwhile plays director and he points Mysterio in the direction of the top turnbuckle. Rey flies toward an incoming McIntyre and he performs a headscissor to drop Drew toward the middle rope. Mysterio rolls onto his feet and he sees a chance to dial up the 6-1-9, but as he runs against the ropes, Rob Terry catches him to lift him up into Gorilla Press position. He walks Rey by the ropes and sends him flying right onto Konnan. Layla and Melina continue to go back and forth, their hair and make-up getting very messy in the process.

Homicide and Hernandez have Mason Ryan where they want him, set up by the corner and Hernandez is set to launch the Welshman for an almighty Border Toss. He tries to execute, but Terry’s back on the scene to break it up and the two tag teams continue to battle it out. By Drew we see Ricardo Rodriguez illegally rake his eyes and then Chavo comes round to pull him through the ropes and perform a modified neckbreaker right on the floor. The referee still cannot get control of the match, but he remembers that Del Rio and Barrett are legal and while a brawl goes on we watch as Barrett and Del Rio go at it in the middle of the ring. Del Rio gains control, trying to administer the Cross-Armbreaker, but as he lays back on the canvas, Barrett refuses to get off his feet. The pressure forces him down to one knee and he could be in trouble, but the ref counts One, Two – and Del Rio has to let go of the move. The chaos continues around the legal men and the ref, with Del Rio asking him why he counted and the ref tells him that his shoulders were down. Del Rio then sets to go back at Barrett, but we watch as Barrett takes a step to measure his opponent and then *BOOM* Bull-Hammer connecting! LAX and the Dragons are all tied up, McIntyre’s laid out. We see Konnan and Rey getting up all groggy. Melina’s by the foot of the ramp, covering her chest as she’s been ripped to her bra and panties. Chavo tries getting in the ring, but he has McIntyre holding one ankle and Layla holding the other. Barrett has Del Rio down in the centre of the ring and we hear Melina howl “Noooo! Nooooo!” as Wade covers for One, Two, and Three!

Winners: Wade Barrett and the British Invasion.

♫Wade Barrett’s music♫ <<< click to play) hits and we watch as Konnan and Mysterio gather around Melina, Konnan wrapping a Mexican flag around her. Chavo gets in a few licks on McIntyre, but Drew doesn’t even bother fighting back. He smirks in Chavo’s face and in his strong Scottish accent we hear him shout: “We won! We won you pillock, we won!” And Chavo marches toward the ramp. LAX crawl in the ring and pull Del Rio out and we then see Ricardo Rodriguez with his head down, quietly walking around ringside, tip-toeing around Mason Ryan and Rob Terry. Layla gets in the ring to embrace Wade. Styler brings out a British flag from the timekeeper's corner and William Regal is on his feet as The British Invasion line up in the ring and their leader, the winner of the match Wade Barrett waves the Union Jack. The crowd applaud the match as LAX look on in disgust. They’re angry and frustrated at having to see the Brits victorious and the scene fades out to an angry group of Latino’s marching up the ramp.

We see that CM Punk is ready for tonight's main event, and he is sat in the locker room with his head in his hands, seemingly getting into his pre-game mindset. We hear someone approaching, and Punk stands to greet them. It's none other than former KWF TNA RAW General Manager, Bret 'Hitman' Hart. Punk nods to him and shakes his hand. Bret says “CM Punk, the Best in the World. Tonight is without doubt the biggest match of your life, and I just came here to say that, honestly, as much as I respect the hell out of AJ, John and Dwayne, my money is firmly on you to get the job done and win the KWF World Heavyweight Championship.” Punk smiles: “Thank you Hitman. Coming from the Best there is, the Best there was and the Best there ever will be, that means a lot. We are both considered the be the Best wrestlers of our generations, and that's what tonight is all about. It's about proving who is the Best of the Best, and tonight I show the whole world that as great as my fellow competitors are, none of them are the Best in the World. That title belongs to CM Punk, and by the end of the night, so will the KWF World Heavyweight Championship.” Bret reminds Punk that he main evented many WrestleMania's in his time, but adds that he wishes he'd still been able to compete on a night like this. Bret: “This is the biggest Mania ever, and there's nothing like the feeling of holding the Title above your head as the pyro's go off and the show fades out. Just remember that you could be the last face people see as the tenure of the KWF fades out. You fight for the honor of making that happen.” Punk nods and shakes Bret's hand again as the Excellence of Execution exits. Punk rolls his wrists as we fade back into the Stadium.

We come back to ringside where Justin Roberts announces that the following contest is for the KWF Intercontinental Championship. The audience rise as one as we hear ♫the music of Randy Orton♫ <<< click to play) and KWF’s Apex Predator makes his way out to the stage. He takes in the cheers as he proudly carries his Belt to the ring and JR tells of how WrestleMania really is the showcase of the immortals. The comms discuss how this match has been in the making ever since the unification of the United States and Intercontinental Belts. JR: “That was at Starrcade 2011 when Morgan defeated The Pope to drop the US Title and raise the Intercontinental Gold.” Regal: “Yes and that was also the moment that Randy Orton realized how much that Belt meant to him. The KWF re-established the prestige of being lucky enough to be on the list of IC Champs and to Orton, one word came to mind when linking his name to the Belt, and that word was ‘legacy’. Randy went after that Title and he won it on the Mania stage last year, defeating Morgan, The Rock and Dolph Ziggler in an epic Fatal-4-Way match. Now, a year later, Dolph Ziggler’s become the King of the KWF, okay, he lost tonight, but let me continue; The Rock has an even more successful movie career and he’s in our main event later on. But Mister Orton and Matt Morgan here are still fighting over the Intercontinental Title. They’re obsessed and I for one think it’s brilliant. The Apex Predator has made that Belt his property, but The Blueprint believes that he will defeat Orton for the Belt tonight, getting the ultimate retribution for losing it in the 4-Way last year. What a Mania it’s been so far, and this match is certainly top billing for me.”

Orton stands in the ring as JR tells of how this past year hasn’t been an easy ride for The Viper: “He’s had suspensions, injuries. He’s lost and won back that IC Title and tonight’s the night he does cement his legacy.” The Blueprint completes his entrance meanwhile and he looks pumped as he eyeballs Orton across the ring. The referee shows both men the prize before raising it to the audience and then handing it to the timekeeper. Regal: “Here we go.”

Randy Orton vs. Matt Morgan – Intercontinental Championship

Orton has a focused look in his eyes and we watch as Morgan approaches for a lock-up, but Orton ducks under and takes a step toward the other side of the ring. The Viper turns round and Morgan doesn’t look impressed. Morgan sets for another attempt at a tie-up, but Orton ducks under it again and then takes a shot to Morgan’s kidney before elbowing the top of his back and then going in front of Morgan with his back to him and taking him over with a snapmare. Morgan rolls through it and stands up right away, but by the time he turns round, Randy Orton’s slithered out of the ring. Regal: “What the heck’s he playing at? Just get on with the match Randy.” JR: “Aww Mister Regal, Orton’s not the reigning Intercontinental Champion because he’s a dummy. He’s wrestling this match his way and that means that he won’t allow Morgan to control proceedings in the way that he wants to. It’s like a game of chess. Orton’s clearly studied his opponent and he knows his moves. So what he does is counter those moves well enough to not allow his opponent to think that they’re in control. It’s a mind game, it’s tactical and it’s impressive from Orton. He has his game face on right here.”

Regal: “All well and good Jim, but Matt Morgan’s not called the Blueprint for nothing. He has an answer for everything and being the Blueprint means that he knows the way out. You’re right that Orton’s trying to ensure that Morgan doesn’t get comfortable, but how does he know that his plan’s working? Morgan has a bit of a poker face on here and it doesn’t seem to me that he’s getting so angry.” Orton eyeballs Morgan whilst at ringside and the referee tells him to get back in the ring. Morgan just stands there, but taunts, tapping his wrist signaling that it’s only a matter of time before he gets on the Hellavator and it’s lights out for Orton. Randy slithers under the bottom rope and into the ring, but Morgan pounces and he clobbers Orton over his back. He lays into him with forearm shots, not allowing Orton to get to his feet and the ref yells at him, but Morgan then flips Orton over for a cover. The ref sets to count, but no, Orton’s feet are under the ropes.

Morgan gets up and picks Orton up to place him by the corner. He lays into him with knees to the gut and then follows up with a boot to the throat, choking The Viper and the fans boo like hell. JR: “Orton’s the clear fan favorite, but there’s no doubting the talent and tenacity of The Blueprint.” Morgan Irish-whips Orton into the opposite corner and he sets to drive into his gut with a shoulder-barge, but Orton lifts himself atop the top turnbuckle and rolls over the back of Morgan to clutch him down to the canvas for a school-boy-like pinning predicament. Orton gets One, gets Two – but Morgan kicks out emphatically. Regal: “Smart move by both men. Getting pin attempts in early, making sure they warn each other that they could lose this match at any time.” Orton gets to his feet, as does Morgan. Orton tries for one of his patented hard clotheslines, but the fans gasp as Morgan just stands there. Morgan shakes his head as Orton tries it again. Morgan shakes his head more as Orton then feigns to throw a right hand at Morgan’s face, but he stops himself, drops to the canvas and rolls out to ringside. Regal: “Come on, this is getting silly now.” Some of the fans even boo Orton, but JR says that Orton knows exactly what he’s doing: “He knew very well that he wasn’t going to win that battle, so instead of allowing Morgan to build his adrenaline to come back at Orton and take his head off, Orton simply slithered out of the ring and he survives this part of the match. At the very same time he’s aggravating Morgan and as you suggested earlier William, that’s all part of the plan. Orton’s trying to get Morgan out of his comfort zone and so far, as the match goes on, his tactics are working. Morgan must be getting increasingly frustrated inside.”

Regal points out that Orton usually takes the battle to his opponent and makes him wrestle his game, but with a man the size of Morgan and with such stakes as the Intercontinental Title on the line, Orton can’t take any chances and he must bide his time to strike at the most opportune moment. Orton sets to slither back in the ring again, but stops himself as Morgan approaches. Orton tells the ref to get Morgan back, and so Morgan does step away. As Orton slithers into the ring, we watch as Matt Morgan backs out of it. He drops to ringside and eyeballs Orton. Randy slowly approaches the ropes where Morgan mouths off at him from ringside. Regal: “The tides have turned now. Morgan’s playing Orton at his own strategy and now it may be The Viper who’s getting angry. This is brilliant Jim. Neither man is letting up at all. They both know that a moment of weakness in the mind could lead to a move that decks them in the match.” We watch as Orton raises his arms and the crowd begin to scream. They show their allegiance to The Viper and the roar from the crowd gets to Morgan. He shakes his head and waves his arms, telling Orton that the fans mean nothing to him. Randy climbs the turnbuckles and poses. Regal: “Now he’s got the help of the proverbial sixth man. All roads lead to an Orton win so far here Jim.” JR: “That certainly seems like the case, but let’s not take for granted that the match has been very methodical so far. Neither man wants to lose, but which man is going to take that stride, take that risk to get the win?”

As Orton climbs down from the buckles, we see Morgan climb the apron and he yanks Orton by the neck over the top rope. Morgan drops back to ringside and then pulls Orton by his feet, dragging him out to ringside and the fans boo as Morgan knees Orton in the face. He picks him up to place him against the ring apron and then he knees him in the gut. Once, twice, before headbutting him right over his brow. The crowd boo as the comms tell that Morgan’s finally getting some kind of control of this match. However, as he starts toward Orton again, The Viper turns round and levels Morgan with a hard right hand. He builds momentum, Orton punching over and over before trying to bash his head off the barricade, but Morgan’s too big, too strong and he counters to clobber Orton over his neck and he sends him over the barricade and into the front row. Morgan goes back toward the ring, rolls in and rolls out to reset the referee’s count. He starts toward the barricade and he steps over it. Orton’s getting up, but Morgan nails him with a knee to the gut. The crowd clear out the way and Morgan launches Orton toward the unpadded floor. He then picks him up and launches him like a torpedo over the barricade and back out toward ringside. The fans boo as Morgan maintains his control for a period of time here. He dominates Orton as he takes the match back in the ring and JR says: “Orton’s early strategies may all be moot here. Morgan’s got complete control of the match.” Regal; “Morgan was full of confidence in his interview on Turmoil this past Wednesday night and he’s certainly delivering when it comes to hurting Orton tonight. Randy’s not dealt with this kind of challenge before and it may only be a matter of time here Jim. The Viper looks spent.”

Morgan has Orton down after a side-walk slam and he covers, but Orton kicks out after Two. He picks him up and taps his imaginary watch, getting set for a Hellavator, but no, Orton rushes him toward the ropes. He pushes him through to the apron, but before Morgan falls, Randy grabs him by his neck and we watch as he pulls him back through the ropes. He has that I hear voices look in his eye and *BAM* he drops Morgan for his trademark hanging legs Orton-DT. The Viper turns the big man over, makes sure he hooks both legs. Gets One on the cover, gets Two – but Morgan kicks out! Orton stands up. The crowd applaud as he looks out to them and then we watch as he performs the Orton stomp. Hard stamping of his feet on every limb of Morgan, but as he works his way round Morgan’s body, at the last stamp Morgan catches his ankle and he tackles him to the canvas. He lays into him with lefts and rights, ferociously battering him with closed fists. The referee rolls Morgan off, telling him off for fighting illegally. We see Orton get up by the turnbuckles and Morgan storms at him with a shoulder-barge to the gut, connecting this time. He lifts Orton to prop him atop the top turnbuckle and we watch as he administers a second rope superplex. Orton crashes to the canvas and Morgan makes the cover; One! Two! – but Orton kicks out! The crowd is in suspense, worried about The Viper, but their volume rises as they try get Orton back into the match.

Morgan maintains control for the moment, pinning Orton again, but again only getting Two. He gets to his feet and complains to the ref, but the ref tells him that Orton got his shoulder up before the Three. Morgan sets to get Orton on his feet again, but The Viper begins to fight back now, punching Morgan in the gut and then the face. Morgan pushes Orton away, and Orton rolls back on the canvas, but gets up to sprint back at his opponent. Morgan however grabs Orton by the throat, a menacing look in his eyes, but Orton Mongolian Chops down Morgan’s arms and then kicks him in the gut before uppercutting his jaw. Morgan drops to one knee, but then he counters another punch and stands up to headbutt Orton like a rising bull. He drops The Viper, covers, One, Two – but no, Orton kicks out again. Morgan gets up, determined to end this now and he picks Orton up onto a vertical base. He hooks his neck and now we may get set for a Hellavator, but no, Orton counters with a DDT! But Morgan’s head bounces off the canvas and his body’s momentum has him stand up right away. Orton gets up aswell. He dropkicks Morgan emphatically at the top of his back and Morgan bounces off the ropes. He comes back and Orton impressively lifts him for an almighty scoop powerslam! An amazing show of strength and a huge WrestleMania moment and now Orton has the crowd going wild as he pounds his fists on the canvas, gearing everybody up for an RKO. The fans chant his name, but as Morgan gets up, Orton leaps to go for the move – but Morgan catches him! Morgan shows his strength now and the fans gasp as one as Morgan maintains a lift on Orton in mid-air. We can see a release of panic on Orton’s face as Morgan turns him all the way round while he has him up – and then he drives The Viper down with the most hellacious Hellavator we’ve ever seen! Morgan makes the cover, hooking both legs for the referee to count. One! Two! And this time, Orton’s down, Orton’s out, Orton’s finished as Matt Morgan gets Three!

Winner and New KWF Intercontinental Champion: Matt Morgan.

♫Morgan’s music♫ <<< click to play) hits and we watch as he gets to his feet and the referee hands him the Intercontinental Title. JR: “He’s done it! By God he’s done it! Matt Morgan has his retribution, his redemption and a year after losing the Intercontinental Championship, he wins it back on this Grand Stage, he defeats The Viper and William we have a new Intercontinental Champion!” Regal: “Aaahh what a match this was Jim. A fascinating battle and I must say I’m impressed. Orton had his WrestleMania moment when he took Morgan up and over for a scoop powerslam, but no one could have seen that coming from Morgan. To evade an RKO is one thing, but to counter it completely and turn it into your finisher, well that down right deserves a victory in itself. Well done Blueprint. That was one heck of a victory.” We see Orton coming to, sat on the canvas looking desperately disappointed as Morgan celebrates with his Title in the background.

Edge is standing and applauding after having watched the IC Title match from the balcony of his Skybox. KWF interviewer Jeremy Borash steps into the picture to get a word with the GM. Edge says that while this is KWF’s last night, there’s a solemn sadness about the locker room, but it can’t take away from the fact that this is a celebration. A celebration of the best wrestling talent in the world “and so far JB, I think our guys and gals have done us proud. There’ve been some great matches. I’m proud of my old T-cat hombre Panther, Kurt Angle put on the match of his life and what about that thumb-tack Muscle Buster by Joe? Man that had ta hurt!” Borash smiles and says that such matches indeed make this night a celebration of everything KWF’s put forward: “But up next Edge is the Triple Threat Tables, Ladders and Chairs match for the KWF World Tag Team Championships. How do you see that panning out?” Edge scratches his head. He says that neither team can stand each other: “and it was eerie how they didn’t touch each other on Turmoil this past Wednesday. It was almost as if it was a calm before the storm and with TLC, we know it’s going to be one heck of a storm out there.” We hear a voice in the background: “Damn right it’ll be a storm.” Christian Cage comes into the Skybox and Edge invites him to take a seat. The two of them reminisce about their time as TLC competitors and they declare that while they enjoyed a WrestleMania rivalry against one another, E&C will always remain friends. Edge pulls out a bowl of popcorn as we hear ♫Beer Money’s music♫ <<< click to play) in the background.

We go to ringside where we see James Storm and Robert Roode make their entrance alongside Gail Kim. They pat the already set-up tables and they check that the ladders are steady before eventually getting in the ring. Their Tag Team Title Belts are hanging high above the ring and we see them point up to signal to the fans that those Belts are coming home to them. The Dudleys are next out. Carrying a table all the way down the WrestleMania ramp and then setting it up by the ring apron. Bubba and Devon aren’t messing around. They both go to different sides of the ring and set up two more tables. ♫Music hits♫ <<< click to play) and while we see Beer Money eyeball The Dudleys we watch as Gambit and Jeff ‘The Joker’ Hardy make their way down the ramp. The Joker swerves under and out of already set-up ladders and Regal says: “That’s bad luck.” JR: “Not the first time Jeff Hardy’s done that.” Beer Money turn to see Gambit and Joker make their entrance, but from behind they’re attacked by Bubba and Devon and the referee gets the match underway.

Beer Money vs. The Dudleys vs. Gambit & The Joker – Triple Threat TLC match for the KWF World Tag Team Titles

The Dudleys clobber Beer Money from behind, getting the upperhand. JR: “There’s no ‘last show fever’ about this match here William. I don’t think any of the competitors in this contest could give a damn about KWF coming to an end. To the Dudleys it’s about cementing their name in history as the most successful and dominant team in Tag wrestling. To Beer Money it’s about legitimizing their own dynasty and making sure that the world knows who they are as the Tag Team Champions. Not because of any interference or close call. They’ve won TLC before and they’ll do it again by hook or by crook.” Regal: “And what about Why So Serious? What are they here for?” JR: “Spotlight. Attention. I’ve been thinking about this a lot in the build-up to Mania and what’s been clear about Why So Serious from the very beginning is that they crave being talked about. They want to be in the newspapers, they want to be on ‘Wanted’ posters and they love the attention they get when they’re targeted. Gambit and Joker are Tag Team competitors and throughout all Why So Serious’ shenanigans; laying down in matches, taking hits, threatening people with knives and setting rooms on fire, Gambit and Joker Hardy are two of the very best and that’s what makes them so feared. It can seem that they’re losing, but they’ll still win. And I must reiterate; there’s no limits that Why So Serious won’t go to to ensure that the headlines are all about them. The Joker won’t admit it and Gambit will say ‘whatever’, but through my experience I know egomaniacs when I see them and Why So Serious are the worst kind because they’ll do anything for all that attention.”

We watch as Gambit and Joker get involved in the match and there’s a lot of chair use early on as Bubba bashes James Storm over his back at ringside. We then see Joker Hardy climb the barricade to run along it and go flying at Bubba, but he’s caught as Bubba drops the chair. He turns, holding Hardy in position and Devon comes long from behind to grab Jeff by the neck and The Dudleys 3D Hardy through a table! The sound of the crash is followed by a collective ‘Ohhhh!’ from the fans, but then we see Joker turn over in the rubble and he’s laughing his head off. Bobby Roode comes onto the scene to go at Devon and we see Gambit jab Bubba with a ladder. Roode smashes Devon into the steel stairs before getting in the ring and directing Gail to get a chair and watch Devon. Roode manages to set a ladder up and he’s looking to end this early, but then we see Christy ‘Harley Quinn’ Hemme emerge from the audience. She slides into the ring and drags the ladder. Roode tells her off, dragging it back and then we see Gail come into the ring. Roode stands in the middle of the argument as Gail and Harley Quinn yell at one another. Gail lifts the steel chair, but then from behind we see Kelly Kelly grab the weapon off her. Gail turns round and *BAM* Kelly nails her with the chair! The crowd gasp ‘Ohhhhh’ again as Gail is laid flat out! Devon gets in the ring meanwhile and he goes at Roode. The Why So Serious girls then kick-roll Gail out the ring and they exit to ringside.

We watch as Gambit and Bubba battle all the way up the ramp. There are tables, ladders and chairs all over the ramp and by the side of the stage. As Bubba gets the upperhand, overpowering LeBeau, we see him target a table below. JR: “He wants to throw Gambit off the stage and through the table. He could do some real damage here.” However as he sets Gambit into Powerbomb position, he looks toward the table again and it’s suddenly been set on fire. Regal: “It’s Abyss!” Abyss is stood by the flaming table and while Bubba’s distracted we see Joker Hardy come storming up the ramp with a chair and he smashes it over Bubba’s back. Gambit gets up and he and Joker then toss Bubba down to the floor by the stage. JR: “By God, Bubba’s all alone with Abyss here. Devon hasn’t got a clue what’s going on.” Regal: “It’s turnabout Jim. Remember a few months back when The Dudleys put Abyss through a flaming table?! This is Abyss returning the favor!” And the comms yell “Aaaahhh!” as Abyss Chokeslams Bubba through the fire! The Monster stands there, laughing evilly and then we see medics and security come to hose down the fire around Bubba-Ray.

Gambit and The Joker walk back down the ramp as the comms tell that Why So Serious are running ragged on this match simply because of the numbers game. Regal: “They have the girls watching the ring, the Monster watching the stage. It’s impossible. The Dudleys don’t stand a chance now that Bubba’s out of it and Beer Money’s valet has just been smashed with a steel chair! Jesus Christ!” JR: “Why So Serious don’t care. Joker laughed when he was put through a table and the girls aren’t afraid of getting in the rough stuff with the boys. Good God, what next?” We watch as Joker grabs a ladder and sets it up to be tilted from the foot of the ramp to the middle rope. Gambit goes at James Storm at ringside, but telegraphs his attack and Storm lifts him for a back body drop – and the Cajun goes flying over the top rope and down to ringside through a table! The comms review replays and we then see Kelly Kelly go and check on him. Joker meanwhile goes to pick up a chair. He throws it in the ring, then another, then another. He grabs another one and gets in the ring, but then Devon and Roode are waiting for him. Joker smiles and throws the chair at Roode before dropkicking Devon’s chair back in his face. Roode gets back up and he grabs Joker in a front headlock. James Storm comes into the ring, bringing another ladder. He lays it down and Beer Money double suplex Joker on the steel. They seem to have control now and they get a ladder set up under the Belts. Roode climbs as Storm watches the surrounding area. Devon gets up and he manages to jab Storm in the gut with a chair before following Roode up the ladder. He smashes his back with the chair and Roode falls all the way down to the mat. Devon seems to have control now, but only now he realizes that he’s on his own. He looks around for Bubba and then looks all the way up to the stage where there’s carnage from the flaming table.

Devon has a determined look on his face as he drops the chair and sets to climb the ladder. He manages to get to the very top, but then James Storm jogs the ladder. He begins to climb the other side of it and by the time Devon reaches, he touches the Gold, but he can’t yank the Belts down because Storm climbs high enough to punch him in the gut. The two slug it out with right hands, but then we see Gambit get back in the ring and he picks up a ladder to throw it toward Devon. This rocks the Dudley brother and Devon falls all the way to the mat, his body rocking and gyrating after such a fall. James Storm sees Gambit down below, but doesn’t see that The Joker’s up and he’s pushing the ladder. He tilts it toward the ropes by the ramp-way and Storm flies off, crashing into the ladder below, the big ladder that was earlier set up by the Joker from the ramp to the middle rope. Storm rolls down the metal after crashing hard and Joker laughs again. We watch as he then exits the ring, pulls out another ladder, an even taller ladder and he sets it up by Storm. Meanwhile we see Gambit befall Roode with an echoing chair shot and while Joker goes up the ladder at ringside, Gambit goes up the ladder in the ring. Devon tries pulling himself up by the ropes, but Harley Quinn bites his fingers. We see Abyss emerge back on the stage, walking down the ramp and he’s bringing a barrel with him. K2 gets in the ring and as Gambit reaches for the Belts, The Joker flies off the ladder and Swanton’s the Cowboy! Gambit pulls down the Belts and the crowd go nuts as Hardy completes the circus act of a lifetime!

Winners and New KWF World Tag Team Champions: Gambit and Jeff ‘The Joker’ Hardy.

♫Why So Serious’ music♫ <<< click to play) hits and the replays of the match are shown over and over. A match that lived up to all its billing and Regal says that JR was proved to be right: “The attention is what they crave and they’ve bloody well done over all their opposition tonight. Gambit and Joker are Tag Champions yet again.” We watch as Abyss helps Joker to his feet. Hardy looks broken after performing the Swanton partly on the ladder, partly on Storm and partly on the floor below. Joker laughs as he aches, rolling himself into the ring. Gambit hands the Tag Titles to Harley before helping Abyss get the barrel into the ring. The music stops and the audience begin to murmur, wondering what’s happening. Abyss stands in the center of the squared circle and he takes out a liquid bottle from his pocket. JR: “That’s gasoline! What on earth?! He used that on the flaming table earlier, but what’s going on here?” We see K2 wrap her arms around Gambit, hugging him from behind. Harley Quinn holds up the Tag Belts to show The Joker and he laughs as Abyss pours gasoline into the barrel.

The audience begin to boo and then they boo louder as Joker shouts “Do it!” to Harley and she drops the Belts into the barrel before Joker lights a match and sets the Belts on fire! The crowd boo as we see a shot of Edge and Christian in the Skybox. They’re both standing. Christian with his hands over his mouth and Edge with his hands over his head. The KWF World Tag Team Championships are being destroyed and JR is beside himself: “For all the wrong reasons, of all the nasty ways you could end it here in the KWF, this is how you do it Hardy?! This is how Why So Serious want to be remembered?!” Regal: “No Jim, you said it yourself. It’s not about being remembered at all, it’s about the attention that this gets. Over time here in the KWF we’ve seen Why So Serious become unfathomably popular with the fans. But tonight they show their true colors. They have the attention that they seek. They have their headlines and for sure I feel that they’re making it clear; they’ve never cared for the opinions of the audience. They just want to be recognized as the biggest bad guys in the business. It’s a damn shame I’ll tell you that, but at the very same time I’m not surprised. After being recruited back in the KWF we’ve waited, feared, when the real Why So Serious would show up. And here they are.” Joker laughs along with Harley, who hands him a microphone. Abyss stands there eerily smiling as Kelly kisses Gambit. The flame blazes in the barrel and as the crowd calm, The Joker finishes: “Why So Serious?... Ha ha ha ha ha ha haa ha ahaa ho ho haaaa! Ha! Haaa!”

As the camera zooms in on the fire, the screen fades to black. Smoke fills the screen and we hear a *BONG!* Then a silhouette emerges in the image of a mask, that of The Absolute Lashley. The image changes to clips of KWF WrestleMania 2011, where The UnderTaker was facing Kurt Angle. The Deadman was in trouble and Angle had his straps down, ready to go for the Ankle Lock. However, a being made its way to the ring. That of The Absolute Lashley. Michael Cole: “What on Earth is that thing?!” Jerry Lawler: “Aaah!!” Lashley floored Angle, allowing UnderTaker to pick up the win once the official had recovered. The UnderTaker went on to reveal that Lashley was his new protégé. We see images of Bobby Lashley, the smiling fan favorite who rolled with the Thundercats, while Taker explains that he needed someone to follow in his footsteps and eventually become heir to his Dark Side throne. Taker had selected Lashley. He abducted him at Survivor Series 2010, and tortured and broke him. The Lashley who returned with the black DareDevil-like mask was barely a shadow of his former self. A mute with no emotion, no expression, and only a desire to punish and destroy. The Phenom guided his new project to hurting anything in his path, and had a masterplan for Lashley to dominate the KWF, which eventually led to him becoming World Champion. However, he soon lost the Title to AJ Styles just before WrestleMania 2012 in a Hell in a Cell match thanks to interference from Kane. Lashley went on to defeat Kane at Mania, and that encouraged The UnderTaker that he was still well on his way to becoming the new leader of The Dark Side. Taker was absent for many months, allowing Lashley to be guided by the late Paul Bearer, but The Beast struggled, and was defeated by Kane in a rematch at Sovereignty 2012.

The UnderTaker returned to cost Lashley in a match, ironically against Kurt Angle, and claimed that The Absolute One had let him down. Lashley tried to prove him wrong, and faced Sting at Starrcade, but was defeated again. UnderTaker was now trying to eradicate what he saw as a failed project, but such was the determination from Lashley to prove him wrong, they nearly came to blows at the Royal Rumble, but Lashley took his anger out on Kane instead, eliminating the Phenom's brother. Taker continued to disrespect Lashley, and challenged him to face Kane once more in a decider, but it was a trap so that the Brothers of Destruction could attack him. However, Lashley fought them off, and for the first time, struck The UnderTaker. The final act of Bearer before his untimely recent passing was to lay out a challenge to The UnderTaker on behalf of Lashley, to face him at WrestleMania. The Deadman initially refused, but after provocation from Sting, agreed that the match would happen ‘if’ Sting beat Kane at SuperBrawl. The Icon got the job done and the match was set. These past five weeks have seen both monsters try to play mind games with the other, including The UnderTaker striking the ring with lightening, and Lashley causing the ring to raise from the floor this past Wednesday. The Streak is on the line, it's the Student versus the Master, it's The Absolute Lashley versus The UnderTaker, and it's next Live here at KWF WrestleMania!

The sky is pitch black, fittingly for this match, and the stars look bright as every single light in the Stadium goes out. There are loud cheers and screams from the crowd, before we hear *BONG!* ♫The eerie music of The Absolute Lashley♫ <<< click to play) plays, and smoke fills the Stadium. Lashley emerges from a raising floor up to the stage, and we see that he is wearing a long black coat in the style of The UnderTaker. With the Mask to over his head, he looks positively frightening, and he slowly makes his way to the ring. JR: “A match that has been on the cards ever since this Beast made his debut two-years ago this very night. WrestleMania night. The longevity of this story has been incredible, and it was almost inevitable that it would lead to this moment. The UnderTaker facing his protégé, The Absolute Lashley, at WrestleMania.” Regal: “The little hairs are standing up on the back of my knees Jim.” Lashley raises the lights, but then the lights flicker and remain off. We see him turn his head toward the stage and we hear *BONG!* The oh-so ♫familiar music♫ <<< click to play) The UnderTaker fills the Stadium, as does yet more smoke. The Phenom’s unmistakable figure comes out to the stage and he makes his way to the ring. He stares straight at Lashley as he moves, and even when he makes his way to the steps. He gets into the ring and raises the lights himself. He removes his coat and hat, and the tension is ferocious, both beings with eyes locked upon one another’s from one corner of the ring to another. All of a sudden the ring-posts set ablaze in the style of Kane’s entrance. We then pan upward, higher than the arena Skyboxes and we see a familiar white face. JR: “That’s Sting! Good God, Sting and Kane two major players in the build-up to this match, they’re making their presence known here William.” Regal: “Indeed they are Jim and if Kane and Sting’s eyes are on this match, then let’s be sure, this is a must-see contest that the entire world has got to witness.”

The Absolute Lashley vs. The UnderTaker

The bell rings, and the fans cheer, but neither man moves. They just stare fiercely at one another. JR: “I can barely stand this. What electricity there is in MetLife Stadium. UnderTaker and Lashley are about to go at it at WrestleMania!” Regal: “Well, they're supposed to be. Somebody do something!” All of a sudden, Lashley marches to the middle of the ring. He never takes his eyes off of UnderTaker. Taker looks back, and then steps up to the middle himself. The two are now face to face, barely an inch from one another, but neither moves. They just stare fire through each other, until The UnderTaker motions his throat-slit sign. Lashley begins to snarl, and then finally, throws the first punch. He nails Taker, who stumbles back, but then comes back and fires a shot at Lashley. The fans actually cheer both hits, and Lashley definitely took the worst off that opening exchange. They trade blows again, but soon it is clear that Taker is on top and he backs Lashley into the corner. JR: “You don't take on The Phenom in a striking game, The Deadman’s power cannot be matched.” Regal: “Amen.” Lashley is able to bring Taker back into the middle of the ring, and sends him against the ropes. He goes for a clothesline, but Taker ducks and comes back off the ropes to hit a flying lariat.

The UnderTaker has made the first moves here, and is looking to put his former apprentice in his place early on. However, he sends Lashley against the ropes and goes for a big boot, but Lashley ducks it and comes off the far ropes, also hitting a flying clothesline. The fans cheer as JR says “Wow, we could be seeing like for like all night here. That's the problem when you teach someone all your moves, they can then use them against you.” Regal: “Ah yes Jim, but you must bear in mind that The UnderTaker may have taught Lashley everything that Lashley knows, but he didn't teach him everything that he knows, and that will be the difference here for me.” Lashley is enjoying some time on top now and fires Taker into the corner, before hitting a powerslam on his return. He is fighting at a very fast pace, looking more dominating and assured than he has in last year's pay-per-view losses to Kane and Sting. JR comments that despite everything that's happened, Lashley looks a far more imposing competitor since he became 'Absolute'. Regal argues that Taker himself has admitted that Lashley is not 'Absolute', merely a failed experiment.

Lashley has tried too hard and been caught out by the Phenom, who manages to hit the big boot after Lashley runs the ropes again. Taker has got himself in control as he works down Lashley with more shots in the corner, before grabbing the arm and going up to the top rope. He is going for Old School as sets to jump off, Lashley pulls him off savagely and Taker flies across the ring, crashing and rolling to the far corner. UnderTaker sits up. He stands up, but as he gets balance, Lashley races over and nearly decapitates him with a clothesline! Taker is flat on his back and Lashley covers, but Taker kicks out at Two. Lashley gets to his feet, and sees Taker sit up, before he shoots him a wide-eyed look and also gets to his feet. He grabs Lashley and fires him into the corner, before following and hitting a clothesline, before heading off to the far ropes and coming back to hit the stumbling Lashley with another big boot. UnderTaker holds the top rope and looks out to the fans, looking tired. He turns around to see Lashley sit up, before getting to his feet. JR: “I told you, move for move! I think I saw a rare look of exasperation in the Deadman's eyes!”

The match continues going back and forth, and Taker blocks a Sitdown Spinebuster attempt with an elbow to the head. This shakes Lashley enough so that he leans on the ropes to stay up, but he's not up for long as Taker clotheslines him over the top rope. However, Lashley lands on his feet on the outside. UnderTaker soon comes off the far ropes and flies over the ropes to land on Lashley at ringside. Lashley tries to catch him, but can't hold him up and they crash. JR: “Credit to Lashley for trying to catch him, but he is sent down by a move that we only see at WrestleMania.” Taker has some energy taken out of him after that move, but he has enough about him to get up and continue attacking Lashley on the outside. They go by the crashed announcers table and to the barricade, where Taker grabs Lashley's arm and climbs. He walks across the barricade, before leaping off and striking Lashley across the back with Old School. JR: “Old School on the outside to take Lashley down! If The UnderTaker gets back in the ring he could win this by count-out.” Regal: “Taker continue his undefeated WrestleMania streak with a Count-Out? You must be mad.”

Regal is correct as Taker rolls Lashley back in the ring, before following and sizing him up. As Lashley gets to his feet, Taker grabs him around the throat, before lifting him up and crashing him down with a Chokeslam! He covers and the referee counts One... Two... kick out! Lashley gets the shoulder up, and this match continues. Taker goes back to the Beast and hits him with shots, but they have little effect on Lashley this time around. Lashley stares widely back at Taker, and fires him against the ropes, before going for a back-body drop. However, Taker stops and grabs Lashley, lifting him in the air and slamming him down with a Last Ride! He slumps to his knees and manages to cover again, getting One... Two... but again Lashley gets the shoulder up! Taker falls back and cannot believe it. He's given Lashley two of his biggest moves, but hasn't been able to put him away. JR: “I think The UnderTaker is starting to think that Lashley is as tough as he first thought. This is the Lashley he created, and I think that realization is starting to hit him.” Regal: “He's still in control though, those moves must have taken a lot out of Lashley.”

Taker is sizing Lashley up again, and as he gets up, Taker grabs him and pulls him down into the Triangle Choke Hold. JR: “Hell's Gate! Hell's Gate applied!” Lashley is struggling and reaches for the ropes, but he's dead center in the middle of the ring. He is able to move around, but cannot get free of Taker's hold. He is fading, as Taker is looking determined to end it here. JR: “Can Lashley hang on here? Many have tapped to this, but Lashley has never tapped out. Can Taker be the first to do it?” Lashley looks to have faded completely, but just as the official is set to check on him, Lashley moves and drags his feet under himself. This allows him to drag himself and Taker across the ring, and he grabs the ropes. JR: “What strength! But Taker won't let go! The referee is counting, and if he reaches Five, The UnderTaker's Streak is over!” He gets to Four, but Lashley doesn't let it end this way. He lets go of the ropes, and with an amazing show of strength, is able to lift The UnderTaker into the air. The Phenom is still clamped on Lashley's arm, but not for much longer as Lashley slams him down. Both men are on their backs in the middle of the ring. Lashley crawls to the ropes, as does Taker. They both get to their feet, and as they do, Lashley bursts into action and picks the Phenom up again before *BAM!* planting him with a Sitdown Spinebuster!

Lashley covers and the referee counts One... Two... NO! The UnderTaker kicks out! JR: “My God! Nobody has ever kicked out of the Sitdown Spinebuster! What the Hell!” Regal: “Incredible! What a match! Will it ever end?!” Lashley looks down at The UnderTaker, who can barely move. Lashley looks around the arena, before setting his eyes on the turnbuckles. He heads out to the apron and starts climbing. Once he reaches the top, Taker quickly sits up. JR: “Jesus, look at him go!” UnderTaker gets to his feet, before racing over and hitting Lashley in the stomach with a hard fist. He turns and backs his shoulder into Lashley's stomach, before wrapping his arms around him and carrying him off the top rope, into Tombstone Piledriver position. JR: “Here we go! This is it! And Boom! There it is! Tombstone Piledriver to Lashley!!!” Taker looks fierce as he drives Lashley's head into the mat. He places both arms over Lashley's chest before sticking his tongue out and covering, One... Two... and Thr... JR: “NO! NO! NO! Lashley kicks out... AGAIN!”

Taker lies back again and is shaking his head. He really doesn't seem to know what to do to put Lashley away. He sits up and just sits there for a few moments, looking at Lashley. JR: “I think he's out of plays. This is unbelievable.” Taker gets up and demands Lashley to get up. He is yelling at him to get to his feet, and helps him up eventually, before lifting him back onto his shoulder. JR: “Another Tombstone coming up, surely this time it’s going to be over.” Taker is holding Lashley with one arm, and slits his own throat with his other thumb. However, he falls back and Lashley manages to reverse it, landing on his feet and using the momentum to carry Taker into the same position, and then before anyone can figure out what has happened... *BAM!* JR: “Tombstone Piledriver! Tombstone Piledriver from The Absolute Lashley to The UnderTaker!!! Cover him!” Lashley does slowly wrap the Deadman's arms across his own chest, and performing the trademark pin, even sticking his tongue out and rolling his eyes as the referee counts One... Two... and... THREE!

Winner: The Absolute Lashley.

JR: “Lashley! Lashley! Lashley! He is ABSOLUTE!” Regal: “Wait, what? Why is the bell ringing? Why is Lashley's music playing? Is this some kind of joke?” JR: “No joke William, The Absolute Lashley has pulled off the unthinkable! He has ENDED THE STREAK!!!” Lashley gets to his feet and there is no reaction. He just stares down at The UnderTaker, who is out cold. The official doesn't dare raise his hand, but Lashley simply raises his own arms, and fire spews from the ring posts in the form of fireballs. Fire then comes out from the top of the Stadium, before an almighty explosion hits the stage, and we see a giant flaming image that simply reads '21-0'. Regal: “Wait, hang on, what? Surely it's 20-1?” He stares up at the numbers, as we see in the background behind him, The UnderTaker getting to his feet. He looks spent, and can barely stand. He actually stumbles and nearly falls down, but Lashley holds out his arms and holds him up. Taker holds onto Lashley, and just looks at him. He then backs off, and drops to one knee… The UnderTaker bows to The Absolute One.

The fans cheer as The UnderTaker shows the ultimate respect to his protégé and the man who finally defeated him at WrestleMania. The lights then go out, and when they come back on, The UnderTaker is gone. The ring and surrounding area all filled with smoke. Lashley stands there, looking up at the 21-0 image, and JR thinks he's figured it out: “I don't think that number represents the Streak of The UnderTaker, I think that's the number of The Dark Side. By defeating The Deadman, Lashley became the new representative of The Dark Side, the new Lord of Darkness and so it is his victory that is recognized. He was always The UnderTaker's protégé, and the Phenom knew that, so now Lashley has passed the ultimate test, he has been handed the reigns, and that may well have been the very last time we were ever in the presence of The Phenom, The Deadman, The UnderTaker!” The camera pans in on Lashley, who stands in the ring, cutting an iconic figure as he stares into the fire. He looks to the skies as we hear thunder. He raises his arms and his eyes roll back as the fans cheer the rise of The Beast, The Absolute Lashley.

Backstage we see The Great One, The Rock walk the halls and the comms voice over that we’re just about set for our main event. However, JR: “Austin!” And Rock stops in his tracks as The Rattlesnake Stone Cold Steve Austin steps into the picture. The Rock shakes his hand and says: “Glad you could make it.” Austin: “Rock I wouldn’t miss a night like this, but with everything that’s gone on and given the fact that KWF writers still haven’t been hired yet, I’ve come here to tell you somethin’ I think you need ta hear before you step through those curtains for tonight’s main event.” Rock: “Shoot.” Austin tells Rock that AJ Styles, CM Punk and John Cena all have a right to be in this match tonight because they’ve earned their spot. He says: “To most people, you haven’t earned that spot Rock, but let me tell you this. With everything that we did in the World Wrestling Federation, guys like you and I are the reason why KWF started in the first place. We put asses in seats, we made people want more and while KWF will always be remembered for bringing together the very best in the industry to put forward the best stories and matches, let me etch into your mind that we are the reason that this show has so much passion. Every detail, every bit of soul that is left on the page, the writers do it because of us and every other character that’s on this blog comes to life because of… The Great One.”

Rock nods as Austin goes on. Austin says that Rock brought about this Generations idea and it’s a brilliant idea: “The Brahma Bull entertains like no one else can and you brought it Rock. You came back to the KWF and you main event Mania just like that. But tonight, as a friend I ask you to whup some ass and you do it in the style of the Attitude Era! You, Me, UnderTaker, Hunter, Shawn – none of us took crap from nobody. We made this business and Rock you go out there tonight to make sure that the Keystone Wrestling Federation goes out with a bang from The People’s Champion. I’ve known you damn near twenty years and I know you’ll give everything you got. But with competition like those three guys out there, you gotta realize that this ain’t Attitude Rock. It’s KWF and unless you match your wrestling skills with your mind, you ain’t gon’ win tonight.” Rock: “What are you getting at?” Austin: “Think. Go out there and do what you do, but put all that on auto-pilot. The fans will always chant your name, always. You can taunt ‘Just Bring It’, you can put Boots to Asses all you want, but when you go out there you make sure you think. You’re going to be out there with three guys that want to win this just as badly as you do. But think, what did you do when you won the Royal Rumble in 2000? What happened when you beat me at Mania, when you beat Hogan at Mania, and when you beat Cena at Mania? Rock tonight is the night where you have the biggest chance of your life to live up to the name; Great One. Now go out there and make KWF history.” Rock bounces on the spot as we hear JR say: “Oh my.”

When we come back we see that the stage has been set up for our main musical act of the evening. The crowd cheer loudly as the band come out to the stage. The Rolling Stones are here, and Mick Jagger takes the mic: “How you doin’ East Rutherford?!” They cheer back. “Hit it!” The music begins to play and they kick things off with Jumpin' Jack Flash. They are in top form as the fans bounce along to it. We see that William Regal is thoroughly enjoying himself at ringside as they go onto their second song, Paint it Black. Once that comes to an end, Jagger asks the fans if they're enjoying WrestleMania, and they cheer loudly. “Well that's funny, because personally...” the guitars play and he begins singing (I can't get no) Satisfaction. The fans are loving it, and a group of female dancers dressed in old style clothing come out and start dancing opposite one another. The tron is lit up brightly as the Stones wrap things up and tear the house down with what was an awesome set. JR: “There you have it ladies and gentlemen, the legendary Rolling Stones!” Jagger thanks the fans and wishes them the best for the rest of the night. Click HERE to watch/listen to a mesh of the songs above.

We fade to a video package that dives into the recent KWF histories and career memories of our four main event competitors here tonight. We focus on The Rock and see clips of his WWF debut at Survivor Series of ’96. We see images of his Intercontinental Title defense at Mania ’97. The moment Rock joined Shane McMahon’s WCW, and the night where Rock defeated Kurt Angle and The UnderTaker to become the Undisputed People’s Champion. Fast-forward through The Rock’s movie career and we see how The Rock has come in and out of the KWF and planned his time around his films. We see how he’s always electrified and entertained the crowds no matter where he’s been and we see the moment when he introduced the idea to end KWF Blogs with a match of Generations.

The video fades into clips of CM Punk, early in his career, battling guys like Raven in Ring of Honor and teaming with long-time friend Colt Cabana. We see how Punk’s come across superstars such as Christopher Daniels, Samoa Joe, Austin Aries and reigning/current KWF World Champion; AJ Styles. Punk has had many storied rivalries within the industry and he took his rookie status to WWE’s version of ECW. From there Punk’s career progressed slowly until his infamous ‘pipebomb’ on WWE RAW. There he told of some home truths, spoke freely and mentioned the name of his old friend, Colt Cabana. In the KWF, Punk’s always remained this character and tonight he sets to prove himself once again as the Best in the World.

The video fades into a selection of t-shirts that have been worn or sold by the name of John Cena. Cena first stepped into WWE displaying ‘ruthless aggression’ and having an on/off rivalry with Kurt Angle before finally making it big and defeating John ‘Bradshaw’ Layfield at WrestleMania 21. Cena had numerous rivalries with superstars such as Rob Van Dam, Triple H and of course, KWF’s current General Manager Edge. Cena’s won multiple Championships, but always maintained his stance as a guy that does it best alone – but that was until the KWF where he was very much backed by the likes of Ric Flair and Hulk Hogan. After Edge’s appointment as GM, Cena had to climb back up the ladder the hard way and tonight he finds himself with a chance of cementing the legacy of KWF’s Doctor of Thuganomics.

Like CM Punk, AJ Styles was also a big fixture in Ring of Honor and Styles even had a short stint in WCW before WWF bought the company out and left AJ without a job. TNA was born and the company grew based on WCW’s rebranding of Cruiserweights; the X-Division. AJ carried the torch, made his name as an X-Division superstar and many said that he wouldn’t fly so high with the heavyweights – but they were wrong and AJ flew over the heavyweights to eventually become TNA World Champion. In the KWF, Styles began as a Thundercat, dominating the Tag Team scene with Shelton Benjamin. After the Thundercats were split via a Draft in 2011, AJ went down the singles route and eventually earned himself the World Heavyweight Championship. His rivalries in the KWF include feuding with The UnderTaker, Wade Barrett, Triple H and most notably; John Cena. Styles comes into Mania on the back of thinking that his opponent tonight would be Cena in a one-on-one epic that would tilt their rivalry one way or another, with their previous score being 1-1. However, with Punk winning the SuperBrawl Elimination Chamber and The Rock thinking up the idea of Generations, we come to this moment on the last ever show from the Keystone Wrestling Federation. TNA’s prize superstar, the Phenomenal AJ Styles to defend his KWF World Heavyweight Championship against WWE’s Doctor of Thuganomics, John Cena. Against a man who brings honor to the ring, Ring of Honor’s CM Punk and a man who stands in Hollywood’s spotlight; WWF’s Brahma Bull The Rock. The Phenomenal One? The Best in the World? The Doctor? The Great One? Who wins? We find out next!

We’re late into nightfall here in New Jersey and we hear screams from the crowd as a shower of golden pyro pours upon the stage. We watch as it continues to pour and very loudly we hear the theme of AJ Styles: ♫Get Ready To Fly♫ <<< click to play). AJ runs out to the stage and tips his hood back as the fans stand as one for the entrance of KWF’s World Champion. We see a shot of Edge standing in his Skybox and he applauds as AJ makes his way to the ring. Styles is followed out by a chorus of boos as Royal Rumble winner John Cena makes his entrance. The comms discuss what Hulk Hogan said to Cena earlier and Regal ponders: “All those years ago when WWF let Hulk Hogan go, did they do so with Hogan’s ego in mind? I mean, did they know that he was such a selfish liability?” JR: “I don’t William, but WWE sure has made a lot of money from Rock vs. Hogan at WrestleMania 18. I don’t know what to make of Hulk’s words, but I do know this, Cena’s taken everything on board and he’s ready. He’s not here for the fans and maybe we should consider him as favorite for this match. Cena will do whatever it takes to win, and that makes him dangerous.”

We watch as ♫CM Punk’s music♫ <<< click to play) hits and the fans cheer as JR describes Punk as a man that could be considered the real People’s Champion: “Punk’s been a top competitor everywhere he’s been. He’s gone toe to toe with some of the industry’s best and that means that he’s wrestled in front of various audiences and I think William, that the Best in the World moniker that Punk carries isn’t far-fetched at all.” Regal: “You’re right Jim it’s not. Punk’s got fans everywhere, but audience approval, as Hulk Hogan will tell you, means nothing when it comes to what happens within the squared circle. The next competitor out might say otherwise though.” ♫If Ya Smellllll…..♫ <<< click to play) and the crowd go wild for the entrance of The Rock. The People’s Champ makes his way to the ring and the atmosphere intensifies as we see CM Punk roll his wrists, AJ Styles bounce on the spot and John Cena remove his trademark thick metal chain. JR: “It’s a big fight feel folks, the biggest fight, the biggest match in KWF history. We thank you for being with us and here comes our main event for the KWF World Heavyweight Title!” The official introductions are made and every single fan is on their feet.

AJ Styles vs. John Cena vs. CM Punk vs. The Rock – Fatal 4 Way for the KWF World Heavyweight Title

The bell rings and Cena goes right for the Champ as Rock goes after Punk. Cena corners AJ, but he comes out with it via a headscissors. Rock corners Punk with one smack, a second and a third. He goes to spit in his palm, but Punk kicks him upside the head. JR: “Ohhh it’s personal between Punk and Rock, after all Punk said to him on Turmoil a couple of weeks back, The Rock wants payback, and he wants to be the man to shut Punk up.” Regal: “So Rock’s doing the exact opposite of what Austin told him to do then?” Punk makes the cover, but AJ comes over and breaks it before a One-count. Styles and Punk get to their feet. AJ kick Punk in the thigh and Punk comes back with the same move to AJ. AJ kicks again, and Punk kicks again. Both men resolute, standing there taking one another’s kicks, with the crowd volume growing and growing. However, Rock and Cena are both on their feet and they clobber Styles and Punk from behind. Cena tries to go past AJ and go at Punk, but then Rock turns round and he uses Cena’s own momentum against him and he performs an over-the-top belly-to-belly suplex. The crowd cheer as Punk covers. Gets One on the count, but then Rock comes over and boots Punk in the gut, forcing him through the ropes and out to ringside.

AJ gets up and Rock turns round to see him. Rock raises his eyebrow as Styles says “Come on!” and the two of them lock it up. JR: “WWF’s finest against TNA’s Phenomenal One, this is one of the beauties about the Keystone Wrestling Federation. We wouldn’t get to see this anywhere else.” Regal: “And if we did, then it would be badly written.” Rock overpowers Styles, grabbing his arm and wrist and turning his arm over into an arm wrench. AJ handstands to flip out of the move and Rock tries to pull him into a short-arm clothesline, but Styles ducks. Rock turns round and AJ nails him with a spin-kick, taking Rocky down. Rock gets up and AJ props him against the ropes. He sets for an Irish-whip and sends Rock toward the far ropes. Rock comes back and *BAM* picture-perfect dropkick by Styles and he stands up to wave his arms toward the fans. “Now that’s Phenomenal.” Styles has a think before his next move as Cena stirs, but before he can execute we watch as CM Punk’s on the ring apron. He uses the top rope to springboard and he jumps to leap off it and he nails his flying clothesline. Styles goes down as Punk sees Cena get up by the corner. Punk runs at him and connects with a high knee. Cena’s rocked, but as Punk goes for a bulldog, Cena pushes him off. Punk turns round and he targets Cena with a roundhouse kick, but Cena ducks and Punk nails The Rock!

The match goes on with AJ covering Rock after the Punk kick, but Punk breaks the fall. He picks Styles up and sends him toward the corner. AJ runs up the buckles with ease and flips backward for a version of Whisper in the Wind! The crowd gasp as he connects with Punk. An instant cover, One, Two – no, Cena’s aware and he pulls Styles by the leg and locks on the STFU submission. JR: “Wow, Whisper in the Wind from AJ. That’s Jeff Hardy’s move!” Regal: “A TNA move and look Jim, AJ may be about to tap.” But no, The Rock’s up and he breaks Cena’s submission. He picks Cena up and sends him toward the corner, laying into him with right hands before waving a ‘You Can’t See Me’ taunt in Cena’s face. Rock then grabs Cena by the arm, he twists it and goes under so that his own back is to the turnbuckles. Regal: “What the?” We watch as Rock climbs the buckles backward and then walks along the top rope to land an almighty Old School on Cena. Regal: “UnderTaker’s move? What the flibbit is going on here?” JR: “Haha, it’s the showcase of the immortals William and while not everyone subscribes to the generations idea, these four superstars are instinctively channeling the moves and attitudes of everything and everyone that has brought them to this dance. This is amazing.”

Cena goes down and Punk crawls over him for a cover, but Rock breaks it after One. Styles gets up by the ropes and he moves out to the ring apron. He measures before using the top rope to elevate himself and he springs to land a textbook AJ Styles flying forearm smash right on the mush of The Rock! The momentum of the move sends Rock all the way to ringside and Punk stands there and laughs at Rock, but AJ’s up and *BAM* he nails Punk with a Pele! JR: “That’s it! That’s it! This is over!” Styles covers for One, Two – but Cena breaks the pin. He picks Styles up and “Jesus Christ!” yelps Regal as Cena Stuns Styles! Regal mocks: “Stone Colddd Stone Colddd! Stone Colddd – haha, come on Jim, that was brilliant.” JR: “Aww, there’s some history there. KWF history where Austin Stunned Cena at WrestleMania a few years ago and now, as Austin talks to Rock before this match, Cena rubs it in to the Rattlesnake.” We watch as Cena then directly eyeballs The Rock, with Rock having seen the Stunner. Cena flips a bird in Rock’s direction and goes out after him.

The two of them trade blows at ringside, back and forth on equal terms throughout. Not long after though, we watch as CM Punk suicide dives through the ropes and he catches both Rock and Cena. Punk stands up and the crowd cheer as he takes a bow. He sets to pick up Cena, but Cena gets up to lift Punk atop his shoulders and *BAM* FU! Punk’s down with an FU! The fans gasp as Cena picks Punk up to roll him into the ring. He follows, but he can’t stand up as AJ grabs him right away and Styles performs the Angels Wings! JR: “Paying homage to former friend and TNA star Christopher Daniels. What an Angels Wings from AJ!” Cena’s down, AJ has the cover, gets One, Two – but no, The Rock’s up and he pulls Styles to ringside. A kick in the gut and then a DDT and Styles is down. Rock gets back in the ring. He crawls for a cover on Cena, gets One, Two – but Cena kicks out. Rock sees Punk down and he covers him. One! Two! – no, Punk kicks out as well. The Rock gets up. Asks the ref if he’s sure and the ref says that he only counted Two.

Rock looks around with all three opponents down and he decides to pick Punk up and dump him out of the ring. JR: “Rock wants to pin John Cena. He wants to be the Champion with WWF overcoming WWE.” Rock steps to Cena in the center of the ring. He removes an elbow pad and signals for a finish. He goes against one set of ropes. He comes back to leap over Cena and go against another set of ropes. He comes back, kicks a leg and sets to nail a People’s Elbow – but Cena catches him as Rock goes down. He counters and turns Rock over into; the comms: “The Kimura!??” JR: “Cena’s got the Kimura on Rock! Cena’s got the Kimura on Rock!” Regal: “God Jim, who knew Cena could wrestle?! Cena’s using Brock Lesnar’s WWE move – so he’s not exactly listening to Hulk Hogan either.” The crowd boo like hell as Rock seems to be in real trouble here. We watch as the ref looks set to call for the bell, but then out the air comes CM Punk, with a diving Macho Man elbow on Cena. Punk covers; One! Two! – but Cena kicks out.

Then out the air comes AJ Styles – with a Spiral Tap on The Rock! JR: “Spiral Tap! Spiral Tap!” AJ covers as the crowd scream; One! Two! – but Punk breaks the count. Rock is groggy as hell as he rolls out of the ring. Punk grabs AJ and pulls him into Powerbomb position. But no, it’s no Powerbomb – as Punk performs the Canadian Destroyer! Regal: “That’s Petey Williams’ move!” JR: “It issss and the Champ is down and out! And after a talk with Bret Hart, Punk pulls off the Canadian Destroyer. This is absolutely awesome! Our fans are going bananas!” The crowd go wild for KWF’s first ever showing of the Canadian Destroyer as CM Punk performs this Ring of Honor move on Styles. He can’t pin though, as Cena’s on his feet – but Punk sees him coming and he lifts him atop his shoulders to nail The Doctor with a GTS! The comms go nuts, as do the fans as they all count the pin ‘One!’ ‘Two!’ ‘Threeeee!’

Winner and New KWF Heavyweight Champion of the World: CM Punk.

The crowd go berserk as ♫CM Punk’s music♫ <<< click to play) sounds out to the sky from the MetLife Stadium and JR yells: “CM Punk! CM Punk! CM Punk’s our new World Champion!” Pyro goes off all around the stadium and we see Edge, JR, Regal, Justin Roberts, the timekeeper and every fan that has witnessed this all stand to their feet and scream, shout and applaud for this outstanding victory from a man that can now call himself, without a shadow of a doubt; the Best in the World. We see even more pyro’s go off and Punk celebrates as he’s handed the KWF World Title. He climbs the turnbuckles and raises his Belt, shouting to the fans “Best in the Worlddddd!” The crowd chant Punk’s name as the comms review replays of John Cena’s Stunner, Rock’s Old School, Styles’ Angels Wings and Punk’s Canadian Destroyer. We come back Live and the fans quieten and the comms calm as it suddenly hits them that it’s over for the KWF. We see that realization come across Punk’s face too and he turns to his left where he sees AJ Styles standing up. He turns around and The Rock is entering the ring and to his right we see Cena standing up also. The three of them look at one another and look out to the crowd. Punk raises his Title again. He yells “Best in the Worlllllddddd!” as KWF’s Live programming fades out.

We come to a video recap of all the events of KWF WrestleMania and through all the highlights, the moments, the matches, the Title victories and the memories, from the writers of the Keystone Wrestling Federation, we thank you for reading. Thank you for being with us for the ride and thank you for sparing your time for our product. We hope you’ve enjoyed it. Your responses, tweets and messages have always given us great pride and you’ve motivated us to ensure that we put out the very best product for you, wrestling fans. Thank you for helping us come to this conclusion. From Farook Razak and Dave Segar, Thank you.

@farook112 @whichdave

[kwfblogs]

KWF Wednesday Night Turmoil: 27th Mar. 2013 – First Niagara Center. Buffalo, NY.

We hear the ♫infamous theme♫ <<< click to play) of the Thundercats and a massive logo appears on the screen before fading into the ♫opening video♫ <<< click to watch) of Wednesday Night Turmoil. The pyro blasts bright blue as the electric audience cheer and chant. Good Ol’ JR and William Regal welcome us in to the program and announce that there is to be a special faction reunion on the show tonight as the Thundercats are going to get the band back together and compete as one for the first time since Survivor Series 2010 – against the Latin American eXchange. JR: “Panther’s in the house. So too is Shelton Benjamin and the World Champion AJ Styles will be part of what will be a four on four match and William, Trish Stratus is here as well!” Regal: “Oh it’s always nice to get some Stratusfaction, but trust the Thundercats to take the spotlight on the last Turmoil ever. I wonder if Edge our General Manager had anything to do with that. Hmm, one would think he was once a Thundercat too!?”

The comms explain that tonight is KWF’s last ever Turmoil. JR: “We’ll be sure to get reaction from CM Punk’s statement at the end of last week’s program. We’ll hear from Matt Morgan, the new number one contender to the Intercontinental Championship. Tag Champs Beer Money will be in action, as will the number one contender to the Women’s Championship Kaitlyn, and she’ll go one on one with her best friend AJ Lee! What a match that’s going to be. A dream encounter that I thought we’d never see.” Regal: “Well it’s one the fans want and kudos to our GM for making that happen. I see they competed on WWE’s House Show this week, but I’m far more intrigued by tonight’s contest as it’s based on a long running and relevant storyline. Let’s also remind the folks at home Jim, that another dream match is going to happen tonight. Two technicians, one great and another goat, I mean great, well a man who’s going to be great. Well, err, well you know what I mean.” JR shakes his head: “Well I sure do, but they don’t. Folks we’re going to have Daniel Bryan in action tonight – against the Olympic Gold Medalist Kurt Angle! Angle is going to get himself ring-ready for Mania and what a sight it’s going to be when he trades holds and maneuvers with one of the X-Division’s very best.” Regal: “Speaking of X-Division Jim, look who’s gathered in the ring.”

The fans are on their feet as we can see that the ring is flooded with X-Division superstars including former Champs Daniel Bryan, Christopher Daniels, Amazing Red, Jay Lethal and Austin Aries. Edge stands up in his Skybox and the fans cheer and chant his name. We soon see X-Division Champion Jack Evans stand beside him and the two of them first address the fans, thanking them all for being “right here in Buffalo, New York!” Edge grins cheekily, admitting the Foley-esque pop. Edge then announces that he’s taken on board Jack Evans’ idea for KWF WrestleMania. Evans speaks, stating that he feels this idea is the perfect way that he can show off all of his skills. He says that he’s been in many matches where he’s battled against all odds, but come Mania, he’s setting the stage where he and every X-Division superstar will get to show what they can do. Evans: “It’s a match where the higher the risk you take, the greater the reward will be and I can’t wait because each and every one of you will be a part of it for a shot at my Title!”

Regal: “He’s putting his Belt on the line against all ofthe X-Division? At WrestleMania?! The man’s lost his mind.” Edge takes over the announcement and tells that the match at Mania will be competed in a ThunderCage! The fans applaud the GM and the comms are excited that we’re going to get to see a ThunderCage match, for only the second time in KWF history. The X-Division superstars in the ring all seem excited at the chance and Edge points out that there has always been a level of respect between most of the X-Division wrestlers. “And to return that respect and admiration from a GM point of view, I feel you all deserve to be at WrestleMania and compete for Evans’ X-Division Title.” The crowd cheer and the X-Div Superstars nod in agreement. Edge reminds us of ThunderCage rules, stating that all combatants start in the ring within the structure of the dome-like cage at the same time. They then battle it out to eliminate one another and when there’s only two superstars left standing, they shall have to climb up the cage, upside down and out of the hole in the roof. Edge: “It’s like you guys are going to be scrapping to slay each other and then there’ll be a realization that the match is won not by pinfall or submission, but it’s won by dominance and won by measuring exactly whether you are worthy of being X-Division Champion. This match is rare and when KWF first did it, it happened at our very first WrestleMania. It’s a fitting way to end KWF’s X-Division legacy and by the end of it, by measure of grit, mat-skills, high-flying ability, guts, determination, agility and endurance, the winner will surely be in the position of being the named the most prestigious X-Division Champion the industry has ever seen.”

The audience rumble and they’re all excited for this X-Division bout at Mania, but now we see some nervous expressions from the superstars themselves, with Regal stating: “The pressure’s now on. With all of them in the ThunderCage, it’s all or nothing. Who’s going to be remembered as the last ever KWF X-Division Champion?” Edge then goes on to talk about tonight and he says that he’s got the ultimate opportunity for someone in that very ring to get immunity from being eliminated from the ThunderCage match. Edge: “So here’s how this is gonna work. All fifteen of you guys compete right now in an over-the-top-rope Battle Royal and the winner goes into the ThunderCage with immunity from being eliminated by any other superstar apart from Champion Jack Evans.” The crowd cheer more as we see a referee come down to the ring and various X-Division superstars begin removing their t-shirts to get ready to compete. We see Edge shake hands with Jack Evans and Evans raises the Title yelling “Come and get it boys!” The crowd cheer, the bell rings and we go to commercial.

Christopher Daniels vs. Kazarian vs. Evan Bourne vs. Amazing Red vs. Santino Marella vs. Justin Gabriel vs. Yoshi Tatsu vs. Sin Cara vs. Suicide vs. Low-ki vs. ‘Black Machismo’ Jay Lethal vs. Austin Aries vs. Sonjay Dutt vs. Alex Shelley vs. Daniel Bryan – Over the top rope Battle Royal with winner getting ThunderCage immunity

Alex Shelley and Daniel Bryan are Eliminated. We come back Live and we watch as the crowd go nuts to wave goodbye to Shelley and Bryan. JR and Regal go split-screen to show us replays and it seems that while Shelley and Bryan were hashing up an old rivalry, Kazarian and Christopher Daniels took the initiative and eliminated them both, double-teaming them out of the match. JR: “Those two have hated one another since their tug of war over Samoa Joe. They still haven’t gotten over it because they both felt as if they could have been a Tag Team Champion.” Regal: “I wonder if it ever occurred to them to team up with each other? Too late now I suppose, but on the bright side, at least Bryan’s had a nice quick warm-up here before getting set for his match against Angle later.” As the contest goes on, it’s difficult to keep up with the action because there are so many daredevils in the ring. Innovation, high-risk maneuvers, endurance, it’s all playing a part and the crowd love it.

Suicide is Eliminated, thanks to Black Machismo. Low-ki goes high risk, attempting a Warrior’s Way on the fallen Santino, but it’s a mistake as Jay Lethal goes up there with him and he superplex’s him to the canvas as Marella rolls out of the way. Santino gets up and he has a menacing look on his face as he reaches into his singlet for the Cobra. As he does, across the ring he sees Yoshi Tatsu. The two lock eyes and Yoshi begins performing the original Karate Kid training kata. It seems like there’s a bubble around him that no one penetrates and he glides with the kata, closer and closer to Santino. Marella yells “Cobra!” but Yoshi performs a kick and he sends Santino flying over the top rope. Santino Marella is Eliminated. We then see Amazing Red go at Yoshi. He misses one spin-kick, then another, then another, but a final one sends Yoshi against the ropes and Justin Gabriel bursts onto the scene to clothesline Tatsu over the top rope – but Kazarian follows up and Gabriel goes out too! Yoshi Tatsu and Justin Gabriel are Eliminated. We see Sin Cara perform a springboard splash on Low-ki and we see Sonjay Dutt head to the top rope for his moonsault version of Warrior’s Way, but no, Austin Aries is quick to push Dutt from off the top and Sonjay’s out of the contest. Sonjay Dutt is Eliminated.

The numbers are decreasing by the instant and it seems that the more experienced X-Division superstars here are using their heads. Christopher Daniels, Austin Aries, Jay Lethal, Kazarian and Red often stay with their feet to the canvas to try and ensure they’re not caught off their feet to be eliminated. Amazing Red’s style is very air-born though and this costs him as he performs Infra-Red onto a fallen Kazarian, but then Christopher Daniels eliminates him from the match. Amazing Red is Eliminated. Daniels dusts off his hands and Regal says: “That’s another long-term rivalry there. Haha, and Red’s been shown just who’s boss.” However, JR yells: “Look out!” as we see Low-ki go at Daniels and he almost eliminates him, but Kazarian comes to the rescue. The tag team known as ‘Bad Influence’ double-team Low-ki and end up eliminating him before launching Evan Bourne out of the ring as well. Low-ki and Evan Bourne are Eliminated.

Daniels and Kaz have taken control and we’re down to our final five. However, much to Daniels and Kaz’s annoyance, Lethal, Aries and Sin Cara all team up on them. The crowd cheer as JR exclaims: “It’s every man for himself, but seeing as Bad Influence decided to unite, it seems the tables have turned against them in the very same manor.” Regal: “It’s not fair Jim! Austin Aries working alongside Jay Lethal!? This is bizarre!” We watch as Lethal and Aries target Daniels and meanwhile, as Kaz tries to make a save, Sin Cara smashes into him with a dropkick. This bounces Kaz against the ropes and Cara follows up with a clothesline to send Kazarian packing. Frankie Kazarian is Eliminated. Aries then sees Cara alone and he storms at him, but Cara performs a back body drop and Aries latches on to the top rope, momentarily keeping himself in the match. We see Daniels and Lethal going back and forth as Sin Cara tries to push Aries off the ring apron. Aries is smart though, latching on to Cara’s neck and torso, pulling him over the top rope as well. Neither man is giving an inch, but then Daniels storms away from Lethal to lift Cara by the legs and the momentum sends both Cara and Aries out to ringside. Austin Aries and Sin Cara are Eliminated. The crowd boo as Daniels begins to celebrate, but then cheer as Lethal’s back to his feet and he storms at Daniels – but Daniels ducks and turns sideways to pull down the top rope and Lethal’s momentum taks him out of the match! ‘Black Machismo’ Jay Lethal is Eliminated. Christopher Daniels wins it!

Winner: Christopher Daniels.

The crowd boo like hell as ♫Daniels’ music♫ <<< click to play) hits and he celebrates toward the fans. The comms review replays of the action from the match and they talk up the fact that this is just a small preview to the intense action that we’re going to see during the ThunderCage match at KWF WrestleMania. At the foot of the ramp we see that Kazarian has joined with Daniels in his celebrations and Jeremy Borash gets a quick word: “Christopher Daniels congratulations on earning yourself immunity for the ThunderCage match. It must be said that you did it with some help from Mister Kazarian here?” Daniels is breathless as he barks: “Borash! You speck of nothingness in our presence. You’re making such a statement, you’re suggesting that we’re cheating or doing something untoward. But let me tell you this. So far ahead of the game are we that we knew what we were going to do the moment that bell rang. You see Frankie and I are like this (he crosses his fingers, and Kaz does too), and come Sunday, we will do exactly the same thing. We’ll work together to eliminate Jack Evans. We’ll work together to eliminate the entire X-Division roster, just like we did tonight. Then we’ll have a race to the top of the ThunderCage and come out of it together. Kaz and I are equals. Equally the future KWF X-Division Champions of the X-Division. Put that in your pipe and smoke it.” JB points out that there can only be one Champion because the hole at the top of the ThunderCage can only fit one person through it. Kaz and Daniels ignore him however and march off up the ramp. We hear Kaz yell in the background: “We’re smarter than everyone and we can beat anyone! God we’re cool!”

We go to a video recap telling us the events that occurred on last week’s edition of KWF Wednesday Night Turmoil. It was a night where General Manager Edge confirmed that The Rock would be a part of the generations World Title match in the main event of KWF WrestleMania. The Great One competed in Turmoil’s main event also, and that was against the returning Chris Jericho. We witnessed Drew McIntyre take Chavo Guerrero to the woodshed up on the Scottish Highlands as the Brit got some revenge for being targeted by LAX the week before. Panther took on Ryback, before laying out a WrestleMania challenge to King Dolph. Mick Foley gave his thumbs up to KWF’s Hardcore competitors and we witnessed a classic as two recently returning superstars, Matt Morgan and The Pope battled it out to become the number one contender to the KWF Intercontinental Title. It was a night where The Dudleys showed no fear to Why So Serious’ mind games. Kaitlyn showed no fear to Angelina Love and Brock Lesnar made an example out of Zack Ryder. Oh, and at the end of the show, there was a GTS and a CM Punk pipebomb that rocked the world. Check it out, click HERE to read March 20th’s Turmoil.

Back Live, we see a shadow of large man under a street-light. The camera zooms out and the man is revealed to be Samoa Joe. Joe’s in his street-clothes and there’s snow pouring behind and around him. He’s in the arena parking lot and he has a metal pipe in hand. He smashes it over the hood of a car and begins talking quietly. He walks as he speaks and he says that it has been a long time since he’s had the rush of inflicting real pain onto an opponent. He says that he’s had a hell of a ride in the KWF, and while his ride as Hardcore Champion was the bumpiest, it was also a correlation of the best moments of his career. Joe says that being a real Hardcore competitor means that you never get tired of taking the bumps and you never lose the rage, the inner eruption of pure rage that you simply want to unleash on another human being and put that person in a world of pain. Pain that only you can let loose. Joe says that any true Hardcore competitor goes through such urges and he says that he knows that his Hardcore abilities far surpass those of Rob Van Dam or current reining Hardcore Champion Sheamus. Joe says that WrestleMania will be a night where the three of them will compete under a sanctioned match. It’ll be under Hardcore rules and it will be for the Hardcore Title.

Joe: “But tonight. Tonight we take it to the streets. There are no referees and there is nothing on the line. There’s nothing out here that says we’re on the show or that Edge or the Board have sanctioned any match. So I ask you, no, I demand, Sheamus, Van Dam, that the two of you get your asses out here and face me. Bring whatever you got. I got my pipe, I’ve got my truck. I’ve got the two-by-four under my back tire and I ain’t asking for anything but a fight. Come on boys, come face me! Let’s beat the sh*t outta each other and then, then we’ll see who the real man is. ‘Cause come Mania, haha, the real man would have survived this fight and still gone on to be the last KWF Hardcore Champion.” We watch as Joe smashes a window of a car and we see him take off his jacket and pick up a road block sign. He throws it over his head and into the KWF production truck and the screen somewhat goes fuzzy. There’s distortion at first, but then there’s clarity as the camera-man backs up and Joe yells: “Come fight me! Sheamus, Van Dam, fight me now!” The snow continues to pour.

Regal: “Jesus Christ! My hire car’s in that lot! Has everybody lost their mind tonight?! And Jim, you’re sat there smiling? What’s there to smile about this? If they kill each other tonight, there won’t be a Hardcore Title match at Mania!” JR: “Haha, and therein lies the truth about what Joe’s doing here William. Let’s put this into context. This isn’t Tag Team competition where you and your partner watch each other’s backs, make the most of double-teams and what have you. This isn’t an Intercontinental level where it’s about the prestige of the Belt, who’s carried it and what it represents. This isn’t even like the World Title where superstars compete to be the best. Best athletes, wrestlers and entertainers in the world. No, this is about being a man. This is about blood, brute force and downright war games. Oh hell yeah I’m smiling. I know Sheamus and Van Dam and they won’t pass up this chance. It’s almost like a right of passage that Joe’s suggesting here. You go out to the streets of Buffalo and you bleed in the snow. Maybe you end up unconscious, maybe you end up in hospital. But you get up. You want more of it and then come Mania, you bring everything you have to do whatever it takes to do one thing and one thing only. To win the Hardcore Championship.” Regal shakes his head: “JR, you’ve lost your mind. Being a man? Right of passage? This is absurd.” JR: “This is Hardcore.”

♫AJ Lee’s music♫ <<< click to play) hits and the spunky Chick skips her way to the ring to a big cheer from the audience. The comms point out that WWE House Shows put on an impromptu match between AJ and Kaitlyn this past Monday night on RAW. Regal: “It always seems like last-minute thinking in WWE. AJ and Kaitlyn haven’t been on the same page for well over a year. But instead of building on that for a WrestleMania showdown, they have a Count-out victory for AJ on RAW instead. Now, they may still wrestle at Mania, but it’s so off the wall. God, I feel sorry for our Chicks when they all go their separate ways to WWE, TNA and what-have-you. The Women’s Division only gets the attention and recognition it deserves right here in the KWF.” JR: “Careful William. Let’s just enjoy the rest of the KWF ride. Our fans know exactly what we bring to the table.” AJ waits in the ring as ♫Kaitlyn’s music♫ <<< click to play) hits. The tron rises and the Hybrid-Chick makes her entrance to a great reception from the crowd.

AJ Lee vs. Kaitlyn

The Texan gets an equally good reception, and the duo do their Chickbuster fist-bump before locking up as William Regal questions whether the hug they had after Kaitlyn won the Fatal-4-Way number one contender match a couple of weeks ago was genuine. “You know women Jim. The only thing they hate more than men is other women.” JR: “They’re best friends, they’re the Chickbusters, they even have their own handshake.” Regal: “Yes, but Kaitlyn has a shot at a Title Belt that AJ believes she lost unfairly. She can pretend that she’s happy for her ‘friend’ all she wants, but deep down I know that AJ is furious that she isn’t the one going to Mania.” JR: “Well we mentioned WWE. Maybe they can take that ball and run with it after KWF’s done.” Kaitlyn has gotten on top early on with her superior power, but AJ’s agility allows her to get to the ropes before Kaitlyn can put on a submission hold. They both get to their feet and smirk at one another. JR: “I can only imagine how many times these two have grappled in the gym, and how long they dreamed of facing one another in a KWF ring, and here they are competing on the last ever Wednesday Night Turmoil, etching their names in history, and Kaitlyn will be hoping to go one better by winning the big prize this Sunday at WrestleMania.”

JR’s words coincide with Kaitlyn losing concentration for a moment and AJ managing to get an advantage, with a Russian leg sweep sending her opponent down. She covers, but Kaitlyn powers out with ease. AJ comes off the ropes and hits a Sunset Flip, but again Kaitlyn kicks out. She decides to go high risk and flies from the top rope with a cross-body but Kaitlyn catches her, before swinging her around into a backbreaker. The audience gasp and then cheer as Kaitlyn then covers, but this time AJ is the one who kicks out at Two. Back and forth the match goes as JR praises the incredibly high level of women’s wrestling, not just in this match, but overall in the KWF. Regal: “Indeed Jim. It has been criminally ignored in other companies, but here in the KWF, Edge, and it must be said his predecessors, have utilized these fantastically talented women and given them a platform to show that they can match the men when it comes to putting on wrestling clinics, and they ain’t bad to look at neither.” AJ gets a couple more near falls, including with a Schoolgirl Roll-up of Doom, but she goes for one too many and gets picked up and slammed down. Kaitlyn backs off to the corner and appears to be winding up for the Spear, but before she can execute, we see Velvet Sky and Women’s Champion Angelina Love storm down the ramp. JR: “Hey! Get outta here damn it!” The Beautiful People rush the ring and the referee is forced to throw the match out.

No contest.

The duo attack Kaitlyn, while the bell rings and the fans boo loudly. JR: “Oh come on! The last ever Chick match on Turmoil and we don’t even get a finish! What on earth do these harlots think they’re doing?” Regal: “Preparing for WrestleMania clearly.” They lay the boot into Kaitlyn in the corner, but we soon see that AJ has gotten to her feet, and she grabs Angelina by the hair, before tossing her out of the ring. Velvet then grabs AJ by the hair and backs her up towards the far corner. “Just what do you think you’re doing you little shrimp? That’s the Women’s Champion, you treat her with the respect she deserves!” AJ just looks back at Velvet and tells her to turn around, so she does, right into a ferocious Spear from Kaitlyn. The Chickbusters kick-roll Sky out of the ring as Love is left to pick her up and ♫Kaitlyn’s music♫ <<< click to play) hits. AJ raises her hand and tells TBP that come Sunday, there will be similar scenes, only with a Championship around the waist of the Hybrid-Chick. JR: “What a contest it promises to be this Sunday at WrestleMania!” Regal: “The Chickbusters and The Beautiful People will conclude their long and storied rivalry. I’m going to need popcorn for that one.”

We head backstage where JB is standing by to interview his guest at this time: “He is the number one contender for the Intercontinental Championship, The Blueprint, Matt Morgan.” The imposing Morgan steps into shot and strokes his huge beard. JB asks him if he’s ready to take on The Viper Randy Orton this Sunday. Morgan: “That’s a real dumb question JB, even for you. Of course The Blueprint is ready. I was ready the second I came back to the KWF, and after comfortably beating The Pope last week, I am just one step away from immortality. See, after I was unjustly fired from the KWF at Casino Warfare last year, I had to put up with seeing from afar that slithering poser Randy Orton carrying my Title, but not only that, he had the audacity to say that he wanted to be known as the greatest Intercontinental Champion of all time. Well he didn’t reckon with Matt Morgan. I am the sole reason that Title even exists anymore. When the KWF became one show back in 2011, I beat Pope in a unification match, and had the decision whether to carry the IC Title, or the US Title. I held the Intercontinental Strap above my head because it meant more to me than any other Championship I have ever carried. Now, at KWF WrestleMania, I want MY Title back! And while Randy might have the RKO, I have the Carbon Footprint. How can a Viper apply it’s venom, when it’s teeth have been kicked down it’s own throat?” Morgan stares at JB, before exiting. An intimidated JB hands it back to JR and Regal.

The ♫music of Daniel Bryan♫ <<< click to play) hits and JR informs us that we are set for another dream match: “The fans are going crazy for this fantasy card tonight, and I personally am so excited for this next contest. Two of the most highly respected competitors in wrestling go head-to-head for the first, and probably last time ever. Put simply, it’s Daniel Bryan against Kurt Angle!” Regal: “I’m probably too old now to say ‘yippee’ Jim, but inside I’m jumping up and down on this chair like an excited child on Christmas morning. This is a perfect example of what WrestleMania season is all about. The best of the best in action Live on your cell phones, TV’s and laptops. This is what Pro Wrestling should be all about and I can’t wait for this match.” Kurt Angle heads to the ring as the fans await what promises to be an enthralling contest.

Daniel Bryan vs. Kurt Angle

Bryan and Angle stand across from one another, before shaking hands as the bell rings, and this one is underway. They lock up, and Bryan eagerly goes for the headlock, but Angle pushes him away. They lock up again, and this time Angle goes for a headlock. Bryan rolls them both back, and Angle gets up, before getting kicked in the leg. Angle doesn’t take kindly to this, and clotheslines Bryan down. JR: “Well I guess that’ll teach Bryan that you shouldn’t kick your elders.” Regal: “But he’s supposed to!” The early stages of the match are dominated by reversals and blocks, with both men showing off their incredible range of mat wrestling skills. JR: “Both these men have crucial matches coming up on Sunday, with Bryan involved in the X-Division Title ThunderCage match, while Angle gets the chance at retribution on Brock Lesnar ten years after he was defeated at WrestleMania 19.” Regal: “I still cannot believe Kurt asked for that match. I appreciate that the KWF is coming to an end, but that doesn’t mean he has to deliberately end his own career by facing the Ultimate Fighter. He’ll get decimated.” JR: “That’s yours and Brock Lesnar’s opinion William, but while Kurt Angle is a seasoned veteran, he’s still as sharp as he’s ever been within that squared circle. He has a point to prove that he’s still got it and if I was a gambling man, I’d never bet against Kurt Angle.”

Angle’s experience has gotten him on top now as he works Bryan over with a front headlock. He soon turns this into a crossface, and Bryan tries to roll through it. He manages to get free, before applying a crossface of his own. JR: “It’s not quite the LeBell Lock, but Bryan is giving as good as he’s getting here.” Kurt reaches the ropes and forces the break. They both get to their feet and Angle sends Bryan into the corner, but as he follows, Bryan moves and Angle crashes into the turnbuckles. The Bearded Dragon then races over and hits a running dropkick hard into Angle, before covering and getting Two. As the contest continues, Angle escapes to the outside for a breather, as Regal points out that this is the perfect example of what Brock was talking about a few weeks ago. “Kurt was offended because Brock refused to attack him, saying that he pitied him and thought he was past it. But this is what he meant, look at him struggling. It’s a good job that Brock promised not to lay a finger on Kurt before Sunday.” JR: “Oh you’re reading too much into it William. You of all people must appreciate that exiting the ring at any given point can be a simple tactic. Yes it could be to get a breather, but it could also be to take a moment to strategize on your next move.” Angle isn’t allowed to recuperate or strategize for much longer as Bryan comes flying through the ropes with a suicide dive, and the fans are on their feet. They chant ‘This is wrestling’ *clap-clap-clapclapclap* over and over as the comms review replays and we head to commercial.

When we return, Bryan is trying to apply more submission holds in the ring, and he manages to get an armbar on, but JR points out that Kurt is doing well as he’s preventing Bryan from putting on the LeBell Lock. “Bryan is clearly frustrated, because although he can do damage, you’re not going to make Kurt Angle tap out with an armbar.” Regal: “Brock Lesnar might.” Bryan lets go and tries to wear Angle down some more with a series of kicks, before coming off the ropes to go for a clothesline, but Angle nips up and catches him, before throwing him across the ring with a belly-to-belly suplex. He measures Bryan, and then hits a German suplex, followed by another, then another, and he even adds the sauce by hitting a fourth. The fans cheer as he gets to his feet and pulls down the straps. JR: “You know what this means, Ankle Lock time!” He grabs Bryan’s foot, and applies the deadly Ankle Lock. Bryan screams in pain, and tries to claw his way to the ropes. Sweat is pouring down Angle as he has given his all to take this momentum-boosting win, but Bryan refuses to tap. Angle pulls him away from the ropes, but just as Bryan anticipates that Kurt is going to lie down on the hold, he manages to roll through and the momentum throws Angle into the turnbuckles.

Angle stumbles back, and Bryan grabs him and applies the LeBell Lock! The fans go bananas, half chanting Angle’s name and the other half chanting for Bryan as now it is Angle who is in deep trouble. He scraps for the ropes, but it appears to be no good. He can’t even hook his foot around it, so is stuck and has to fight out of it. Bryan has his fingers locked tight, and Angle is in clear pain, but like Bryan, he refuses to tap out. He pushes against the move, but can’t budge Bryan, who pulls back harder, yelling at Angle to tap. The Olympic Gold Medalist won’t do it though, and with one big push, manages to get Bryan onto his back. The referee counts, and Bryan is forced to let go so he can get his shoulder up in time. Bryan is frustrated as he gets up and boots an exhausted Angle in the side of the head. Angle is flat on his back, and Bryan heads to the top rope. JR: “It’s time for the Diving Headbutt. Bryan has put many people away with this before.” Bryan gets to the top rope but he’s slow to do so and this momentary lapse costs him as Angle gets to his feet quickly, races up to join him on the ropes, before getting him onto his shoulders and falling back, hitting an Angle Slam from off the top rope! He covers and gets One, Two and Three!

Winner: Kurt Angle.

JR: “What… a… match! That was everything it promised to be and more, and Kurt Angle is the one having his hand raised at the end of it, but due credit must also go to Daniel Bryan. Two great warriors giving it their all on this final Turmoil.” Regal: “Very, very good match, but perhaps very stupid from Kurt Angle. He looks knackered, and in just four days, he has to face Brock Lesnar at WrestleMania. He’s got no chance, not that he did before.” JR is about to riposte, but the ♫loud music of Brock Lesnar♫ <<< click to play) hits, and the Ultimate Fighter heads down the ramp. Angle is finally on his feet, but is clearly spent. Lesnar has a smile on his face and is applauding. JR: “What is this? More patronizing cockiness from Lesnar? Come on Brock, the man just won a match of the year contest, give him a break!” Lesnar gets in the ring and continues applauding Angle, and he even offers his hand. Angle is understandably wary, and we can hear him saying to Brock: “Yeah, keep underestimating me Brock, but you won’t be smiling so much on Sunday.” Brock says back: “Come on Kurt, I’m serious, that was a great match. Come on, shake my hand.” Kurt is smarter than that, and ignores the hand, going to exit the ring, but Brock’s smile immediately disappears, and he grabs Angle, hoisting him up on his shoulders and driving him to the mat with a hellacious F5! JR: “What! But he said he wasn’t going to lay a finger on Kurt until WrestleMania!” Regal: “Well Kurt shouldn’t have disrespected him like that. Besides, you didn’t really trust Brock Lesnar did you? That’s like trusting a Rottweiler with your sausage sandwich.” Lesnar stares down at the fallen Angle, before roaring and ripping his shirt off. ♫His music♫ <<< click to play) plays again and the fans boo loudly.

We head backstage where Kaitlyn is walking the halls. She is drinking a protein shake when she is suddenly surrounded by several of the KWF Chicks wanting to congratulate her and wish her luck ahead of her WrestleMania Women’s Title shot against Angelina Love. Mickie James explains that everyone in the locker room is sick of Love and Velvet Sky, and they’re all rooting for Kaitlyn on Sunday. Kaitlyn thanks them all and says she’s feeling in great shape and all of the pent up fire and rage from when TBP bullied her in Dolph’s Kingdom will be unleashed on Love at Mania. AJ is also there, and tells Kaitlyn that they have a pre-Mania surprise for her. The Chicks part, and stood there, leaving Kaitlyn gobsmacked, is former KWF Chick Trish Stratus. Trish approaches Kaitlyn and says “So, you’re the Hybrid-Chick I’ve been hearing all about?” Kaitlyn responds: “Yes, hi Trishlyn, I’m Kait Stratus, I mean…” Trish laughs: “It’s okay Kaitlyn, I know who you are. And I must say, I’ve seen an awful lot of Chicks come and go in this business, and this locker room is just wall-to-wall talent, but you are a special one. I’ve seen you grow from a former body builder who was greener than the Jolly Green Giant, to one of the most accomplished performers in this industry, and in such a short space of time. Now those Trish wannabes Angelina and Velvet, they gave me a lot of crap when I was here too, but now that the KWF is coming to an end, I wanted to come back to give you my backing, and in fact all of our backing. We don’t want the best Women’s Division of all time to go out with that wench holding our Title above her head at WrestleMania.” The rest of the girls agree, and they each give Kaitlyn a good luck hug as we head back to ringside.

Regal: “Haha, I’d love to see the comic book thought bubbles popping out of those womens’ heads. Like they really all want Kaitlyn to win. Haha, no chance.” JR: “Well deep down I bet that many would want a shot at Love themselves, but Trish is right, Kaitlyn’s paid her dues and earned her shot. I don’t think it’s about wanting Kaitlyn to be Champion, it’s about desperately not wanting Angelina Love to be Champion. I can’t wait for the Women’s Title bout at Mania.” ♫Beer Money’s music♫ <<< click to play) hits and out come the KWF World Tag Team Champions along with their valet, Gail Kim. The comms remind us that all three WrestleMania Tag Teams have had a warm-up for the Grand Stage. JR: “Gambit and Joker faced Kane and The UnderTaker. The Dudleys took on The Hart Dynasty and now Beer Money are in action. I wonder who they’re going to face?” As Roode removes his t-shirt and Storm removes his Cowboy hat, we watch the entrance of Big Show and Chris Jericho! Regal: “Jeri-Show!? Wow! What a test for the Tag Champs!” JR: “Aww this match should be a slobberknocker. We saw the return of Y2J last week as he main evented versus The Rock, but lost the match. I’m sure he feels a lot happier about going into this match knowing that he has Big Show’s WMD on his side.” Regal: “And I think this is a first for KWF Jim. I remember Jericho teaming with Scott Steiner within the World Elite when KWF first started back in 2009, but I don’t ever recall the team of Jeri-Show competing in the KWF. What a treat!”

Beer Money w/ Gail Kim vs. Big Show & Chris Jericho

The bell rings and we see Gail applaud and cheer on her guys along with the ruckus audience. Cowboy James Storm starts off against Jericho and he overpowers him, slamming him toward the canvas after an initial lock-up. Jericho backs up toward his corner and then reaches for a tag. Big Show comes in over the top rope and Regal says: “Try doing that to Big Show mate.” Storm doesn’t seem fazed by Show’s size, but soon realizes that he’s nowhere near as Strong as he sets for an old fashioned test of strength, but Show bends Storm’s fingers back and forces him to his knees. The crowd boo as Big Show ferociously applies the pressure. But then there’s a huge cheer as Roode comes in illegally and he smashes Big Show with punches. Show lets go of Storm and we see the referee set to get Roode back to his corner. This distraction allows Gail Kim to scurry up the stairs. She runs up to the top turnbuckle and flies off at Show – but Big Show catches her and she may be about to be in a world of trouble. Show lifts her into Powerbomb position, but Gail counters and wraps her arm around Show’s head for a DDT. She’s too lightweight though and Big Show just stands there – but then Storm performs a chop bloc and Gail administers the DDT!

The crowd chant and cheer as Storm then tags in Roode who sprints across the ring to directly knock Jericho off the apron, before coming back to dive on Show for an attempt as a crossface submission. JR: “This is Tag Team Wrestling 101. Distractions, third parties, making the most of working together. This is a great way for Beer Money to prepare for Sunday.” Regal: “But they’re cheating though, correct Jim?” JR: “Well errr…” Regal: “Yeah yeah, whatever. This may be a nice way to ensure that Roode, Storm and Gail are all on the same page, but let me tell you, after seeing the looks on The Dudleys faces last week when they overcame Why So Serious, my money’s on them at Mania. They’re the ones that are the most decorated Tag Team ever and a final shot of them as KWF World Tag Team Champions would be the perfect way for them to etch their KWF legacy in stone.” JR: “Keystone.” Regal: “You’re not funny Jim. Leave the jokes to me.” The contest goes on with Roode having failed to apply the crossface and Jeri-Show begin to get a foothold in the match. However, they don’t always get along and while they argue, it’s Beer Money that make the most of it, befalling the illegal Show to smash his head off the steel stairs and then going back in the ring at Jericho to take him out with the DWI. JR: “Drinking While Investing connects and this one has to be over!” Storm covers for One, Two and Three.

Winners: James Storm and Robert Roode, Beer Money.

Gail grabs the Tag Belts from the timekeeper’s corner and Beer Money celebrate up the ramp. The comms review replays and tell that all three Tag Teams seem to be at the top of their game going into Mania. The crowd cheer Roode, Storm and Kim as they exit under the rising tron, but a camera-man follows and as they go backstage we follow to see them bump into Bubba-Ray and Devon. The Dudleys have set up two ladders, a table and they’re sat on chairs. They don’t urge Beer Money to fight, but they tell them that they’re more than ready for KWF WrestleMania. They stand up and make sure that the camera has a view of the Table, the Ladders and the Chairs that The Dudleys intend to do damage with at Mania this Sunday. Bubba: “You two may be leasing those Belts thanks to us and you may have won the TLC match that we had with you and Why So Serious a couple of years ago, but come Sunday, we are the one’s that are going to climb up there and win back the Tag Team Titles.” The camera pans up as Bubba points toward the top of the ladder and all of a sudden we see that there’s a table that’s been set up between the two ladders, positioned just like when Edge and Christian won the Triangle Ladder match at WrestleMania 16. As lights unshadow the top of the scene we see Jeff ‘The Joker’ Hardy sat on the table and Gambit is right there with him.

Regal: “How the flip did they get up there?” Joker says: “Hi.” And Gambit then flicks a deck of cards into the air and the cards rain over Beer Money and The Dudleys. Bubba and Devon shake their heads and look menacingly toward Gambit and Joker. We watch as Gail leads Beer Money away and Bubba and Devon walk off in the other direction. The scene ends with a zoom-in on Gambit and Joker, casually sat atop the table atop the ladders. The comms build that the Dudleys have never won a TLC, but neither did Jeff Hardy with his brother Matt. Beer Money have won a TLC in the KWF and so overall it could be that Roode and Storm have the psychological upper hand because they’ve defeated The Dudleys and Why So Serious in this type of match before. Regal: “But notice Jim that these six men didn’t touch each other backstage. They all know what’s at stake on Sunday and the atmosphere between them is about to explode. KWF’s three best tag teams go at it TLC style. May the best team win. I can’t wait for that match.”

Elsewhere backstage, we see King Dolph walking the halls with Queen Madison and his bodyguard Ryback in tow. Dolph: “And remember Ryback, if that valet gets so much as a scratch on my royal Porsche, you put him through the wall.” Ryback “With pleasure.” All of a sudden, Dolph stops in a panic. He sees that the door to his Kingdom has been busted open. He races over and looks in, to see that most of his locker room has been replaced by a giant ball-pit. There are multi-colored balls everywhere. “What the hell is this?!” All of a sudden, Panther’s head pops up from under the balls. “Whassup!” before he descends back down below again. Dolph sends Ryback in to get him, but as the Machine dives in, Panther pops up on the other side. He sits on the ledge and says “You know Dolph, if I were King, this is what my Kingdom would be like, except there might be a Ferris Wheel and some cotton candy too, but I might have to knock through this wall.” Ryback goes after Panther again, comically marching through the balls. But the Black Cat dives back into the pit. Ryback goes back the other way, and grabs something, but when he pulls it up, it turns out to be Hornswoggle. The leprechaun looks freaked out as Ryback lifts him higher, but then we hear Madison scream: “No! Don’t eat him! Find Panther!” Ryback throws Hornswoggle back into the pit. Panther pops up again, but when Ryback goes to grab him, he gets Brodus Clay instead, who was also in the pit. Clay shouts “Sheee!” before headbutting Ryback. The Machine drops under the balls himself, and Panther pops out again and sits on the ledge once more. Dolph is apoplectic: “Stop this ridiculous nonsense! This is MY Kingdom!”

Panther: “You want it back? Face me at WrestleMania, like I said last week. Put that Crown on the line in a Ladder match, and if you win, I’ll get my balls out of your way.” Brodus giggles. Dolph is seething, before shouting “Alright! Alright! You got it furball! You and me, Ladder match for the Crown at WrestleMania, where I put you down once and for all!” Dolph storms off, and Madison screams at Panther, before joining her King. Panther shrugs his shoulders and says “Hey Brodus, watch me dive!” He backflips back into the ball pit, and we hear an “Ow!” Panther gets out and says “Oh, sorry mate.” Then, former Hardcore Champion and KWF Original Superstar Kazama Kam sticks his head out of the pit, holding the back of his head. JR: “Wow, we’re getting all sorts of former KWF Superstars popping up around here tonight.” Regal: “Never mind that Jim, what about the travesty we just witnessed?! Panther broke into the Kingdom and manipulated poor Dolph into putting his Crown on the line!” JR: “Hell yeah he did, and what a match that promises to be. This is a rivalry that has been going on for almost a year, and I don’t know of two guys who hate each other more in this company. It’s a personal rivalry that we get to see come to the ultimate conclusion. A Ladder match at WrestleMania, and the winner will be crowned the final King of the KWF!” Regal: “I mean a ball-pit, what on earth is this business coming to?! Petulant goons!”

We go to the production truck with Jeremy Borash and he diverts our attention to the security cameras that are showing what’s going on in the parking lot. Borash explains: “Now folks Samoa Joe came out with a challenge of an unsanctioned street fight between him, Sheamus and Rob Van Dam earlier tonight. What’s been going on since has been totally barbaric, but because of legal and safety reasons, Edge had to pull the KWF camera-man out of the parking lot. We can see here from this footage that Sheamus and Van Dam both answered Joe’s call and the three of them have been fighting all night long in the blistering snowy weather. If you look closely you can see blood patches in the snow, cars smashed up, various weapons in play and as you can tell, all three men here are trying to prove their point of exactly how Hardcore they are. They’re still fighting and still going at it, but I have been told that Edge will get this fight broken up – at the end of the show. In the meantime, it gives these three gentlemen a chance to get everything off their chest and fight. I just hope they have something left to give this Sunday at WrestleMania.” JB continues watching the fight on the parking lot security monitor and we hear JR quietly say: “My gosh. This has gotten way out of hand.” Regal: “Oh no, no no, what did you say earlier Jim? Right of passage? Who’s the man when it comes to Hardcore wrestling? Haha, ask and ye shall receive. This is great. You were right Jim, what a way to get set for Mania.” JR: “If they make it that far.”

We are back in the arena, as JR excitedly exclaims that it is now time for nostalgic eight-man tag team action. There is an air of anticipation in the crowd, before the unmistakable ♫old school music♫ <<< click to play) of the Thundercats hits. Blue lights go around the arena, as we see Shelton Benjamin make his way out to the stage. He is then joined by Trish Stratus, who high-fives him. Panther follows and does the same, before looking uncomfortable, reaching into his pants, and pulling out a rogue green ball from his backstage pit. He tosses it into the crowd, before the duo are joined by the KWF World Heavyweight Champion, AJ Styles! JR: “This is incredible, the original Thundercats back together as one again, but it does beg the question, if this is four v four, who is the fourth guy going to be? There’s two notable absentees.” Regal: “Well Edge can’t wrestle any more, so I’ve no idea.” Benjamin, Panther, Styles and Trish head to the ring and climb the turnbuckles as the fans cheer them on. Their music soon stops and Edge addresses them from his Skybox: “Guys, I gotta admit, I’m getting pretty emotional up here. But who is the fourth guy I hear you ask? Well, seeing as I can’t do anything more than stand up here and order people about, I had to find a replacement, and I thought to myself, who would be a good alternative to Edge?”

With that we hear ♫Go! If you close your eyes, your life, a naked truth revealed!♫ <<< click to play)  and out to the stage comes none other than Christian! The threesome and Trish in the ring look surprised, but happy with Edge’s replacement. Captain Charisma is received well by the fans and he gets in the ring, offering high-fives to his partners, who all oblige. There are soon boos ringing around the arena though as Ricardo Rodriguez steps out to the stage and he announces the name of Alberto Del Rio as ♫music♫ <<< click to play) hits and LAX make their entrance, and the least popular faction in wrestling today head out in their pimped out mini-van. Del Rio leads his men to the ring, accompanied by Melina. They surround the ring in their usual menacing fashion, with Konnan and Chavo Guerrero clearly outnumbering the T-cats. JR says: “Well here we are, AJ Styles, Shelton Benjamin, Panther and Christian versus Alberto Del Rio, Rey Mysterio, Homicide and Hernandez. We are set for one hell of a...” *BONG!* The lights go out. There are screams from the fans, as smoke covers the stage. *BONG!* ♫Some eerie music♫ <<< click to play) plays, and to everyone’s shock, The Absolute Lashley slowly makes his way to the ring. JR: “What in the hell is he doing here?!” Regal: “Well… err… technically he is a former Thundercat as well.” JR: “That was Bobby Lashley, the happy go lucky smiley faced Bobby Lashley. This is an Absolute monster, a Beast. I didn’t think he’d even remember he was a part of this faction.” Everyone is scared stiff as Lashley approaches the ring. He raises the lights, before heading to the corner of the Thundercats, and simply standing there, ready on the apron. Edge comes back on the mic as the music stops. “Err, well… I guess this is now five on five, and I’m sure as hell not gonna argue with him, so Chavo, get your ass on that apron.” Guerrero reluctantly gets on the apron and we now have five v five, with The Absolute Lashley taking his place alongside the Thundercats.

AJ Styles, Panther, Shelton Benjamin, Christian Cage & The Absolute Lashley w/ Trish Stratus vs. Alberto Del Rio, Rey Mysterio, Homicide, Hernandez & Chavo Guerrero w/ Konnan & Melina

No-one can take their eyes off Lashley. Even his teammates are all stood on the other side of the ring-post. Shelton Benjamin is starting the match off against Homicide as the bell rings and we’re underway. They lock up, and Homicide sends Shelton against the ropes, but gets shoulder barged down for his trouble. Shelton comes off the ropes again and runs over Homicide, before going under a leapfrog, and Homicide attempts a hip toss, but Shelton lands on his feet and floors his opponent with a hip toss of his own. JR: “See, as we saw last week when Panther defeated Ryback, you can’t knock these Thundercats off their feet, which makes it damn near impossible to beat them.” As Benjamin continues to get the better of Homicide, JR reminds us of the history of the Thundercats. “When the KWF first started, Edge was still an active competitor and decided to recruit and build his own faction. He purposely took on guys and girls with agility, speed and frankly all the characteristics that jungle cats possess. He took on familiar faces in Benjamin and Trish, he also recruited former TNA superstar AJ Styles, and then took under his wing a new fresh-faced KWF Original in Panther, who’s name suggested he was perfectly suited to the criteria. Finally, when he needed some muscle, he brought in Lashley. Little did he know that Bobby would be abducted after the Thundercats defeated the World Elite back at KWF Survivor Series 2010, only to return at WrestleMania the following year under The UnderTaker’s power as The Absolute One. After that night at Survivor Series, the faction slowly disbanded as each member decided they wanted to go their separate ways, but tonight, for one night only, they’re back as one, and they’re kicking ass here!”

Shelton has tagged in Panther, who is working over Homicide. He goes to tag in Lashley, but soon rethinks it and hits a standing dropkick on Homicide, who rolls to the far side and is tagged on the back by Del Rio. The Mexican Aristocrat gets in the ring, but is soon joined by Christian. Del Rio and Cage trade blows, with the Canadian getting the better of it. He backs Del Rio into the corner, and hits a series of chops, followed by an enziguiri. He covers, but gets only Two. He claps, as do the fans, setting up for a KillSwitch attempt, but as he goes for it, Del Rio pushes him away and into the far corner, before following up with a knee to the back. Del Rio has finally managed to turn the tide now, and it’s LAX on top. He hits Cage with a few more shots, before tagging in Hernandez. SuperMex uses his power to work over Christian, with a bodyslam and a sidewalk slam, getting Two on a casual cover. Regal: “Blast Edge and his ego. It’s all well and good having the Thundercats main event our last ever show, but what about The British Invasion? Drew defeated Chavo last week, surely that means The Brits get this main event match. And we’re the longest standing faction there is along with the Thundercats. LAX only just got together and they get this main event? This is an injustice!” JR: “But William have you ever thought that it might be out of respect that Edge didn’t put Barrett and the Brits in this match? I mean consider for a moment that it’s LAX that have been the pain in Edge’s behind since the new year. Maybe this is Edge’s way of making sure the Thundercats take care of business and the Brits can of course end on a high, with Drew’s victory over Chavo as you said.” Regal: “Nonsense JR. The Brits have been overlooked, ironically, the very same way that the Latino’s complained about all along.” JR: “It’s a matter of perception Mister Regal, but I guess you’ve already made your mind up.” Regal: “Yes I have.”

As the match goes on, Hernandez tags in Chavo, who springs over the rope to hit a senton, then kicks Christian hard in the back. LAX work well as a team, making quick tags in and out as Christian is isolated, with JR stating that Captain Charisma may be rusty after such a long period out. Regal: “And fancy Edge and Christian putting their differences aside for Cage to get the spotlight here. And Edge said that he’s a professional GM? Haha, really?” JR: “Stop whining William. Please let our audience enjoy the match.” Lashley remains standing almost perfectly still in the corner, waiting. Rey Mysterio is in now and hits a low dropkick on Christian, before flipping off the Thundercats in the far corner. Panther and Shelton look at each other with faux outrage. We hear Panther say to Benjamin “Well I never!” to which Shelton responds in his poshest voice “How frightfully rude!” Lashley snarls, and Panther, Shelton and Styles edge slightly further away again.

Mysterio trips Cage onto the middle rope and is setting up for the 6-1-9, but as he dials it up, Christian recovers and clotheslines him down. Cage crawls across the canvas and tags in the KWF Champion, AJ Styles. He leaps straight off the middle of the top rope and nails Mysterio with a flying-forearm smash. The crowd go wild as he then decks both Homicide and Chavo off the apron. Hernandez gets in to get him some, but misses with a right hook attempt, and Styles levels him with a Pele! JR: “The Phenomenal One showing just why he has that moniker, and he is in supreme form ahead of the biggest match of his life on Sunday, where he will defend his Title against CM Punk, John Cena and The Rock!” Styles picks Mysterio up and appears set to go for the Styles Clash, but Del Rio gets in and volleys him in the face. Styles stumbles back against the ropes, and is slapped on the back, by The Absolute Lashley. Everyone freezes, except Lashley who gets in the ring and stares a fiery hole through Alberto Del Rio. He grabs him by the throat, before lifting him up and chokeslamming him down. We instantly see Melina, Rodriguez and Konnan back away from the ring apron as Lashley tears the house down. Homicide gets in, as does Chavo, but they’re both savagely clotheslined down. Lashley then hurls Mysterio over the top rope, but is clattered from behind by SuperMex. It does little damage though, and he slowly turns around to face Hernandez, before picking him up and slamming him down with a Sitdown Spinebuster! JR: “My God! What devastation! Lashley just took out the entire LAX faction by himself! Now where’s he going?” Lashley slaps Shelton on the shoulder, and gets back on the apron. Melina uses this distraction to try and attack Trish at ringside, but Trish is aware and nails her with a Chick Kick, to the delight of the fans.

Benjamin rubs his sore shoulder, and gets in the ring, but there is no-one to attack. Hernandez and Del Rio are in the ring, but neither are legal and both are down already. Shelton heads to the outside, and picks up Mysterio, rolling him back in the ring. However, as he slides back in himself, Homicide has recovered and hits an enziguiri on Benjamin. Mysterio covers, but gets only Two. We go into a commercial break, and when we come back, LAX are all recovered and back on the apron, although Hernandez still looks groggy. Shelton is being worked over by Del Rio now, and the leader of LAX is setting up for the Cross-Armbreaker. However, just as he’s about to go for it, we see the crowd gasp as Wade Barrett slides into the ring, and he dump tackles Del Rio down, before pummeling him with lefts and rights. The referee calls for the bell.

Winners by way of Disqualification: The Latin American eXchange.

The whole of the British Invasion has emerged and they flood the ring, and are laying into the members of LAX. JR: “Oh for God’s sake! Here we go again!” Regal: “Yes, go on Wade my son! Get some!” JR: “This has been brewing for weeks. Edge has done his best to stop these two teams going at it, but they always find a way, purely in the name of faction supremacy.” Barrett is fighting with Del Rio, Styler with Mysterio, Rob Terry is up against Hernandez, Drew McIntyre and Chavo are going at it while Mason Ryan throws Homicide, who is aided by Konnan. Layla even races down and takes down Melina. The Thundercats are having none of it and back off up the stage, accepting that this is not their fight, leaving the two current day factions to work out their differences. All of them that is, except Lashley, who is standing in the middle of the ring doing nothing. All of a sudden… *BONG!* The lights go out again. Moments go past, until they come back on, and the entire ring area has been cleared. There is no-one out there any more, except Lashley, who is still stood in the middle of the squared circle. JR: “Where did everybody go?!” Regal: “Are they all still brawling in some parallel universe?” Then, the lights dim again as ♫The UnderTaker’s music♫ <<< click to play) hits, and The Deadman makes his way onto the stage. There are flaming balls of fire that float up almost as if representing UnderTaker’s heartbeat. The arena lights stay off as smoke fills the stage and spotlights are on Taker and Lashley while dim purple lighting illuminates the rest of the arena. Taker has a mic in hand and addresses Lashley.

Regal: “Good Lord. You’re telling me that The UnderTaker did that? He just made, what was it? Ten men and two chicks? That’s insane!” The Phenom speaks up: “Lashley, last week, for the first time since you dared to challenge me and my streak at WrestleMania, you showed your biggest weakness. When I sent lightning down to this ring, you reacted. You had your hands wrapped around the throat of my brother Kane, and you let go, because you were intimidated, and that is exactly why you never succeeded as my apprentice, the heir to my Dark Side throne. Intimidation is a sign of humanity, it is a sign that you are not ‘Absolute’ after all. You are still weak… Bobby… and at WrestleMania, my stage. You will Rest… In... Peace!!!” However, all attention is soon on Lashley, who responds by raising his arms in the air. Regal: “What is he doing?” There is a rumbling sound, and we see that the ring is beginning to shake. Lashley manages to stand perfectly still as he raises his arms higher, and then, remarkably, we see the ring start to rise from the ground. JR: “What the hell!?!” There are screams from the crowd as the ring rises up, with Lashley still inside, smoke billows from underneath. We see the look on The UnderTaker’s face, and he looks just as shocked as anyone. JR: “Now who’s intimidated Deadman?! The Absolute Lashley is raising YOUR yard up off the ground!” The ring is about four feet off the floor, and smoke continues to pour out from under it, as Lashley rolls his eyes back in UnderTaker style, and does the throat slit sign with his thumb. JR: “We are just four days away from possibly The UnderTaker’s biggest ever challenge. He will face his own creation, The Absolute Lashley, LIVE at WrestleMania!” Taker’s eyes roll back and he too raises his arms. Regal: “The power, the presence of both these beings. Good God, what a clash we have coming on Sunday.”

After a commercial break we head backstage where JB is trying to catch a word with Edge: “Edge, what do you make of what you just saw out there?” Edge is stunned as he comes out of his Skybox. “Holy crap JB, did you just see that? I haven’t been this spooked since I walked in on Mae Young changing.” JB asks Edge about the British Invasion and LAX brawling yet again, ruining the main event. “Yeah, about that. I tried locking them away last week, letting them cool off, but it doesn’t seem to have worked. I am sick of those two unions always going at it, so let’s make it official. They want to fight over who is the supreme faction in the KWF? I say we let’m, at WrestleMania. We just missed out on a five v five tag match, so let’s have one on Sunday. The British Invasion versus The Latin American eXchange, as if WrestleMania isn’t big enough already!” Edge then tells JB that Cena’s out next and he wants to hear what he has to say. The GM heads back into his Skybox, as JB summarizes: “There you have it folks, what an announcement from Edge. This Sunday at WrestleMania it’ll be The British Invasion up against The Latin American eXchange. They will finally get their hands on one another in a legal match to determine once and for all who is the number one faction in the KWF!”

We come into a shot panning across the skyline of New York. The view goes over to New Jersey and slams down into the MetLife Stadium, the venue of KWF WrestleMania. We go to a video montage recapping moments and highlights of KWF history. We’re reminded of Monday Night’s TNA RAW run by Bret Hart and taken over by Hulk Hogan. We see Ric Flair as General Manager of Friday Night’s Impact SmackDown and we see WWE Titles, TNA Titles and old, new and original characters that have filled the roster over the years here on KWF Blogs. We see reminders of the successes of AJ Styles and Shelton Benjamin as Tag Team Champions. We see Kelly Kelly defeating Mickie James in an I Quit match at The Bash in 2010. We see the awesome moves of one of KWF’s greatest former Hardcore Champions, John Morrison. We see the re-emergence of the original Masked Kane, the kisses between Maria Kanellis and Christy Hemme, Christian Cage defeating Brock Lesnar and The Rock vs. Shawn Michaels with Sting as Special Guest Referee.

We fast forward through the years, with clips reminding us of Metallica at Mania, Jennifer Lopez at SummerSlam and the sweet sweet victory of DX defeating The Dark Side at Survivor Series 2011. We see clips of Money in the Bank Ladder matches, the return of King of the Ring and the glorious explosiveness that is KWF’s X-Division. The Keystone Wrestling Federation was born on July 8th 2009 and through Roster Draft’s, overseas pay-per-views and legendary matches, we now come to our final event ever. Over the past three and a half years KWF Blogs has given all of us moments that will forever remain in our memories and on the night of March 31st we invite you to join us for KWF WrestleMania. A graphic fades onto the screen. It is the logo for KWF WrestleMania 2013. It fades out again, and is replaced by another graphic saying ‘4 days’.

We’re back at ringside with the comms and the audience all still catching their collective breath after having witnessed the power of The UnderTaker and The Absolute Lashley. They change tack to reflect on KWF’s final card for WrestleMania. Regal: “It’s fascinating how different Championships mean different things to our superstars and I’m sure to the fans of our industry. Just think, with CM Punk’s words last week we know that he thinks he’s the Best in the World and he mouthed off so much that he left The Rock speechless. The Rock of all people! Then you have Jack Evans who’s so much of a show-off that he thinks he can best the entire X-Division and survive a Thundercage. You have three nut-bar athletes that can all take a beating and give as good as they get in the Hardcore Division. Three men who are set to go into Mania all undoubtedly injured after their very real fight in the parking lot outside. There’s months and months of pure hatred between Panther and King Dolph. You have the Women’s Title, where Kaitlyn for the first time may be able to get one over on The Beautiful People by taking away what they crave the most; the jewelry and glamour of Women’s Title Gold.” JR: “Aww William, WrestleMania’s looking magnificent. A great way for KWF to sign off and let’s not forget the newly announced faction versus faction match. There’s Orton versus Morgan for the prestigious Intercontinental Title, a TLC match between KWF’s three greatest tag teams, Angle versus Lesnar and of course our Fatal-4-Way main event for the KWF World Heavyweight Championship.”

The comms go on to announce that there will be three musical acts at Mania. JR: “American Idol Phillip Phillips will open the show, singing the US National Anthem. CM Punk leaked last week that Chris Jericho’s band Fozzy will perform and let us officially tell you now folks… get this… none other than the legendary Rolling Stones will be at KWF WrestleMania!” Regal: “Wow. Another outstanding way to sign off. We’ve had Jay-Z before, Rihanna, Metallica, the Foo Fighters, The Red Hot Chilli Peppers and now the Stones!?? Good Lord.” The crowd cheer and chant at the images that appear on the tron of Phillip Phillips, Fozzy and The Stones confirmed for WrestleMania, but then the mood changes as we hear ♫So, You Think You’re Untouchable?...♫ <<< click to play). John Cena’s music blares through the arena and the crowd’s cheers for Mania quickly turn to boos as the Doctor of Thuganomics marches down to the ring. The comms re-hash that CM Punk last week said that he backed Cena in achieving his spot at Mania by winning the KWF Royal Rumble, but he also called him a prick for FU-ing him the Turmoil after SuperBrawl. Regal: “Things are at a boiling point Jim. As we’ve mentioned already, The Rock was fuming at the end of last week’s show after Punk’s little pipebomb, and now it seems John Cena is out here to get the final word on WrestleMania.” JR: “Cena was a man that worked his way back to the top having won the Rumble match back in January. He’d won admiration from the fans and he was becoming one of my personal favorite superstars. But then he showed his true colors when he FU’d Punk unprovoked and now I can understand our audience’s dislike toward Cena. The man’s selfish, he’s out only for number one and he doesn’t give a rats ass about the fans.”

Cena gets handed a mic and he’s dressed in his old school Thuganomic gear. Cap on backwards, a thick chain around his neck and an FU t-shirt. The crowd boo like hell, making it difficult for him to get started. Cena says: “Booooo, boooooo…. Boooooo…. Boooooo.” The crowd boo back. Cena boo’s some more and he says that the audience are tedious: “You’re boring, you’re annoying, now sit down, shut up and let me say what I gotta say.” The crowd boo even louder. Cena says that the first thing he wants to do is address the situation with the KWF. He says that he’s not a fan of the idea that the KWF is ending and he says that this is the only place where he’s been afforded the only real opportunity to be his real self. “And that means that all of you boo me, but that’s fine ‘cause I don’t give a f*ck whatchu think. (To the camera) To all of you at home. To everyone that may be reading or watching this, especially if you’re a part of WWE or TNA… (He puts his middle finger up to the camera).” The fans settle now as Cena says that he has to play a ‘part’ in WWE and he doesn’t enjoy it one bit. He says: “I go into WWE House Shows tellin’ Stu’ the camera man that it’s time to go to work. No, it’s not work for me, not here. Here I get to be myself. I accept your boo’s and you accept the fact that I couldn’t care less. This is my business, my era and there ain’t no way how I can comprehend how KWF writers haven’t been hired yet.” The fans listen on.

Cena goes on to say that as the KWF ends, it means that he’s going to have to go back to working in a PG era. Cena: “I say f*ck PG. F*ck every bitch and moron out there who believes the current product is good and screw everyone in TNA who’s making AJ Styles a bit-part playa. Yeah, I agree with CM Punk. Who’d’ve thunk it. Don’t get me wrong, I’m’a smash his teeth out on Sunday, but props to AJ, he’s one insanely talented dude who deserves better than the steaming pile of scripts TNA have handed him lately.” Cena says that he’s pissed off about a lot of things right now: “That includes KWF finishing, that includes Punk being at Mania, Rock being at Mania. I won the Royal Rumble and it should be me versus Styles and that’s final. But nah, last show, politics and some BS about Generations and you all buy it, so does Edge and now we got a Four Way. Well f*ck you very much ‘cause I ain’t no WWE PG pussyhole and if anyone thinks I’m playin’ a part at Mania then you’re wrong. I’m going into that match to do one thing and one thing only and that’s to be the last KWF World Champion! I was the first KWF Champ and I’ll be damned if I ain’t the last.” The fans boo as Cena tries to continues, but he’s interrupted by ♫If Ya Smelllll…♫ <<< click to play) and Buffalo goes bananas for the entrance of The Rock. The Great One makes his way to the ring. He poses atop the top turnbuckle, he gets himself a mic and he raises an eyebrow before yelling: “Finally, The Rock has come back to Buffa” – Cena interrupts: “Whoa, whoa, whoa, hold up. You gon’ come down here and take my spotlight, on my night where I get to say my piece? I wasn’t done jack-off, you wanna say somethin’ you say ‘please Mister Cena, can I have some TV time Sir?!’”

The Rock removes his glasses. Cena: “Sunglasses. Sunglasses on a snowy day. You’re just like AC Slater huh? Got ya Hawaiian shirt, sunglasses, Boots to Asses t-shirt and what? What, that’s supposed to impress anybody?” Rock smirks and then has a very serious face on as he barks: “John Cena you cut off The Rock when The Rock says that he’s finally back in Buffalo. You yell at the camera, you yell at me, you yell at the fans, but John Cena, there’s one thing you forgot to do and that one thing is know your role… shut your mouth… and stop cursin’ at these people right now before I wipe that smirk off your face!” The crowd cheer as Rock goes on to say that he heard everything that CM Punk had to say last week and he’s heard Cena run his mouth now. The Rock says these are the reasons why he wanted to be a part of KWF WrestleMania: “Number one, the KWF has the most electrifying writers in sports entertainment today. Number two, I’m gonna smack that bitch CM Punk, give him the ass-kicking of a lifetime and make sure that he remembers the time The Rock kicked his ass on the Grand Stage. Number three, I want the honor of facing AJ Styles, before I Rock Bottom that son’ bitch and take his Title.” The crowd cheer and Rock pauses. Rock goes on: “Number four, I wanna kick your ass. Give you the reality check you’ve always needed and number five… the fans.” Cena shakes his head as Rock says that it’s for the people that The Rock came back to the KWF and it’s for the people that the KWF’s putting forward this generations match.

Rock says: “You see John Cena you’re standing here bitching and moaning and whining about how you can’t be yourself in WWE. Whaaa whaaa whaaa, I’m John Cena, I’m a crybaby and by the way, you wanna call me AC Slater, so that would make you who? Zack Morris? That’s right, you’re Zack Morris aren’tcha Preppy?” Cena: “Rock I ain’t your friend and I… ” Rock: “Shut your mouth. I’m not done. You see Cena you’re bitching and moaning like The Rock said, but everywhere I’ve been, every town every city, every village, no matter what era or generation, The Rock has always been the same. The pie eatin’ al-la-la-la-la ass-whuppin’ movie makin’ name takin’ People’s Champion The Rock!” The fans cheer and chant Rock’s name as he says that The Rock has earned respect from The People because he’s true, he’s real: “No matter where I go, with everything I do, I do everything I can to electrify each and every person around me and each and every person reading or watching at home.” We hear a voice: “Respect? You wanna talk respect?” and out onto the stage comes CM Punk. The fans cheer Punk’s appearance and he sits cross-legged just like he did last week.

Punk talks about how he’s had to fight for his career above muscle-bound ‘dick-heads’ like Rock and Cena. He says that the business means absolutely everything to him stating that it’s not about B-Movies, talk-show appearances and laying the smack down on a G.I. Joe. It’s about wrestling and come Sunday, Punk’s finishing his time in the KWF as KWF World Heavyweight Champion: “I’m the Best in the World and the sooner you two accept and respect that, the easier Mania will be on you when you realize that you lost. I, I CM Punk will prove myself once again that I am everything that I” and now Punk’s interrupted by ♫Get Ready To Fly!♫ <<< click to play). The fans go berserk at the sound of AJ’s entrance theme, but it takes some time to spot the KWF Champion as a spotlight eventually finds him within the audience. AJ has a mic and he says that he wants to publically thank everyone for reading at home. He wants to thank everyone that’s been with KWF over the past few years and he wants to thank the acknowledgement from The Rock, from Cena and from Punk that AJ is being taken for granted and under utilized on TNA House Shows. Styles says that after the KWF’s over he has to go back to being a jobber as a recruit for some biker gang whereas Punk and Cena will continue challenging for Titles and The Rock will go make another movie. AJ says that the end of the KWF is hardest for him to accept because it’s with the KWF writers that he’s actually appreciated.

Styles says that he’s the one that’s been the face of the KWF ever since defeating Punk at Survivor Series toward the end of 2012. He says that defeating Rock, Cena and Punk at Mania’s going to cement his legacy within this business and he says “I haven’t lost this Title all year, you guys think you’re going to beat me at Mania? Ya’ll got another thing coming. Don’t you get it? I’m Phenomenal!” The crowd cheer and chant AJ Styles’ name and we see him raise his Championship Belt right in the middle of the fans. We see John Cena and The Rock mouth off to one another and things become increasingly heated, so much so that Cena removes his shirt and so does Rock. The fans go nuts as the atmosphere grows with anticipation of WrestleMania and all of a sudden a fight breaks out as Cena throws the first punch at The Rock. The two trade punches and then Punk stands up to make his way down the ramp. JR: “By God, it’s Rock and Cena! Rock and Cena and now Punk’s coming!” Regal: “Not only that Jim, look! Styles is making his way through the fans!” The commentators go wild as they describe the fist-fight between Rock and Cena. We see Punk make his way to the foot of the ramp and by that time, Styles is jumping over the barricade. AJ plants his Belt on the ring apron. He and Punk make eye contact and the two of them then climb the apron. Just as AJ and Punk are about to get in the ring, the show fades out with JR yelling “We’re outta time folks! For the last ever time, this has been Wednesday Night Turmoil. Join us this Sunday at WrestleMania!”

[kwfblogs]

KWF Wednesday Night Turmoil: 20th Mar. 2012 2013 – World Arena. Colorado Springs, CO.

♫Edgenesday Night Turmoil’s opening video♫ <<< click to watch) plays and we go Live into a pyro-filled World Arena. The fans go bananas as we hear from Jim Ross and William Regal. JR: “Welcome everyone to the World Arena in Colorado Springs, Colorado! Tonight is the penultimate Wednesday Night Turmoil as we find ourselves just eleven days from the last ever show in KWF history, WrestleMania!” Regal: “I cannot wait to see what Edge has got in store for us tonight Jim. These next couple of weeks are going to feel like the run up to Christmas, but instead of a fat guy and a tree, I get a fat guy and WrestleMania.” JR: “Hey, I’m not fat. I'm just 80% barbecue sauce is all. But I know what you mean William, the anticipation in this arena, and all over KWF’s social networks is electric. There is understandable sadness that the KWF is coming to an end, but there is so much excitement about the size of the bang we're going to go out on, and to kick things off, what better than to hear from our much respected General Manager?”

♫Edge’s music♫ <<< click to play) hits and the fans cheer as the Rated R General Manager makes his way out to the ring. JR: “We have been promised that Edge is going to make his final decision on the WrestleMania main event tonight, and whether it'll be the original Triple Threat, or a Fatal-4-Way featuring The Rock.” Regal: “Well we heard last week from AJ Styles, who somewhat surprisingly supported the idea of Rock being involved. I do hope Edge sees sense though. John Cena, CM Punk and Styles have earned their way into the main event, but Rock just showed up and demanded it.” JR: “He didn't demand it, he merely suggested it. But we'll have to see if Edge agrees with you or him.”

Edge stands in the middle of the ring with mic in hand. He smiles as he takes in the cheers. He says: “So, next week is the last ever Wednesday Night Turmoil.” The fans boo. Edge laughs “I don't know if that's a compliment or not.” The crowd cheer. Edge: “And then, we have our final show, KWF WrestleMania!” Some fans boo, but most cheer. “But put all of that out of your mind, because it's all about tonight. Our penultimate show, and I have one hell of a line-up for you if I do say so myself. We will see the Chicks in action as Queen Madison goes up against the Women's Champion Angelina Love, there will be tag-team's on show as The Dudleys face The Hart Dynasty, we'll have more Mexico versus Britain heat as that backstabbing good-for-nothing Chavo Guerrero tangles with Drew McIntyre, Panther will face that thing Ryback, and of course don’t forget our huge number one contender match. The Pope D'Angelo Dinero will go up against The Blueprint Matt Morgan, with the winner going on to face Randy Orton at WrestleMania for the KWF Intercontinental Championship!” The fans cheer, but Edge isn't finished: “Now I promised before tonight's show that I would finally decide on the main event for WrestleMania.” Regal: “I thought it was all about tonight?” Edge: “As you all know, I had decided that it would be a Triple Threat match, with the winner of the Royal Rumble John Cena, facing the winner of the Elimination Chamber CM Punk, facing the KWF World Heavyweight Champion AJ Styles. However, a good old friend of the industry turned up out of the blue, almost as if he had a GI Joe movie to promote, and suggested that we make it a Four-Way, and that he, The Rock, should be included.” Most fans cheer, but again we hear some boos.

“Now, I've taken on board what The Rock said. He argued that the main event should be a match for the ages, and a match of generations, where he would represent the WWF, John Cena the WWE, CM Punk Ring of Honor, and AJ Styles TNA. But honestly, the way I see it, Cena, Punk and AJ are three of the best that wrestling has to offer, whoever they used to fight for, they now fight for me, for you and for the KWF. The question is, is The Rock still at that same level? Is he the most electrifying man in all of entertainment? Is he the jabroni beating, pie eating, trailblazing, eyebrow raising, the best in the present, future and past, and if y'all don't like him you can kiss the people's ass, The Rock!?” The fans go wild, but Edge soon calms. “Yeah, that guy. So I listened to the dudes and the gals in the back, I listened to some wrestling legends, but most importantly, I listened to you... The People. And so, with due consideration, I have decided that the main event at KWF WrestleMania will be... The Phenomenal AJ Styles versus... The Doctor of Thuganomics John Cena versus... The Best in the World CM Punk!” He stops and pulls the mic away from his face as the fans start chanting ‘Rocky!’ ‘Rocky!’ ‘Rocky!’ ‘Rocky!’ Edge: “... versus The People's Champ The Rock! Fatal-Four-Way!!!”

The fans raise the roof as JR goes “Whoa! There you have it folks! What a main event! The Rock returns to the KWF at WrestleMania, and he's competing for the Title!” Regal: “As soon as I get my hearing back I'm going to moan about this. Jesus that was loud.” Edge smiles at the reaction, but has one last announcement to make. “The Rock is in the building tonight (fans cheer more), and that is because he is in the main event right here in Colorado! But you'll find out his opponent when he does, it's more fun that way.” The fans woop and holler as ♫Edge’s music♫ <<< click to play) hits again. He exits, leaving the fans in a frenzy at the announcements. They continue to chant for The Rock as we head to commercial.

When we come back, JR and Regal are still reacting to Edge's announcements. JR: “Not only is The Rock confirmed in the main event for WrestleMania, but he's going to be competing right here tonight!” Regal: “I just wonder who his opponent will be, and what kind of mental wounds he'll have if he loses ahead of such a momentous match in eleven days.” They are soon interrupted by the unmistakeable ♫music♫ <<< click to play) of The Ultimate Fighter, Brock Lesnar. JR: “Here comes one of the meanest guys to walk the canvas in the KWF. Last week he accepted a WrestleMania rematch with Kurt Angle, a fight ten years in the making, and honestly, that is one of the matches for Mania I am most looking forward to already.” Regal: “I just hope he doesn't try another Shooting Star Press.”

Brock Lesnar vs. Zack Ryder

Ryder seems excited at first that he is getting a chance to compete in front of these fans and against such a big name, but now that he is up close to Brock, the smile has left his face. Brock throws him about like a rag doll in the early stages, throwing him into the corner and firing shots into his torso. He launches him across the ring and slams him hard into the far turnbuckles. Ryder is already in considerable pain as Lesnar stops to bounce up and down, smiling at Ryder, and then at the camera. JR: “Brock Lesnar staring down the lens and right at Kurt Angle. This is all for him. He taunted Kurt by refusing to lay a finger on him the last couple of weeks when given the opportunity, saying he feels sorry for how, as he puts it, Kurt has fallen from grace. Lesnar doesn't think Kurt Angle can compete at the top level anymore, and that has angered Angle almost as much as the whole Olympic Wrestling saga.” Regal: “It's understandable Jim. If someone ever told me I couldn't cut it at the top level I'd soon break their face.” JR: “Well actually William...” Regal: “Yes?” JR: “Err, never mind.” Lesnar wasted too much time and Ryder is trying to fight back. He hits some shots which cause Brock to back off slightly, and now Ryder may show the guts he had when he challenged Randy Orton for the Intercontinental Title at KWF SuperBrawl. However, when Zack comes off the ropes, he is lofted into F5 position, and thrown to the mat with great devastation. Brock covers and gets an easy Three.

Winner: Brock Lesnar.

Lesnar can barely muster a smile, such was the absolute certainty with which he won the match. JR: “Well Brock promised Kurt he wouldn't touch him before WrestleMania, but that was bad news for Zack Ryder as he's taken out all his natural aggression on him.” Regal: “It's wonderful mind games Jim. One of the first things you learn in wrestling, and indeed in mixed martial arts, is how to get into the head of your opponent, and this is one of the oldest tricks in the book. Build the anticipation of the beating, rather than dish it out early. Kurt Angle may be regretting challenging Brock. This man’s on top form.”

We come to our weekly recap of what went down last time out on Turmoil. Last Wednesday saw a Fatal-Four-Way between Queen Madison, AJ Lee, Kaitlyn and Velvet Sky to determine who would face Angelina Love for the Women's Title at WrestleMania, with Kaitlyn emerging as the winner. There was stunning Triple-Threat X-Division action as the Champion Jack Evans bested the challenges of Kazarian and Daniel Bryan. The UnderTaker had a chilling message for his WrestleMania challenger, The Absolute Lashley. Sheamus warmed up for his big Hardcore Title defense at the last ever show as he took on and beat former Hardcore Champ Mark Henry. KWF Tag Champs Beer Money had their interview time interrupted by The Dudleys, which nearly led to an all out backstage brawl. Drew McIntyre was kidnapped in the parking lot and attacked by LAX. Panther vented his hatred of King Dolph, while challenging Ryback to a match for this week. The returning Matt Morgan picked up an impressive win over Kofi Kingston to stake his claim for an Intercontinental Title shot.

Kurt Angle called out Brock Lesnar and challenged him to a match at WrestleMania, a rematch a decade in the making, and after taunting Kurt with pity, Lesnar accepted, while promising not to lay a hand on the Olympic Gold Medalist before the event. The two leaders of warring factions LAX and the British Invasion clashed heads as Alberto Del Rio went one-on-one with Wade Barrett, but after the official was knocked down, LAX headed to the ring, and Chavo Guerrero showed his true colors by busting a steel chair over Barrett's head, with the ensuing chasing from Invasion members leading to an ironic and incorrect Disqualification of Barrett. Finally, in the main event, the KWF World Champion AJ Styles took on the founder of TNA, Jeff Jarrett. An enthralling match ended with an innovative roll-up from Styles to claim the win, and afterwards he received a surprise congratulations from Jarrett. The Phenomenal One ended the show by addressing the audience and claiming that he wanted Edge to put The Rock in the main event at WrestleMania, so that he can prove that he truly is the Best of the Best, and because the fans deserve to see it. To read the full edition of March 13th’s Wednesday Night Turmoil, click HERE now!

We go backstage where Jeremy Borash is standing by for an interview: “Ladies and gentleman, what an announcement it was by Edge just a few moments ago, but we change tack now and look forward to what the X-Division has to bring at WrestleMania.” X-Division Champion Jack Evans steps into the picture and he says that he’s had a great idea for his Title defense. JB: “Can you let us in on it Jack?” Evans: “Oh no, I don’t wanna jinx anything. I’ve spoken to Edge in private and he’s thinking it over. One thing I can guarantee though, is that if Edge says yes, this will be the biggest and best X-Division match the KWF’s ever had.” Evans goes on to say that he wants to thank the KWF readers for all their support for the X-Division. He says: “The KWF’s taken the X-Division to great heights and it’s allowed us cruiserweights to show exactly what we can do. We’ve always been appreciated here and come Mania, we’ll pay that back. Well, it’s up to Edge in any case.” Evans exits the scene and JB finishes: “I wonder what Evans and Edge have in mind?” We go to commercial.

When we return we see that Queen Madison is already in the ring, and is posing for a mirror she is making the referee hold up for her. We also see that the number one contender Kaitlyn is sat at ringside having joined the commentary team. JR: “Welcome Kaitlyn, and may I be the first to congratulate you on your success last week.” Kaitlyn: “Thank you JR. I mean you're like the 5,000th person to congratulate me, but it still means a lot coming from you.” Regal: “Yes I'd like to add my kudos too young lady. Honestly I never rated you much, especially given how often you used to hang around with that flea-ridden moggy Panther.” Kaitlyn: “Err thanks, I think. But I still hang around with Panther, we just played a rather heated game of Guess Who. He always goes for people with mustaches, it's so easy. But he's got his thing with Dolph right now, and I've got mine with this floozy.” She is referring to the Women's Champion Angelina Love, who is entering with Velvet Sky. When The Beautiful People get to the ring, they deliberately do their entrance right in front of Kaitlyn, while saying “You dream of looking this good honey.” Kaitlyn just shakes her head and responds. “Yeah, well that ass of hers is gonna look awfully lonely after WrestleMania with no Belt above it.” Regal looks flustered and takes a big swig of water. “(to self) Maggie Thatcher on a rainy day, Maggie Thatcher on a rainy day.”

Queen Madison vs. Angelina Love w/ Velvet Sky ­– Kaitlyn on commentary

As Love and Rayne lock up, JR reminds us that they have history themselves. “Madison wanted to rejoin The Beautiful People after her short stint with them back in the old TNA, but she was denied by Love and Sky. She got her revenge by kicking them out of Dolph's Kingdom, and now they walk alone, while Queen Madison sits on her throne next to the King of the KWF.” Kaitlyn: “That was so funny. I mean I hate Madison too, but to see Angelina and Velvet get their comeuppance like that was sweet. But it wasn't enough. It'll be complete once I get revenge on them for all the crap they put me through during my unfortunate time next to Dolph. Angelina values that Title more than she valued her crown, and soon she'll have neither.” Kaitlyn goes for a Chickbuster handshake with JR, but he clearly has no idea what he's doing, so she just pats him on the shoulder.

Meanwhile, despite an angry early flurry from Madison, Love has managed to get on top thanks, as usual, to some distraction from Velvet. Love has Madison in the corner and has her boot pressed up into her throat. The referee wants her to let Rayne out of the corner, but she waits until he counts to Four and a half before letting her go. She throws her against the ropes and hits an elbow, before a nonchalant cover gets barely Two. Love grabs Madison by the hair and starts slamming her head into the mat, but again the referee steps in. Kaitlyn comments that she'll have to overcome these underhanded tactics at Mania, and Regal warns her: “This is all pre-meditated and executed to perfection. She is getting Madison out of her comfort zone, and from my observations, no-one is better at that than Angelina Love. Not only is she super-model hot, but she is quite a tremendous competitor. You did very well last week darling, but not only will you have to beat probably the best female wrestler competing today, but you'll have to contest with her BFF on the outside as well.” Kaitlyn: “First of all Mister Regal, my own BFF AJ Lee is a better wrestler than Angelina, as she has shown numerous times before, and second, if you call me darling one more I'm going to get you in a headlock.” Regal: “Is that a promise?”

Rayne has turned the match around by ducking a Botox Injection attempt, causing Love to almost kick Velvet, who had gotten up onto the apron. JR: “Well it certainly seems that any ill-feeling between  Angelina and Velvet has disappeared. After Velvet failed to win last week, they must have come to the agreement that the important thing at Mania is that TBP retain the Women's Title within their ranks.” Kaitlyn: “Surprise surprise. Those two haven’t been as tight as they once were and I almost thought Velvet would split from Angelina. Guess I was wrong.” Madison rolls up her opponent, but Love kicks out. As they come together again, Madison attempts the Rayne Drop, but Love moves through it and sends Madison against the ropes, before connecting with a Spear. She hooks the leg and gets the three count.

Winner: Angelina Love.

Regal: “Wow, I thought your Spear on Velvet last week was special, but that almost knocked Madison out of her boots. If that isn't a big old slap of one-upsmanship than I don't know what is.” As soon as the bell rings and Love is announced the winner, Sky grabs the Belt and gets in the ring to put it around Angelina's waist. Love just smirks down at Kaitlyn, who stands up and removes her headset. Not a word is said between them, there is just a tense staredown, until Kaitlyn mouths “I'll see you at WrestleMania ladies.”

We see the Rated R General Manager walking the halls and he comes up to a door labeled ‘British Invasion’. He knocks and then opens it to call out Drew McIntyre. We hear the voices of Wade Barrett, Layla and mumbling from the Welsh Dragons, but Edge says that McIntyre is the only one he wants to see. Drew walks over, exits the locker room with Edge and then Edge shuts the door to padlock it closed. McIntyre: “Hey, what are ye doing?” Edge: “Well Drew, after all you and your Brits have put me through along with LAX, your match against Chavo tonight is going to be strictly one on one.” McIntyre argues saying that this isn’t fair because LAX could easily attack him right now. Edge tells him to calm down and says that if Drew wants to go to his Skybox then he can. In the meantime, Edge shall go lock LAX up as well.

We come to ringside where The Dudleys are making their entrance. They receive a chorus of boos and the comms agree at Edge’s actions when it comes to LAX and the British Invasion. JR: “Their rivalry has escalated over the past couple of weeks and now I for one am glad that we’re going to be able to witness a legitimate match between members of the two factions.” Regal: “Haha, yes Jim. And given how Drew was battered in the back of the LAX van last week, he’s got revenge on his mind and he’s going to unleash his Scottish temper on that toe-rag Chavo Guerrero.”

The Dudleys await their opponents and the crowd are on their feet for the KWF return of The Hart Dynasty. The comms explain that Tyson Kidd had been off injured for the past several months, but now it seems he’s healthy enough to compete. Regal: “Only just Jim. Tyson and DH wanted to part of the rundown to WrestleMania and they especially felt they had a score to settle with The Dudley Boys. Good on them for coming here to compete, but let me tell you, this won’t be a friendly feud at all. The Dudleys are getting ready for a battle at Mania for the Tag Team Titles. They certainly won’t fly half-mast for this.”

The Dudleys vs. The Hart Dynasty

DH and Tyson continuously get a good reception, but Regal is proved right straight away as Bubba goes hard at Tyson, short-arm-clotheslining him down in an instant. Bubba yells at him to get up. He does and tags in DH who comes in and dares Bubba to do the same to him. The two lock up and DH holds his ground. Bubba though rakes his eyes and quickly grabs him in a side headlock before walking with him toward The Dudleys’ corner. Devon tags in and now The Dudleys take control.

Regal: “They’re a class act are Bubba and Devon. They have to be favorites going into that TLC Tag Title match at Mania. They have the experience, the know-how to deal with Tables and it must be said Jim, it’s incredible how hungry The Dudleys remain driven for success after all these years.” JR: “Oh there’s no doubting how impressive The Dudleys are. They’ve always prided themselves on being arguably the greatest Tag Team of all time. But what drives them as well as the Gold I think is the competition William. The fact that there is a Beer Money and a Why So Serious, it means that The Dudleys want to overcome them and still be remembered as the very best. Now they don’t often do things by the book, but no one can challenge their success. The question now is; will they be successful at WrestleMania?”

As the match goes on we see Tyson and DH take their chances to tag one another, but even through the momentum shifts, The Dudleys still manage to weather the storm and in the end, it’s a job well done as Devon befalls Tyson with a neckdrop and then he and Bubba drop DH with a 3D. The fans don’t like it, but Devon makes the cover and The Dudleys get Three.

Winner: Devon and Bubba-Ray, The Dudleys.

♫The Dudleys’ music♫ <<< click to play) hits and the crowd boo as they stand strong in the centre of the ring. The comms review replays of the match and agree that The Dudleys look better than ever heading into KWF WrestleMania. Bubba and Devon’s celebrations are cut short though as their music cuts out and all of a sudden we see a figure step out from under the rising tron. It’s Jeff ‘The Joker’ Hardy – or is it? A man dressed as The Joker makes his way to the ring and Regal says: “That’s not Joker Hardy at all.” This man is followed out by a man dressed as Gambit and JR says: “That’s definitely not Gambit.” By the time the two of them set to get in the ring, they’re followed down the ramp by another set of Joker and Gambit. Then another. Then another. JR: “What the hell is going on?” But as they get into the ring, Bubba and Devon waste no time in befalling them with clotheslines or dumping them over the top rope.

More and more Joker and Gambit’s come down, but still, Bubba and Devon find it easy to maintain control of the situation. All of a sudden we see one of the men climb the turnbuckles and right away Bubba gets Devon’s attention and points to the man. Devon rushes over and launches him off the top turnbuckle, all the way to ringside. Regal says: “That was Jeff! I couldn’t tell for sure, but I think that was Jeff Hardy, The Joker!” Back in the ring, we then see one of the Gambit-a-likes go at Bubba from behind, but then Devon grabs him, knees him in the gut and launches him toward the ropes. When he comes back, Bubba lifts him and Devon performs the Cutter to lay him out with a 3D – and the comms believe this man is the real Gambit.

The crowd boo as close-ups of Joker Hardy and Gambit reveal that the real versions of them had used the clones as a smokescreen to try get at The Dudleys themselves. Regal: “But this kind of prank had no affect on The Dudleys at all JR. They maintained their concentration and they picked Gambit and Joker out of the crowd. And after a tough encounter with The Hart Dynasty, that was mightily impressive. What a show from Bubba and Devon. They didn’t fall for Why So Serious’ mind games at all.” JR: “Indeed you’re right William. Gambit and Joker underestimated The Dudleys here and I think what we can take from this is the fact that The Dudleys are ready folks. They’re going to Mania to do nothing but end KWF as World Tag Team Champions. No clown or Cajun will get in their way. After this display, I hope Beer Money are watching. The Dudley Boys are ready.” The crowd boo The Dudleys as they exit up the ramp and Joker regroups with Gambit back in the ring.

We go backstage where Edge has just pulled Chavo Guerrero out of the LAX locker room. He padlocks the door and tells Chavo to get out of his sight. Jeremy Borash comes on the scene as Chavo walks off. Borash to Edge: “Wow. So I take it he hasn’t apologized for betraying you?” Edge: “No. That would be assuming that Chavo had some class, but I’m not all that surprised when I think about it. I trusted the guy as a friend, but in this business I suppose it’s a given that backstabbings occur. I’m just disappointed that I’m on the end of one.” Edge says that what LAX have done since their formation has been reprehensible and the Brits are no model faction, but at least they have some “sort of decorum as Wade calls it.” Edge maintains that tonight shall be a clean one on one between a Brit and an LAX member, and perhaps these two factions can end their time with the KWF with a little mutual respect.

Chavo Guerrero vs. Drew McIntyre

We come back from commercials and McIntyre looks intense as he gets set to gain some retribution for what happened to him on Turmoil last week. He sets to tie up with Chavo, but gets a kick to the gut and Chavo quickly punches McIntyre, closed fist, right in the mush. The audience gasp ‘Ohhh’ as Drew’s eyes widen. He sets to grab Chavo, but Guerrero backs up toward the ropes. He goes between them and demands that the ref hold McIntyre back, but Drew doesn’t oblige. He kicks through the ropes right into Chavo’s face and we hear a loud thud as Guerrero’s body lands hard at ringside. JR and Regal go through a replay of the impact of the move. Regal: “Ho ho hooo, that was a nice shot Drew. Bravo my boy.” JR says that Chavo hasn’t wrestled in the Keystone Wrestling Federation for quite some time, but now that he’s back on this short-term contract, he’s probably not bargained for a beat-down by the man from Ayr, Scotland.

The referee tries to restore order, but Drew is relentless as he goes at Chavo at ringside. He eventually throws him back in the ring, but as Drew follows, Chavo dropkicks him in the knees and he quickly mounts him to lay into him with hard lefts and rights. Drew rolls him off and both men get up. They run at each other and Guerrero is impressive as he takes Drew down with a headscissor. JR: “An awesome move and that may swing the momentum of the match!” Regal: “Oh there’s no doubting that Chavo has talent Jim. He’s a veteran and he sure as heck has been around the block a bit. But come on Drew, don’t let the British Invasion down. Guerrero’s a pretender and LAX have nothing on us!” JR: “Us?” Regal: “Sorry, I mean the Brits.” The contest goes on, back and forth and it becomes evident that while Chavo is going for covers to try and win the match, Drew is very much in a mode to try and hurt his opponent.

JR: “That mugging in the LAX van has affected Drew McIntyre in a good, but bad way. He looks as focused and determined as he ever has, but he’s too angry and that may cost him, especially as you said William, with a man as seasoned as Chavo Guerrero.” The fans are treated to a great match and they boo as Guerrero gets back into the contest again, this time befalling McIntyre for long enough to go to the ring apron and pull back on the top rope to launch himself over to slingshot and roll on top of McIntyre. Chavo covers now and this may be it; One, Two – but no, McIntyre kicks out. Guerrero gets up and he’s full of confidence now, and the crowd boo as he pulls McIntyre toward the centre of the ring – but in one swift movement, McIntyre yanks Guerrero down to the canvas into a Small Package! Chavo’s kicking his legs, but McIntyre has him hooked and he gets the Three!

Winner: Drew McIntyre.

McIntyre releases the pin and both men get up. Chavo looks set to try clothesline him, but Drew’s ready, he counters and drops Guerrero with a Future Shock DDT! The crowd applaud as the Scotsman has his hand raised. The comms review replays of the match and ♫McIntyre’s music♫ <<< click to play) plays out the scene as Regal especially talks up this victory for the British Invasion.

When we return from the break, the fans cheer loud as the ♫screeching wheels of the familiar music♫ <<< click to play) of Mick Foley hits, and the KWF's Hardcore Ambassador makes his smiley way to the ring. He grabs a mic and exclaims his excitement to be making a return “...right here in Colorado Springs!” He reminds us that he hasn't been seen for a few weeks since he got taken out by the Latin American eXchange at SuperBrawl. “That's the last time I do Edge a favor.” The fans laugh, as Foley goes on: “But I am here tonight in my role as Hardcore Ambassador. As you are all more than aware, the KWF is coming to an end, and I just want to take this moment to pay my respects and give an official Mick Foley thumbs up to the guys in this company who have ensured that Hardcore wrestling has lived on. Long after ECW has gone, long after whatever the WWE tried to do that was Hardcore, the KWF has stepped up and given sick bastards like me that old school Hardcore entertainment filled with weapons, blood, you guys going bonkers, and some of the most talented and craziest SOB's that this industry has ever seen!” The fans cheer in agreement. “And so now I'd like to bring out to the ring the three guys who made it all the way to the end. Samoa Joe, Rob Van Dam and the current reigning Hardcore Champion Sheamus, come out here so I can tell you all to your faces just how much I respect you!” One by one, the trio make their entrances, all pleased to see Foley and they shake his hand as they get into the ring.

Foley goes up to each man and tells him why he respects them, telling Joe it's because he held the Title for so long and took on all comers, RVD because he has been hardcore his whole career and faced all the greats, and won, and Sheamus, similar to Joe, because he has held the Strap for a long time and been through hell to do it. “And most importantly, because you lost that Title the same way I lost control of SuperBrawl, thanks to those pack of dogs called LAX. And not only that, but you came back and took it back. Winning a Title is one thing, but winning it back is something else altogether. And honestly, I cannot call this match. Three incredibly equal competitors, three guys more than capable of taking each other to the limit, and at WrestleMania, three guys who will all be worthy of being the last ever KWF Hardcore Champion!” The fans agree as the three men look at one another. Foley jokes that the real reason he called them all out there was just in case LAX tried to attack him again, but signs off by wishing them all good luck and delighting the fans with a final “Bang Bang!” His ♫music♫ <<< click to play) hits again and he exits, leaving the three men still staring one another down in the ring, with Sheamus patting the Belt. JR: “I agree with Mick, I can't call this one.” Regal: “Do you think they've invented a three-headed coin yet?”

We see both Panther and Ryback walking the halls on split-screen as JR informs us that their match is up next. Regal: “Panther actually asked for this match. If you ever want to teach your kids the meaning of the term 'careful what you wish for' then you might want to sit them in front of the TV for this one. Don't worry if it's their bed time, it won't last more than forty seconds or so.” We head into commercial.

We return just in time for ♫Shinedown’s ‘Sound of Madness’♫ <<< click to play) to fill the arena, and the craziest cat in the KWF makes his way to the ring. JR: “Panther looks pretty confident. I'm with you William that it was perhaps posturing too far from him, but he wants to get at Dolph so bad that he feels he has to defeat Goliath before he is free to challenge the King.” Regal: “I think you're getting your stories mixed up Jim. Goliath wasn't protecting the King.” Panther roars to the fans, who cheer back, but he is soon interrupted by the booming voice proclaiming ♫Feed. Me. Moreeee!♫ <<< click to play). Ryback makes his usual intense entrance, and marches to the ring. Once he has climbed through the ropes, ♫the music of King Dolph♫ <<< click to play) hits, and the KWF's reigning King of the Ring heads out to the stage. JR: “I guess he's going to be in the corner of his bodyguard tonight.” That doesn't quite prove to be the case though, as servants carry out a throne for him, and place it on the stage. Dolph takes a seat and Queen Madison emerges to sit on his lap. It seems they’re going to observe this one from a distance. Regal: “Nah, Dolph just wants to see Panther get pulled limb from limb in person.” Panther stares up at the King and Queen, before turning his attention back to The Machine, Ryback.

Panther vs. Ryback

Panther takes his time as Ryback just waits for him to make his move. JR: “This match came about after Ryback and Ziggler together attacked Panther's friend Brodus Clay. When the Black Cat came to the rescue, Ryback decimated him.” Regal: “I don't know why he thinks tonight will end differently.” Panther eventually decides to try and lock up with Ryback, but gets pushed straight onto his butt. Dolph laughs his head off on the stage, while Panther dusts himself off. He shoots a glare up at the King before turning back to Ryback and moving his hands in front of himself, almost as if he's literally measuring up his opponent. Once he thinks he's got it, he runs at Ryback, before being clotheslined down hard. Dolph continues to laugh as Ryback starts to attack now and picks Panther up, before picking him up on Gorilla Press slam position. He drops the cat behind him, but of course, Panther lands on his feet. Ryback turns around, and gets a spinning heel kick to the face, but it doesn't send him down. Panther sees that he has a chance to get on top though, and comes off the ropes to hit a clothesline, but Ryback barely moves. JR: “How on earth is he supposed to get this man off his feet, let alone beat him!?” Regal: “I believe Ryback is an 'it' JR, not a 'him'.”

Ryback opens his eyes even wider than usual at Panther and roars at him. Panther wipes the spit from his eyes and comes off the ropes again. Ryback goes for a clothesline, but Panther ducks and comes off the ropes on the far side, before hitting a low dropkick to the knee. JR: “Ryback is down to one knee, and here comes Panther again... DDT! A tornado DDT from the cat and Ryback is down!” Panther covers quickly, but after a One-count he is pushed so high into the air that he is able to land on his feet. Ryback gets up, but Panther nails an enziguiri. Ryback is forced to lean against the ropes to stay up this time. Panther goes for him, but Ryback dumps him over the top rope and to the outside, but yet again, he lands on his feet. JR: “It's almost impossible to knock Ryback off his feet, but it's equally as difficult for Ryback to stop Panther from landing on his.” Regal: “Oh just punch him!” Panther looks round to Dolph again and flips him off, before sliding back in through the legs of Ryback. He tries to surprise him, but it doesn't work as Ryback lifts him up and into Shellshock position. Regal: “That is all the Madam wrote.”

Ryback marches around the ring, before running for the impact, but the slippery Panther escapes down the back of his opponent, before elbowing him in the back of the head. This just makes Ryback mad though, and he picks Panther up and slams him down with a spinebuster. He backs off to the far corner and starts winding up the arm, getting ready for a Meat-hook clothesline. JR: “How much do you think the King is enjoying this William?” Regal: “He's every right to, especially after the disrespectful way that furball spoke about him last week.” Panther slowly starts to rise, and Ryback races over to knock his head off, but Panther moves and Ryback slams hard into the corner. The Machine stumbles back in a daze, allowing Panther time to leap to the top rope and hit a devastating clothesline of his own. JR: “Sword of Omens! Sword of Omens! Cover him!” Panther does cover and gets One, gets Two and somehow, gets Three!

Winner: Panther.

The fans go wild as a battered and bruised Panther has his arm raised. An outraged Dolph gets off his throne and shouts down at the ring. “No! That was a fast count!” And Queen Madison’s not best pleased either. Panther heads to the outside and grabs a mic, and while Dolph is set to leave, Panther calls him back: “Oi, Ziggles. Get back here, I wants to talk to ya.” Dolph reluctantly turns around. Panther: “God, I'm knackered. That thing of yours is pretty tough, but I said I'd go through him and I have, so now there's only one thing for us to do. Panther versus Dolph Ziggler at WrestleMania!” The crowd cheer, while Dolph shakes his head. Panther continues. “But we've already faced each other in boring old singles matches, with pride on the line, machismo on the line, and hell even an actual woman on the line, but how about this time... you put that Crown on the line?!! You've always been a massive toolbag, but that seems to have increased ten-fold since you became the so-called King, so I'm thinking we hang that crown from a cable and tussle over it in a good old fashioned Ladder match!” The crowd cheer again as JR says “Oh yes, Panther v Dolph in a Ladder match. I like the sound of that.” Regal: “I'm not sure our King agrees.” Panther: “Come on Ziggles, put up or shut up buddy? Have you got the stones to face me one more time at WrestleMania?”

Dolph steps up to the edge of the stage, and Madison hands him a mic. He looks out to the fans, before dropping the mic and walking off. He leaves and Madison smirks before following. The fans boo loudly. Panther shakes his head. JR: “What a coward. King Dolph leaves without answering the challenge. I guess without Ryback to protect him, he's not so noble.” Regal: “Nonsense Jim, he just needs to think it over. He is the King. He's not going to be put on the spot like that.”

We go backstage where we’re with JB once more and he welcomes his guest at this time, KWF’s Intercontinental Champion, the Viper Randy Orton. Orton steps into the picture and Borash asks him what he makes of the upcoming number one contenders match for his Belt. Orton responds: “Each and every wrestler in the business wants to be a Champion and once it was told that if you’re not here for the Title, then you might as well not be here at all. That was said by a rattle kind of snake… Stone Cold Steve Austin. But you see Borash to me, it’s the Intercontinental Title that is the defining Trophy in this industry. It puts you on a long list of wrestling’s who’s who and if you haven’t won the Intercontinental Belt as a singles competitor, then your name and your career won’t be remembered at all. A few weeks ago I laid out an open challenge to anyone who could step up and face me for this Belt at KWF WrestleMania. Two men answered. The same two men that I have RKO’d over the past two weeks. Am I scared of what’s to come? Am I worried that either Dinero or Morgan is going to be so hungry for my Belt that they may just beat me at Mania? Haha, not at all. You see The Pope’s had a ton of injuries this past year and Matt Morgan wasn’t even on the KWF roster until two weeks ago. The two of them can fight it out tonight and they can settle any unfinished business that they have. But when it comes to me and this Belt, the result at WrestleMania will remain the same. I am KWF’s Apex Predator. I roamed around the locker room, I bided my time and when the moment was right, I struck and became Intercontinental Champion. I am the Viper, I cannot be man-handled, I cannot be overseen. Dinero, Morgan, have the spotlight tonight. But come WrestleMania, I remain the Intercontinental Champion.” Orton marches off the picture and JB finishes: “Wow, that was intense. JR, William, back to you.”

We hear ♫Pope’s music♫ <<< click to play) and join JR and Regal at ringside and they tell of the storied history between D’Angelo Dinero and Matt Morgan. JR: “It was way back toward the end of 2011. The KWF had been taken over by Hulk Hogan and Ric Flair and the two weekly programs we had were being unified into one, as were the majority of our Championship Belts.” Regal: “Ahh yes, I remember all that Jim. It was monumental to see Matt Morgan at the time, an outstanding United States Champion.” JR: “Yes, but let’s remind the folks at home William, that Morgan and Pope competed to unify the United States and Intercontinental Title at Starrcade that year. They had an outstanding match and the result was historic. After Matt Morgan won, he didn’t raise the US Title and he chose to lift Dinero’s Intercontinental Title instead. Thus Morgan was the last ever US Champ and the first ever KWF Intercontinental Champion.” Matt Morgan makes his entrance and there’s a big fight feel as this contest gets underway.

‘The Pope’ D’Angelo Dinero vs. Matt Morgan – number one contendership for the Intercontinental Title

William Regal responds to JR’s previous words: “And now this means that their rivalry has gone full circle Jim. Both these men want to go on to challenge yet again to become Intercontinental Champion. But they have to get through each other first and of course, the prize is greater this time. To compete on the Grand Stage of WrestleMania for the opportunity to be the last KWF Intercontinental Champ? Wow, imagine what this means. Dinero and Morgan must be nervous as hell and I’ll tell you this, Randy Orton may be putting on a front. He knows what KWF WrestleMania means. This particular match here marks the beginning of the end for the KWF’s Intercontinental Championship. It’s history in the making and I’m sure Orton must be sitting backstage overwhelmed by all of this.”

The battle begins with both superstars trying to get control, but they know each other so well that neither of them can build any momentum. Morgan tries to use his power to lift Pope over his shoulder for a version of the powerslam, but Dinero slips down Morgan’s back, showing his speed and then he takes the big man down to one knee with a chop bloc. The crowd cheer, Dinero the clear favorite, but Morgan doesn’t allow him to apply any further pressure. He counters by snapmaring Pope over and he mounts to push Pope’s shoulders down to the canvas, gets One, gets – oh, just One and an half as Pope isn’t giving up an inch. JR: “Pope knows Morgan’s temperament and he realizes that if he gets him to wrestle angry then that means Pope can outsmart him.” Regal: “But look Jim, I think Morgan knows that. He seems extremely focused here and whatever Pope might hope to be doing in terms of mind games may not work at all. I mean, we don’t call Mister Morgan the Blueprint for nothing.”

As the match goes on, JR describes it as a tennis match because you can’t quite tell who’s going to make the mistake, who’s going to be too fatigued to slip up and who is going to come out on top. As the bout spills out to ringside we watch as Morgan finally gets his chance to dominate, using the barricade to perform snake eyes on Dinero. He slides his upper body into the ring to break the ref’s count. He goes back toward Pope, but Dinero grabs a beverage from a fan and he splashes it in Morgan’s face. JR: “Desperate times call for desperate measures and Pope might finally be able to tilt the match in his favor here.” Dinero now fires Morgan with lefts and rights before trying to outsmart him, putting him up against the barricade and then clotheslining him over and into the timekeepers corner. The fans cheer as Dinero yells: “Stay down!” and he gets back into the ring. He points in Morgan’s direction and ensures that the ref administers the count. The ref’s already on Six and Regal says that he can’t believe Dinero’s “such a coward.” JR: “What are you talking about? Winning a match can be achieved by pin-fall, submission. It can be lost by DQ and oh that’s right – it can be won by Count-out! There’s no shame what Pope’s doing here, it’s a strategy that may well get him to WrestleMania!” The count gets to Eight and Morgan’s just about climbed over the barricade. The count gets to Nine and he crawls toward the ring and just before the ref yells Ten, Morgan’s back in. Pope pounces immediately for a cover; One, Two – Morgan kicks out.

The contest goes on. Back and forth in and out of commercials and when we come back Morgan’s now in control and he’s slowed down the match, applying an abdominal stretch. Regal: “This is genius. It gives Morgan time to recover and it maintains pressure on Pope. Excellent.” Morgan may have control for the moment, but the crowd cheer on Pope and this leads to Pope trying to shift the momentum. Pope elbows Morgan in the gut and he sets to Irish-whip him, but Morgan counters and he sends Pope toward the ropes instead. Pope comes back and Morgan leans over for a back body drop, but Pope stops in his tracks. He drops to one knee and then uppercuts to smash Morgan right in the jaw! JR: “Aww good God! A devastating maneuver! That’s Pope’s 4-Up, that’s four knuckles upside your head and Morgan may be in trouble here.” The Blueprint is certainly groggy as he backs up toward the corner. Here’s where Dinero really gets the fans going. He claps his hands and gets them clapping along. He pulls down his knee pads and he points toward Morgan. JR gets excited as he talks up the D’Angelo Dinero Express and Pope storms toward the corner, but “Oh noooo!” yells JR as Morgan comes out of his corner like a cannon and he damn near beheads The Pope with a Carbon Footprint! The crowd are shocked and stunned into silence as Morgan covers, hooking both Pope’s legs and that’s it, the ref counts Three – Matt Morgan’s going to WrestleMania!

Winner: Matt Morgan.

♫Morgan’s music♫ <<< click to play) hits and JR yells: “He’s done it! Matt Morgan has completed his monumental come-back into the Keystone Wrestling Federation and he’s earned his shot at Randy Orton at WrestleMania!” Regal: “He has indeed Jim and remember, Orton himself pointed out that Morgan only re-signed with the KWF a few weeks ago. He should be rusty, he should be making mistakes and he could have easily lost this match. No, not now. This is Matt Morgan’s time. He is the Blueprint and Randy, haha, Randy Orton best be aware that Matt Morgan is no ordinary challenger. He’s not The Pope and he’s certainly no Zack Ryder. This man is a specimen and he’s certain to be Orton’s biggest challenge to date.” As Matt Morgan celebrates and takes in the boos of the audience, JR finishes: “Orton versus Morgan for the Intercontinental Title! Gosh, I can’t wait for WrestleMania!”

After the break the arena goes dark, before we hear the ♫familiar music♫ <<< click to play) of the man they call Sting. He heads to the ring with his trademark facepaint, jacket and big black bat, and the fans go wild. JR: “Here he is, The Icon! And the reason why we have The Absolute Lashley against The UnderTaker at WrestleMania.” Sting stands in the middle of the ring, balancing the bat on his shoulder with one hand, and holding a mic in the other. He takes in the cheers before yelling “Whhhhoooooooooo!” and the fans cheer even louder. Sting: “Boy that never gets tired! You know I just had to come out here, and like my old buddy Mick Foley, thank everyone here in the KWF from the phenomenally talented roster, to the outstanding, creative and visionary writers, and of course, our ridiculously awesome fans!” Those same fans cheer Sting, and chant a thank you to him. He smiles, before continuing: “Now, now, you shouldn't be thanking ol’ Stinger over here. I always thought I would be a one company guy, then WCW disappeared, and TNA came along, and I always thought I would be a two company guy, then that disappeared and the KWF came along. It's kinda like that Monty Python Spanish Inquisition sketch.” The fans laugh, as does Regal: “Haha, very good... ahem.” Sting: “But each company has meant as much to me as the other, and my time here in the KWF has been just unforgettable. I've had the opportunity to work with some incredible guys and gals, had some huge matches, I won a Royal Rumble and I headlined a WrestleMania in a dream match against Shawn Michaels at the Georgia Dome in 2011. Hell, on our first ever show over three and a half years ago I fought The UnderTaker!” JR: “And what a match that was.”

Sting: “And now they always say things come full circle, and this time it's close enough. But Taker isn't facing me at WrestleMania, no. He's facing his own creation, a being that he created in his own image, and isn't it always the way that playing God always comes round and bites you in the ass? (toward the camera) UnderTaker! Make no mistake about it, at WrestleMania you take on the greatest ever threat to your streak, The Absolute Lashley!” The fans cheer as Sting asks Lashley to join him out in the ring. Regal: “That's brave.” The lights go out, before the ♫eerie a blood chilling music of The Absolute One♫ <<< click to play) plays, and he makes his slow way to the ring. JR comments on how similar his mannerisms are to the Deadman, and he even raises the lights as he gets on the steps. Sting looks unmoved as Lashley enters the ring. He just stares at Sting, who walks up and down the canvas. Sting: “Thanks for coming out here Bobby, I can call you Bobby right?” Lashley just continues to stare. “Now Bobby, you know all too well what The UnderTaker has put you through, all in the name of carrying on his legacy. You took his torture and his so-called ‘teachings’ and you did as you were expected; you became the Champion and you ran this place for a short time. But, as power-hungry as Taker is, he didn’t accept your level of dominance and all of a sudden, he gave up on you Bobby. You lost the Belt, lost a couple of matches and according to Taker were a failure, yesterday's news, and not fit to lace The Phenom's boots.”

Lashley still stares. Sting goes on: “But Bobby, you listen to me. I have been in this business even longer than him, and I am telling you that you are one of the most, if not the most intimidating figure I have ever stood across the ring from. When I faced you at Starrcade, sure I came out on top, but I have never had a tougher match, and I had to bleed sweat, and remember, I have faced The UnderTaker before, and I know, I don't just think, I know that you can beat him. The key is Bobby, that you need to know that you can beat him as well. You have got to enter that ring on Sunday March 31st and stand across from The UnderTaker without any consideration in your mind that you might lose. Forget Mania, forget the streak and especially forget all that matters to the Lord of Darkness. You remember Bobby, you remember everything he’s ever put you through. I want you to remember, I want you to consider everything you lost. Your friends, your family. You lost your humanity and people cried for you. People cried for you Bobby. You find that point Bobby, the point between rage and serenity. You find it and you use it against him. You use everything you’ve endured, everything you’ve learned and you use it to win!” Sting's words of encouragement are not affecting Lashley's stance, but the hell fire explosion and ♫music of Kane♫ <<< click to play) certainly does. Lashley turns to face the Big Red Machine who is marching down the ramp. He gets into the ring and goes nose-to-nose with Lashley.

There is a huge air of anticipation as Kane starts to tilt his head, but rather than attack, Kane holds something up to his own throat. Then, for the first time ever on KWF Blogs since his re-masking, Kane speaks. Through his voicebox he says: “Lashley. You are a fool if you think you can beat my brother. WrestleMania is his and his alone. He has won twenty matches and never lost, and he has beaten far greater opponents than you.” Sting interrupts: “Yeah, didn't he beat you... twice?” Kane looks over at Sting, who takes a step back. Kane continues at Lashley: “When my brother created you, I told him that you were weak. I said that you did not have enough darkness within you, and that as soon as The UnderTaker stepped aside, you would let him down, and you did. At Sovereignty Four, I beat you. Then Kurt Angle beat you, and then he (pointing to Sting) beat you. You failed to win the Royal Rumble, and then you had to rely on Sting to get you a match against The UnderTaker at WrestleMania. Lashley, I wear this mask to intimidate all those that stand before me. I gave nightmares to KWF writers until they were in their teens and even now, I haunt the memories of anyone who has ever imagined an image of pure evil. You, Bobby, you wear your mask to hide your own failures, and WrestleMania will be another as my brother makes you Rest... In...”

With that, Lashley grabs Kane by the throat with both hands, and starts to raise him off the floor. JR: “My God, what strength!” Regal: “It could be Sitdown Spinebuster time!” However, before he can execute, there is a flash and lightning hits the four corners of the ring. The fans are stunned into silence, and Lashley lets go of Kane quickly and steps back. JR: “What in the hell was that?!” Regal: “Haha, that was The UnderTaker! He was sending a message to Lashley, and look, Jim, The Absolute One is intimidated! He put down Kane and backed off. Don't tell me that The UnderTaker's mind games don't work on him. People keep telling Lashley that he still has a human side, calling him Bobby, and suggesting that's a plus, well it isn't, it's a weakness, and there is no-one better at exploiting weaknesses than The Phenom, especially at WrestleMania.” Kane holds the voicebox back up to his throat again, and we hear his maniacal laugh as Sting looks around the arena, while Lashley just stares at Kane, trying not to show any more reaction to the lightning bolts.

We come into a shot panning across the skyline of New York. The view goes over to New Jersey and slams down into the MetLife Stadium, the venue of KWF WrestleMania. We go to a video montage recapping moments and highlights of KWF history. We’re reminded of Monday Night’s TNA RAW run by Bret Hart and taken over by Hulk Hogan. We see Ric Flair as General Manager of Friday Night’s Impact SmackDown and we see WWE Titles, TNA Titles and old, new and original characters that have filled the roster over the years here on KWF Blogs. We see reminders of the successes of AJ Styles and Shelton Benjamin as Tag Team Champions. We see Kelly Kelly defeating Mickie James in an I Quit match at The Bash in 2010. We see the awesome moves of one of KWF’s greatest former Hardcore Champions, John Morrison. We see the re-emergence of the original Masked Kane, the kisses between Maria Kanellis and Christy Hemme, Christian Cage defeating Brock Lesnar and The Rock vs. Shawn Michaels with Sting as Special Guest Referee.

We fast forward through the years, with clips reminding us of Metallica at Mania, Jennifer Lopez at SummerSlam and the sweet sweet victory of DX defeating The Dark Side at Survivor Series 2011. We see clips of Money in the Bank Ladder matches, the return of King of the Ring and the glorious explosiveness that is KWF’s X-Division. The Keystone Wrestling Federation was born on July 8th 2009 and through Roster Draft’s, overseas pay-per-views and legendary matches, we now come to our final event ever. Over the past three and a half years KWF Blogs has given all of us moments that will forever remain in our memories and on the night of March 31st we invite you to join us for KWF WrestleMania. A graphic fades onto the screen. It is the logo for KWF WrestleMania 2013. It fades out again, and is replaced by another graphic saying ‘11 days’.

At ringside. JR: “Yes folks we are just eleven days away from KWF WrestleMania. It’s going to be our last show ever, and it’s gotten bigger and better each and every week William. This is the most greatly anticipated WrestleMania of all time!” Regal: “Of course it is Jim. Tonight we’ve had the Intercontinental Title match determined, an X-Division match teased, Panther’s challenged King Dolph to a Ladder match – and The Rock’s been added to the World Title match main event! When Edge announced that at the beginning of the night, I thought he was bonkers. But d’you know what Jim, this generations thing isn’t a half-bad idea.”

As the comms continue building up KWF’s last ever show, ♫music♫ <<< click to play) hits and out comes the most electrifying man in all of entertainment! The People’s Champ gets a rousing reception and the crowd cheer to the top of their lungs as The Great One makes his way down to the ring. JR: “Gosh, I know The Rock rise and grinds each and every morning, but the man’s a beast William. He looks in great shape.” Regal: “He’s no bum that’s for sure Jim. He’s motivated to live life as best he can and I must admit, if he wrestles as well as he looks then he may well have a chance at WrestleMania. Bare in mind though, he has to get through tonight. Haha, if he loses here, how much of a fool is Edge going to look?” JR: “But you just said you were getting on board with the idea of… oh never mind.”

The Rock paces back and forth in the ring. He bounces on the spot and loosens up as he awaits his opponent. All eyes are on the stage as the lights turn off. The comms wonder whether Rock’s opponent could be The UnderTaker, The Absolute Lashley or Kane… We wait some more until the tron rises. We can barely see a shadow step out onto the stage and the man turns around. He spreads his arms and his jacket suddenly lights up. Regal: “It’s Christmas!”… ♫Music hits… Break the Walls Doowwwwnnnn♫ <<< click to play) and JR yells: “Aww it’s not Christmas, it’s Chris Jericho!” And the fans go wild for the KWF return of Y2J! JR: “Chris Jericho was last in the Keystone Wrestling Federation at Casino Warfare last year, where he lost the KWF World Title to CM Punk. Jericho’s been touring with Fozzy since – and I for one think that he prolonged that tour to avoid any further confrontation with Punk.” Regal: “Jericho’s always done what’s best for number one Jim, and that’s what’s best for him. He wasn’t ducking Punk if that’s what you’re insinuating, but let me tell you this, what a test for The Rock right here. AJ Styles warmed up for Mania by defeating TNA founder Jeff Jarrett last week and now we have Rock versus Jericho. What a night, and what a way to build up WrestleMania!”

The Rock vs. Chris Jericho

The fans are on their feet as we get set for a WWF classic. JR: “Chris Jericho made his WWF debut by interrupting The Rock folks. That was on August 9th 1999. Here in the KWF today, it’s damn near 14 years later and we’re even bringing that rivalry full circle. Gosh William, I’m going to miss this place. The crowd is electric, the stories have no boundaries and the talent is awesome. How our writers haven’t been hired is beyond me. Less than two weeks before Mania we have Rock versus Jericho? KWF’s amazing!” Regal: “Alright alright Jim, they get the picture.”

Rock and Jericho eyeball one another and while the fans cheer the return of Y2J, they instantly boo as Jericho flips a bird at Rock. Rock answers with a smack to the face. He smacks again, then again, backing Jericho against the ropes, but Jericho backs up out of them and he escapes to ringside. He checks his jaw and then taunts Rock. The People’s Champ wastes no time as he exits the ring and starts toward Jericho. Jericho’s ready for him though and he nails Rock with a forearm before smashing his head off the ring apron. Rock’s all fired up though and he retaliates, grabbing Jericho’s head and bouncing him off the apron as well. Jericho uses his wherewithal though, coming back before Rock can build momentum and he performs a Russian Legsweep, smashing the back of Rock’s head into the barricade – but Jericho hurts himself too and he’s holding the back of his head as we go to commercials.

We come back Live and Jericho has control of The Rock in the centre of the ring. The crowd are stunned as Jericho’s looking to put the Walls on The Rock, but the audience’ volume rises as Rock twists his hips and uses the power in his legs to spin Jericho out of the maneuver. The comms quickly review that Jericho maintained control during the break and he twice got near falls on The Great One. Right now though, The Brahma Bull is trying to get back into the match. He gets up and starts toward Jericho, but Jericho runs against the ropes behind Rock and comes back with a bulldog. He gets up with a sly smirk on his face and the crowd are cheering. Jericho looks happy with his work as the fans cheer louder and louder, but they’re not cheering him, they’re cheering the fact that The Rock has kipped up behind Jericho.

The fans go wild as Jericho turns round to walk right into Rock. The Rock’s eyes are wide open and he builds momentum, one smack to Jericho’s face, a second and a third. Rock bumps Jericho toward the ropes, sends him against the far ropes and sets for a spinebuster – but Jericho lifts a leg to boot Rock in the mush and this thwarts Rock’s momentum. Jericho goes against the far ropes and comes back with another bulldog. But this time there’s no time to waste as he goes against the ropes for a Lionsault. Outstanding attempt, but Jericho lands on his feet because The Rock’s rolled out of the way. Jericho sets to go toward him again, but Rock’s put his arm across his chest, he puts Jericho’s arm over his shoulder and lifts him up to grind him down hard to the canvas! “Rock Bottom! Rock Bottom! Rock Bottom!” yells JR and then finally, finally we get to see the most electrifying move in all of pro wrestling; it’s The People’s Elbow and The Rock nails it! He covers, hooking the leg getting One, Two and Three!

Winner: The Rock.

Justin Roberts announces: “Ladies and gentlemen your winner of the match, The Rrrrrooccckkkkk!” and the crowd go wild. ♫Rock’s music♫ <<< click to play) hits and the roof almost blows off the arena. The Rock climbs the turnbuckle and raises his arm with the comms agreeing that he will certainly be full of confidence going into Mania on the back of this performance. Regal: “A great performance indeed Jim. I am quite shocked and did you notice, no mistakes?” JR: “Oh yeah. The Rock was focused and ready for this and he didn’t even know who his opponent was. That was a mightily impressive performance and if anyone was questioning whether The Rock could cut it anymore, well he damn sure can. He just beat Y2J!” The fans chant and cheer for The Rock as he climbs down from the buckles – but then there’s another roar from the crowd, it’s CM Punk! Punk slides into the ring. He waits for Rock to turn around and JR yells: “Oh my God, Punk, what’re you doing??” as CM Punk lifts Rock atop his shoulders to perform the GTS! “Hahaaa!” yelps Regal as the crowd boo like hell. CM Punk stands over Rock’s body and now the spotlight is directly on him. The audience continue to boo as we see Chris Jericho roll out of the ring, and he exchanges a look with Punk as he sets to walk off up the ramp. Punk asks for a microphone as we go to our final commercial break of the night.

When we return the fans are much more settled as we see that CM Punk has a mic in hand and he’s sat cross-legged up on the stage. Regal: “This remind you of something Jim?” JR: “Yes. The feeling in the air here is very similar to that of Punk and his infamous pipebomb that he dropped on WWE a couple of years ago. He had no business out here. This was The Rock’s moment, but damn it I’m intrigued to hear what he has to say.” Punk addresses the audience first: “I have to say that I apologize. To each and every one of you here in Colorado Springs, I’m sorry. And I’m sorry to those of you at home who had to witness The Rock in the main event of Turmoil here tonight.” The crowd respond indifferently. Punk continues: “Because you see, on the Road to WrestleMania you’d expect the very best matches, the best competition at each and every event on the way to the Grand Stage, but for some reason, for some reason, thanks to Edge, John Cena and I CM Punk were overlooked and how we didn’t make the cut for tonight’s main event is a travesty upon everything that the KWF’s ever built.”

Punk goes on: “I know Cena jumped me a few weeks back, and he'll pay for that at WrestleMania, but one thing I'll say in his defense is that he earned his place in the main event.”Punk goes on to explain: “Since it came about that the KWF was coming to an end, Edge’s decisions have been down-right suicidal and I can understand that he’s trying to give you people what you want, I can even understand that he’s trying to have the biggest and greatest possible programs that KWF’s ever had – but he’s doing it all wrong and tonight it should have been Cena or myself in this main event. Chris Jericho is nothing but an afterthought and if you’re wondering whether he’ll be involved at Mania, he will, performing with Fozzy as part of Mania’s ‘musical entertainment.’ No seriously, spoiler alert, but it’s true.” The crowd cheer as the comms wonder whether this is true or not. Punk goes on and says that he’s no friend of John Cena and he elaborates that the KWF’s going all out to give everything they have in the build-up to Mania and at the show itself, but: “in the meantime our writers are forgetting what made them start the KWF in the first place. They’re forgetting that this is about the stories. The stories make the matches and the matches then make the stories grow. That’s how this dance works. And what, The Rock says he wants to be at Mania? He sells this generations idea and Edge buys it? What about Cena huh Edge? He won the KWF Royal Rumble remember?”

The fans stand listening intently, and then we see The Rock stand up from the GTS as well. He stands in the ring, hands on hips. Punk smiles: “Oh hey Rocky how are ya feeling? Yeah, stay right there Mister Hollywood, I’m not done.” Punk goes on, speaking directly at the camera: “Cena won KWF’s Royal Rumble – before WWE television’s Rumble might I add. KWF did it first, just like KWF had Joker Hardy before TNA had Joker Sting. Just like we had Rock versus Cena the year before it happened in WWE and just like we had me versus UnderTaker last year – a year before WWE. If you want proof, click HERE and read the show. But I digress. Edge, you fall for this idiot’s idea and then you put him in the main event, forgetting all about that prick John Cena and oh yeah, you forgot about me too.” The Rock raises an eyebrow, leaning on the top rope now, still listening to Punk. Punk says: “I’m the winner of the Elimination Chamber! I’m the third man, I’m the one who completes the Triple Threat and I was going to Mania to defeat AJ Styles and John Cena and I was going to raise the Title again proving that I am the Best in the World!”

The audience remain indifferent. Some boo, many cheer, and they all listen on along with The Rock. Punk says that this was his initial response to Edge’s announcement and he explains that he came out to put The Rock to Sleep “because I could, I’m the Best in the World and the spotlight is on me, even after a Rock main event.” Rock shakes his head, and the comms note that Rock’s not gotten himself a microphone here. Punk goes on and argues against the idea of Rock being at Mania saying that The Rock has not had a KWF pay-per-view match since WrestleMania last year. He says that Dwayne Johnson goes about his daily business never really caring for the fans, “your people as you call them.” He says that The Rock cares only about spotlight and main event status: “And this is the only reason you want to be part of Mania isn’t it Dwayne? You don’t care about the Title. (To the fans) He doesn’t care about all of you. It’s about status. It’s about being remembered as part of KWF history and Dwayne wants his name in lights when KWF comes to a close because he knows that this is the best wrestling entertainment organization of all time and he simply would be an idiot if he didn’t try to be a part of it. Guys like myself, Cena and Styles work our asses off every week. We do WWE and TNA House Shows where Cena’s beating up Darren Young, I’m talking to an Urn and poor AJ’s playing a hobo on Impact Wrestling. It’s the biggest bunch of sh*t TNA’s ever done and the longer they go down this route, the further they get from the billions of dollars made by WWE. Pull your finger out your ass Dixie, your company’s being ruined and so are your stars. Oh look, I digressed, again. Ooops.”

The audience laugh, and we see a shot of The Rock nodding in agreement and we can see him mouth “That’s true.” The fans then begin to cheer Punk’s name, agreeing with him that TNA is ruining AJ Styles. Punk says: “And I hope nobody sits there thinking WWE’s so great. You’re wasting Dolph Ziggler, you’re repeating your ‘big matches’ because your stories suck. Your cruiserweights are often overlooked, your female wrestlers are always overlooked and hell no, hell no is Jack Swagger a main eventer!” The fans chant Punk’s name louder. He then puts forward the argument for The Rock being a part of Mania and he says that he agrees with everything AJ Styles said last week about generations and the fact that this match not only means World Title, but it means everything in terms of where superstars within KWF’s legacy actually stand. “WWE, WWF, TNA and Ring of Honor, it’s the best of the very best and all you fans out there are now going to get the dream match that fuses all these generations together. So that’s why Edge did it. That’s why Edge said yes to The Rock’s proposal. (Toward The Rock) Well, I guess that just means that I have one more person to beat on the Grandest Stage of Them All.” The crowd cheer as Punk says: “When you know you’re best in the world, you know that have you have what it takes. I was close to winning the Rumble, I won the Elimination Chamber and now I’m here sitting before you all as the man who’s going to be standing in the spotlight, hand raised, fans on their feet and Title in my arms as I am declared the Best in the World at KWF WrestleMania!” Punk stands up now and he states that he’s going to take AJ’s Title. He says that he’s going to put John Cena to Sleep once and for all and Rock, well The Rock is going to be embarrassed because he’s going to realize that he never was, is or ever will be on the same level of C… M… Punk. The audience give him a round of applause. He points to the camera and says “Sign our writers!” and then the crowd cheer even louder and longer as Punk points to the WrestleMania sign hanging high opposite the stage in the arena, past The Rock. ♫Punk’s music♫ <<< click to play) hits and the arena rumbles with each and every person standing, stomping their feet and applauding Punk. Regal: “WrestleMania season Jim?” JR: “Oh you bet.” The Rock stares daggers at Punk as KWF’s Wednesday Night Turmoil fades out to fans chanting ‘CM Punk!’ ‘CM Punk!’ ‘CM Punk!’ ‘CM Punk!’

[kwfblogs]

KWF Wednesday Night Turmoil: 13th Mar. 2013 – EnergySolutions Arena. Salt Lake City, UT.

♫Wednesday Night Turmoil’s opening video♫ <<< click to watch) plays and we come Live into the EnergySolutions Arena right here in Salt Lake City. As always, Jim Ross and William Regal bring us in on commentary and they tell of the superb line-up of matches we have on show tonight. JR: “Mark Henry will take on Sheamus in a Hardcore match. We have Jack Evans, Daniel Bryan and Frankie Kazarian in an X-Division Triple Threat, and William, I’m sure you’ll be glad to tell our audience of our penultimate match of the night?” Regal: “Oh gladly Jim. Ladies and gentlemen, we’ve witnessed so much animosity and downright besmirchery of late from the faction that is known as the Latin American eXchange, and tonight the British Invasion finally put it to a stop. Edge has made the match; Brit leader Wade Barrett will go up against the dastardly chief of LAX, Alberto Del Rio. Our GM has made sure that any outside interference will result in a Disqualification and I for one cannot wait to see what Wade does with Del Rio. That aristo-whatsit cost Barrett the World Title, and a main event spot at Mania!”

JR goes on to tell us that as well as Hardcore Champ Sheamus, and X-Champ Jack Evans, we also have the KWF World Champ in action tonight: “And the Phenomenal One will go up against the founder of TNA, Double-J Jeff Jarrett. What a match that promises to be.” Regal: “Indeed Jim. Last week The Rock came out here and he asked to be in the main event match at Mania, putting forward the argument of wrestling’s generations and his view on how great it would be to have Mister WWF versus Mister TNA versus Mister Ring of Honor versus Mister WWE. God that’s a mouthful. But given that KWF’s coming to an end at Mania, Edge has set this match up for tonight – and that may mean he’s thinking about The Rock’s proposition, given that it’s AJ, the premier TNA superstar against the founder of the company.”

♫Music hits♫ <<< click to play) and all eyes are on the stage as the tron rises and out come The Beautiful People. The majority of the audience boo their entrance, but the men especially cheer when they get to the ring and perform their tantalizing ‘let the pigeons loose’ entrance. Angelina proudly carries the Women’s Championship and Velvet Sky is first to get on the mic. They pause as they lap up the boos. With a sly grin on her face, Velvet says: “Salt Lake City, Utah. Hi guys. Hard are we? You know Angelina, I don’t suppose the men of this city have ever seen such beauty as ours. I mean, every woman I’ve seen here looks like a relative of someone from the land of Oz or something.” She holds the mic for Angelina. Love says: “Wizard of Oz? They’ve remade that?” Sky: “Yeah. Apparently it blows.” Love: “Mmm, just like Salt Lake.” Sky: “That’s right.” Angelina takes the mic, pausing as the crowd boo The BP’s sentiments.

Love says: “I’m not so sure Velvet. I mean, when we got here, you’re right, there wasn’t a woman in sight that could ever live up to our beauty. But then, I saw this stunning woman down at the mall as I looked into a shop window, then of course I realized it was just me! Haha ha. Of course I’m the hottest piece of ass to ever come here.” Velvet looks at her, Love responds: “We, I mean, we are the most Beautiful People to ever grace these lands. And ladies and gentlemen, that is why we are here tonight, to tell all of you, remind all of you, that we hold the Women’s Championship!”

The crowd boo as Love raises her Title. Velvet takes over on mic and she says that The Beautiful People have been the most consistent and most dominant unit in women’s wrestling here in the KWF. She says that she especially realizes that come WrestleMania, she may not ever be with Angelina in the ring again: “because certain employers of certain companies would rather a Brooke Tess-whatever or a Tara-my-name’s-really-Lisa take the torch and well, watch it burn out. Angelina and I are the sexiest wrestlers the business has ever been lucky enough to have and we’ve proved that over and over again in the Keystone Wrestling Federation!” Love takes over and she says that KWF has been the prime of TBP’s careers and she says that it’s fitting that the KWF Women’s Title dies with them as the company dies out too.

Love: “We don’t care about TNA. I don’t care about whoever decides to pick me up because this (the Title) is what I came here for! We accomplished it and there’s nothing anybody can do to take that away from us. Screw the KWF, screw all you ugly witches in the crowd and all you men that drool over us, well you can stare all you want but you will never see us again!” Just as Love and Sky continue their rant, ♫Edge’s music♫ <<< click to play) hits and the crowd are on their feet, cheering at the top of their lungs for the KWF’s General Manager. Edge steps out of the smoke from under the tron and the crowd go wild. Regal: “Seems like Edge is in a good mood, better than he’s been the last couple of weeks anyway.” JR: “Oh I think he felt hurt and he was shocked that KWF was coming to an end. But now he looks like he’s embracing the inevitable and he’s certainly going to make sure we go out producing our very best.” The GM has a smile on his face as he goes down to the ring, bounces on the ropes in his old school manner, before snatching the mic from the Women’s Champion.

The fans calm down and Edge addresses The Beautiful People. He stares at them for a moment, looking them both up and down. He says: “Could we get a bed out here? I mean, a Live Sex Show would be a great way to go out. (He looks at the girls some more). What d’you think ladies? Big bang?” The crowd chuckle as Velvet tries to snatch the microphone back, but she can’t because Edge holds a tight grip. The crowd laugh as she then marches toward the corner and gets handed another mic. She shouts: “You know you got some nerve coming out here, on our time, in our ring. This is the moment we get to tell all the ugly nasty people in this world what we think of them and we get to rub our Belt in their faces!” Edge, toward the fans: “Ain’t she cute when she’s angry. Aww. Erm, can someone turn off her mic please?”

Velvet tries to bark some more, but her mic gets turned off and Edge then invites Velvet and Angelina toward the middle of the ring. He says that he has an announcement to make, but first, to make some wrestling history, he’d like to do a Five-Second pose with The Beautiful People. The crowd laugh as Edge poses, but Love and Sky don’t comply, and stand there with frowns on their faces. The GM has his fun and the audience love it, but then things get serious as he makes his announcement. He says that there have been a few things that have happened between the KWF Chicks in recent times and tonight, those things have led Edge to make a match. He says: “Not so long ago, Velvet, you were mad at Angelina because she let you take a paper-bagging and she didn’t help you out. As it turned out, Angelina apologized and you accepted, I think. Then, the two of you screwed over AJ Lee at SuperBrawl, just like you screwed Kaitlyn out of the chance to be in the Women’s Rumble match at the Royal Rumble pay-per-view. And far be it for me to be unfair or overlook anyone, I have taken into account that Queen Madison Rayne defeated Mickie James last week on Turmoil as well.”

Angelina snatches the mic and she asks what Edge is getting at. She says that she and Velvet have done a hell of a job dominating the KWF Chicks and whatever Edge has in mind, whatever he has in store for them going into Mania, they’re ready, because as long as they’re on the same page, the Women’s Championship will always remain with The Beautiful People. Edge takes the mic back and says: “You know, it’s funny that you mention being on the same page, because that very notion might well get tested… right here tonight.” “What do you mean?!” shout both the girls. Edge announces that later tonight there will be a Fatal-4-Way match to determine the number one contender to the KWF Women’s Championship. It will be Queen Madison, versus AJ Lee, versus Kaitlyn… versus Velvet Sky!

Edge explains that all four Chicks in the match have a legitimate gripe with Angelina Love and all four women are certainly hungry for the KWF Women’s Championship. Angelina can’t believe what she’s hearing, but then right next to her, Velvet’s not exactly in a huff and a puff about the situation. Angelina turns her attention to Velvet and it seems like Sky may not be listening. ♫Edge’s music♫ <<< click to play) hits and the crowd applaud as the GM cheekily grins before exiting the ring. Velvet seems to be responding to Love now. Regal: “Angelina is not very happy at all. Four women are gunning for her and one of them is her fellow Beautiful Person! What’s Edge doing Jim? This is a disaster.” JR: “Oh quite the contrary William. Madison, AJ, Kaitlyn and Velvet all have the equal opportunity to meet Angelina at Mania and I especially agree with how Edge has handled this. AJ was screwed over and humiliated at SuperBrawl, of course she deserves another chance. Kaitlyn’s come back after a BP attack, she’s on good form after defeating Maryse and she deserves another chance too. Even Queen Madison, after defeating Mickie James, has earned herself this opportunity. Wow, well all I can say is that it’s going to be a pulse-racing encounter later tonight. Four of KWF’s finest women battling for the chance to go to the Ball! I can’t  wait!” Regal: “Ball? What Ball? There’s no Ball…” JR: “I meant Mania William.” We go to commercial.

When we come back, ♫the music of Daniel Bryan♫ <<< click to play) hits. Regal: “Here comes the fans' favorite beard, along with the man it's connected to.” Bryan gets a great reception, as opposed to Frankie Kazarian who follows. The fans boo as Kaz dismisses them. JR reminds us that Kaz recently teamed up with Christopher Daniels to try and become Tag Team Champions: “Kazarian was out for quite some time after putting his hands on Kelly Kelly. Don’t nobody touch a Cajun’s girl it seems.” Regal: “Haha, listen to you trying to be all New Orleanish Jim.” The comms discuss, that while Kaz and Daniels were in for Tag Gold, now they have no choice but to revert back to singles competition because the Tag Team Championship match for KWF WrestleMania has already been taken care of. As Bryan and Kaz eyeball one another in the ring, all eyes are on the stage as the tron rises and ♫music♫ <<< click to play) hits. X-Division Champion Jack Evans emerges and the audience cheer at the top of their lungs as we get set for exhilarating Triple Threat X-Div action.

Daniel Bryan vs. Kazarian vs. Jack Evans

As the bell rings, Kazarian immediately tries to talk Bryan into teaming up on Evans. Bryan isn't sure, and Evans is tentative. Bryan eventually agrees, and they approach the Champ. Just as Kaz goes to grab him, Bryan kicks Kaz in the head, knocking him out cold. This allows Evans and Bryan to go at it, with Evans immediately getting the advantage by coming off the ropes to hit a corkscrew clothesline. He covers but barely gets Two. Bryan gets back into it by hitting Evans with kicks to the torso and back, but as he goes for a final one to the head, Evans ducks it, before leaping a leg sweep attempt and hitting a standing dropkick. Both men are down, but see that Kazarian is getting up again, and so they get to their feet and double clothesline him over the top rope. The fans cheer as both then come off the far ropes in unison ready to suicide dive, but Bryan screeches to a halt, leaving only Evans to fly on top of Kaz. Bryan then climbs to the top rope and flies off to land on both his opponents. The fans chant for the KWF as we head into commercial.

When we come back, Bryan has Kaz in a submission hold in the center of the ring. We see on split-screen that Bryan threw Evans into the barrier to take him out during the break, and is now trying to clinch a huge momentum shifting win by trying to make Kaz tap. He wrenches back on Kaz’s arm, but the move gets turned over and Bryan’s shoulders are pinned to the mat, forcing him to let go and kick out. Kazarian is able to get some offense in now, and floors Bryan with a snap suplex, before coming off the middle rope for a springboard legdrop. He covers, gets One, gets Two – but a kick-out by Bryan. He picks Bryan up, but is soon felled again by Evans, who comes flying off the top rope to hit a missile dropkick. However, as Evans gets up, Bryan grabs him and applies the LeBell Lock. Now the Champ is struggling, and cannot reach the ropes. Bryan urges him to tap out, and Evans looks set to do so in order to live to fight another day. However, Kaz is able to get across and low dropkick Bryan, breaking the hold. Kaz then picks up Evans and looks set to end things with a Wave of the Future, but Evans turns it around and hits a neckbreaker. Bryan then runs at him and he ducks, pulling the rope down. The Bearded One flies to the outside, giving Evans the time to leap up to the top rope, raise his arms and come crashing down on Kaz with the 630 Senton Splash! He hooks both legs and gets One, Two and Three.

Winner: Jack Evans.

The fans go wild as the X-Division Champion wins an enthralling encounter. He has his hand raised as JR praises all three men: “I just love the X-Division, especially when you have such diverse but equally talented guys thrown in there, all working off each other. Kudos to Jack Evans on a big win, but I do wonder William, who’s Evans going to face at WrestleMania?” Regal: “Could be anyone and we’d be guaranteed a terrific match. I don’t think much of the lad personally, but professionally he’s on top of his game and that’s where you want to be right now. There’s no stopping him in this mode.”

We come to a video recapping the events of last week’s edition of Wednesday Night Turmoil. The Rock returned to the KWF after almost a year out making movies and he made it known that he wanted to be a part of the main event World Title match at WrestleMania. He put forward the argument of ‘Generations’, generations of the fans and their favorite wrestlers here in the KWF. He mentioned that John Cena is the WWE Generation. AJ Styles TNA. CM Punk Ring of Honor and he himself represented WWF, the Attitude Era. He spoke directly from the ring and addressed Edge up in his Skybox, strongly suggesting that if Edge put him in the match at Mania then this certainly would be KWF’s last and greatest spectacle. Also on the night, we saw Brodus Clay versus King Dolph, a shocking re-appearance by Matt Morgan and a classic as Doctor of Thuganomics John Cena, the much-hated Cena, go one on one with the Olympic Gold Medalist Kurt Angle! The Hardcore Title match was set for Mania and in the main event, we witnessed a match some thought we’d never see as The Lord of Darkness The UnderTaker teamed with his brother Kane, and they took on the enigma that is Joker Hardy and Gambit of Why So Serious. Do not miss the show, if you haven’t already read. Click HERE now and take in one of the most electrifying Turmoil’s of all time.

We come back Live to ringside where JR and Regal are discussing whether or not The Rock should be entered into the main event match at KWF WrestleMania. They speak of Why So Serious and the TLC Mania three-way Tag that was announced last week and they mention how glad they both are to be able to witness what shall be a grueling test of endurance, guts and heart as Sheamus, Samoa Joe and Rob Van Dam will battle it out to be crowned the last ever Hardcore Champ on the grandest stage of them all. Regal: “And we get to see Sheamus in Hardcore action next. But Jim…” The screen crisps and we fade from JR and Regal into a dark video. We see a shadow of a figure sat in total darkness and as he begins to speak we can hear that this is the voice of The UnderTaker. The Deadman’s face can’t be seen, but he lays out a cryptic message stating that he has seen the deep darkness of his creation, The Absolute Lashley. He laughs, evilly and he says that he is proud of what he did to the man once known as Bobby: “I chose you Bobby Lashley. I took you out of your mediocre self-righteousness and I made sure that you knew everything there was to know of the darkness of my heart. You were victim of a new dawn, you were the one I chose to sit upon my throne. The new Master, the new Deadman. But as the saying goes, Lashley, I have taught you everything you know. But I have not taught you everything that I know. You may be my greatest creation and through your power I saw what might you had last week. But at WrestleMania (he shouts) My Yard!... Absolute Lashley, you will Rest In Peace….”

Back to JR and Regal again, and they look flabber-ghasted at what they’ve seen and heard from The UnderTaker. Regal: “Given that he was sucked into the depths of hell at the end of last week’s program, I think he’s surprisingly in a good mood.” JR: “Aww William, we’ve seen this from UnderTaker for many years. It’s all about the mind game with him and in the past it’s been clear that a man can go into battle with Taker and have the match already half lost because that person is so intimidated by the Deadman.” Regal: “But Jim, given how we didn’t see Taker’s face there, and given how it is well documented how Lashley wears a mask because of the scars of torture that Taker gave him, during you know, his ‘apprenticeship’, surely this must play into Lashley’s mind now. Lashley must be concerned that Taker has spoken so soon. And as the mind game goes, surely he must be worried that whatever he did to Taker last week has had little to no effect on The Deadman’s confidence.” JR: “Oh I’m not so sure. I certainly agree that The UnderTaker is holding a strong ground here, but he’s put out this message rather quickly in my view. No, for once I think the mind games don’t have an affect – and that’s because I feel this is a front from The UnderTaker.” Regal: “What are you saying Jim? That you don’t believe that Taker buys into his own words?” JR: “I’m saying that Taker’s words are more to convince himself he is capable of defeating Lashley. I think the mind game is for his own benefit, not to intimidate Lashley, but to re-establish his own presence and as you mentioned, confidence, on the Road to WrestleMania. The Absolute One, well, I don’t know what to expect at Mania, but neither does The UnderTaker.” Regal: “Interesting.”

♫Mark Henry’s music♫ <<< click to play) hits and the comms turn their attention to this upcoming match. They go to a quick video recap about how Samoa Joe and Rob Van Dam laid out WrestleMania challenges to Sheamus last week on Turmoil. JR: “Sheamus is a fighting Irishman, he loves the competition and he was more than welcoming of Joe and Van Dam’s challenge. He accepted a Triple Threat on the spot!” Regal: “Which could be his downfall Jim. Joe’s one of KWF’s toughest Hardcore competitors and he has the experience of overcoming RVD and Mark Henry at Mania last year. But of course when we talk experience, there’s few more experienced at this level than the Whole F’n Show. I think it’s a mistake that Sheamus has accepted this match versus Henry. The Silverback will be out to prove a point.” ♫Sheamus’ music♫ <<< click to play) hits and he enters to a great reception from his fans.

Mark Henry vs. Sheamus – Hardcore match

Henry stands menacingly in the ring and he waits for Sheamus to remove his t-shirt before going at the Hardcore Champ and attacking right away. He backs Sheamus into the corner, slams him with heavy right hands, but Sheamus fights back and he shows amazing strength as he backs Henry toward the ropes and then short-clotheslines him over and Henry rolls all the way to ringside. The crowd cheer as Sheamus roars before following out. He goes toward his opponent, but Henry’s reached under the apron for a tool box and he bashes it in Sheamus’ gut as he approaches. Regal: “Why do our ring crew always leave their gear down there?”

The crowd boo as Henry opens the box and he pours the contents over Sheamus’ head. He then picks up a wrench and he eyeballs his opponent as he gets up by the ring-post. Henry storms toward him with the wrench, but thankfully Sheamus ducks and Henry smashes the post with the metal. He turns back toward Sheamus who runs toward him with a clothesline – but Henry’s not taken down. He stands his ground and roars at the Celtic Warrior, but Sheamus then runs toward him again. Henry swings the wrench, but Sheamus ducks. He goes behind Henry and manages to ground him with a Russian Legsweep – with the back of Henry’s head hitting the tool box! ‘Ohhh’ gasp the crowd as Sheamus gets to his feet, pounds his chest and spreads his arms to yell “Fellaaaaa!” as we head to commercials.

When we come back the fans are rumbling as the two combatants are back in the ring and we can see a scene full of various blood puddles on the canvas. JR explains that the majority of the blood is from the back of Henry’s head, however, Sheamus is bleeding too after taking an arena-echoing chair shot during the commercial break. Both men are on dream street here as they battle, trading blows back and forth. Sheamus manages to back Henry toward the ropes. He sets for an Irish-whip, but Henry reverses and when Sheamus comes back he ducks under to lift the Irishman for a huge back body drop! The crowd gasp as JR points out that Sheamus hasn’t been man-handled like this since his battles with the Big Show. Henry is all fired up, looking focused as he sets to attain a huge scalp here.

He places the steel chair in the centre of the ring. He picks Sheamus up and the comms suggest a World’s Strongest Slam is coming – but as Henry lifts, Sheamus uses his weight to shuffle out of his grasp. But Henry head-butts him as he drops to the canvas. He picks up the chair and sets for one more swing at Sheamus, trying to decapitate him before Mania – but “Ohhh my God!” yells JR as Henry aims for Sheamus with the chair – but Sheamus gets his leg up to smash the chair back in Henry’s face for a Brogue Kick! A huge Brogue Kick that Henry simply did not anticipate and now Sheamus covers and the crowd count along with the referee ‘One!’ ‘Two!’ ‘Three!’

Winner: Sheamus.

JR: “Aww what a match! An amazing intense contest and William, I think this was the perfect test, a great way to prepare for WrestleMania for Sheamus.” Regal: “Yes well that’s probably what he had in mind, but lets not forget that Henry has done plenty of damage to the Hardcore Champ here. Sheamus may be happy and excited with his victory, but he’s going to have to see a medic, hit the gym and be ready for the grand stage. Mister Van Dam and one Samoa Joe will have watched this match. They’ll be ready for that surprise Brogue Kick I’m sure.” Sheamus raises his Hardcore Championship and the fans chant his name as ♫his music♫ <<< click to play) plays the scene out.

We go backstage where we join KWF interviewer Jeremy Borash: “Ladies and gentlemen please welcome my guests at this time, your new KWF World Tag Team Champions, Bobby Roode and the Cowboy James Storm.” Roode and Storm step onto the picture. Roode has a suit on while Storm is in his Beer Money t-shirt and cowboy hat. They have their Belts on their shoulders and in front of them steps their sharply dressed valet Gail Kim. JB asks them how they feel knowing that KWF’s coming to an end and what their take is on the fact that their last ever KWF match will be at WrestleMania, defending their Gold in a TLC match.

Bobby Roode says: “JB there’s a reason why things happen in life and luckily for us, we were able to front our hospital bills, heal up, get fit in time for the Road to WrestleMania and we came back at SuperBrawl to take back our Tag Team Titles. But the thing about wrestling is that it’s a cut-throat business, and that’s precisely why Gail and I are in our monkey-suits today.” Gail explains: “Since these guys were out for a year, I rarely had a chance to make it in Women’s wrestling. Not because I wasn’t good enough, but because of the likes of The Bellas, The Beautiful People, The Chickbusters and oh yeah, the Why So Serious girls. But if you don’t have someone watching your back, then you will drown – especially in a company the size of the KWF.” James Storm chimes in: “Ya see JB it goes like this. With KWF ending we know we’re gonna have to play the politics game when it comes to dealing with any employment with WWE or TNA. Hence Roode and Gail are so sharply dressed, because they know what impressions they want to make on the hiring parties. Me, I’m old school. I’ll drink beer and kick ass, but that’s about it. But putting all that aside, don’t dare nobody think that we ain’t prepared and we ain’t focused on what’s to come at WrestleMania. Bobby Roode here has the money, plenty of it, enough to make sure that the three of us are okay no matter what happens. Gail’s got the brains. She’s the one who had our back against the Welsh Dragons in our comeback number one contenders match and she’s the one who’ll tactically make sure that Roode and I know exactly what we’re doing come WrestleMania. See this ain’t gon’ be just a TLC match. We know that those damn Dudleys are experts with Tables and we sure as hell realize that when we’re dealing with Why So Serious, them girls and that Monster Abyss will probably be part of proceedings too. But we’re gonna get that Gold JB. We ain’t no fans of how they got to our shoulders because of The Dudleys, but come Mania, we’re winning that TLC match again and we’ll be the last and the greatest Tag Team the KWF’s ever seen.”

Two figures come onto the scene from the other side of Borash and we see Bubba-Ray and Devon Dudley. Bubba is clapping slowly and sarcastically. He says: “Of all the moronic statements that Champions say, you two and your Asian hooker right here ain’t got a clue what’s coming for you at Mania.” Devon chimes in: “Haha, that’s right. Cause you see Beer Money, you can look at tapes and you can investigate tactical methods of trying to win a TLC match all you want. And granted, you won the first TLC match we met in, back in 2010. But this here, this is our WrestleMania.” Bubba shouts: “We’ve taken you out before and we’ll do it again. Why So Serious are a circus, a freak show that we’ll plough through and we will climb those stinkin’ Ladders to get the job done. We had a year in charge after taking you out and we’re ending it at Mania. No arguments and no questions about it. My brother and I are the greatest, most consistent and most decorated Tag Team in Professional Wrestling history. We’re taking what’s ours at Mania and boys, there’s nothin’ you or Why So Serious can do about it.” The two teams get heated, but we soon see security on the scene. The Dudleys and Beer Money are split up before any punches can be thrown. JB finishes: “Wow. Looks like Edge was watching this and thank God he got some help over here. The situation around the Tag Titles is intense. Stay tuned to KWF Blogs on the Road to WrestleMania.”

We see British Invasion member Drew McIntyre in the parking lot, having just arrived. He takes his bag out of the trunk of his car and makes his way toward the Talent Entry door. However, as he walks through the parking lot, we hear the screeching of wheels. He looks around and sees that LAX’s min-van is heading straight for him. He dives out of the way just in time, but the van screeches to a halt. The door opens and LAX pile out, grabbing McIntyre and hitting him with kicks and punches. The Scotsman struggles, but cannot fight them off and is bundled into the back of the van. We can see Homicide laying the boot into him as Hernandez slams the door shut. We come back into the arena, and both JR and Regal are outraged. Regal: “Get someone out there quick! Help him!” JR: “More despicable behavior from LAX, just when is the madness going to end?!”

We hear ♫the music of former KWF Women’s Champion AJ Lee♫ <<< click to play) and the spunky fireball skips her way to the ring. JR and Regal soon move on from the events of the parking lot and look forward to the upcoming Chick match to determine the Women’s Title bout for WrestleMania. JR: “Who will be the final ever KWF Women’s Champion? AJ, Madison, Kaitlyn, Velvet or Angelina?” Regal: “It’ll be Angelina I’m sure, but I’m still fascinated to see whom she faces. Just as long as it’s not Velvet. I’d hate to think what that would do to The Beautiful People.” JR: “Well they haven’t exactly been seeing eye-to-eye of late, and let’s not forget that the other three ladies all have beef with Angelina for one reason or another. This should prove to be an enthralling contest!”

AJ Lee vs. Queen Madison vs. Kaitlyn vs. Velvet Sky – number one contenders match for the Women’s Title

The bell rings and all four women look at one another. Even AJ and Kaitlyn are unsure as to whether the other is ready to attack. In the end the tension gets too much for Madison and she races at AJ, only to get a swift Savate kick to the face. ‘Ohhh’ gasp the crowd. Velvet then rushes at Kaitlyn, but gets back-body dropped over the top rope and to the outside. We see that Angelina Love has come out to the stage with her Title Belt to observe. JR: “Oh good, she’s here. You can guarantee she’ll interfere somehow.” Regal: “I’m not so sure Jim. She probably doesn’t want to face any of these four, as Velvet has made it perfectly clear she wants the Title as much as anyone, so I think this may just be a scouting mission.” We are left with AJ and Kaitlyn standing tall, and the crowd clap them on, urging them to go at it. They look out and smile, acknowledging the audience, before looking to each other, nodding, doing their Chickbuster fist-bump, and then a collar and elbow tie up ensues. Kaitlyn powers AJ into the corner, but as she lets go, Lee springs off the middle rope and leaps over her into a sunset flip, getting a Two-count. They both get up and AJ smiles at her BFF, but Kaitlyn just gives a relieved puff out of her cheeks as we head to commercial.

When we return, Madison has gotten back to her feet and is punishing AJ in the corner for the earlier kick to the face, while Velvet is also getting revenge, working over Kaitlyn on the outside. JR: “One of these women is going to WrestleMania to face Angelina Love for the Women’s Championship. So much on the line here, and you can see what it means to all four gals.” Regal: “Of course Jim, this is KWF WrestleMania we’re talking about here. It’s going to be the biggest pay-per-view of all time and not just that, but Women’s Wrestling clearly takes a high priority in this company. It always has and while we may not be being privy to a Live Sex show, haha, we’re bloody close with these four Chicks. Ahem, but all jokes aside, KWF Chicks are all fine wrestler’s and they certainly deserve as much spotlight as any male in the industry.”

As Kaitlyn is fired into the steel steps by Velvet, the Beautiful Person looks up to Love on the stage, and motions the Belt sign around her waist, before laying kicks into her Texan opponent. JR: “Wow, big statement there. Intent shown by Velvet. It’s not often that we see a public show of disagreement between The Beautiful People.” Meanwhile Madison hits a DDT on AJ and covers, but Velvet slides in to make the save. JR reminds us that Madison is a former BP member herself back in TNA, but was shunned when she tried to rejoin Love and Sky in the KWF. “She got her revenge as she plotted a way to not only become Women’s Champion back at KWF Bound For Glory in October, but also to oust Love and Sky as Dolph Ziggler’s Queens, along with Kaitlyn, and replace them as the one and only Queen of the KWF.” Regal: “Good point Jim. There’s definitely some unfinished business there. While Kaitlyn was grateful for her release from Dolph’s Kingdom, Angelina and Velvet were not and I’d bet Love would be eager to get her hands on Rayne at WrestleMania.”

As we are reminded of this, Madison starts pounding on Velvet, slamming her head repeatedly into the canvas. She crawls around on Velvet’s body, seductively turning her over and placing her kness around Sky’s neck. She puts out a Royal Wave to the audience before lifting Velvet’s head between her knees and slamming her face-first over and over again into the canvas. Regal: “Oh dear. That may require a makeover.” She gets up, perhaps ready to look for her finisher – but out of nowhere the Queen’s hit by an almighty Spear from Kaitlyn! The crowd go wild as she covers and gets One, Two and… no! AJ breaks it up. Kaitlyn can’t believe it, she was so close. She turns to realize that AJ broke up the cover and now the Chickbusters exchange words. They don’t mess around, going at it once more. Kaitlyn tries to throw AJ to the outside, but she lands on the apron, before sliding in through Kaitlyn’s legs. However, when she turns around, she is picked up and downed with a huge gorilla press slam. The crowd are wowed, with Kaitlyn showing peak form here, but Velvet soon rolls Kaitlyn up from behind, getting a very close Two count. JR: “A School-Girl Roll Up of Doom from Velvet Sky of all people.” Regal: “Get serious Jim, there’s no doom about it!”

As the match goes on, Regal recalls Kaitlyn’s tribulations with The Beautiful People, as, despite winning the Women’s Title, was practically Cinderella to the Beautiful Sisters and King Dolph, who had ‘won’ her from Panther in a match at Sovereignty last year. However, the Black Cat reluctantly joined Madison in her plot so as to free Kaitlyn from the Kingdom, despite it costing her a Women’s Championship that she felt she had never earned in the first place. Ironically, her and Madison are now brawling, and have fallen to the outside of the ring. Kaitlyn gets up, sees Madison crawling and she licks her hand before spanking the Queen right on her rear-end. The crowd gasp at the echoing slap. Meanwhile, AJ is up and has hit a series of clotheslines on Velvet. She is on fire as she seeks a place at WrestleMania and attempts to win back the Title she controversially lost to Angelina Love at the Royal Rumble. JR: “The numbers game reared its ugly head again at SuperBrawl to deny her in her rematch, but she has a terrific chance to go third time lucky at WrestleMania.”

AJ is impressive as she nails a hurracanrana and covers, but Velvet kicks out after Two. We see that Angelina is still stood on the stage, and hasn’t moved down the ramp at all. JR: “She really isn’t interfering. What a shocker.” AJ and Velvet continue to go back and forth, getting near falls on one another, and at after a swinging neckbreaker, Velvet uses the ropes for leverage, but Madison pushes her feet off, breaking the count. Sky leans through the ropes and yells at the Queen Bee, but gets a smack around the face for her trouble. Madison slides back in, and picks up AJ, ready to go for the Rayne Drop, but she gets booted in the head and grabbed by Velvet, who also holds onto AJ. She’s going to go for a double DDT, but her eyes widen as Kaitlyn gets in the ring. Velvet is forced to let go of both Madison and AJ, but doesn’t have time to react to the huge Spear from Kaitlyn! She covers and hooks the leg, getting One, Two and Three!

Winner: Kaitlyn.

Kaitlyn is almost in tears as she has her hand raised, and is declared the new number one contender for the KWF Women’s Championship. JR: “She did it! Kaitlyn is going to WrestleMania!” Regal: “Well done that lass. She took a hell of a beating in there, but she never gave up and what an impactful Spear. I bet Velvet Sky hasn’t been speared like that since…” JR: “Careful William.” Kaitlyn is celebrating on the turnbuckles, but sees that AJ has recovered and is up to her feet. She looks disconsolate, angry at herself for not winning. Kaitlyn isn’t sure what to do or say. JR: “She’s understandably upset that she won’t have her chance at Love, but come on AJ, at least your best friend, your fellow Chickbuster is going to the Grand Show.” AJ goes to turn away, but then quickly turns around again and wraps her arms around Kaitlyn, giving her a huge hug. Kaitlyn reciprocates and the fans cheer. Angelina Love is on the stage rolling her eyes and motioning putting her finger down her throat. Both AJ and Kaitlyn look up at Love, who raises her Title in the air. AJ pats Kaitlyn on the stomach, and warns Angelina that her Title will soon belong to the Hybrid-Chick of the KWF. JR: “There you have it, another match confirmed. At WrestleMania it will be Angelina Love versus Kaitlyn for the KWF Women’s Championship!” Regal: “Fantastic. How fitting it is Jim that such a rivalry can come to a head. After all The BP had to endure with Kaitlyn as Queen, Angelina can finally get her some vengeance.” JR: “God you put a devilish spin on things.”

We come to a video package in a small library of some sort. We see that someone is sitting in a chair reading up on a book called ‘Great Kings of History’. As the camera pans out, it reveals that the man sitting in the chair is Panther. He has a monocle in his eye and a pipe in his mouth. He notices the camera and removes the pipe and monocle. “Ah hello there, didn’t see you come in. I’ve just been here in this library reading up on some of the greatest Kings that ever lived. There was King Arthur of course, King James the second, King Henry the Eighth, King Kong, Jerry The King Lawler, Billie Jean King, King Kong Bundy, the Macho King Randy Savage… and let’s not forget of course… the Burger King. But there is one King who has done nothing but let down his people, and put shame to the crown on his head by being… how should I put this?... a bit of a dick. Yes, Ziggles, or King Dolph Ziggler as you all know him, has struggled to live up to the mantle of his Title, and has actually resorted to hiring the lovechild of Bill Goldberg and Chyna to protect him from the big bad meanies of the KWF. Well guess what Ziggles… I’m a big bad meanie. In fact, I’m a predator, a hunter, an alpha male, a God damn Thundercat! And next week right here on Turmoil, I’m coming for Ryback. But don’t worry Your Highness, because once I’m done with him… I’m coming for you and that Crown. Now if you’ll excuse me, I’m going to get back to my book.” He puts the monocle back on and pipe in his mouth and gets back to reading, until the door bursts open and a random angry man yells “What the hell are you doing in my house?!” Panther lets out a cat-like hiss and escapes through the window.

Matt Morgan vs. Kofi Kingston

We come back to ringside where we see that Kofi Kingston and Matt Morgan are about ready for action. The bell rings and the match gets underway with Regal stating: “Wow, Matt Morgan looks in great shape. Do we know anything yet about how or why he’s back in the KWF Jim?” JR: “Well JB’s on the case to find out more, but what we can tell so far is that Morgan’s putting forward an answer to the challenge laid out by Randy Orton two weeks ago. Remember folks, Orton’s the Intercontinental Champion and he’s said that he wants the best possible competition at WrestleMania when he’ll put his Gold on the line. Former IC Champ D’Angelo Dinero returned to the KWF after a long injury lay-off and he said that he’ll challenge Orton – but then Randy RKO’d him, not giving Pope an answer. Then Dinero competed and won a match against Cody Rhodes just last week, and that’s when Matt Morgan came back, entering through the audience and taking Pope’s head off with a Carbon Footprint. It’s not been the best of comebacks from Dinero, but I know for sure that he’s still champing at the bit to get at Orton and the Intercontinental Title. Matt Morgan it seems has other ideas.”

The match at hand goes back and forth and we can see some rustiness on Morgan’s part as Kofi tries to pick up what would be an impressive victory. The comms remind us that Morgan was unlucky back at KWF Casino Warfare where he attained a Feast or Fired briefcase only to open it and be the one on the end of a firing. Regal: “Obviously he’s been signed back to the KWF now, but I wonder if he’ll have a part to play at WrestleMania?” Kingston performs the Boom Drop and the crowd cheer as he gets set for Trouble In Paradise. However, as Morgan gets up, Kofi can’t hit the move because Morgan catches him in mid-air. Kingston struggles as Morgan plants him on his feet, but then in an impressive show of strength, Morgan lifts him in one motion, stalls on a suplex and then drops Kofi with the Hellavator! He hooks the leg for One, Two and Three.

Winner: Matt Morgan.

♫The Blueprint’s music♫ <<< click to play) hits and he flexes as he roars toward the crowd. He barks “Get off me!” to the referee as he refuses to have his hand raised and the fans boo as he climbs the turnbuckles. Regal: “Well I’m quite surprised Jim. That ring-rust wore off awful quickly.” JR: “Matt Morgan’s no ordinary wrestler William. He’s disliked by most because of his attitude and the way he goes about things, but let me tell you, we don’t call him the Blueprint for nothing. He’s a seven-foot wrecking machine and whatever ring-rust he had, he shook it off and he conquered Kofi right here. Indeed this was one Hellavator of a comeback performance.” Just as Morgan climbs down from the buckles Regal yelps: “Look Jim look!” as a slithery superstar slides into the ring. He targets his prey and KWF’s Apex Predator Randy Orton floors Matt Morgan, taking him down to the canvas with an RKO! A huge move, receiving loud cheers and appreciation from the crowd. They go nuts as Orton stands over Morgan’s fallen body and ♫his music♫ <<< click to play) blares out the arena speakers. JR and Regal can’t believe it as they review replays of the RKO and the scene ends with the spotlight very much on Intercontinental Champion Randy Orton.

Back from commercials, ♫Kurt Angle’s music♫ <<< click to play) and the Olympic Gold Medalist rises onto the stage in his trademark manner. The crowd cheer and chant his name as he makes a point to show off his ‘Save Olympic Wrestling’ t-shirt. The comms wonder what Kurt has on his mind as they go split-screen to remind us that Angle lost in an epic battle with John Cena on last week’s Turmoil. Regal: “Cena was in magnificent form and the Rumble winner sure as hell looked ready for WrestleMania.” JR: “There’s no arguing that William, but remember, Brock Lesnar was at ringside watching the match and he especially kept a close eye on Angle. This distracted Angle I think.” Angle is handed a microphone and he waits for the audience to calm.

He says that he finds it a harsh reality that KWF’s coming to an end: “It’s news that I didn’t want to hear after what we’ve all learned about the fate of Olympic Wrestling. But right now, eras coming to an end aren’t at the forefront of my mind. What’s been bugging me, is you Brock Lesnar.” The audience listen intently as Angle asks Brock to come out and explain exactly what he was doing at ringside during Kurt’s match with Cena last week. Brock duly obliges and he answers. ♫His music♫ <<< click to play) hits and the comms talk of his intimidating presence as he marches down to the ring. He grabs a microphone and he has a cocky smirk on his face. Angle frowns: “So come on, tell me. You watched me lose to Cena. You got in the ring. Then you just stood there! Why?! Tell me Brock, what the hell were you doing?!”

Lesnar smiles and shakes his head. He says: “Angle, what I was doing was watching exactly why Olympic Wrestling is coming to an end.” Angle angers some more. Brock goes on: “For everything you did, everything you accomplished, Kurt, even I knew that you were the best wrestler that America had to offer. Hell, you broke down the world. You overcame a broken neck and still you won. That took courage. That was very brave and you certainly were the very best wrestler in the world.” Angle barks: “Were? Were, was, were?! What are you saying Brock? You’re trying to bring me down, is that it?” Lesnar: “Oh no Kurt. That’s actually the reason I came to watch you last week and it’s also a reason why I didn’t F5 you after the match. Kurt, honestly… I feel sorry for you. The great Kurt Angle. There’s been no better Olympic wrestler since you and you know, it’s just sad that over the years in this industry, through WWE, TNA and now here in the KWF, ever since you and I faced off at WrestleMania 19 Kurt, you’ve been in decline.”

Angle is seething. The crowd boo Lesnar’s words, but he says that Kurt Angle was the very best once upon a time, but that was a story that was long ago: “You were in your prime at the Olympics and you stepped up a level at WrestleMania 19. But come on Kurt, admit it. After losing to me, the Next Big Thing at the time, what exactly have you accomplished? I mean, I’ve been the Ultimate Fighting Champion. I’ve dominated and destroyed everyone and everything in my path and Kurt Angle, the great Kurt Angle. Now… you’re nothing Kurt. You’re no longer a household name and as far as being an Olympic Gold Medalist goes, well, Olympic Wrestling doesn’t really count anymore does it?”

Angle can’t believe what Brock’s saying and he takes exception to what he says about Olympic Wrestling. Angle says that Brock didn’t F5 him last week because he knew that if he tried it then Lesnar would’ve been on his stomach in moments because Angle would have snapped on an Ankle Lock. Brock laughs. He says that Angle’s not that fast anymore and more to the point, Angle didn’t beat CM Punk last year in two attempts. He didn’t win the Royal Rumble. He didn’t win the Elimination Chamber and “last week Kurt, you lost to John Cena. Face it old man, you’re done. You might as well call it a day. Retire while you still got some dignity. You’ve got no chance in going out in a blaze of glory, so stop embarrassing yourself. Quit. Get outta here while people can still recognize who you were.”

Angle barks: “That’s what you think Brock? That’s what you think, that you’re feeling pity over me and you’re saying that you didn’t F5 me last week because you felt sorry for me?! Well I’ll tell you what, kid, how about this old man goes out in the very blaze of glory that you mention. KWF’s coming to an end because no one in the industry has the sense to hire our writers, but Olympic Wrestling, oh I’m gonna save it and I’m gonna use you as an example Brock. What do you say? A rematch of WrestleMania 19, on March 31st at KWF WrestleMania!?? Me and you on the grand stage one more time and I’ll tell you this Brock, I may have lost more than I’ve won recently – but you lost to AJ Styles! And youlost the Elimination Chamber! You and I are on the same level, but you’re telling me I’m past it? You dare tell me that I can’t cut it anymore?! Well we’ll see about that!” Lesnar smirks: “Alright Kurt. I accept your challenge, but there better well be paramedics ready to deal with you afterward. See Kurt when I’m in the ring I naturally have a hunger to hurt people. As much as you desire this WrestleMania ‘wrestling’ match, I’m going to take this challenge and see it as an opportunity to end you once and for all. The Ultimate Fighter takes out the Olympic Wrestler. That’ll be the headline and Kurt, a saying goes that you better be careful what you wish for. At Mania, you’re finished.”

Angle shakes his head, defiant against Brock’s words, but then Lesnar sets to go for him, but he stops in his tracks. Angle gets into a wrestling stance, but Brock smirks and backs up. He tells Angle that because he already feels sorry for him, he’ll lay off him until their big match at Mania. Angle barks at Lesnar, daring him to hit him and get Mania started early. But instead, Lesnar pats Angle on the shoulder. He says: “There there Kurt. Relax. I won’t hurt you. Not tonight. In fact, go home, see your family. Spend time with your kids. I won’t touch you until Mania okay Kurt? Enjoy life in the meantime. WrestleMania will be your execution.” ♫Lesnar’s music♫ <<< click to play) hits and the fans boo like hell as Angle is left standing alone. The comms can’t believe what Brock Lesnar’s had to say. Regal: “But he makes a lot of good points Jim. Truth hurts right?” JR: “Aww come on. It’s all about context and Angle’s right, it’s not like Lesnar’s been on a winning streak of late. Oh I can’t wait until WrestleMania. A bonus match. Lesnar versus Angle – and Kurt will be fighting for Olympic Wrestling. Angle’s not done yet, not by a long shot and that’s a truth Lesnar’s just going to have to deal with.” Regal: “Haha, not a problem.”

When we return from commercial, Alberto Del Rio is heading to the ring with only Ricardo Rodriguez in tow announcing him. He still looks as confident as ever though as he gets set to face the leader of the British Invasion, and when ♫Wade Barrett's music♫ <<< click to play) hits, Wade Barrett storms to the ring with purpose, clearly wanting revenge for LAX's unprovoked attack on Drew McIntyre earlier on tonight.

Alberto Del Rio vs. Wade Barrett

The bell rings and Barrett immediately throws punches at Del Rio, who backs up to the ropes and commands the referee to get Barrett away. Del Rio has a smile on his face as JR reminds us how this Mexico versus Great Britain rivalry has escalated: “Barrett feared that the self-serving LAX would interfere in his KWF Title match at SuperBrawl, and so sent out a pre-emptive strike by having his Brits invade the Hardcore Title match, costing Del Rio the Belt against Sheamus. LAX then did storm the main event, leading to a no contest and preventing Barrett from winning the Top Title. Ever since then the factions have been seen brawling en-masse, and a match between Styler and Rey Mysterio was thrown out last week as they insisted on flooding to the back to join in another huge fight. Now the two leaders come head to head, and Edge has stipulated that if any active wrestler from either faction comes to the ring, then their leader will be immediately Disqualified.” Regal: “What a nonsense decision. Let's get everyone out here and settle it Blackpool style.”

The match goes back and forth, with Del Rio using underhanded tactics to get back into things every time Barrett starts to get on top. Ricardo Rodriguez is proving a distraction, and JR questions why he is allowed out here. Regal agrees, but chuckles: “It’s alright, I’m sure Wade will give that boy a smack when he gets a chance.” Del Rio is on top and is stomping away at the arm of Barrett. He tries to put on a Cross Armbreaker, but Barrett manages to get to the ropes. However, Ricardo bites his fingers with the referee's back turned and Barrett is forced to let go. Del Rio pulls Barrett back into the middle of the ring, but as he goes to put the Armbreaker on again, Barrett rolls him up and gets Two. The English Bareknuckle fighter starts to motor, hitting Del Rio with strikes, before sending him against the ropes and nailing a big boot. He now lines up for the Bull-Hammer elbow. However, Del Rio ducks the attempt and sends Barrett against the ropes, coming off the other side himself and they collide, sandwiching the referee, who is down and out. Regal: “Bloody hell ref! What a stupid place to stand. You fully deserved that you berk!”

Both men and the official are down, and the arena fills with boos as LAX take advantage and head to the ring. JR: “Oh no, here they come. And look, Hernandez has a steel chair in his hand.” Ricardo is jumping around in excitement. They get in and surround Barrett, however, there is a cheer as Chavo Guerrero races down the ramp and slides in, before ripping the chair away from SuperMex. He shouts: “No ese! Not like this! You want to win, you do it the honorable way, the Latino way!” Hernandez and the rest of LAX look at Chavo in disbelief, including Del Rio who is now on his feet. “What are you doing?!” Chavo looks at him and shakes his head, before swinging the chair and *BAM!* he hits Wade Barrett right over the head. The fans, the commentators, and even the rest of LAX look on in shock, but LAX soon break the ruse and laugh, patting Chavo on the back. However, they soon have to high-tail it as the British Invasion storm to the ring. LAX exit the ring as one and escape over the barricade. Styler, Mason Ryan and Rob Terry stand in the ring over their fallen leader, as they stare down LAX, who are halfway up the stairs in the crowd. The referee gets to his feet, and sees that the Brits are in the ring, so calls for the bell.

Winner by way of Disqualification: Alberto Del Rio.

Justin Roberts gives us the official word, and JR and Regal are outraged. JR: “What?! How is Del Rio the winner?” Regal: “That is absolute nonsense! The ref got himself knocked out, and the British Invasion was the first team he saw, so he DQ'd Wade, not realizing he is unconscious after having his head was smashed in by Chavo bloody Guerrero!” The Brits are also outraged, trying to tell the official what happened, but the referee is having none of it. LAX are still in the crowd and are laughing at the whole outcome of their attack. JR: “So Chavo was in cahoots with LAX all along?” Regal: “Of course he was, he's a Guerrero JR. He lies, he cheats and he steals.” However, the Brits aren't done just yet. They notice that someone hasn't run for the hills, and as Ricardo Rodriguez continues saying Alberto Del Rio’s name as the winner, Rob Terry heads out to grab him. The frightened announcer is tossed into the ring, right into the arms of Mason Ryan. Del Rio and his faction aren't smiling any more, but they cannot stop Ryan and Terry from punishing Rodriguez as they lift him up and down for a double-team powerbomb. The fans cheer, but the intensity on the faces of the Brits suggests that they couldn't care less what the fans think. JR: “Well LAX won the battle, but Ricardo Rodriguez looks like he lost the war, and possibly part of his spine.” Regal: “Haha, good! Tit for tat! Those Latinos got Drew earlier, and now the Brits get Rodriguez. Have that Del Rio you ponce!”

We come back from commercial and see that JB is standing by to interview the General Manager, Edge. Edge is scratching his head, clearly distraught over Chavo turning on his word and becoming part of LAX. JB: “Edge this is out of control. The two factions are attacking one another in the back, they’re screwing each other out of matches. How are you going to handle this?” Edge: “I’ll handle it JB, I’ll handle it. I thought a match between the leaders would go a long way, but apparently these guys just wanna beat each other up at every opportunity that they can. I’ve got a lot to think about, but change the subject JB, what else did you want to ask me?” Borash asks why Edge chose to re-sign Matt Morgan to the KWF after he was fired at Casino Warfare, especially given that the KWF will soon be no more. Edge: “Honestly, that’s partly why I did it. Matt Morgan was unfortunate to get the wrong briefcase in that ‘Feast or Fired’ match, and as we head toward the final, and by far the biggest show that the KWF has ever done, I want everything to be the best. Matt called me after Pope and Randy’s showdown a couple of weeks back and put forward his argument that if Mania is going to see the best of the best when it comes to the Intercontinental Title in the KWF, then the Blueprint needs to be a part of it. You’ll remember that when the KWF was split into two brands way back when, we had the IC Belt and the United States Belt, but when they were unified at Starrcade 2011, Matt Morgan beat Dinero and chose to keep the Intercontinental Title. It means a lot to him, and it means a lot to me, just as it does to Pope and Orton. So next week on Turmoil, we will determine yet another WrestleMania match. The Pope D’Angelo Dinero will go one-on-one with The Blueprint Matt Morgan, and the winner will face The Viper Randy Orton for the Intercontinental Championship on the Grandest Stage of them all.”

JB goes on to ask Edge his thoughts on Kurt Angle and Brock Lesnar having a WrestleMania rematch ten years in the making. “It's going to be outstanding. I think it's great. Two guys who can't stand each other going at it at Mania, and I know how much that loss hurt Kurt. It's haunted him for a decade. Personally I think he can do it, but then again Brock Lesnar is no rookie now. He’s a much smarter competitor than people give him credit for and Kurt will have the battle of his life, physically and mentally. Whoever wins, it promises to be a great match.” Edge also comments positively on Kaitlyn becoming the new number one contender for the Women's Title, says that he’s eagerly anticipating the TLC Tag Title bout at Mania and finally, JB tries to get some inside information on Edge's thinking with regard to The Rock's proposal that he be included in the WrestleMania main event. Edge: “Ha, nice try JB. I'm still thinking it over, but for tonight, let me just say that I'm looking forward to our main event, which includes a man who is most definitely in that Title match at WrestleMania. KWF’s World Champion, The Phenomenal AJ Styles up against the founder of TNA, Jeff Jarrett. I'm gonna go make myself comfortable in my Skybox and enjoy it.” He thanks JB and exits the scene.

We come into a shot panning across the skyline of New York. The view goes over to New Jersey and slams down into the MetLife Stadium, the venue of KWF WrestleMania. We go to a video montage recapping moments and highlights of KWF history. We’re reminded of Monday Night’s TNA RAW run by Bret Hart and taken over by Hulk Hogan. We see Ric Flair as General Manager of Friday Night’s Impact SmackDown and we see WWE Titles, TNA Titles and old, new and original characters that have filled the roster over the years here on KWF Blogs. We see reminders of the successes of AJ Styles and Shelton Benjamin as Tag Team Champions. We see Kelly Kelly defeating Mickie James in an I Quit match at The Bash in 2010. We see the awesome moves of one of KWF’s greatest former Hardcore Champions, John Morrison. We see the re-emergence of the original Masked Kane, the kisses between Maria Kanellis and Christy Hemme, Christian Cage defeating Brock Lesnar and The Rock vs. Shawn Michaels with Sting as Special Guest Referee.

We fast forward through the years, with clips reminding us of Metallica at Mania, Jennifer Lopez at SummerSlam and the sweet sweet victory of DX defeating The Dark Side at Survivor Series 2011. We see clips of Money in the Bank Ladder matches, the return of King of the Ring and the glorious explosiveness that is KWF’s X-Division. The Keystone Wrestling Federation was born on July 8th 2009 and through Roster Draft’s, overseas pay-per-views and legendary matches, we now come to our final event ever. Over the past three and a half years KWF Blogs has given all of us moments that will forever remain in our memories and on the night of March 31st we invite you to join us for KWF WrestleMania. A graphic fades onto the screen. It is the logo for KWF WrestleMania 2013. It fades out again, and is replaced by another graphic saying ‘18 days’.

When we come back into the arena, the ♫music of the King of the Mountain♫ <<< click to play) hits, and Jeff Jarrett heads to the ring with a guitar in one hand, and his lovely wife Karen on the other. JR: “Double-J returned to the KWF in an attempt to qualify for the Elimination Chamber at SuperBrawl, but he was defeated by Samoa Joe. Now he has an opportunity to face another of his former TNA alumni, AJ Styles.” Regal: “He’s up against it here Jim, but Jeff Jarrett is a very good wrestler, one of the most underrated in my eyes in the last two decades. Styles will have his hands full here. Ooh I do hope the delightful Karen comes and joins us at ringside.” She doesn’t, showing some contempt as she walks past the commentary table. Jarrett’s music stops and there’s a long pause as the crowd stand and wait for the Champ. The tron begins to rise, the golden pyro rains down and finally we hear ♫Get Ready To Fly!♫ <<< click to play).

Jeff Jarrett w/ Karen Jarrett vs. AJ Styles

The KWF World Heavyweight Champion looks in a good mood as he is set to go up against Jarrett in the main event. Despite their past differences, they slap hands before the bout, and then get into a collar and elbow tie up. As the Champion takes control early on, JR and Regal look forward to WrestleMania, where Styles will defend his Title in the last ever match of the KWF. JR: “As things stand it is to be a Triple Threat between AJ, John Cena and CM Punk, but now The Rock has thrown a spanner in the works by putting his name forward. There are no guarantees, but Edge is left with quite a dilemma. I wonder what Styles thinks of it.” Regal: “He probably thinks like me, that it’s ludicrous. He has earned his spot in that match by being Champion, Mr. Cena earned it by winning the Royal Rumble, Mr. Punk earned it by winning the Elimination Chamber, but how has Rock earned it? By showing up for once?” JR: “It’s a generational thing William. This match will determine once and for all just who is the best in the KWF, and therefore, in wrestling. Rock saw the former face of the WWE John Cena, the former face of TNA AJ Styles, the self proclaimed Best in the World CM Punk, and thought that, as the ‘Great One’ of the Attitude Era, that any match of this caliber wouldn’t be complete without him.” Regal: “I agree Jim, Rock’s ego is just that massive.”

Meanwhile, Styles’ early momentum has been halted by Jarrett, who kicks him low in the abdomen before throwing him shoulder-first into the ring-post. Karen applauds from ringside as Jarrett starts to work AJ over. He lifts Styles up onto the turnbuckles, before executing an impressive Superplex. He covers but gets only Two. Regal: “He’s very methodical in his attacks is Jarrett, and it works out well for AJ in a way. Jarrett’s pace and moveset is similar to CM Punk’s.” JR: “I don’t think AJ needs any clues as to how CM Punk wrestles. They had two epic matches toward the end of last year, including quite possibly the best Ironman match since Shawn Michaels and Bret Hart when Styles won the Gold at Survivor Series.” Regal: “That was an amazing night, but just think Jim, WrestleMania promises to be even better. While I will be very sad to see the KWF end, I cannot wait for March 31st.” Jarrett has hit a reverse DDT and gone close again, but Styles shows his resilience. Jarrett then goes for a piledriver, but AJ doesn’t let him get him up, and hits a back-body drop. The fans cheer as Styles tries to get his energy back. He comes off the ropes and hits a flying clothesline, followed by a kick to the head, and then a standing dropkick, sending Jarrett to the outside. We head into our last commercial break of the evening as AJ looks to be on top.

When we return, the action has spilled to the outside, and the duo are trading blows. Karen is yelling at AJ, and after a hard right shot to Double-J, he turns his attention to Karen, telling her to ‘shut her pie hole.’ She is outraged and offended, and goes to slap AJ, but he grabs her arm. However, this provides enough of a distraction for Jeff to hit a chop bloc. Styles is down holding the back of his knee as Jeff gives Karen a kiss on the cheek and rolls the Champ back into the ring. He leaps over the top rope from the apron and hits an elbow drop, covering and using the ropes for leverage. The referee sees this though and stops the count. Jarrett isn’t happy, but picks Styles up and goes to hurl AJ over the top rope. However, Styles lands on the apron and headbutts Jarrett away, before leaping off the top rope to nail him with a flying forearm smash. He covers, but Jarrett kicks out at Two. The match goes on with reversals from both men getting them out of trouble, including Jarrett catching AJ’s boot as he goes for a Pele. However, AJ balances using his hands, before bringing his other foot up and clamping both ankles around the neck of Jarrett. He pushes up and then uses the momentum to roll Jarrett up in a pinning predicament. Jarrett is kicking furiously, but cannot get free as the official counts One, Two, Three!

Winner: AJ Styles.

JR: “The Champ is victorious, and what a way to win. Jeff Jarrett caught a Pele attempt, the first time that’s ever happened in the KWF – but AJ’s not the World Champion for nothing, and he adjusted, adjusted well enough to counter Jarrett and roll him up to get the Three. It’s that kind of quick thinking an innovation that AJ Styles will have to call upon if he is to emerge from WrestleMania with the Title still around his waist.” Regal: “A tremendous match, and an impressive win. As I said, Jeff Jarrett is a very good competitor, and he has bested AJ many times in the past, but it’s Styles who triumphs tonight. Well played, and not a bad show from The Jarretts either.” After the match, Jarrett looks at AJ, and offers his hand. After some contemplation, Styles shakes it and Jarrett pulls him in for a man-hug and a pat on the back. He is saying something to Styles off-mic, and appears to be wishing him luck for Mania. JR: “I can’t tell what he’s saying, but I assume he is telling AJ to do this for TNA. He is the TNA rep in the Mania main event, and Jarrett will be backing him along with many other AJ Styles fans out there.” Regal: “TNA rep? The Generations argument again Jim? For goodness sake, I hope you’re not buying Rock’s argument. In fact I hope Edge isn’t buying it.” The comms reflect on the match and tell that the handshake and hug is a great mark of respect and admiration from the original founder of TNA Wrestling, who exits with Karen to leave Styles in the ring, mic in hand.

AJ’s music stops and he waits for Jeff and Karen to disappear under the tron. The fans stay standing as the show evidently isn’t over. Styles asks for a microphone. He’s then handed a chair and sets it up, sitting backwards on it in the middle of the ring. JR: “Looks like our Champ has something to say.” The audience rumble, waiting intently to hear what AJ has to say. He begins by talking about his time in TNA. “I was one of the originals of that company, and had some great years. However, recently on the House Shows I have been somewhat overlooked, and it is only right here in the KWF that I have felt appreciated by each and every one of you.” The fans cheer. He says that the KWF has always rewarded him for being one of the very best superstars in the business, and talks about some of the wrestlers he’s defeated in his time in the company.

“Now, with WrestleMania on the horizon, I have to face both of John Cena and CM Punk, two guys I have defeated individually in the past year, but it took everything I had to do it. I can’t say I was too happy when I was told I’d have to face two guys at WrestleMania, but that’s how it is and I am gonna have to bring my A-game, just as I always do.” However, he goes on to say that he is on board with The Rock and his plea to be part of Mania’s World Title match. He says that it’s going to be the biggest KWF WrestleMania of all time, it’s going to be KWF’s last ever show and if he can finish the night standing having defeated Punk, Cena and Rock, then he will be remembered as the greatest KWF superstar of all time. “If I already have to face Punk and Cena, then Rock might as well come to the party as well. Can you imagine that picture? Punk, Cena, Styles and Rock? KWF WrestleMania will be remembered as a monumental night no matter what, but if that’s the main event, then whoever wins, it is going to go down as the greatest pay-per-view in wrestling history.” The fans cheer in agreement.

“I have had one hell of a time in this company, and it genuinely breaks my heart to know that in less than three weeks, it all comes to an end. I’ve had the opportunity to work with legends, guys I can now call my friends. The likes of Mick Foley, Sting, Bret Hart, Stone Cold Steve Austin, the list goes on and on. Now to honor them, and most importantly, to honor you, the loyal KWF fans, it’s our duty, and my duty as Champion, to put on the greatest spectacle that sports entertainment has ever seen.” He gives a heartfelt thanks to everyone who has been involved in KWF Blogs, including the writing team, who he says deserve more than anyone to be included in the post-KWF era with either WWE or TNA. “Wrestling needs writers like this; otherwise you end up with things like Claire Lynch, the decline of Tag Team wrestling, the JOB Squad that is Aces and Eights, oh and let’s not forget Three-Man Band.” The fans laugh.

AJ goes on to look up at Edge’s Skybox and publicly asks the GM that he put The Rock in Mania’s main event. He talks about generations, just like Rock did and he asks Edge not to do it for business, not to do it as a friend, but to do it for the fans – “The generations of fans. Every TNA, WWE, WWF and Ring of Honor fan out there, let them have their match. The People’s Match. I know, I know Edge, I know that as Champ I’m asking for a practical three-on-one here, but it’s not about me. The KWF’s always prided itself on putting forward the very best possible stories, the best characters and the best matches. Let Rock into WrestleMania. Give the people what they want so that every one of them generations of fans have a superstar they especially cheer for at Mania’s main event. Make it happen Edge… and let me become the greatest the KWF superstar of all time!” Edge looks on, still showing his poker face, but after looking down at AJ, he looks around the arena as the fans chant loudly for The Rock. JR: “When will Edge make his decision? AJ Styles wants it, these fans want it, and The Rock certainly wants it.” Regal: “Yeah, he wants it so much that he’s not even here. Don’t do it Edge, for the sanctity of wrestling, don’t fall for it.” The show fades out on the image of Edge looking around at the fans chanting ‘Rocky!’ ‘Rocky!’ ‘Rocky!’ ‘Rocky!’

[kwfblogs]

KWF Wednesday Night Turmoil: 6th Mar. 2013 – Honda Center. Anaheim, CA.

We hear/see the moment where Edge made an announcement on last week’s Turmoil, determining the end of the Keystone Wrestling Federation: “Ladies and gentlemen, loyal KWF fans, it honestly breaks my heart to have to be the one to announce to you all that... the Keystone Wrestling Federation… is coming to an end.”…

We fade to a recap to the ending of last week’s show. JR: “Cena! It’s John Cena!” Cena’s in the ring after Punk’s celebrations and Punk’s not seen him. Cena turns him round and lifts him atop his shoulders for a *BAM* FU! FU by Cena and the Doctor of Thuganomics is going ballistic. He waves his arms down towards Punk’s felled body and he waves a You Can’t See Me taunt, first in Punk’s face and then toward the camera. The crowd can’t believe it as Cena straightens out his jersey, flicks his thick metal chain and ♫his music♫ <<< click to play) kicks in. We hear JR’s voice: “John Cena was good again! John Cena had leveled out, he straightened out and he was a popular Royal Rumble winner and not forty minutes ago he was patting AJ Styles on the back, he was looking forward to Mania – and he mentioned Punk in the very same breath. What the hellllll?!” We see the moment where Cena stands over Punk and the crowd pour endless boos onto him as February 27th’s Turmoil faded out.

♫Wednesday Night Turmoil’s opening video♫ <<< click to watch) plays and we come Live into Honda Center in Anaheim. Jim Ross and William Regal introduce us to the program, telling that tonight will bring about all the fallout from John Cena’s unfathomable turnabout and: “Brodus Clay will take on King Dolph, Queen Madison will go up against Mickie James. We have The Pope’s return to the ring as D’Angelo Dinero will face Cody Rhodes and that’s not all folks because in the main event, we have a match that some of us thought we’d never see.” Regal: “Yes Jim, a huge main event, a galactic clash between The Lord of Darkness, The UnderTaker along with his brother Kane and they’re going to go up against the former KWF World Tag Champs – Gambit and Joker Hardy of Why So Serious. Goodness, The UnderTaker will be competing in the ring and as much as they don’t take things seriously at times, Why So Serious are no joke Jim. They’ll want to get one over on The Dark Side. What a match that’s going to be!”

JR: “Yes William, indeed it should be everything that we expect and more, but let’s change tack right now for the moment. Ladies and gentlemen, as you were just reminded, the Keystone Wrestling Federation is coming to an end at WrestleMania, and there’s one man that’s taking notice of that. One man who couldn’t believe such an announcement and that man, well, he’s about to come out and address everyone right now. An announcement was made through Twitter this past weekend that he was going to be here, and I can’t wait to hear what he has to say.” Regal: “Jim this crowd are anticipating this too. It’s not just about the Mighty Ducks in this house, oh no, tonight this house belongs to… ♫If Ya Smellll, What The Rock is Cookin’!♫ <<< click to play) – this man!”

The roof blows off as The Rock’s music chimes through Honda Center and the fans are on their feet as the tron rises and out steps The Rock onto the stage! The Rock hasn’t been on KWF programming since WrestleMania last year and tonight he’s making his return. He looks in great shape and he marches down to the ring, climbs the stairs, walks along the ring apron and climbs the ring-post to raise his arm in his customary manner. JR: “My God William, can you believe this?! What a response for The Rock!” Regal: “I’m not your God Jim, but yes I can believe this. In recent times on WWE House Shows, this man has re-established himself as one of the elite superstars in the wrestling business. He’s even been at the forefront of the new WWE Championship Belt and I have to tell you, there is one heck of an electrifying feel in this building. This is quite brilliant!”

The Rock’s music comes to a halt and Rock soaks up the moment. He looks toward the audience before taking off his sunglasses and looking toward them some more. We see clips of the crowd, full of Rock signs. He raises his eyebrow before tilting his head back and yelling: “FINALLY, The Rock has come back to Annnaaaa-heeiiiiiiimmmmm!” The crowd go nuts once more, but Rock quickly goes on. He says that he’s here on important business, business concerning himself, concerning the General Manager Edge and more importantly: “Business concerning the people.” The crowd cheer as Rock looks out to them and calmly says: “To each and every one of you. Our audience here in Anaheim, our readers at home. To every single person in every city or town that the KWF’s been, I say thank you. Thank you, because without you none of us would have a reason to do what we do. Thank you because without you the KWF wouldn’t have existed in the first place and from the bottom, from the bottom of The Rock’s heart, I say thank you, because without you I wouldn’t be here tonight.”

The fans cheer louder as Rock goes on and he says that while he’s here to thank the fans, he’s also here to give the people what they want. He says that he’s been reading KWF each and every week and he addresses the WrestleMania main event: “It was supposed to be the Rumble winner against the Champion. Then it was supposed to be the Rumble winner against the winner of the Chamber, against the Champion. Well how about now we do it really big, make the match the grand spectacle it should be on the last day in history of KWF Blogs and how about we make it Royal Rumble winner John Cena. Versus Elimination Chamber winner CM Punk. Versus KWF Champion AJ Styles… versus the people’s Champ The Rock!??” The fans cheer the idea and they chant ‘Rocky!’ ‘Rocky!’ ‘Rocky!’

Rock goes on to say that the KWF has always had a fusion that brings about the very best the wrestling world has to offer. He adds to his argument, stating that his involvement at Mania wouldn’t be to feed The Rock’s ego, or sell The Rock’s movies: “It’s not about any of that, no no no, this match. This match is about generations.” Rock goes on to explain that throughout the past ten years Professional Wrestling has witnessed the evolution of the game. He says: “I left WWE and went into movies, but I chose not to come back for a very long time and when I did return, the place that I came to was right here, the Keystone Wrestling Federation! The reason for that, aside from the people, is that the competition always grew, always grew fast, always grew fierce and The Rock liked the fact that there was a John Cena. A thug. A white-boy rapper that could spit the mic pretty well, and yet, couldn’t wrestle his way out of Honda Center car park (towards the camera) Cena you back-stabbing candy ass!”

The fans cheer as Rock goes on: “The Rock liked witnessing CM Punk’s Straight-Edge Society, in fact no, not Punk in the SES, his days in ECW – but it wasn’t until your pipebomb that your balls dropped now was it Punk? KWF took you further, actually proved that you were the Best in the World when you earned it and now, now you might be facing The Brahma Bull. How’s that gonna feel? Can you do it Punk huh? You beat Kurt Angle, beat Samoa Joe, but what about The Rock (Toward the camera, quietly) CM Punk, just bring it!” The fans cheer some more, but a portion of them boo. The Rock says: “And then there’s AJ Styles. A Thundercat to a main eventer – a man that could fly, but AJ when your ass comes down through the gravity of God’s Holy earth I promise you that you will get Rock Bottomed and you will feel the most electrifying move in all of entertainment, The People’s Elbow right into your very heart!” The crowd are electric, but again a portion of them boo.

The Rock explains that once upon a time you had to be the size of a John Cena to get anywhere. Not many appreciated the skills of an AJ Styles or the technical abilities of a CM Punk. Rock says that he embodies a part of every superstar in the Mania main event and he says this is another reason why he should be added to match to compete for the KWF World Title. Rock says, looking right up to the GM’s Skybox, where Edge is watching all of this: “Edge, you put this match together. Cena, Punk, Styles, Rock – it’s the showstopping headline act that you want for our final show. It’s what the people want and when it comes down to putting forth the greatest spectacle wrestling’s ever seen, The Rock has to be a part of it. John Cena is the piece of crap Thuganomic wannabe generation. He was the face of the old WWE. His PG t-shirts, his action man plasticized body and his 12-Round Marine combat shorts, The Rock’s going to slap that look off his face and ladies you better realize that a Five Knuckle Shuffle simply means he can’t get none am I right?... Am I right?”

The crowd cheer as Rock says: “CM Punk, the Ring of Honor generation. The place where you apparently don’t need to hit the gym. No, you don’t need to look good, you can look as greasy as a Honda Burger or as fat as Jericho’s old b*tch Ralphus, but as long as you can kick someone in the head you’re all good to deem yourself Best in the World.” The fans react, very indifferent this time. Rock continues: “Then you got AJ Styles. The KWF World Heavyweight Champion. (He nods) And I get AJ. I know AJ Styles, I know what he’s done in the KWF and I know what he did in TNA. He’d be the TNA generation – but I suppose, not the hairy slug of a man that he’s being in TNA House Shows right now, I’m talking about our KWF World Champion!” The crowd cheer and Rock continues to directly address Edge: “Put me in the match Edge. I’ll put boots to asses, I’ll keep entertaining like only The Rock can and I will, mark my words, I will give everything I got to be the last ever KWF Champion! I am the WWF generation. I have no script, I whoop ass like hungriest of Brahma Bulls and Edge I want it. Our readers want it. The People, the fans of each and every generation want it… If ya smelllllll what The Rock is cooking!” ♫The Rock’s music♫ <<< click to play) kicks in and the audience chant his name over and over.

The Rock climbs the turnbuckles to raise his arm once more, but the spotlight now is very much on the General Manager. Regal: “Okay now hang on. Who does Mister Johnson here think he is? He can’t demand to be in the World Title match at Mania. Everyone in that contest earned the right to be there. This is a ridiculous request.” JR: “William you may be right, but this is The Rock we’re talking about. He has been around the block a thousand times and he said it himself, he’s been reading KWF Blogs.” Regal: “Jim what are you getting at?” JR: “Well I believe that The Rock is legitimately affectionate to all the people that gave him his life. His persona, everything he has at home, the reason he wakes up is because of the people. His fans worldwide adore him and after witnessing the re-hiring of Brock Lesnar in recent times, I feel that The Rock is now using the people to his advantage. Everyone in the world right now buys Rock’s argument. The argument of generations and the fact that he himself is the generation, the time when wrestling was at its peak in WWF’s Attitude era. All those very same fans of his are going to be on Edge’s back now and the pressure is very much on the GM not to disappoint. Whether he will put The Rock in the match is a question he’s going to have to make a decision on, but he knows all too well that to deny The Rock is to deny the people. Gosh I really didn’t see this coming. What’s Edge going to do? Will The Rock join the main event at WrestleMania?”

We come to a video recap reminding us of the events of last week’s Wednesday Night Turmoil. It was a night where Edge’s ‘ending of the KWF’ announcement had rocked the company and everyone was on edge all night long, not believing the fact that KWF Blogs was coming to an end and that WrestleMania 2013 will be our last ever show. Throughout the night we heard from Kurt Angle and his take on the matter. Other superstars stated how they felt and The UnderTaker addressed his Mania match with The Absolute Lashley. We saw Evan Bourne vs. Alex Shelley. The Usos took on LAX and we witnessed Sheamus take apart Jack Swagger. Randy Orton put out an open challenge, a returning Kaitlyn took on Maryse and in the main event, we were treated to a classic from Chamber winner CM Punk as he took on the Ultimate Fighter Brock Lesnar. You don’t want to miss each and every detail of what occurred on Turmoil. Click HERE to read the full show and we hope you stay with us to enjoy KWF Blogs until the very end.

When we come back, JR and Regal are still in shock. JR: “My God. Of all the ways for tonight’s show to begin, I would never in a million years have anticipated that The Rock, would put forward his argument that he should be involved in the main event at WrestleMania for the KWF World Heavyweight Championship.” Regal: “Well he and his movie star demands shall go wanting. Fancy the cheek of thinking you’ll get slotted into the Mania main event just because the so called Great One decides to ‘honor’ us with his presence.” JR: “He’s hardly demanding it William, and you can see his point. The WrestleMania main event will be the last ever match here in the Keystone Wrestling Federation, and so why not include the most electrifying man in all of sports entertainment? But it’s not up to The Rock, or any of his potential opponents. The decision lies squarely with Edge.” With that, ♫the funky music of Brodus Clay♫ <<< click to play) hits and we are set for our first match of the evening.

Brodus Clay vs. King Dolph w/ Ryback

Clay gets his usual singing and dancing reaction from the crowd, and Cameron and Naomi certainly put the fans in the best of moods. King Dolph however, is booed louder than ever. JR: “I don’t think these fans have forgiven the King for what he did to Panther in the Elimination Chamber at SuperBrawl.” Regal: “Who cares?” JR: “Well apparently Brodus does, and the Funkasaurus is gonna get him a piece of Ziggler right now.” Clay starts aggressively, and a running headbutt sends Dolph flying across the ring and rolling to the outside. The fans cheer, until Brodus points at Dolph and says to the crowd “Boo this man!” so they do. Brodus jiggles on the spot and the audience cheer some more.

Clay’s superior size is a big factor early on, as Ryback watches from ringside. JR reminds us that Ryback defeated Brodus just a couple of weeks ago, but that was a fair contest in terms of strength, whereas Dolph can barely get into a collar and elbow tie up without being dumped on his back here. However, eventually the King gets on top using his speed, and gets behind Brodus, kicking his leg out from under him. He has the Funkasaurus grounded as he hits several stomps, before a series of jumping elbow drops. He covers, but Brodus kicks out by pushing him in the air so high that Dolph is able to land on his feet. He uses this to attempt a Zig-Zag as Clay gets up, but like with Brock Lesnar in the Chamber, Dolph just hangs off his back as Clay doesn’t go down. Instead, Brodus reaches round and grabs Dolph’s legs to lift him higher, before falling back for a modified Samoan Drop. He covers but gets only Two.

The match goes on with Ryback staring on at ringside. Dolph is able to get back on top and is finding it easier to maneuver Clay around the ring after softening him up a bit. He hits a swinging neckbreaker, getting a near fall. He picks Clay up and positions him, before coming off the ropes, but he gets caught. “Suplex baby!” we hear Brodus yell as he sends Dolph flying over his head. The more punishment Brodus dishes out, the angrier Ryback is getting on the outside. Clay sends Dolph into the corner, before charging over and squashing him against the turnbuckles. “My bad!” he says as he comes off the ropes and hits a cross body. He gets One, gets Two, but no! Dolph’s foot is on the rope… because Ryback reached in and put it there! JR: “He’s more than just a bodyguard, he’s an insurance policy to boot.” Regal: “Brains and brawn? Just like me.” Brodus shoots a glare out to Ryback, before dragging Dolph into the middle of the ring. He comes off the ropes to attempt his running splash, but Ryback gets up on the apron on the far side. Instead of splashing, Brodus continues and runs into Ryback, knocking him off the apron and into the barrier. The crowd cheer, but not for long as Dolph kips up and quickly hits Brodus with a Zig-Zag – and this time he’s able to connect!. He covers and gets the Three.

Winner: King Dolph.

A battered and bruised Dolph looks out to Ryback, who almost has steam coming from his nostrils. Refusing the referee’s attempts to raise his hand, Dolph instead calls Ryback into the ring. JR: “I don’t think they’re finished with Brodus here.” Dolph then orders Ryback to pick Clay up, which he does. The King talks trash right in Clay’s face, before slapping him. “Do you have any idea who I am?! You do not disrespect a King like that you fat piece of garbage!” He then orders Ryback to ‘finish it’. The Machine is about to oblige when ♫the music of Panther♫ <<< click to play) fills the arena, and the Black Cat comes racing down the ramp. The fans cheer as Dolph immediately hides behind Ryback, who tosses Brodus to the canvas. Panther checks on his buddy, before trying to square up to Dolph, but with Ryback in the way, he is forced to have a stare down with the Machine. Dolph is behind pointing at Panther, calling him a coward. Panther is clearly angered beyond reason, and when Dolph shouts “You want to get to me? You gotta go through him first!”

Panther is cheered on by the fans and after taking a look at them, then toward Dolph, and then Ryback, he nods and says “Alright” before launching himself at Ryback. He manages to get a few shots in as Dolph escapes to the outside, but soon enough Ryback has him in his clutches, and spinebusts him down. He then goes to a corner, before winding up the arm and nearly decapitating Panther with a Meathook clothesline. The fans are booing loud as Ryback ‘finishes it’ by lofting the Cat above his head, and planting him down with Shellshock. Dolph then chooses this moment to slide back into the ring and get in an unconscious Panther’s face, before flicking sweat at him and having Ryback raise his hand. JR: “Despicable! Dolph wants to call Panther a coward? Why doesn’t he take a good hard look in the mirror?” Regal: “Erm, excuse me, who just won a match against a behemoth of an opponent? Think before you speak Jim.”

We head backstage where we see the Latin American eXchange hanging around in the parking lot by their customized mini-van. They are drinking beers and joking around, but all that stops as soon as they see someone approaching, it’s Chavo Guerrero. He tries to play it cool. “Hey Rey, SuperMex, Alberto…” Del Rio: “Cut the smalltalk perro! We know what you are doing here. You were sent by Edge to try and ‘talk some sense into us’. Well you are wasting your time ese. Why don’t you just turn on back and get out of here before you get into trouble?” Chavo tries not to look intimidated. “Is that supposed to scare me? You think I’m frightened of you guys? I’m a Guerrero, and a Guerrero is afraid of nothing, not even the most fearsome faction in wrestling today.” Rey: “You’re right about that Chavito, but there’s a difference between bravery and stupidity. You saw what this guy (patting Hernandez on the shoulder) can do to people who get in our way, or even people who don’t, so walk away if you know what’s good for you.”

Chavo sighs, and ripostes “Not until I’ve said what I came here to say.” LAX each look at one another and smirk. Del Rio says: “Okay Chavo. You got some cojones. Step into our mini-van, you can say whatever you’ve got to say in there.” They invite Chavo in, but he is understandably reluctant. However, he eventually takes the plunge and gets in. Homicide slams the door shut and we come back into the arena.

♫Pope is Pimpin’♫ <<< click to play) goes the familiar music of The Pope, and D’Angelo Dinero makes his way out to the ring. Pope dollars rain down from the ceiling for the first time in months as Dinero enters the ring looking in great shape and as confident as ever. JR: “Well, one Pope stood down from his post, but our Pope has stepped back up into his, and he’s raring to go.” Regal: “With all this talk about the possibility of the first black Pope, you don’t suppose it could be Dinero? The Vatican wouldn’t know what hit it.” Cody Rhodes and his mustache make an unpopular entrance and we are set for an intriguing encounter.

‘The Pope’ D’Angelo Dinero vs. Cody Rhodes

The fans in attendance are excited to see The Pope back in a KWF ring, and he gets them clapping. Cody tells them to stop, but Dinero keeps them going. Rhodes confronts him, but Pope just claps his hands around Cody's head which allows him to get on top early on. He works Rhodes over by backing him into the corner with knife-edge chops. Every chop is cheered, and Pope shushes the audience, seemingly preparing for a Big Show-style open palm slap across the chest, and Rhodes braces himself for it, but Pope smacks him across his face instead. JR: “Good gosh! He nearly smacked the mustache right off his face!” Cody stumbles into the middle of the ring and Pope goes for a DDT, but Cody thinks fast and reverses it into a short clothesline. Both men are down as we head to commercial.

When we come back, Rhodes is on top and has Pope down in a submission hold. Dinero struggles as Regal points out that we are starting to see the rustiness: “The Pope has been out of action for several months, and you can't just step straight back in the ring and pick up where you left off. He started well with the adrenaline running, but now he's on the back foot, the more 'match fit' Cody is getting a clear advantage.” Pope tries to escape, but Cody keeps him grounded. He is pulling Pope’s hair illegally, but the referee is not seeing it, much to the anger of the fans. Cody tells them all to shut up, but it doesn't work too well. Pope decides to go quickly as he rolls away from Rhodes, before hitting a hip toss, then another, and finally a big suplex. He rolls down his knee pads as Cody crawls to the corner. As Rhodes gets to his feet, Pope runs up for the DDE, but Cody moves. Dinero lands on the middle rope, before leaping back with a huge cross body. He covers instantly, gets One, gets Two – but no, a kick-out by Rhodes. They both get up, and Rhodes ducks a clothesline attempt, before coming off the rope himself and hitting a Disaster Kick. He covers, getting One, Two and... no! Pope kicks out. This has been a great back and forth match, and Rhodes is looking frustrated now. He attempts CrossRhodes, but Pope reverses it into a spike DDT. As Cody struggles to his feet, Pope races over and quickly squashes him against the turnbuckles with a DDE! He covers and hooks the leg, getting One, Two and Three.

Winner: The Pope.

♫Pope’s music♫ <<< click to play) hits as he has his arm raised by the official. The fans are delighted, as is Dinero as he then climbs the turnbuckles to celebrate a big win. JR: “There may have been some rustiness, but form is temporary and class is permanent. D'Angelo Dinero mightily impressive in the end there as he hit the DDE on Cody. I think Dinero’s looking to shape upfor that Intercontinental Title challenge.” Pope gets off the turnbuckles and turns around... *BAM!* He gets booted in the face... by Matt Morgan! The Blueprint is stood in the middle of the ring and just hit Pope with the Carbon Footprint. JR: “What? Where the hell did he come from? He was fired!” JR explains that Morgan was fired after picking the wrong briefcase in the Feast or Fired match at Casino Warfare last year, but that he came through the crowd to attack Dinero. “Where the hell is security?!” The crowd boo like hell as Regal chuckles. Morgan stands menacingly in the ring.

We see Edge walking the halls backstage and he marches up to the man that he’s been looking for: “Hey! Hey! Cena!” Cena fronts up to Edge: “What? What you got a problem with me now?” Edge: “Yes I gotta problem with you. What the hell happened last week?! One minute you’re happy, you say you’re glad that it’s you versus Styles versus Punk at Mania and suddenly you flip?! You completely ruined Punk’s celebrations – you ruined the night! After such an announcement that the KWF was coming to an end you completely turned your back on everyone!” Cena: “Yeah and what?! It was supposed to be me at WrestleMania (he shoves Edge), I won the Rumble, (he shoves Edge again) and I was the one that was supposed to be having a one-on-one match for the Championship (and he shoves again).” Edge: “Stop it!” Cena stops shoving and he mocks Edge for not being able to wrestle and he says that he couldn’t care less about KWF ending.

Cena: “Everything I ever wanted from day one in this company was to be the top dog. It’s my rap, my time, not an Air Styles or a Cry-Me a river Punk standin’ in my way. Last week I let everybody know that I ain’t no chump dat just gon’ be there for the occasion at Mania. It’s my Belt, it’s my Championship and the ass-kicking that Punk got last week was just a taste of what’s to come. At Mania, it’s the Doctor who’s gonna be the last ever KWF Champ.” Edge says: “Is that right?” Cena: “That’s right.” Edge: “Well John seeing as you obviously have no respect for anyone, how about you compete tonight and maybe you might just get a bit of humility back in your system. Well, I actually doubt that, but it’ll definitely be a match the fans will want to see.” Cena smirks: “Oh right, the GM game. Get someone to try weaken me before Mania so that I go in a wounded animal. Aight I get it, but you better get that a wounded animal is at its most dangerous. So tell me, who’s my opponent?”

Edge tells Cena that his opponent is none other than the Olympic Gold Medalist Kurt Angle!: “And Angle’s a man on a mission to prove the great worth of Olympic wrestling so John, you best be careful because he’s going to be in machine-mode tonight and your Thuganomic ass may not be able to handle the great American Hero that Kurt Angle is.” Cena shakes his head: “Kurt Angle? That fool’s supposed to be kicking my ass? Oh we’ll see about that homie. You ain’t never gon’ get me and that’s fine. But there’s nothin’ you can do about Mania Edge. That Belt is mine.” Cena storms off and in the background we can hear the fans chant ‘Rocky!’ ‘Rocky!’ ‘Rocky!’ ‘Rocky!’

Back in the arena, ♫the British Invasion’s music♫ <<< click to play) hits and Styler makes his way to the ring. We are set for X-Division action, and JR excitedly tells us that it is a grudge match as the Invasion’s Styler squares off against Rey Mysterio of the Latin American eXchange. Rey heads to the ring with Konnan in his corner, and Regal anticipates that Styler may have made a mistake not bringing back-up out with him: “I always made clear to that young man that you should always have someone in your corner, especially if the other guy does. This is basically a handicap match.” JR: “Maybe Styler trusts his own ability to win this on his own?” Regal: “He’s certainly good enough, but Konnan is bound to be a distraction.” JR: “Well why don’t you get up there and even the numbers?” Regal: “Well, err, I’ve got to help you call the match. Lord knows you’re not capable of doing it without me.” JR: “Good grief.”

Styler vs. Rey Mysterio w/ Konnan

As the match gets underway, Styler is too eager to attack, and the experienced Mysterio takes him down and is in charge early on. JR reminds us how the faction feud between the Brits and LAX has escalated since SuperBrawl, where Wade Barrett’s men cost Alberto Del Rio the Hardcore Title, before LAX then returned the favor to prevent Barrett from becoming KWF Champion. They brawled again last week on Turmoil, and now we finally have two members facing off. Mysterio is working methodically, as Regal states his begrudging admiration for how he has reinvented himself in the last year: “He adopted the black mask and turned his back on the fans, while becoming a more considerate and intelligent wrestler. He hardly ever tries any high risk moves now, and just slowly works an opponent down, a bit like me actually, but I’d look silly in a luchador mask.” JR: “You look silly now.” Regal: “Careful Jim.” Rey fires Styler into the corner, but as he races over, the Brit nips up onto the middle rope and springs off to hit a dropkick. The fans cheer as the KWF original ups the tempo, hitting a hurracanrana that sends Rey to the outside. Konnan goes to pick him up as we head into commercial.

When we return, Rey is back in command, and is laying stomps onto the legs of Styler. Regal points out that it has been a bad week for Styler, who is a huge soccer fan, with his beloved Manchester United being eliminated from the Champions League by Real Madrid. “And to rub salt into the wounds, I believe Alberto Del Rio is a massive Madrid fan. He’s probably ordered Rey to put some extra mustard into his offense here.” Meanwhile, Mysterio has tripped Styler onto the middle rope and is setting up for the 6-1-9. However, as he comes off the ropes, we see on the tron that a fight has broken out in the back. It’s the rest of the British Invasion and LAX brawling once more in the locker room. Rey looks up at it, and Styler takes advantage of the distraction by clotheslining Mysterio down. He then notices the fight on the tron and immediately slides out of the ring and races up the ramp. Mysterio recovers and he and Konnan are in hot pursuit. JR: “They’re going to join in? What about this match?” Regal: “This is bigger than a mere match Jim, as Wade said last week, this is a faction war!” The referee counts and reaches Ten.

Double count-out

We see the fight backstage, and before long we see Styler launch himself on top of Hernandez. Soon after, Mysterio grabs Styler and pulls him off SuperMex, before they trade blows. It’s all going off as security and referees are trying in vain to separate them. Barrett is tussling with Del Rio, Homicide and Mason Ryan are going at it, as are Rob Terry and Hernandez, while Drew McIntyre and Layla are fighting with Konnan and Melina. JR: “This is getting ridiculous. How on earth is Edge going to stop this from happening?! The Brits and LAX fight every week!” Regal: “I don’t think he can Jim.”

We head elsewhere backstage where AJ Lee and Kaitlyn are walking the halls. They are discussing trivial matters such as who has the better mustache between Panther and Cody Rhodes, before they stop outside the door to Edge’s Skybox. AJ: “Right, you know the plan right?” Kaitlyn: “Yeah, let’s do this.” They knock and Edge answers: “Girls, come in, have you seen this?! The Brits and the Latin American eXchange going at it again!” There’s a pause and we hear Edge turn off his TV. He says: “Oh right, business matters. Take a seat ladies.” Edge closes the door, leaving the cameraman on the outside. JR: “I wonder what that’s all about?”

We’re Live back at ringside and we see shots in the crowd of American flags and banners saying ‘Save Olympic Wrestling’. ♫Kurt Angle’s music♫ <<< click to play) hits and Angle rises from the lift within the stage. The crowd chant his name, but then there’s one hell of a hostile reception for the entrance of John Cena. JR: “June 27th 2002 was the night John Cena made his debut against the highly established, greatly decorated Olympic Gold Medalist Kurt Angle. Now we have a contest on one of our final Wednesday Night Turmoil’s and tonight Kurt Angle’s fighting for a cause William. His cause is Olympic wrestling.” Regal: “It is Jim, but as much stick as Mister Cena gets for his wrestling ability, I think Angle has to be cautious here. This won’t be a grappling wrestling contest. Cena’s not afraid of Angle’s skills and he’ll make this a straight up fight in order to win it.”

Kurt Angle vs. John Cena

The fans are on their feet and Angle ties up with the Doctor. The two exchange grapple holds and the fans continue to boo Cena as he smashes Angle in the gut with punches, proving Regal’s point that he’ll make this a fight in order to win it. JR and Regal review Cena’s drastic turn and Regal says that he completely understands where Cena is coming from: “Think about it this way Jim, since Hulk Hogan and Ric Flair were ousted from the KWF, Cena’s had to fend for himself and he had to earn the right to main event Mania. Against all the odds, he did, he won the Royal Rumble. But Edge wanted to make things bigger and so came about the inclusion of CM Punk in the match. Of course Cena’s pissed off at the Triple Threat. The fans he had going into the Rumble aren’t going to help him at Mania. They’ll cheer for Punk, they’ll cheer for Styles, but Cena will feed off their hate. He’ll use it, channel it as ammunition and it must be remembered JR, that a Thuganomic John Cena is a very dangerous man.”

Regal’s words are proven right as Cena smashes him with lefts and rights, cornering him and then coming out with a single-leg suplex. He covers for One, Two – but Angle kicks out. Cena slows it down now, smiling out toward the crowd as he grounds Angle, playing his own game with a side-headlock. Angle uses his legs to maneuver around Cena and he wraps his legs around his waist before trying for a rear naked choke. Cena tries to battle out of it, but as Angle gets the move on, down the ramp walks Brock Lesnar. JR: “Lesnar? What’s he doing here?” Brock walks down to ringside and stands there watching the match. Angle sees him and Brock’s presence somewhat distracts him and Cena is able to get up and drop a heavy elbow on Kurt as we go to commercials.

When we return we watch as Cena and Angle are battling at ringside. Cena’s going Thuganomic on him, throwing him into the barricade before getting him back into the ring. Brock watches on as Cena tries to get on with the job. He covers for One, Two – but Angle kicks out. The audience chant Angle’s name and they continue to cheer him on. His uses their momentum to get back into the match, build some momentum and he manages to trip Cena to then grab his foot to administer an Ankle Lock! The crowd chant and cheer as Angle eyeballs Brock Lesnar. The eye-contact could be fatal though as Cena rolls through the Ankle Lock and he trips Kurt into an STFU. The fans boo like hell as Cena synchs on the move, but Angle is able to scrap and claw to the ropes. Cena gets up, as does Angle, by the ropes and again his eyes catch Brocks. He turns round to storm at Cena, but Cena lifts him up onto his shoulders and over for an instant FU! He covers, hooks the leg for One, Two and Three!

Winner: John Cena.

The crowd boo as Cena exits, not acknowledging Brock or the fans after the match. He shoves the referee away from him and then wipes the dirt off his shoulder as he marches up the ramp. Regal talks up the ‘not gonna lose’ mentality of Cena and he says that Cena’s becoming his favorite to win at WrestleMania. As Cena’s music cuts out, Brock Lesnar gets in the ring and JR fears the worst as he stares down at Angle. JR: “Last week Kurt Angle blamed Brock for his loss at SuperBrawl. Angle was adamant that if it wasn’t for Lesnar, then he would have been the one to win the Elimination Chamber match and then go on to Mania.” Lesnar continues staring at Angle, but then he just smirks and shakes his head. He exits the ring as Angle comes to. Regal: “What was that about then Jim? With what you mentioned about Kurt blaming Brock, it didn’t seem like Lesnar had any real malice toward him. I wonder what he’s thinking.” JR: “A bizarre situation William. I’m intrigued as to what Kurt thinks about this.”

Edge is in his Skybox and he’s on the phone: “Alright Mick, well that’s good to hear. Yeah, we’ll see you back here in the KWF soon. Take care.” He hangs up and as he turns round, the camera turns with him and lined up around the couch are the members of Why So Serious. Gambit’s laid across the sofa. Kelly Kelly’s sat on the arm by his shoulder. Harley Quinn’s sat on the floor, eerily rocking back and forth. Behind the couch stands Abyss and approaching Edge comes Jeff ‘The Joker’ Hardy.

Edge: “How did you guys get in here?” Joker: “Questions questions, but what matters are the answers and Edge, old buddy old pal, we want the answers as to when we’ll be receiving our Tag Title rematch?” Edge: “I’ve been thinking about this. I saw what happened at SuperBrawl and I know you guys are pissed at getting screwed over, but before I tell you about your rematch, I need you to tell me something.” Joker stares at him during a pause. He says: “Well ask. We don’t have all night.” Edge: “Alright… When Panther tracked Gambit down and you guys eventually came back here, you won the Tag Titles and you were content with that. All the threats and all the things people told me about not trusting you, not having you around because of the terrible things you do, I let it all go because of my issues with The Dudleys. Now I may be an idiot for asking this, but what’s different? You’ve barely stepped a foot out of the normal etiquette of doing things and as I said, you’ve been content with being Champs. And now, you’re all pissed off at being screwed over at SuperBrawl. So tell me why? I wanna know. Why the normality and why are you so intent on getting the Tag Titles back?”

Joker laughs. Gambit gets out playing cards and he spreads them on the floor in front of Harley Quinn. Kelly Kelly walks over to the Skybox bar and she takes a look at the bottles. Abyss smiles. Joker explains that Why So Serious went through a lot after they originally left the KWF. He says that it was in the KWF that they were really appreciated for what they did: “And while the things we did outside of the ring were entertaining, for us, what we were doing was more important to the flocks of people that read the shows and the flocks of people that show up to watch. The wrestling, the antics if you will, they’re what defines who we are. But first and foremost, we’re wrestlers.” Edge: “So because you all had jobs here, you were normal?” Joker: “Ha haha ha ha! Normal?! What’s normal?”

Edge looks around and Kelly Kelly has opened every bottle behind the bar. Abyss walks toward the door and stands there. Harley Quinn begins singing her theme song while Joker explains that Why So Serious are KWF’s highest class of criminal and while many may think that they’re playing to the rules, what comes in conclusion is what they really want. He says that there’s no plan, there never is with chaos, but quite often, when one knows the result, everything that builds up to it is… funny. Edge says that he doesn’t understand, but he does tell Joker the answer to his question: “At WrestleMania is where you’ll get your rematch for the Tag Titles. But it won’t be against just Beer Money. The Dudleys will be involved and you three teams, three of the best ever, you’ll replay your match from Sovereignty 2010. Tables, Ladders and Chairs. Jeff, you, me and The Dudleys did it twice before and this will be your encore presentation. Everything on the line, you get to use whatever you want, get whatever revenge you want on The Dudleys and you can try and get your Belts back.”

Joker laughs. Gambit stands up and says “Come on Harley.” She then crawls toward the door where Abyss opens it. Joker keeps laughing and Gambit says: “So we have a TLC at Mania and we got de Dark Side tonight?” Edge: “Yeah Cajun, that’s the way it is.” Gambit smirks as Joker laughs louder. Abyss exits. Harley exits crawling on her hands and knees, still singing her song. Gambit stands by the door and we hear a sound, somewhat like an electric charge. He drops a playing card and Kelly Kelly says “Ooops” as she topples over a few wine bottles and suddenly a blaze of fire breaks out. Joker’s laughter turns into a stern stare toward Edge. Gambit puts his arm around Kelly’s waist as the two of them exit and Joker says: “Why So Serious?” as Edge looks around him and the playing cards where Harley was just sat start lighting up. His bar area goes up in flames. There’s a look of shock on his face and he says: “F*ck.” But then, on come the sprinklers. Edge is showered before too much fire can break out and his entire Skybox is watered down. He shakes his head, kneeling to pick up one of the burnt cards. It has Joker Ha Ha Ha’s all over it. “I had to ask.” He shakes his head again and the scene fades out.

Back at ringside we watch as Mickie James stands in the ring having already made her entrance. Queen Madison comes out to a booing reception and the comms can’t believe that Why So Serious just set the GM’s Skybox alight. Regal: “Jim they knew what they were doing the moment they got into that room. They got their rematch, they’re main eventing tonight, but the thing is, it wouldn’t have mattered. If they got the opposite of what they wanted, or if they got a Tag Title rematch tonight, whatever it may have been, they went into that room knowing they were going to set it alight. They’re such a bunch of mental nutcases, they’re freaks! For God sake!” JR: “Yes well, I think they’re agents of chaos William, but remember, they didn’t start doing anything until Edge asked them why they were so normal. A bad question to ask and he almost paid for it. Gosh, let’s just be glad that the sprinklers went on right away. Edge would have been in real trouble if there wasn’t a fail-safe system here in the Honda Center. I’ll tell you what though William, the TLC match at Mania, oh I can’t wait for that!”

Mickie James vs. Queen Madison

The bell rings and the fans are very much behind Mickie as she starts toward Madison. The Queen backs up though and takes a moment to remove her tiara. She commands the referee to hold Mickie back, but the ref says “The bell’s rung, let’s go!” Mickie starts toward Madison again, but the Queen puts herself between the middle and top rope. Mickie grabs at her waist and the crowd cheer as she removes her skirt. The Queen goes berserk as she holds her backside, yelling at the ref and yelling at Mickie. JR: “Well the crowd like that.” Regal: “Well she’s in her vintage golden tan-coloured hotpants, so there’s no surprise at how pretty her rear end is, but that’s no way to treat a Queen.”

The match finally gets into combat and the two go back and forth. Mickie grounds Madison with a Thesz Press, pounding down at her face and getting the crowd going. Madison exits to ringside and she heads toward the timekeeper’s corner, demanding that she gets handed her tiara. Mickie follows though and she tries to get Madison back in the ring, but Rayne has suckered her to ringside here, performing a dropkick to James’ knees and watching her face slam into the bottom step of the steel stairs. The crowd boo as Rayne takes control and the comms tell that Queen Madison and King Dolph won’t be having the dominant year in wrestling that they had predicted before SuperBrawl.

JR: “The King and Queen predicted Title glory for them both, but after losing at SuperBrawl, King Dolph certainly won’t be challenging for the World Championship at Mania.” Regal: “Well Jim if Edge is considering The Rock’s plea then surely he’d be considering a King’s presence at Mania as well.” Rayne performs her double-knee headstomp and the majority of the crowd boo as she crawls seductively along the canvas. Her posturing leads to a chance for Mickie to get up and when she does she levels Rayne with a Mick-Kick! A huge shot right to Madison’s face and it’s got to be over. James covers for One, Two – but Madison kicks out! She kicks out and while the ref was down counting, she reaches for his shirt during the kick-out. Mickie can’t believe it. She gets off Madison and she tries to pick her up, but Rayne keeps hold of the ref’s shirt. The ref tries to get her off, as does Mickie, but Madison holds on and while the distraction is in motion she’s able to dig a hard elbow back into Mickie’s gut. She then lets go of the ref, turns toward Mickie and *BAM* Rayne Drop. Mickie’s down and Madison hooks both legs on the cover for One, Two and Three.

Winner: Queen Madison.

The fans boo as Queen Madison stands to Royally wave toward the audience. They continue booing as she commands the ref get her tiara and eventually we see King Dolph, followed by Ryback walk down the ramp applauding the Queen. The comms review replays and tell that Madison’s resilience served her well, but ultimately it was the distraction through the ref that allowed for that low elbow right into Mickie’s gut. Regal: “I wouldn’t say gut JR, that shot was more into Mickie’s pie area in truth. A sneaky move by our Queen, but a victory that shall stand in KWF history.” The audience continue to boo as the King, Queen and Ryback continue their celebrations.

We come back after commercials. ♫The music of Samoa Joe♫ <<< click to play) hits and the Samoan Submission Machine comes down to the ring. Regal: “Now what does this guy want?” JR: “He has a serious look on his face. This should be interesting.” Joe has a mic in hand and he gets into the ring. The audience bark ‘Joe!’ ‘Joe!’ ‘Joe!’ ‘Joe!’ and he speaks: “Just under a year ago at KWF WrestleMania, I defeated two men to retain the Hardcore Championship. I went on to hold that Belt for a large part of 2012, and seeing as KWF’s coming to an end, I thought now would be as good a time as any to tell you all how I intend to go out in a blaze of glory. I have decided that the most fitting way for me to mark my time in this company, is by raising the Title that I made famous once again, and that will forever be remembered as Samoa Joe’s Hardcore Championship. So Sheamus, I’m callin’ you out! Get out here now so that I can put my challenge to you man-to-man, face-to-face.” The crowd cheer, but we don’t hear the music of the Celtic Warrior. Instead we hear the drums of ♫Rob Van Dam, the Whole F’n Show!♫ <<< click to play).

Joe looks up to the stage and sees RVD come out. After doing the ‘Rob Van Dam’ thumb gesture for the crowd, he heads to the ring and grabs a mic himself: “Samoa Joe, now don’t think I came out here to stir anything with you. You’re absolutely right. As far as the KWF goes, the Hardcore Title is synonymous with you. You held that Belt for a long time, and your clashes with Big Show over it are legendary, but when it comes to the ‘entire’ history of Hardcore, the Whole F’n Show has got to be taken into account. Me and you went toe-to-toe with Mark Henry in that Triple Threat match last year, and fair enough, you went into Mania as Champ, you left as Champ. But twelve months on at the last ever KWF show, and the last ever KWF WrestleMania, I know that I have what it takes to put that Belt where it really belongs. Around the waist of Rob… Van… Dam!” The crowd cheer, but before Joe can answer, we finally do hear ♫Sheamus' music♫ <<< click to play), and the Hardcore Champion comes out to the stage. Both Joe and RVD look up at him, and he has a smile on his face and a mic in his hand.

“Alright fellas. This is the great thing about being a Champion, you’ve got people falling over themselves to fight you at pay-per-views, and there will never be a pay-per-view as big as this year’s WrestleMania, given what it represents and the journeys we have all taken to get there. So rather than stand here and do eenie-meenie-minie-mo to decide which one of you to will take me on in New York… alright, alright New Jersey, how about this; Last year, as you pointed out, you went up against Mark Henry in an epic Triple Threat encounter. Well, why not try and better that? It’s already a step up when you’ve got the Celtic Warrior heading into it as Champion instead of the so-called World’s Strongest Fella, and beating you two at Mania will be the perfect way to rubber stamp myself as the greatest Hardcore Champion, not just in KWF history, but of all time. RVD… Samoa Joe… and Sheamus, Triple Threat for the Hardcore Championship, at WrestleMania! What do you say fellas?” Joe and RVD look to one another, and both nod. Sheamus looks delighted as ♫his music♫ <<< click to play) hits again and he beats his chest. RVD and Joe square up as JR and Regal react positively to this announcement. JR: “What a match that promises to be! KWF WrestleMania is already shaping up to be the biggest wrestling event of all time.” Regal: “I don’t often agree with you Jim, but you’re absolutely right. My mouth is watering already, and we’ve still got three and a half weeks to go!”

We come into a shot panning across the skyline of New York. The view goes over to New Jersey and slams down into the MetLife Stadium, the venue of KWF WrestleMania. We go to a video montage recapping moments and highlights of KWF history. We’re reminded of Monday Night’s TNA RAW run by Bret Hart and taken over by Hulk Hogan. We see Ric Flair as General Manager of Friday Night’s Impact SmackDown and we see WWE Titles, TNA Titles and old, new and original characters that have filled the roster over the years here on KWF Blogs. We see reminders of the successes of AJ Styles and Shelton Benjamin as Tag Team Champions. We see Kelly Kelly defeating Mickie James in an I Quit match at The Bash in 2010. We see the awesome moves of one of KWF’s greatest former Hardcore Champions, John Morrison. We see the re-emergence of the original Masked Kane, the kisses between Maria Kanellis and Christy Hemme, Christian Cage defeating Brock Lesnar and The Rock vs. Shawn Michaels with Sting as Special Guest Referee.

We fast forward through the years, with clips reminding us of Metallica at Mania, Jennifer Lopez at SummerSlam and the sweet sweet victory of DX defeating The Dark Side at Survivor Series 2011. We see clips of Money in the Bank Ladder matches, the return of King of the Ring and the glorious explosiveness that is KWF’s X-Division. The Keystone Wrestling Federation was born on July 8th 2009 and through Roster Draft’s, overseas pay-per-views and legendary matches, we now come to our final event ever. Over the past three and a half years KWF Blogs has given all of us moments that will forever remain in our memories and on the night of March 31st we invite you to join us for KWF WrestleMania. A graphic fades onto the screen. It is the logo for KWF WrestleMania 2013. It fades out again, and is replaced by another graphic saying ‘25 days’.

We hear screams from the audience and… *BONG!* goes the chime of The Dark Side. The arena lights turn to a blood red and as ♫music hits♫ <<< click to play) we see smoke fill the stage area. The tron rises and at the very same time, out step Kane and The UnderTaker! Chills fill the arena and the comms tell that we are about to have perhaps the biggest most unpredictable tag team main event that the entire industry’s ever seen. JR: “It’s the Brothers of Destruction against Gambit and The Joker. This is what the business is all about. Four characters that have the audience always wanting more and four superstars that are simply the highest caliber of main event material. What a match this is, put together by Edge.”

Regal: “Yes Jim, all well and good, but look at what these sides have at stake at WrestleMania. It’s going to be our last show ever and UnderTaker’s going to take on his apprentice, The Absolute Lashley, while Why So Serious have to take on Beer Money and The Dudleys in a replay of their 2010 TLC match. Surely all these gents are looking forward to Mania. I suppose only Kane can be focused on this match alone, but then again, it’s Kane, he’s all about hell-fire and while it was fun for Why So Serious to almost kill Edge earlier, I bet Kane is going to find it fun wiping the smile off Joker’s face tonight. What a match we have at hand indeed.” Kane and The UnderTaker complete their entrance and they receive a ton of boos as well. ♫Why So Serious’ music hits♫ <<< click to play) and out come Gambit and The Joker. They stand on stage for the moment, looking out toward the crowd. They make their way to the ring as we get set for our blockbuster main event.

The UnderTaker & Kane vs. Gambit & Jeff ‘The Joker’ Hardy

The bell rings slowly… Each and every person in the audience is on their feet and it’s The UnderTaker who starts against The Joker. Taker puts his arms up and gets into fighting stance, but Joker mocks and exaggerates Taker’s stance, doing the same thing right back at him. Joker stands up straight and laughs. He then storms full speed at Taker, but the Deadman nails him with a right hand. However, Gambit comes in illegally and he leaps to level Taker with a roundhouse kick. Joker gets up and the two of them corner him, kicking at him and laying into him with a mugging. Kane marches in, the ref too scared to approach and he pulls Joker away from the corner by his hair, tossing him from one corner to another with ease. He then waits as Gambit turns round and storms at Kane, but the Big Red Machine lifts him up and drops him with a Sidewalk Slam! The UnderTaker sits up by the corner and we go to commercials.

When we come back Kane is legal against Gambit and the two go back and forth with the comms reminding us that one of Gambit’s most famous singles competition victories was against Kane back on KWF’s Impact SmackDown. The contest goes on with UnderTaker and The Joker often tagging in and out and JR describes this as a tag team case of the unstoppable force versus the immovable object: “Kane is a machine, he unleashes pure punishment and The UnderTaker will certainly go out to hurt you, but Gambit and The Joker take the hits and Joker especially, he laughs at them William.” Regal: “Well that’s Jeff ‘The Joker’ Hardy for you Jim. All those years Hardy was famous for his resilience and the fact that he could take all the pain in the world and he’d still kick out and he’d still win matches. You have Joker Hardy now and he laughs when he gets hit. He absorbs it and he continues coming back, continues scrapping to come back and win. That’s where he and Gambit have made such a great team. It’s not just because of the fact that they both like playing cards. It’s chemistry and Gambit is a man that hates to lose as well.”

The match still goes back and forth, with no signs at coming to an end and no signs as to whether there’s a clear winner here. As Joker’s legal against UnderTaker again, he suddenly points toward the ramp. UnderTaker doesn’t trust him, so doesn’t look, but then Kane turns his head and he tilts it to one side as we see that there is a figure stepping out from under the rising tron. Joker puts his hands up to Taker and begs him to turn around. We hear him yell: “It’s Lashley! The Absolute Lashley’s coming, look look!” So Taker finally takes a step away from Joker and he turns to see that the man now climbing the ring apron is Abyss – with Lashley’s mask on. Joker laughs out loud, but continues barking: “That’s Lashley! It’s Lashley! It’s Lashley!” Abyss steps over the top rope.

He stands there and roars at The UnderTaker, but the Phenom just stands there unimpressed. Regal: “Do you think he’s buying it?” JR: “Oddly enough, no William, I don’t think he is.” Taker has about had enough of Why So Serious’ games, and goes to approach Abyss, but all of a sudden, we see a fist burst through the ring canvas. JR: “What the Hell?!” Up from under the ring come the giant arms of The Absolute Lashley! Smoke fills out from the hole that emerges as Lashley’s arms grab the legs of The UnderTaker! Taker claws at Abyss’ chest, but he backs off, as surprised as anyone, exiting the ring. Kane comes in and grabs Taker’s arms, he pulls and tries to keep his brother safe, but the power of Lashley is too overwhelming and The UnderTaker is sucked into the depths of hell! *Ding-Ding-Ding* goes the bell as the scared referee dives out of the ring and frantically calls for the bell.

No Contest, match thrown out.

JR: “By God, a trademark mind-game of The UnderTaker is being used against the Lord of Darkness tonight – and William, Kane couldn’t pull him out. Lashley was too strong!” Regal: “Well the apprentice has certainly learned all he can from his Master Jim, but this is a mistake. Lashley can’t think he can get away with this. This is Taker’s own game, WrestleMania is his stage!” JR: “But I’d say the Streak is under threat more than ever!” We watch as Kane stares into the hole in the ring. Smoke comes out of it and there’s no sign of Taker or Lashley – but then as Kane turns around, he gets a kick to the face! A Mardi-Gras from Gambit and he falls right into a Twist of Hate! The Joker rolls over on the canvas, laughing like a child being tickled on his back. Kelly Kelly emerges and steps into the ring. Abyss gets in and stares down at the hole left by Lashley and Harley Quinn goes to ringside, to grab a microphone. She gets in the ring. Goes to The Joker, who calms down. He stands up. Takes the mic. Stares at the hole. He then looks toward the audience and jumps back as if he’s overwhelmed at being stared at by all of them. And he says: “Do you wanna know how I got these scars?”… Turmoil fades out.

[kwfblogs]

KWF Wednesday Night Turmoil: 27th Feb. 2013 – American Airlines Center. Dallas, TX.

The ♫opening credits♫ <<< click to watch) roll and we come into the American Airlines Arena. After the pyro's do their thing, Good Ol' JR Jim Ross welcomes us to Dallas, just a few days after one of the most incredible pay-per-views in KWF history. “Titles were won and lost and retained, WrestleMania matches were earned and finalized as we turn the bend for the home straight on the Road to the biggest night in wrestling. SuperBrawl was historic, but it ended in somewhat acrimonious circumstances.” William Regal comes in “You can bloody say that again Jim. There we were, ready to cheer Wade Barrett as our new KWF World Champion, and the thugs of the Latin American eXchange interrupted and caused the match to get thrown out!” JR: “We were enjoying a superb main event, and it could have gone either way, but Alberto Del Rio and his gang rushed the ring in retaliation to Barrett sending his British Invasion out earlier in the evening to cost Del Rio his Hardcore Title against Sheamus.”

Regal: “And all of this was allowed to happen because our so called General Manager was absent, on the night of one of the biggest pay-per-views of the year, he sodded off to a meeting with the KWF Board.” JR: “To be fair William it didn't sound as if he had much of a choice, and he wasn't to know that LAX would take out the man Edge chose to fill in for him, Mick Foley.” Regal: “Oh Mick's always getting taken out by someone.” JR moves on to tonight and informs us that the General Manager has already been busy making decisions, with Evan Bourne set to take on Alex Shelley, new Hardcore Champion Sheamus facing Jack Swagger, we will be treated to the in-ring return of Kaitlyn, and in our main event we are set to see the man who emerged victorious in the Elimination Chamber at SuperBrawl, CM Punk, take on the man he pinned to book his spot in the main event at WrestleMania, Brock Lesnar! JR: “What a night we have on the schedule, but I'm being told that we are about to welcome our General Manager to the ring.” Regal: “Ahh Edge, nice of you to show up!”

♫You think you know me♫ <<< click to play). Edge comes out looking rather somber. The fans cheer him, but he seems too pre-occupied in his own thoughts to acknowledge them. He steps into the ring and has a mic in hand. He seems to be stuttering on his words to start with, and actually has to compose himself. He rubs his face and has the same look that he had when he was forced to retire from competitive wrestling. JR: “I don't have a good feeling about this.” Finally, he is able to speak. “Ladies and gentlemen, fans of the KWF world, I... err... I hope you all enjoyed SuperBrawl.” They cheer. “I'm sorry I couldn't be there. I know certain people took advantage of not having a governing body in charge, and it was pandemonium all night, but rest assured that I am back around now and nobody is going to be taking advantage any more.”

The crowd cheer, but Edge goes on: “People have been saying since Sunday 'Where were you Edge?' 'What was so important that you had to miss SuperBrawl?’ Well, I guess now is as good-a-time as any to tell you all.” He pauses again and tries to gather himself. There is a hush in the crowd as they anticipate Edge's revelation. Regal: “I bet he's been fired, ha ha, that would make up for Sunday.” JR: “Will you stop it?!” Edge is finally able to continue: “I got a call last Wednesday night from the head honchos on the KWF Board. They told me that I had to meet with them on Sunday, but they wouldn't tell me why, just that it was not optional. So I head to the offices on pay-per-view day, wait in the 8th floor lobby, and then when I'm called in, I walk into their big meeting room and sitting there, either side of the table... is Dixie Carter and Vincent Kennedy McMahon.”

He allows this to sink in as the crowd murmur. He continues: “As I'm sure you'll all remember, the Keystone Wrestling Federation began in July 2009 when WWE and TNA both went bust within a month of each other, leaving two giant rosters of talented wrestlers without a home, and so the KWF was formed as one big business to take wrestling forward into the future. WWE and TNA only existed as House Shows from then on, but now, over three and a half years later, Dixie and Vince have rebuilt their respective fortunes, and Sunday's meeting was for the KWF Board to inform me that there has been a takeover. Dixie Carter now owns 50% of the company, and Vince McMahon owns the other 50%. Now I'm sure you're all intelligent enough to figure out what happens next. Dixie wants to take her half, and her old staff and wrestlers, and rebuild TNA from the ground up. And Vince wants to do the same and bring back the WWE full-time. So ladies and gentlemen, loyal KWF fans, it honestly breaks my heart to have to be the one to announce to you all that... the Keystone Wrestling Federation… is coming to an end.”

There are stunned faces in the crowd, some shaking their heads, not able to believe what Edge is saying. JR: “No, it can't be!” Regal: “Please don't make me go back, I can't stand NXT!” Edge has more to announce. “Having said that, both Vince and Dixie made it very clear that this wasn't going to be like the WCW-style hostile takeover, an instant thing that brought everything screeching to a halt. They have decided to give us the opportunity to carry on for a few more weeks, and in fact, KWF WrestleMania will be our last ever show.” There is a downbeat mood in the arena, but Edge all of a sudden tries to turn the mood around. “But let's not mourn guys, let's not get pissed off, let's go out like Butch Cassidy and the Sundance Kid, all guns blazing! We have had an absolute blast over the past three and a half years, and myself and each and every one in the back is going to give it our all to ensure that, not only will WrestleMania be the greatest show of all time, but that every Turmoil between now and then is pay-per-view worthy and gives you one last ride of your life!” The fans buy into Edge's words and start to cheer, with the entire arena as one chanting ‘KWF!’ ‘KWF!’ ‘KWF!’ Edge smiles, and bows to the crowd before he exits the ring. JR and Regal say nothing as we head into commercial.

We come back and Why So Serious are standing in the ring. The Joker looks like he’s been waiting for the show to resume and as soon as it does, he quietly says: “Hello.” The fans murmur in response, still shocked at the revelations just announced by Edge. Joker goes on, still quietly: “Super Brrr-awl was the last place we held the KWF World Tag Team Championships. We lost our Belts because a pairing from Dud-ley-ville decided to screw us over.” Joker looks down and shakes his head. He looks up and waves his arms as if he’s talking to himself. Harley goes over and consoles him and Gambit takes the mic: “Look. All the people here, and all de ones reading KWF know dat we being Why So Serious has a meaning to what we do. We don’t much care for what happens outside our bubble and if we are approached and offered a token of what people want then we’ll take that token because it means that nobody else can have it. We took, from dem Dudley Boys, de Tag Titles. Then, they came and burst our bubble.”

Joker then takes the mic from Gambit and he angrily says that he wants blood from Bubba and Devon. He says that it is a grave mistake for anyone to screw over Why So Serious and he says that not him, Gambit, Harley, K2 or Abyss will leave the ring until The Dudleys come down and face them. There’s a long pause, but instead of The Dudleys making an entrance, ♫Beer Money’s music♫ <<< click to play) hits and out come the new KWF World Tag Team Champions along with their valet Gail Kim. They’re slightly reluctant as they get in the ring, but they immediately grab mics and put their hands up. They say that they’re not there for a fight, but they’re there to actually agree with Why So Serious. Roode: “We’re not happy about this either. The Dudleys were the ones that took us out, sidelined us for over a year, remember that? Now we all know how this goes. The Dudleys are more than experienced enough to play us and when it comes down to it, they want to use us against each other so that when they get their chance, they’ll be the ones holding these.” (They point to their Tag Team Titles).

Storm says that Beer Money didn’t earn the Tag Titles in the way they wanted and they very well know that Why So Serious are due a rematch. Just then, we see Bubba and Devon appear on the titantron. They have ear-to-ear grins on their faces and state that “once again we prove that we are the most dominant, the most talked about and the most successful tag team of all time.” Devon says that he took great pleasure in knocking Gambit off Bubba’s shoulders for the Deadly Device and he says that he and his brother recently got wind of Beer Money’s return: “This meant that, while waiting for weeks and weeks to pick our spot, we did screw over the freak show Why So Serious, and hell yeah we did it because we knew that it would piss you off – and because we know that we can defeat Beer Money any time we want!”

Roode and Storm begin to jaw-jack against The Dudleys, but then Gambit and Joker clobber them from behind. Kelly Kelly and Harley Quinn tackle Gail Kim and they launch her under the bottom rope and hard out of the ring. Roode and Storm are taken off-guard by the attack and after Gambit feeds Abyss to chokeslam Roode, The Joker finishes Storm off with a Twist of Hate. The fans boo. JR: “If the Dudleys are the most hated, and Beer Money the most popular, I suppose that Why So Serious are the ones in the middle. But their gripe is with The Dudleys, there was no need for them to deck Roode and Storm.” Regal: “But it’s about what The Dudleys just said though Jim. Being dominant, being talked about and being successful. That’s what Why So Serious want.” JR: “But Why? Why now? They’ve never cared for Gold before and they’ve never even cared about wins and losses.”

Regal: “Well as much as I wouldn’t like to admit it, I do understand where they stand on this. Look, Edge asked Why So Serious to come back to win the Tag Team Titles after The Dudleys had held the Belts for over a year – since injuring Beer Money. Gambit and Joker, returned along with the rest of their circus show and they took the Gold from Bubba and Devon. Now they may not covet the Belts for themselves, but it’s what the Belts represent, and as Gambit said, the idea of being Champions means that they’re taking something from what others want. Beer Money pride themselves on being contenders, being challengers for the Tag Gold and they believe that they’re the very best that tag team wrestling has to offer. The Dudleys think the same, but they’re not unaccustomed to doing whatever it takes to do get what they want. They want the Tag Gold because it defines them as the best right now and through every era, ECW, WCW, WWF Attitude, The Invasion, WWE, in TNA and New Japan, The Dudleys have won. They’re tag team Royalty and while this may be their greatest challenge, it will also be their greatest triumph. Why So Serious don’t want Beer Money to think they’re the best. And Why So Serious don’t want The Dudleys to overcome them – especially when it comes to screw jobs. And so, the most astute way of Why So Serious overcoming all of this is to be Champions, taking from Beer Money and taking from The Dudleys what they covet the most.”

JR: “Just like when Joker stole all the goons’ money in The Dark Knight movie?” Regal: “Exactly. He stole the money and burnt it. He didn’t need it or want it for himself, but he despised the fact that others coveted it so much. So when he got it, he got rid of his share. It’s the exact same mentality here, but in wrestling terms, Gambit and Joker held the Tag Gold and waved it in peoples’ faces saying come and get it. Now though, after being screwed over, they don’t like the fact that they were on the end of a humiliation themselves, and so while they want blood from The Dudleys, they don’t want anyone to accept Beer Money as Champs – and hence they took them out right here and now. It’s pretty intense Jim and all these gentlemen want the Tag Team Titles for different reasons. The weeks ahead should be very interesting.”

We go to a snap-shot package reminding us of the matches at hand at KWF SuperBrawl. Jack Evans defended the X-Division Title against one of the TNA originals, Christopher Daniels. Zack Ryder had his shot at stardom as he challenged Randy Orton for the Intercontinental Championship. Sheamus was alone against the might of Alberto Del Rio and LAX – or was he? AJ Lee had her Women’s Title rematch against Angelina Love, Tag Gold was on the line between Why So Serious and Beer Money, Sting took on Kane in an epic to determine The UnderTaker’s WrestleMania match. We saw an Elimination Chamber where six of the very best KWF superstars fought it out to join the World Title bout at WrestleMania and in the main event it was AJ Styles defending the KWF World Heavyweight Championship against British Invasion leader Wade Barrett. Don’t miss KWF’s last pay-per-view before Mania, click HERE to Read SuperBrawl now!

Evan Bourne vs. Alex Shelley

Back from commercials we come in to some X-Division action as Evan Bourne goes one-on-one against Alex Shelley. The two shake hands and the match begins fast as they circle one another and a quick lock-up leads to a go-behind waist-lock from Bourne. Shelley hooks his leg over the back of Bourne’s calf and trips him to the canvas. He backs up to attempt a roundhouse to the back of his head, but Bourne plants himself forward in press-up position, turns onto his back and then hooks Shelley’s kicking leg to roll him for a School-Boy to the mat. A One on the count and the action continues.

The match goes back and forth with both superstars determined to earn a victory knowing that WrestleMania is round the corner. The comms take some time to discuss Jack Evans’ successful X-Title defense against Christopher Daniels this past Sunday at SuperBrawl. Regal says that he didn’t expect Evans to win, but respects him for what he did to earn a victory. JR: “It was a Best Moonsault Corkscrew 630 – and it was one of the most incredible moves I’ve ever seen. Jack Evans has earned the right to call himself Champion, and along with your respect Mister Regal, I’m sure many in our locker room will think twice before daring to compete with our X-Division Champion.”

We watch as Shelley and Bourne have the audience split in half with the array of moves that they are putting on show. The comms note that the fans have found their voices after being stunned with Edge’s announcement at the beginning of the night. They tell that there’s an uneasy feel about the show, but the wrestling speaks for itself, the rivalries such as Why So Serious, Beer Money and The Dudleys, they will go on and the show must go on until the final bell rings after the main event of KWF WrestleMania. Bourne and Shelley put on a clinic here, but it’s Shelley who ends on top and he manages to put Bourne away with a Sliced Bread Two finisher.

Winner: Alex Shelley.

The bell rings and Shelley has his hand raised, looking exhausted after this one. He pulls Evan Bourne to his feet and the two embrace for just a moment. Regal: “Some will go out hugging and some will go out with a bang, but we’ve seen this all before Jim. When a company is about to shut down, emotions get the best of most of us.” JR: “Indeed William and while WrestleMania may be the last night of KWF Blogs, these superstars know what it means to have been here, been a part of the very best the wrestling world has to offer. This is a very sad time.” Regal: “But as we said earlier, the show must go on.”

We’re with KWF interviewer Jeremy Borash and he’s standing by backstage with Kurt Angle. Angle’s putting his phone away, saying that he’s just tweeted in support of the Save Olympic Wrestling campaign and he says that he hopes all the KWF fans get on board with his petition via his Twitter page @RealKurtAngle. JB says he wants to talk to Kurt about the Elimination Chamber, but first: “Kurt what do you make of Edge’s announcement tonight? You’ve made it very clear where you stand on the idea of the end to Olympic Wrestling, but what about the end to the KWF?” Angle: “JB this is a sad time. To think that KWF Blogs has gone almost four years putting forward some of wrestling’s greatest rivalries, characters, original stories and matches and now, come Mania, it’s all going to come to an end. I’m devastated JB, this is the best place I’ve ever worked. No politics, no games, no BS. But what can I say, que sera sera right?”

Borash goes on to ask about Angle’s performance in the Elimination Chamber and he says that if it wasn’t for Brock Lesnar, he’d be the one to have won the Chamber match and gone on to main event WrestleMania. JB reminds Angle that Lesnar’s in the main event tonight against Chamber winner CM Punk. Angle: “Well they were the last two in the Chamber so I get why the match has been put together. But make no mistake about it, I was the one responsible for CM Punk’s comeback last year. The guy was on the losing streak of his life and now he’s set to main event WrestleMania, our last Mania, competing for the KWF Title. Good luck to him. But Brock, Brock Lesnar’s lucky that he’s even here. He’s got nothing to fight for now and I’m going to watch closely tonight, just keeping an eye on how serious he takes his match with Punk.” Angle ends by saying thank you to those that have read KWF Blogs and those who have kept us all going. He says: “I hope you continue to enjoy the programs we put on. We promise that we’ll continue to give you the best possible shows on our rundown to WrestleMania, and Mania itself will be the grand finale.” JB thanks Angle for his time.

We are in the Skybox of Edge, and he is just talking to Eric Young. “Don't worry EY, Dixie told me she'll be signing back most of her old TNA roster, you should be fine.” Young: “What kind of assurance is that? What if she doesn't sign me back? I don't want to do fishing shows for the rest of my life! You know what, I'll do what I did a few weeks ago and pretend I'm James Storm, hopefully she won't realize until the ink is dry on my contract.” Edge: “Foolproof, go get em Eric!” Young storms off as Edge looks out to the arena and sighs. We hear a knock on his door and he turns around. “Ah, just the guy I wanted to see.” The camera pans and we see that standing in the doorway is former KWF superstar, Chavo Guerrero. They shake hands and ask how the other has been. Chavo says “So why did you want me to come along tonight? I'm guessing given your announcement earlier you've not got a long-term contract for me?”

Edge: “Err, no I don't. Honestly, I need your help man. You've been watching KWF lately right? Well your fellow countrymen have been a thorn in my ass ever since the Royal Rumble. Like I said earlier, I want to make WrestleMania the biggest show in history, and I don't want LAX ruining it like they did at SuperBrawl.” Chavo: “I understand man. They've been on a rampage, attacking guys, and even girls, for no reason other than to get noticed.” Edge: “Precisely, and it's got to stop. I need you to try and talk some sense into them, or into Rey at least, and I know you were close buddies with Hernandez as well. What do you say? For old time's sake?” Chavo: “I don't know man. They're totally different people now. How do I know they won't just beat my ass up as well?” Edge: “I'll be honest, that's a risk I'm willing to take.” Chavo: “You're a noble man Edge, not enough people say it.” They both laugh and shake hands again. Chavo: “Okay bro, I'll see what I can do.” Edge: “Thanks, I owe you big.” Chavo: “Mania main event?” Edge: “Not that big. But you know what, print off your latest e-mail, it’s a contract. It’s short-term, obviously, but at least you’ll get a Turmoil match or two before we go out.” Chavo: “Really? Wow, thanks man. I appreciate that a lot. It’s nice to be a part of all this.” He exits as we come back into the arena.

The Uso Brothers perform Siva Tau, before heading to the ring with mean looks on their faces. JR: “Well this should be interesting. The Usos have been given a chance to get their own back on LAX, and in particular, Hernandez, who hit poor Tamina with a Border Toss just last week on Turmoil.” Regal: “Oh I'm sure SuperMex and Homicide are quaking in their boots. It'll take more than a couple of pissed off Samoan kids to give them their come-uppance. That's a job for half the locker room, hint hint.” Homicide and Hernandez roll out in the pimped out LAX van, and storm the ring as this one starts with a fight.

The Usos vs. LAX

The Usos don't back down at all and in fact get the upper hand. Their anger allows them some extra strength and they manage to clothesline both Homicide and SuperMex back to the outside of the ring. They don't waste any time and both plancha over the top rope and onto their opponents before they have time to recover. The fans cheer them on as we head into a commercial break.

When we come back, LAX have taken control of the match as Homicide has Jey Uso in the middle of the ring with an armbar. He is smiling and taunting Jimmy, shouting “Where's Tamina huh? Where’s she at?” Jimmy gets in the ring but the referee stops him. The distraction allows Hernandez to come in and bodyslam Jey, before he exits again and Homicide re-applies the armbar. The fans are outraged by the arrogant underhandedness of LAX, but they're not flustered. Hernandez whistles at them, as JR asks Regal about Chavo's influence. “Edge has called in his old friend Chavo Guerrero as a possible voice of reason, do you think he can talk any sense into LAX?” Regal: “Of course not. They're savages, and as Chavo alluded to, not the same people he was once friends with. They'll obliterate him as soon as look at him.” LAX have continued to dominate, with Hernandez now in legally and beating down Jey. He hits him with a fierce clothesline, before a running STO gets a Two-count on the cover.

They keep taunting Jimmy, and using his anger as a distraction to double team Jey. However, they go to the well once too often and take their eye off Jey. After taunting Jimmy, they turn around and Jey hits them with a double clothesline. He makes the hot tag to Jimmy who comes in on fire. He knocks them both down with shots, before throwing Homicide into the corner. He goes to throw Hernandez at him, but SuperMex reverses it and accidentally sends Jimmy into his partner. He soon rectifies it though as Jimmy races back at him and he hits a side slam into a backbreaker. Regal: “Well that mini-comeback didn't last long.” Hernandez picks Jimmy up and Homicide boots Jey off the apron, allowing SuperMex's Border Toss to be the end of the match as he gets Three.

Winners: Homicide and Hernandez.

♫LAX’s music♫ <<< click to play) hits and they raise their arms in triumph. Regal: “Well, that was emphatic.” JR: “Indeed. We can't forget that, although they were cowardly enough to attack a woman, they are strong and vicious enough to brutalize most men as well. The Usos did their best to get revenge for Tamina, but it was no good.” The fans boos soon turn to cheers as two muscular figures head down the ramp. Regal: “Look! It's Rob and Mason, the Welsh Dragons! Go on my son, give’m what for!” Rob Terry and Mason Ryan attack Homicide and Hernandez, and just as we did twice on Sunday, we have the Brits and the Mexican brawling ferociously. Ryan and Terry's power sends LAX to the outside of the ring and they escape to their mini-van, with the Welshmen in hot pursuit. JR: “Well that was odd, hearing cheers for the British Invasion. That is how hated LAX are around here.” Regal: “It's about time they got the credit they deserve. Well in lads.”

We come backstage for an interview segment with King Dolph Ziggler. He is flanked by Queen Madison, with his bodyguard, Ryback, stood behind. Jeremy Borash starts by asking him what he makes of Edge's announcement that the KWF is coming to an end. Dolph: “Don't care, Vince will sign all three of us, next question.” JB is taken aback a little, but moves on and asks Dolph if he is disappointed with his performance in the Elimination Chamber at SuperBrawl. Dolph seethes and answers: “Disappointed? Disappointed? Am I in the main event of WrestleMania? Of course I'm disappointed! But not with my performance, no! I went into that match and tried to take everyone out. When people thought I'd be too pre-occupied with Panther, I took a shot at everyone, showing more testicular fortitude than anyone else at that lousy pay-per-view.”

JB: “But then they all took a shot at you.” Dolph: “Yes, I was coming to that! They all knew I was the biggest threat in that Chamber, and so ganged up on me. It took four of them to take me down.” JB: “But then after you were eliminated, you callously attacked Panther, causing him to then be eliminated himself.” Dolph laughs: “Yes I did, of course I did. I knew that overrated wannabe would be reveling in the idea that he outlasted me, despite the fact he spent most of the match on his back, so I simply sped up the inevitable. No way was he going to last much longer in there, and I hadn't even had a chance to get my hands on him, so I gave him what he deserved. He hit me with a cheap shot at the Royal Rumble to eliminate me, so I was simply returning the favor.” Queen Madison pipes up: “That furball has been trying to take the King's spotlight for too long, and so my baby just put him in his rightful place, staring up at the lights.” They both laugh and exit, leading Ryback off with them as JB hands us back to ringside.

♫I hear voices in my head, they council me, they understand, they talk to me!♫ <<< click to play). The fans make noise as the reigning KWF Intercontinental Champion heads to the ring. He’s in his street clothes and he proudly carries his Belt over his shoulder. The fans calm down as Orton grabs a mic. He says that he spoke to Edge on Sunday night and he wasn’t told about the end to the KWF, but he could tell that there was something uneasy about the GM’s tone. He says: “Edge congratulated me on my victory over Ryder, but he said that WrestleMania’s Intercontinental Title match is going to have to be one of the greatest matches this Belt has ever seen. Now, it wasn’t until earlier tonight that I realized why Edge said that, but given what we all now know, I’m here to put out an open challenge for anyone to face me and challenge me for the Intercontinental Championship at KWF’s grand finale.”

Orton goes on: “Now this isn’t an open challenge to any moron in the back who may think that they have any idea what it takes to hold this Belt. This is an open challenge to someone who is obsessed with this Title. Someone who understands what it means to hold it and someone who appreciates each and every superstar that has walked through that curtain and earned the right at being called the Intercontinental Champion.” ♫Music hits♫ <<< click to play) and out comes the returning ‘Pope’ D’Angelo Dinero! The crowd cheer and chant and wave Pope-dollars at the cameras as The Pope’s fake money falls from the top of the arena. The fans are excited to see that The Pope has returned and he gets in the ring to get on mic and he says that he too spoke to Edge on Sunday night. He says that he told Edge that his injury’s cleared up and the GM told him to get back to the KWF right away. Pope says: “When your boss tells you to get back to the show so quickly, you’re wondering why, you’re asking yourself why the sudden rush, but I see it now. And Randy, with everything you stand for and what you’ve done to keep that Belt, I’m here to tell you snake-boy that I’m going to be the one to take that Belt off you at Mania. The Pope is back playa and” - Pope goes on to try talk some more, but without warning or without a word of response, Orton lays him out with a shock RKO! The crowd cheer and chant, but some boo, unhappy that Pope’s been decked on his return. ♫Orton’s music♫ <<< click to play) hits and the comms review what just happened.

JR reminds us that Pope was sidelined with injury after having been screwed out of the Intercontinental Title: “And remember folks, Pope and Orton have history around this Belt. Orton was number one contender, but he had to wait for Christian Cage to defeat Pope first. He took matters into his own hands and cost Pope against Christian because he wanted to specifically defeat Cage and take the Gold off him. We’ve just witnessed the return of The Pope, but Orton doesn’t seem very happy.” Regal: “Well remember Jim, this was an open challenge that Orton was putting out there and he probably didn’t expect a reply so soon. I think Orton realized that Edge planted these seeds and he took his anger out on Pope.” JR: “Oh I don’t know about that. The Viper is very rarely irked by anyone, and I personally feel that Orton versus Pope would be a great match-up. But we didn’t get any answers folks. Pope came out to accept Orton’s challenge, but has Randy accepted him as the challenger?!” Regal: “Maybe Dinero should have taken his lead from the other Pope and retired.”

We cut backstage where Kaitlyn is walking the halls. She stops and smiles, holding her fist out. Another fist comes into shot and bumps it, as AJ Lee steps forward and the Chickbusters reunite on KWF for the first time since the Royal Rumble. AJ: “Welcome back K-Ride!” Kaitlyn: “Thanks AJ... err... oh man, it doesn't work with your stupid name. Anyway, I'm super psyched to be back, but sorry about what happened on Sunday. Who knew that The Beautiful People would use the numbers game to win?” AJ: “I know right! Look, I'm pissed about what happened, but I knew what I was getting in to. Hopefully Edge will keep me in mind for Mania, but that's for another time. Tonight is about your comeback. You ready to go out there and kick some French butt?” Kaitlyn: “Sure am. Ever since those bimbo's put me on the shelf and cost my shot in the Chick Rumble match, I've been waiting to pound on someone. Maryse has long blonde hair and is most definitely a bimbo, so for tonight, she's an honorary Beautiful Person and is getting the ass kicking of a lifetime.” AJ: “Nothing to do with the fact she used to roll around with Panther?” Kaitlyn: “Meh, maybe a little. Might add a little extra hot sauce to my Spear.” AJ: “Haha, well good luck out there.” They bump fists again and Kaitlyn walks off to make her entrance.

Kaitlyn vs. Maryse

Kaitlyn emerges to a welcoming cheer from the crowd, while Maryse gets her usual boos from all over. She pays no attention to it, but she's forced to pay attention to her opponent as she is attacked as soon as the bell goes. Maryse is on the defensive straight away and exits back to the outside. She is followed by Kaitlyn, but it's a trap as she dropkicks the steel steps into the knee of the returning Hybrid-Chick. The fans boo as Maryse gains more confidence and throws Kaitlyn back into the ring. JR: “Do you think Maryse is still a woman scorned William? Kaitlyn did take Panther from her after all.” Regal: “I don't think a gorgeous creature like Maryse would give a monkey's that she's not with that degenerate fool. He and Kaitlyn deserve one another. And let me ask you this, where is Panther tonight? Shouldn't he be out here by his woman's side?” JR: “He got Zig-Zagged onto Chamber steel and then F5'd by Brock Lesnar on Sunday. KWF doctors said he's got concussion, so has been given the week off.” Regal: “What a p*ssy... if you'll pardon the pun.”

The match goes on with Kaitlyn seemingly suffering from ring rust. Maryse is on top and gets a near fall from a suplex. She grabs Kaitlyn by the hair and calls her a tramp, yelling abuse at her in French, but this proves to be a mistake as she gets a smack in the mouth, then another, then Kaitlyn sends her against the ropes and hits a flying shoulder barge. She covers but gets only One. Kaitlyn gets up and goes for a three-point stance, before hitting a running clothesline, then another, then a third, and finally bodyslams Maryse. She lines the French Miss up, and goes for a Spear, but Maryse moves out of the way, before grabbing Kaitlyn and going for a French Kiss DDT. However, Kaitlyn holds onto the top rope and Maryse falls by herself. She holds the back of her head as she gets up and *BAM!* Kaitlyn dump tackles her down with a huge Spear, covering for the One, Two, Three.

Winner: Kaitlyn.

Kaitlyn has her hand raised as the fans cheer her comeback victory. JR: “Kaitlyn’s back and in top form. She put Maryse to the sword here tonight, and I'm sure she has her eyes of vengeance squarely locked on The Beautiful People. She and AJ have a bone or two to pick with those wenches.” Regal: “Oh good, I'm glad that word is making a comeback.” JR: “Wenches in the trenches! Boomer Sooner! There’s angels in the outfield!” Regal: “Jim, you’re losing the plot pal.”

We head to the back where JB is standing by to interview the leader of the British Invasion, Wade Barrett. He noticeably has the rest of his faction stood around him, watching the perimeter. JB: “Ladies and gentlemen, I am here with one of the men who was attacked by LAX in Sunday's main event at SuperBrawl, Wade Barrett.” Barrett grabs the mic: “Let me correct you there Bore-arse, you are standing here with the man who was cheated out of the KWF World Title thanks to that scumbag Alberto Del Rio and his group of mercenaries! And before you ask me about the KWF folding, I couldn't care less. Me and my crew will be fine, no matter what color the ropes are. Now ask me a real question.” JB: “Err, well, tell me, as well as LAX attacking you in your match, earlier that night, your fellow British Invasion members interrupted the Hardcore Title match, costing Del Rio his Championship. Was that under your instruction?”

Barrett: “I fail to see how that's relevant JB, but I'll humor you. LAX have been attacking anything that moves ever since they came onto the scene, and I was sure that they would try and ruin the main event one way or another, so what you saw in the Hardcore match was a pre-emptive strike. As it happened, they found a way to wreck the pay-per-view anyway, but my boys came out and saw to them again, and they'll continue to do it any time Del Rio and his cronies try to show off. They have the audacity to come in here and claim that they are the new and dominant faction in town, well the British Invasion has been here since the beginning of the KWF, and if they want a faction war, they've bloody well got one!” Barrett orders his men to follow as he exits. JB sends us back out to JR and Regal.

♫Sheamus’ music♫ <<< click to play) hits and the Celtic Warrior makes his way to the ring where Jack Swagger is already waiting for him. The comms remind us of Sheamus’ Hardcore Title victory at SuperBrawl and tell that he’s probably not yet fully healed from the brutal match-up he had against Alberto Del Rio and LAX. The Great White has a grin on his face though and he seems happy that he has his Hardcore Title back.

Jack Swagger vs. Sheamus

The bell rings and the two circle one another before a lock-up. Sheamus pushes Swagger toward the ropes, but Swagger turns it round to push back and he pushes Sheamus toward the corner. The two stay locked, but the referee gets between them and forces the break – but Swagger smacks Sheamus across the face over the ref’s back and this angers the Hardcore Champ. Sheamus storms out of the corner and smashes Swagger down with a clothesline. Swagg gets up, but Sheamus takes him down again and this time he lays into him with kicks to the gut and punches as Swagger scampers toward the corner. The referee backs Sheamus up, tells him off and tells him to calm down.

The comms agree that Swagger angering a Hardcore Champion may not be the best idea. As the contest goes on the All-American American puts on a decent performance, trying to earn a big victory, something he’s not seen in the KWF for a very long time. Regal: “His last great success in the KWF was for the old United States Title I think. He went on to try his luck at Hardcore wrestling and that didn’t work out and I think we can see why.” Swagger does all he can to try keep Sheamus grounded so that he can wear him down with submission attempts, but Sheamus is full of energy after his huge Hardcore Title win and he has his hand raised after this one, laying Swagger out with a Brogue Kick for the Three-count.

Winner: Sheamus.

Sheamus barely broke sweat to defeat the All-American American, and he looks delighted as the referee raises his hand. JR: “He came through a tough match to regain his Hardcore Title on Sunday, and I sure as hell wouldn’t want to be the man who has to face him at WrestleMania.” Regal: “True dat!” JR: “True dat?” … Regal: “Sorry, true dat, who dat, my mind’s still stuck in New Orleans from a few weeks ago.”

We go backstage where Jeremy Borash is standing by with the reigning KWF World Champion, The Phenomenal AJ Styles. AJ looks proud to still be Champion, but he immediately addresses the fact that he doesn’t know what would have happened between him and Wade Barrett had LAX not interfered in the main event. Styles: “It was a great match that got ruined, but JB I can’t look back now. KWF Blogs is coming to an end and I’m the one that’s the poster-boy. I’m the one doing all the appearances, interviews and I’m the last KWF World Champion going into Mania and you can bet your bottom dollar that I’m going to do everything it takes to keep this Belt and be the last KWF Champ ever.” Just as JB is about to ask a question, one of Styles’ Mania opponents, John Cena, comes onto the scene.

Cena and Styles keep an eye on one another and Cena is quite humble. He says that the company’s closing down makes it a very sad day for him, but he says that he’s determined to be consistent, put on a show and he too will give it all he’s got at WrestleMania. AJ says that he wouldn’t expect anything less. Cena says that he’s actually glad AJ’s still the Champion: “I think you’d have defeated Barrett anyway, but given that the last show’s coming up and after what you and I have been through with each other these last couple of years, well, along with Punk it’s a pretty damn good way to go out.” AJ nods: “I appreciate that.” Cena pats him on the shoulder and exits the scene to the left and AJ walks off to the right. JB toward the camera: “Well folks it’s a night where no one’s quite managed to get their head’s around Edge’s major announcement, but AJ Styles and John Cena promise to go into Mania putting on the best show of their lives. JR, William, back to you.”

We come back into the arena, and before long, the lights go out and the fans scream. *BONG!* Smoke fills the arena, and the familiar silhouette of The UnderTaker appears from under the rising tron. He makes his trademark eerie slow way to the ring, as JR reminds us of the likely reason why he is here tonight: “The Deadman put out the stipulation that if Sting defeated Kane then he would accept The Absolute Lashley's challenge to a one-on-one match at WrestleMania, but if Kane beat Sting then we would have a tag match for the biggest night of the year. Well it was the Stinger who had his hand raised, and so The Phenom must take on his apprentice at the last ever KWF show, and put his WrestleMania streak on the line!” Regal: “He didn't look too happy about it on Sunday, and somehow he looks even angrier now.” The Deadman is in the ring and has a mic in-hand.

“Survivor Series 2010. That was the night I made my move to start grooming an apprentice, a protégé, someone who could follow in my footsteps to represent the Dark Side after I am gone. I chose a behemoth of a man, and I turned him into nothing more than a Beast. Lashley was a fearless warrior, but it wasn't until I abducted him, tortured him, punished him, took his soul and re-moulded him, that he became Absolute. The world was horrified when he debuted at WrestleMania 2011, and I guided him along the way to immortality, where he would dominate the industry just as I have for over two decades. However, after last year's WrestleMania, I let him fly free, thinking that he was ready to represent the Dark Side alone and crush everything and everyone in his path, but he failed. He failed to dominate, he failed to win Championships, and he failed to even come close to replicating me or my achievements. He lost to my brother Kane, then he lost to Kurt Angle, and the final straw, he lost to Sting.”

“Lashley failed me, and he had to be put down. Now he finally shows some ambition and he challenges me to a match, but not just any match, he dares to challenge me to a match at my own event, in my yard, at WrestleMania. Sting may have overcome the obstacle of Kane, but that was the worst possible outcome for you, Bobby. You have laid your hands on me in recent weeks, which has only served to seal your fate with more certainty, and more punishment. Heed these words Lashley, your demise at my hand at WrestleMania... will be Absolute!!!” The Phenom rolls his eyes as thunder strikes and ♫his music hits♫ <<< click to play). JR: “Well, The UnderTaker is as confident as ever that he's going to make it 21-0 at WrestleMania. Perhaps it was slightly short-sighted of Lashley to challenge his mentor.” Regal: “Almost certainly, but let's face it Jim, it's the match everyone wants to see. Two and a half years in the making. Will The Master prove too much for the student, or will the apprentice channel what he has learnt and overcome the Lord of Darkness. God, I’ve got chills. I cannot wait till WrestleMania.”

We come into a shot panning across the skyline of New York. The view goes over to New Jersey and slams down into the MetLife Stadium, the venue of KWF WrestleMania. We go to a video montage recapping moments and highlights of KWF history. We’re reminded of Monday Night’s TNA RAW run by Bret Hart and taken over by Hulk Hogan. We see Ric Flair as General Manager of Friday Night’s Impact SmackDown and we see WWE Titles, TNA Titles and old, new and original characters that have filled the roster over the years here on KWF Blogs. We see reminders of the successes of AJ Styles and Shelton Benjamin as Tag Team Champions. We see Kelly Kelly defeating Mickie James in an I Quit match at The Bash in 2010. We see the awesome moves of one of KWF’s greatest former Hardcore Champions, John Morrison. We see the re-emergence of the original Masked Kane, the kisses between Maria Kanellis and Christy Hemme, Christian Cage defeating Brock Lesnar and The Rock vs. Shawn Michaels with Sting as Special Guest Referee.

We fast forward through the years, with clips reminding us of Metallica at Mania, Jennifer Lopez at SummerSlam and the sweet sweet victory of DX defeating The Dark Side at Survivor Series 2011. We see clips of Money in the Bank Ladder matches, the return of King of the Ring and the glorious explosiveness that is KWF’s X-Division. The Keystone Wrestling Federation was born on July 8th 2009 and through Roster Draft’s, overseas pay-per-views and legendary matches, we now come to our final event ever. Over the past three and a half years KWF Blogs has given all of us moments that will forever remain in our memories and on the night of March 31st we invite you to join us for KWF WrestleMania. A graphic fades onto the screen. It is the logo for KWF WrestleMania 2013. It fades out again, and is replaced by another graphic saying ‘32 days’.

♫Music hits♫ <<< click to play) and out comes the winner of the Elimination Chamber match at KWF SuperBrawl, CM Punk. Punk receives a rousing ovation and the comms tell that the audience has piped up after that WrestleMania commercial. JR: “It’s been a wonderful three and a half years folks, but we’re not done yet. What comes next is four short weeks to KWF WrestleMania, and we will put on the very best shows possible and that all begins right here with Brock Lesnar facing this man, the Best in the World CM Punk!” Regal: “The self proclaimed Best in the World Jim, but I can’t agree more with where we’re going now. Punk’s Chamber win has booked him a place in Mania’s main event, the World Title match between himself, Rumble winner John Cena and reigning Champion AJ Styles. It’s going to be amazing, but Lesnar won’t allow Punk to get there scot-free. You say slobberknocker, but I say hum-dinger. This is going to be great Jim.”

CM Punk vs. Brock Lesnar

The fans are on their feet, but while Kurt Angle earlier questioned how seriously Brock Lesnar would take this match, the Ultimate Fighter begins with a sharp look of intensity and determination on his face. Regal: “Lesnar’s a competitor and he will hate the fact that Punk nailed that elbow to his heart and defeated him in the Chamber match. This is a chance for revenge for Brock, and Punk better be careful, if Lesnar doesn’t care about the win then what he will care about is hurting Punk before Mania.” Brock starts well in control, cornering Punk and then laying into his gut with shoulder barges. He then bangs his head off the top turnbuckle and short-clotheslines him over the top rope.

The battle continues at ringside where Brock exits to measure his opponent. Punk’s by the steel stairs and Brock sets to slam into him with a running knee, but as Brock approaches Punk dropkicks him in his knees and Lesnar goes face-first into the top step! A huge move and a momentum shifter because Lesnar’s collision with the stairs has him all groggy and unaware. Punk gets up and he quickly lays kicks into Brock. One to his thigh, one to his shoulder and then he rolls him back into the ring for an instant cover. He gets One, gets Two – but Lesnar kicks out. JR: “CM Punk has a mighty kick arsenal. He knocked out Kevin Nash last Wednesday and now he’s wearing down Lesnar.”

Punk now focuses on Brock’s arm and shoulder, with the comms agreeing that this will perhaps disable Brock’s ability to administer the F5. Punk maintains control for now, but Lesnar finally awakens from his groggy state and after kicking out of a series of pin attempts, Lesnar gets back into the match, throwing Punk over himself with a huge belly-to-belly suplex. The crowd gasp at the impact of the move and Punk lands so hard that momentum sends him flying out the ring and down to ringside. Lesnar again follows, picking Punk up at the bottom of the ramp. He winds his arm, testing it before lifting Punk into bear-hug position. He then measures as he sets to drive Punk into the ring-post and he connects hard with the back of Punk’s head bouncing off the steel. The crowd boo like hell as Lesnar smiles, fully in control.

He rolls Punk into the ring and gets in to make a cover. One! Two! – but ohh, Punk kicks out! Punk kicks out and Lesnar can’t believe it. He yells at the referee accusing him of a slow-count and then he pins again. One, Two – another kick-out! JR: “CM Punk showing the might of a potential Champion!” The crowd chant Punk’s name and they cheer him on, trying to get some kind of life back into him, but Lesnar sees the cheers as taunts. He eyeballs the fans and then sets to get Punk to his feet. He lifts him up, not as naturally as usual, but he manages to get Punk atop his shoulders and he sets for an F5 – but no! Punk elbows away at his head and as he drops, he smashes a knee into Lesnar’s face as well. This leads to Brock dropping toward the canvas and in one quick swoop Punk applies the Vise! JR: “The Vise! The Anaconda Vise! Good God almighty!” The crowd go wild, cheering Punk on and Lesnar is smack bang in the middle of the ring! Punk torques on the move as Lesnar struggles to try and get anywhere near the ropes, but after so much endurance of pain, after clawing as much as he can, Lesnar has nowhere to go – and Brock Lesnar taps out!

Winner by way of Submission: CM Punk.

♫Punk’s music hits♫ <<< click to play) and the crowd go absolutely berserk here in Texas. JR and Regal can’t believe it. JR: “Punk wasn’t weakening Brock’s upper body to prevent the F5, he was doing it to ease the pressure on from the Anaconda Vise! By God, William, what a victory! This is one of Punk’s biggest wins to date!” Regal: “It is Jim and another fine example of what the fans get from KWF Blogs. That was a fantastic match and Jim, what’s key here is momentum. Punk’s defeated Kevin Nash, won a Chamber match at SuperBrawl and a few night’s later he’s defeated Brock Lesnar by making him tap out! This is absolutely huge and I have to say on this form, Punk has to be favorite at Mania.”

The fans cheer and chant Punk’s name as he descends from celebrating up the turnbuckle. The comms and crowd are happy, after such a solemn night it seems we can all look forward to our final rundown and our final show at WrestleMania. But then… JR: “Oh my God!” Regal: “What’s this Jim?!” JR: “Cena! It’s John Cena!” Cena’s in the ring after Punk’s celebrations and Punk’s not seen him. Cena turns him round and lifts him atop his shoulders for a *BAM* FU! FU by Cena and the Doctor of Thuganomics is going ballistic. He waves his arms down towards Punk’s felled body and he waves a You Can’t See Me taunt, first in Punk’s face and then toward the camera. The crowd can’t believe it as Cena straightens out his jersey, flicks his thick metal chain and ♫his music♫ <<< click to play) kicks in. JR is beside himself wondering what the hell is going on. He says: “John Cena was good again! John Cena had leveled out, he straightened out and he was a popular Royal Rumble winner and not forty minutes ago he was patting AJ Styles on the back, he was looking forward to Mania – and he mentioned Punk in the very same breath. What the hellllll?!” Cena stands over Punk and the crowd pour endless boos onto him as KWF’s Wednesday Night Turmoil fades out.

[kwfblogs]

KWF SuperBrawl: 24th February 2012. Chesapeake Energy Arena. Oklahoma City, OK.

We come in via a video graphic and a voiceover telling us that the Road to WrestleMania is filled with opportunity. But with opportunity, there is always a price to pay… the Elimination Chamber! After the KWF Royal Rumble, General Manager of KWF Blogs, Edge, decided that he wanted to have a Triple Threat World Heavyweight Title match at WrestleMania. John Cena won the Rumble, earning the first spot in the Mania main event. Tonight, we find out who else will complete the 2nd and 3rd spots. The winner of the Elimination Chamber match will advance and so too will the victor of the World Title showdown between British Invasion leader Wade Barrett and reigning World Champion AJ Styles. Ladies and gentlemen, this is where the final pieces of the puzzle get put into place for WrestleMania, but, nothing can be decided before SUPERBRAWL!...

The pyro’s go off, the fans go wild and we are welcomed to the SuperBrawl pay-per-view by Jim Ross and William Regal at ringside. The comms tell us how excited they are by tonight’s card and they speak of what a great honor it is to be in JR’s home state of Oklahoma. We’re reminded what action is scheduled for this evening. JR: “For the first time ever, Zack Ryder has a chance at Randy Orton and the Intercontinental Championship. AJ Lee has her rematch against Angelina Love for the Women's Title and William, what about Alberto Del Rio versus Sheamus? Del Rio stole the Hardcore Title at the Rumble and he’s made no secret of the fact that LAX will join him at ringside to ensure that he retains the Title here tonight. What’s Sheamus supposed to do about that?” Regal: “There’s not a lot he can do Jim, but before we continue, let’s tell our audience of the news coming from our Headquarters today. Well, in fact, there’s no real news to tell. All we know is that Edge has a meeting with the big bosses of the KWF and in his absence, it’s KWF Hardcore Ambassador Mick Foley who’s in charge of SuperBrawl. Fancy giving him control of a show that’s named SuperBrawl. Haha.”

With that, we hear ♫the music of Randy Orton♫ <<< click to play) and KWF’s Apex Predator slowly makes his entrance. The comms take this time to remind us of the combatants that will wrestle in the Elimination Chamber tonight. JR: “Panther, King Dolph, Samoa Joe! What a great opportunity this is for them.” Regal: “But don’t forget former Champ CM Punk, Olympic Gold Medalist Kurt Angle and the Ultimate Fighter Brock Lesnar! If there’s ever an environment that you don’t want to be in with Lesnar, it’s the Chamber Jim.” We’re reminded that the X-Division Championship will be on the line tonight as Jack Evans is set to defend against Christopher Daniels. Gambit and The Joker put the Tag Titles on the line against the returning Beer Money Inc and as well as Sting versus Kane to determine The UnderTaker’s match at WrestleMania, of course, it’s Wade Barrett versus AJ Styles for the KWF World Heavyweight Championship in the main event. JR: “It’s going to be one heck of a night, and folks we’re glad to have you with us!” ♫Ohhh Rad-i-oohh Tell Me Everything You Know♫ <<< click to play).

Randy Orton vs. Zack Ryder – Intercontinental Title

There’s a pause at the beginning of the match as Ryder looks around him and he realizes that this is the biggest match of his career. The comms remind us that Ryder earned this match by way of popular demand and social media. JR: “He was told to get #ICRyder tweets and he delivered. Edge awarded him the match, but now he has to face the harsh reality of facing Randy Orton.” Regal: “Haha, yes and Orton is no attention whore in that ring. The Intercontinental Championship is a token of The Viper’s legacy and I’m telling you this, he’s not letting that Belt go. Zack Ryder may be a wildcard and there may be as many people cheering for him as there is for Orton, but at the end of the day, this is ending with an RKO and it’ll be lights out for Mister Woo Woo Woo.”

The contest begins and while Ryder looks nervous, he also wrestles very well and focuses to keep up with The Viper. He avoids any mat-wrestling in the early going and does what he can to try stay one step ahead of Orton. Orton goes for a drop-toe-hold, but Ryder kneels to bounce off the canvas and stand up. Orton gets up and Ryder clotheslines him down. Orton picks himself up by the ropes, but Ryder doesn’t attack. He waits and JR says that Ryder has done his homework: “I think Zack knows that he doesn’t have to hurt Orton here. All he has to do is pin his shoulders down for a Three-count. It’s taking a lot of concentration, but Ryder’s looking to pick his spots and I believe that this is a good game plan. Orton wouldn’t have expected this.”

Half the fans chant Orton’s name and the other half shout ‘Woo! Woo! Woo!’ as this intriguing contest continues. Ryder maintains his strategy, but it’s at ringside where things backfire and as he tries to run at Orton, he’s caught with a snap-scoop-powerslam and Ryder’s back hits the floor hard. Orton finally has Ryder where he wants him and he administers the around the clock stomp, stamping hard on each limb of Long Island Iced Z. Orton gets Ryder back into the ring, but Ryder gets to his knees and scraps at Orton through the ropes. Regal: “Game plan’s out the window now. It’s all about survival Jim and Ryder knows he’s in trouble.” However, Ryder is able to scrap enough so that he gets Orton by the middle turnbuckle and the ring-post. He lays knees into Orton’s chest through the ropes and then drags him in the ring to lay him by the bottom turnbuckle.

JR: “Don’t speak too soon, Zack Ryder may have him here! This could be it, Ryder may be about to pull off a huge upset.” Ryder backs up and he gets the crowd going, fist-pumping “Woo! Woo! Woo!” before charging toward Orton for a Broski Boot – but no, The Viper slithers up in typical Orton fashion and he clotheslines Ryder down hard. Zack gets up, but another clothesline takes him down and then Orton pounces, picking Ryder up, draping his legs over the middle rope and he snarls before *BAM* Orton-DT plants Ryder face-first into the canvas. It’s all elementary from here as Orton slithers around Ryder’s body, measures as he stands up and *BAM* RKO! RKO! – and Orton hooks the legs for the One, Two and Three.

Winner and Still KWF Intercontinental Champion: Randy Orton.

♫Orton’s music♫ <<< click to play) hits and the crowd go wild at what turned out to be a textbook performance from the Intercontinental Champion. JR: “Ryder put up a fight and he did all he could, but really, when all was said and done, there’s not many that can compete on Randy Orton’s level right now.” Regal: “Yes and the fans know that Jim. They cheered for Ryder when he entered and they were split throughout the match, but when Orton got going with those clotheslines, the volume in this arena rose for the rise of The Viper. It was quite incredible and Orton fed off their venom. And the bite, the bite was the RKO and well done to Orton. That was brilliant. Bravo.” Orton raises his Intercontinental Title, not acknowledging Ryder as he gets out of the ring. Ryder looks disappointed as JR finishes: “There is no equal to the Intercontinental Champion, Randy Orton.”

We head backstage where the man in charge for the night, Mick Foley, is talking with one of the referees. The two finish their conversation, however, as he's about to walk away, he is attacked from behind by Hernandez. All of a sudden the whole of LAX is on the scene and laying kicks and punches into Foley. Alberto Del Rio isn't getting his hands dirty, but is directing traffic as Rey Mysterio and Homicide pick Foley up, propping him in position for Hernandez to his a big boot to the face. SuperMex then lifts the Hardcore Ambassador into the air, before Border Tossing him onto an equipment box. Foley falls back into a stack of metal pipes, and has been badly beaten down. The referee comes over and signals for medics to come right away. LAX dust their hands and make a quick escape. JR: “Mick Foley has been taken out! Somebody get back there and help him!” Regal: “So who's in charge now?”

We move across elsewhere backstage where Jeremy Borash is set to interview one of the participants in tonight's Elimination Chamber match, King Dolph Ziggler. Ziggler is looking confident with Queen Madison next to him and Ryback standing menacingly behind. JB asks Dolph whether he has any tactics in mind heading into tonight's match, reminding him that Ryback cannot be a factor. Dolph: “As usual JB, you have missed the point entirely. I have not hired Ryback to win me matches, I have hired him to watch my back. As the King of the KWF I have a target on me, and after I win tonight's Elimination Chamber, that target will be even bigger. My tactics for tonight are simple. I’ll knock off a former Olympian, I’ll knock off the guy who claims to be best in the world and hell, I’ll even eliminate that classless moron Panther. At the end of the night I will be booking my spot at WrestleMania. When I won the King of the Ring, I had to win three matches on the same night, including beating Panther along the way, so I have already proven how capable I am in this scenario. If you want to doubt the King, then take it up with him (pointing to Ryback).” Dolph and Madison exit, while Ryback squares up to a frightened JB, before snorting and saying “Feed... Me... More!”

We come back into the arena as ♫Alberto Del Rio’s music♫ <<< click to play) hits, and the KWF's newest faction head out in their newly acquired mini-van. Ricardo Rodriguez introduces the Hardcore Champion as JR airs his disgust at the way LAX just attacked Mick Foley backstage. “What was the purpose of that?” Regal: “Well with no Edge about, I think this group sensed their opportunity to take control. Plus, I seem to remember a couple of months ago, Foley dismissed Del Rio's chances in the Hardcore Division. Well, now the Hardcore Champion looks untouchable.” JR: “Only because he's surrounded himself with allies to do his dirty work for him, and look at this, he's bringing them to the ring with him.” The rest of LAX (Homicide, Hernandez, Rey Mysterio, Melina, Konnan and even Ricardo Rodriguez) come down with Del Rio and surround the squared circle, all getting weapons from under and around the ring. JR: “What chance does Sheamus have here?”

♫It's a shame that they lost their head, a careless man could win up dead!♫ <<< click to play). The crowd cheer as Sheamus enters on stage and JR bursts out: “Well that's how you give yourself a chance!” as Sheamus enters with a trash can full of goodies. There's kendo sticks, two-by-fours, baseball bats wrapped in barbed wire, street signs and more. Regal: “Del Rio bought the muscle, Sheamus brings the sword, to quote a certain renegade.” Sheamus puts the trash can down and pulls out two kendo sticks, smacking Hernandez with one as he runs past and slides into the ring, before running at Del Rio, who exits on the far side. Sheamus is all fired up as the referee starts the match.

Alberto Del Rio w/ LAX vs. Sheamus – Hardcore match for the Hardcore Championship

Sheamus is in the ring by himself as Del Rio gives final instructions to his fellow LAX members. They then begin to surround the ring again, with Homicide, Hernandez, Mysterio and Del Rio each getting on an apron. Sheamus looks around and still has the stick in hand. He goes to hit Homicide, who drops off the apron and taunts, as Mysterio gets in on the other side. Sheamus turns and smacks Rey across the head, and then tries to club Hernandez again, but SuperMex catches the stick and holds onto it, allowing Del Rio to come in and take Sheamus down with a chop block. Del Rio tells Hernandez to get out now that he has control. JR: “So it seems the Champion is happy enough to work by himself as long as he is on top of things. Rest assured that as soon as Sheamus fights back, he'll call on his cronies again.” Regal: “And why not? These are Hardcore rules after all.” Del Rio works over Sheamus for a while without using weapons. He applies pressure on the right arm with stomps, before throwing Sheamus into the corner and hitting a running enziguiri. He covers but Sheamus powers out at Two. The rest of LAX continue to stalk the outside of the ring, and are smiling from ear to ear as they watch their leader control this match.

Del Rio picks Sheamus up and throws him against the ropes. He goes for a right hook on the rebound, but Sheamus ducks and baseball slides to the outside of the ring, before hitting a Brogue Kick on Konnan! He grabs the filled trash can with one hand and pulls a two-by-four out with the other, striking Homicide with it before throwing everything over the top rope and into the ring. He slides back in and jabs Del Rio in the gut with the two-by-four. Mysterio and Hernandez get back up on the apron, but they're wary of entering as Sheamus still has the two-by-four in hand and a psychotic look in his eyes. JR: “Sheamus is determined not to be taken down by this pack of wild dogs, and is doing one hell of a job of staying in this match!” Now the Irishman is in charge as he has all the weapons at his disposal. He hits Del Rio across the back several more times with the two-by-four, before dropping it and pulling out the trash can lid. He smacks the Mexican Aristocrat over the head with it numerous times. He raises the severely dented metal in the air and shouts “Fella!!!” The fans cheer him as he continues to keep the rest of LAX out of the ring by always having a weapon in hand.

Del Rio tries to recover in the corner and races at Sheamus, but gets caught and put down with an Irish Curse backbreaker. He pins but gets only Two. Sheamus is motoring, but while he was pinning Del Rio, Mysterio entered the ring to break the count. As Del Rio kicked out without his aid, Mysterio instead grabbed the weapons and threw them back to the outside. JR: “Now for God's sake. This is just ridiculous. What kind of a man is Del Rio anyway? LAX have prided themselves on acting alone during their matches before tonight. Does he realize that he could never beat Sheamus without such back-up?” Regal: “Why risk it? His Title is on the line here. If you can use your teammates then why not do it? It would be stupid not to.” Del Rio is able to get back on top as Sheamus slides to the outside again, but gets jumped by LAX. They use the weapons to beat him down, before rolling him back in to Del Rio. He pins, but Sheamus shows guts and kicks out. Del Rio is getting frustrated and calls on his faction to join him in the ring.

They do, and now Sheamus is on his knees, looking around at the men surrounding him. Melina is on the outside screaming with her usual ear-piercing loudness. JR: “Just stay down Sheamus, live to fight another day.” Sheamus wonders what he’s supposed to do, but then, the crowd make some noise as we see that heading down the ramp come Drew McIntyre, Styler, Mason Ryan, Rob Terry and Layla! JR: “What? What are the British Invasion doing here?” Regal: “I genuinely have no idea.” The Brits get in the ring and start to attack their Mexican counterparts. McIntyre is after Konnan, Styler is beating down Mysterio, Ryan has thrown Homicide over the top rope, Terry is tussling with Hernandez and Layla is scrapping with Melina on the outside. JR: “They're attacking LAX! I have no idea why, but the British Invasion is attacking LAX!” Regal: “Good for them! It's about time someone stood up to this shower, and as usual it's the Brits!” JR: “Hang on, you've been defending LAX this entire match.” Regal: “You're a dimwit JR, I haven’t the faintest clue what you’re talking about.” Del Rio cannot believe what is happening, and doesn't notice that Sheamus is up behind him, beating his chest.Ricardo Rodriguez tries to warn the Champ, but as Del Rio turns around, *BAM!* Brogue Kick! Sheamus covers and hooks the leg, getting One, Two and Three!

Winner and New KWF Hardcore Champion: Sheamus.

The inter-faction brawl continues on the outside of the ring as Sheamus is handed the Title he lost only a month ago and raises it above his head. He looks at the clashes outside and seems just as surprised and confused as everyone else. JR: “I don't think this was the British helping out the Irish, I think this was something personal. Remember, Wade Barrett and Alberto Del Rio have already had some moments of animosity, well it looks like we have a good old fashioned faction-war on our hands.” Regal: “Oh goody, I do like a good faction-war!” Sheamus leaves his Belt with Justin Roberts, before joining the Brits to get himself some more of LAX. The fans cheer as LAX are forced to retreat and screech away in their mini-van, making sure that they’d get their leader Del Rio to safety.

We are backstage once again with JB, who is ready to interview another participant in tonight's Elimination Chamber match, Panther. He asks the Black Cat what he makes of King Dolph's declaration that he aims to eliminate him tonight. Panther: “That's very Dolph. He's facing five guys in there, but all he can think of is me. If he wants to do that then good luck to him, I've got no problem putting him down and then moving on to the others, but I can't speak for the likes of Joe and Brock, who could take advantage of that single mindedness and eliminate him themselves. As I said a couple of weeks ago, my first aim is to outlast Dolph, but that won't stop me trying to take everyone in that Chamber down. I've come a long way since this company began, and now I'm just one win away from the main event at WrestleMania.” JB asks him if he really thinks he can win. Panther answers: “I know I'm very much the underdog, or under-cat if you want to get technical, but I have shown in recent weeks that I have moved up a level. I've been winning matches, hitting anyone who moved with the Sword of Omens, and tonight I feel like I've got nothing to lose. No-one expects me to win, and so it's up to me to go out there and surprise everyone.” JB thanks Panther for his time and wishes him luck as he hands it back to ringside.

♫Music hits♫ <<< click to play) and the crowd boo as we watch the entrance of The Beautiful People. JR and Regal remind us of the events that have occurred in recent weeks. JR: “The Beautiful People have run rampant all over the KWF Chicks. They’ve applied the paper-bag treatment on Beth Phoenix, Eve Torres, Mickie James – and tonight they want to do it to AJ Lee.” Regal: “Jim this is Women’s wrestling at it’s very best. Angelina and Velvet were geniuses when they took out Kaitlyn prior to the Chick Rumble match and so it’s meant that even with Mickie James in her corner, AJ’s been pretty much on her own in her trials with The Beautiful People. Now, the Chickbusters versus The Beautiful People is a rivalry that has gone back almost two years here in the KWF. Tonight, AJ’s on her own again and I don’t believe she’ll pull off a miracle.”

Angelina Love w/ Velvet Sky vs. AJ Lee – Women’s Title

The match gets underway and Lee instantly locks her eyes on Velvet Sky, knowing full well that she has to watch her back to ensure that any Velvet interference does minimal damage to her Title chances. Angelina looks confident as the two lock up and Lee strikes quickly with right hands. She decks Love to the canvas with a clothesline and goes for a quick cover. Gets One, gets a half, but Love kicks out. AJ scraps right off the bat, trying to ugly Angelina’s beautiful face and Regal besmirches as Lee trips Love face-first into the bottom turnbuckle: “That’s not very nice.” JR: “Aww AJ’s all fired up here. She took a Botox Injection trying to save Mickie James on Wednesday night and now she’s venting all her anger after what Love and Sky have put her and Kaitlyn through.”

AJ runs to the opposite corner and sets to storm toward Love. However, Velvet climbs the apron and this distracts the referee. AJ goes over to Sky and set to swing for her, but the ref stops her and tells her to focus on the match. This momentary distraction allows Love to get back to her feet and as AJ starts at her again, Love picks her up and drops her with a backbreaker. She covers, hooking the leg, One, Two – but Lee kicks out. The tides have turned now and the Champ has Lee under control. Angelina slows down the match and keeps AJ grounded, often going for pin-falls, but the impressively resilient AJ continues kicking out.

JR: “Deep down I believe there is respect between these women. They’re covering often and that tells me that they know that they have to keep the pressure on. Love needs to make sure AJ keeps exerting energy. The more she kicks out, the less energy she has later on in the contest – and that works in favor of the Champion.” Regal: “Yes and while I doubt there’s any underlying respect there, I do agree that this notion works both ways. Whenever AJ is on top she covers often because she’s trying to catch Love off-guard. She’s trying to get the match over with because she knows that the longer it goes on, the tougher it is for her because one Velvet Sky will undoubtedly get involved.”

A fascinating contest goes back and forth with Love often in control. AJ is a firecracker though and she has moments where she mounts comebacks, but that’s when Velvet does her bit. Tripping AJ, distracting the referee or even consoling Angelina. Regal: “It’s all part of the game played by The Beautiful People and while the spunky challenger can try as hard as she can, The Beautiful People are simply too much to handle.” JR: “It’s so harsh and there’s little that can be done about it. We have no General Manager on the show, no one in charge now that Foley’s down and the referee is losing control of this match. It may as well be a handicap contest!” And on the back of another distraction from Velvet, Angelina is able to measure Lee for a Botox Injection and sadly for the fans, this one is over.

Winner and Still KWF Women’s Champion: Angelina Love.

Velvet Sky brings in the Women’s Championship and the crowd boo like hell as The Beautiful People pose for the cameras. The comms mention that this is the most vocal disliking that TBP have gotten from an audience and JR says that he believes it’s because everyone knew from the get-go what was going to happen here: “Angelina and Velvet cheat. They’re cheaters and even after their squabble after Velvet was paper-bagged on Turmoil a couple of weeks back, these two harlots are still on the same page, they’re still dominating and no, God no, what’s the point of this?!!!” says JR as we watch Velvet hold AJ in place and Angelina administers the paper-bag treatment. The audience boo some more and while there are a couple of wolf-whistles from male members of the crowd, JR finishes by saying that AJ Lee never really had a chance under these circumstances.

We are with JB again as he is now set to interview Samoa Joe. He starts by asking Joe how good it felt to beat Jeff Jarrett this past Wednesday to qualify for tonight's Elimination Chamber match. Joe: “Me and Jeff go back a long way, and I'm not gonna lie, it felt good to put his ass down again. But that was just one part of the job. If I don't win tonight then that W means nothing. Three years ago I was already booked in the main event at WrestleMania having won the very first KWF Royal Rumble. Since then I've had a pretty good run as Hardcore Champion, and came within inches of becoming KWF Champion against CM Punk last year. Now, as we head down the Road the WrestleMania, it comes down to the battle of the best, and that's exactly what this Chamber match is. You have a seasoned vet like Kurt Angle, a brutal machine in Brock Lesnar, the Best in the World in CM Punk, two young up and comers in Dolph and Panther, and of course myself, the Samoan Submission Machine. I fully intend on making five men tap out tonight, and if they don't, there's always the Muscle Buster from the Nation of Violence that is, Samoa Joe.” Joe exits to warm up as JB thanks him for his time.

We come to a video package reminding us of the success that Christopher Daniels has had on TNA Wrestling House Shows in the past, and the recent history of the success Jack Evans has had in the Keystone Wrestling Federation. Evans made his debut in the Feast or Fired match back in September 2012 at KWF’s Casino Warfare pay-per-view. Slowly but surely, he went on to compete against a number of X-Division superstars and then, after being told to leave the ring because “mic-time should go to the Champ” by Konnan and then X-Champion Rey Mysterio, Evans went to ask Edge for a shot at the Gold and he lost in his first challenge because of interference from Konnan. Edge gave Evans another shot, strictly one-on-one at the Royal Rumble, and Evans was successful in becoming the new KWF X-Division Champion.

Before Rey Mysterio was Champ, it was Christopher Daniels who held the Belt and after losing the Title to Rey, Daniels decided to bide his time and went on to challenge for Tag Team Gold alongside Frankie Kazarian at the Royal Rumble. The two lost to Why So Serious and Kaz has since been healing wounds in a hospital bed. Daniels saw that the X-Title had changed hands again and this meant that he would now take his chance at cashing in on the rematch he never had, a chance at the X-Division Championship. Who will be the X-Division Champion going into KWF WrestleMania? We find out next Live right here at SuperBrawl!

Jack Evans vs. Christopher Daniels – X-Division Championship

The bell rings and the two lock up. Daniels goes behind and smiles arrogantly as he smacks the back of Evans’ head, once, twice and then he pulls him close to his chest to maintain a waistlock. Evans is super athletic though and he uses the hold to help elevate himself and he then uses the momentum to fling himself forward and Daniels flips forward over the back of Evans and toward the ropes. Evans sees Daniels over the middle rope and he tries to slam his foot in his face, but Daniels is resourceful as he ducks the contact and then uses the rope to catch Evans’ leg and hang him up. The Fallen Angel then grabs the Champion by his neck, turns him over and slams him down with a neckbreaker. He covers, gets One, gets Two – but no, only Two and this match continues.

Daniels maintains control, grounding Evans and ensuring that he can’t get to his feet to up the pace of the match. The comms remind us that Jack Evans was heavily beaten up by the Latin American eXchange a few weeks ago on Turmoil and the speculation was that he may not be at a hundred percent for this match. JR: “Evans seemed okay on Turmoil during his and Daniels coming together this past week, but when it comes to match fitness and capability, I’m not sure Evans knows how to defend a Championship on the back of an injury.”

Regal: “More to the point Jim, what we can be sure of is that Christopher Daniels certainly knows how to win a Championship on the back of an injured opponent and Daniels is doing just that. Evans is going to have to pull off something special if he’s going to overcome The Fallen Angel. Daniels is a master at his trade, an X-Division pioneer. I think he’s got Evans’ number tonight.” The contest goes on and the crowd are excited throughout. Daniels drops Evans with an STO, covers for One, Two – kick out by Evans. Evans comes back with a rolling wheel kick, and that sends Daniels through the ropes and down to ringside. Evans then goes high risk, connecting with Daniels down by the announcers’ table with a corkscrew moonsault, springboarding from off the top rope.

JR: “Good God almighty! What an incredible move!” Regal: “Fantastic Jim, but it’s a good way to break a neck I’ll tell you that much. Jesus!” Evans gets up and gets Daniels back in the ring. He hooks the leg for a cover; One! Two! – but no, foot on the rope, and Daniels escapes for now. The comms tell of how impressive Evans is, showing no fear or nerves against a man with the experience of Daniels. The match goes on and Daniels comes back to drop Evans with a Complete Shot. He then follows that up with the Koji Clutch and now Evans is in trouble, grounded and locked in a submission in the middle of the ring. He scraps as much as he can to get to the bottom rope and with one final cheer from the fans he eventually makes it. Daniels doesn’t release the hold however, and the referee counts One, Two, Three, Four – and yells at Daniels let go of the hold.

Daniels gets up to mouth off to the referee. He threatens to hit him, but the ref threatens a Disqualification. Daniels starts toward Evans again, who’s picked himself up by the corner. Evans steps out fighting though, a left roundhouse kick to Daniels’ shoulder. A right kick to his gut. A left kick to his gut, a right kick to the head. Faster and faster Evans keeps kicking at Daniels and the audience’ volume rises as the Champ builds momentum. Evans goes against the ropes and comes back, but Daniels counters with a tilt-o-whirl backbreaker! A crunching move, but Daniels holds onto it. He lifts Evans and drops him on his back again. Then he lifts him and drops him with a version of the sidewalk slam. The crowd boo as Daniels then stands up to stamp his foot on Evans’ face. He then waves his arms to signal “That’s it” before dragging Evans to position him by the corner.

Daniels sets up for BME, but as he sets to execute, Evans gets back to his feet. Daniels lands on his feet as well but *WHAM* back-flip dropkick! Daniels goes down like he’s been hit with a shotgun to the face. The crowd go wild as Evans scrambles over Daniels’ body to cover. ‘One!’ count the crowd, ‘Two!’ – but ohh, Daniels kicks out. Evans next heads to the ring apron. He jumps to springboard off as Daniels gets to his feet, and Evans tries to land a huge Springboard Tornado Kick – but no dice as Daniels ducks. Evans manages to land on his feet and he instantly goes against the far ropes. When he comes back he tries for a Front Flip Kick – but Daniels catches him and drops him with Blue Thunder! That’s an instant pinning predicament, One! Two! – but Evans kicks out!

The crowd cheer and applaud the action, but then boo as Daniels signals for the Angels Wings. He picks Evans up, but the Champ counters by stepping off Daniels’ thigh and up on his shoulders. He flips back off Daniels and then *WHAM* a Front Flip Kick connects this time and Daniels goes down like a ton of bricks. Evans gets up and now he’s the one that drags Daniels toward the corner. JR: “What’s he doing here?” Evans goes and bounces off the bottom turnbuckle, bounces off the middle turnbuckle, then bounces off the top turnbuckle to flip backward and Jack Evans pulls off the Corkscrew 630! Regal: “What the f*BLEEP*” JR: “Evans pulls off the 630! A Corkscrew 630! Oh my God! And he’s got the cover!” ‘One!’ count the crowd along with the ref, ‘Two!’ as Regal shouts over the audience: “Jim that was bloody incredible! How on earth is that even possible?!!” And ‘Three!’ Jack Evans retains!

Winner and Still KWF X-Division Champion: Jack Evans.

♫Evans’ music hits♫ <<< click to play) and the audience go absolutely berserk, chanting ‘That was awesome’ as Evans gets handed his X-Division Title. JR: “William that was out of this world. A Corkscrew 630 – and it was in BME fashion! A concept right out of Christopher Daniels’ playbook!” Regal: “Jim that was magnificent. I said earlier that Mister Evans would have to pull off something special to win this, and I’ll be the first to hold my hands up and say that what Evans just done there was simply brilliant. You talk about super-heroes and out-of-this-world athletes that can put on a show and take that torch, take the spotlight and take the X-Division to even higher heights, well Jim, Jack Evans has just put his name on the map. To defeat Christopher Daniels with what a BM… C630?! Wow, that was beyond words, beyond words.” Evans has his hand raised and he gets a standing ovation as he performs handstands and front flips for the audience.

JB is back for another interview, and it's with the Olympic Gold medalist Kurt Angle. Before moving on to Chamber talk, JB asks Kurt about the recent announcement that Wrestling may be getting taken out of the Olympic Games in the future. Angle: “It's a travesty. As I'm sure you can guess, I love Olympic wrestling. It was one of the original Olympic sports, and to think it might not be a part of future Games makes me sick to my stomach. People say it's not longer relevant? Tell that to Scott Coleman, Sharif Sharifov or Artur Taymazov. I'm campaigning to keep it alive, and...” Angle is interrupted as Brock Lesnar walks onto the scene. He is smirking and mocks Angle, and Olympic wrestling, saying that Mixed Martial Arts is the future of fighting, and makes Olympic wrestling look like ballet. Angle squares up to him and says that Brock should keep his mouth shut, just in case Angle eliminates him tonight, making him look like even more of a fool. Brock ignores him and asks JB why he was too afraid to interview him. “Did you think I was too scary to be in the presence of? Did you think I'd F5 you for no reason? Well you're probably right, I would have.” Angle steps in front of Brock again and tells him to save his trash talking. Lesnar looks serious now and tells Angle: “Friendly word of advice. Everyone says that the Elimination Chamber is the most devastating structure in wrestling, well they're wrong. I am. See you out there.” Lesnar exits, leaving Angle seething.

We come to a video reminder of the return of Robert Roode, James Storm and Gail Kim as Beer Money Incorporated. While Gail wrestled in the Chicks division, Roode and Storm were off for well over a year after Roode had been injured at the hands of The Dudleys. Now they have returned to earn themselves a shot at the KWF World Tag Team Championships and the opportunity to carry the Gold into KWF WrestleMania. They defeated The Welsh Dragons in a number one contenders match and while avoiding a trap laid out by reigning Champions Why So Serious, Roode and Storm know that this upcoming match will be a true test of their form and cohesiveness.

♫Why So Serious’ music♫ <<< click to play) hits and the crowd are on their feet for the entrance of KWF’s World Tag Team Champions. Remy ‘Gambit’ LeBeau and Jeff ‘The Joker’ Hardy enter alongside their respective other halves Barbie ‘Kelly Kelly’ Blank and Christy ‘Harley Quinn’ Hemme. Regal: “For God sake, don’t forget Chris ‘Abyss’ Park Jim. Dear dear dear, who do these freaks think they are?” JR: “Aaw William, I wouldn’t call them that if I were you. Why So Serious are one of the top groups in all of wrestling and the audience love’m. And it doesn’t look like Abyss is entering with them tonight.” Regal: “Perhaps he’s under the ring, you know, in the abyss? (Under his breath) Ridiculous.”

Beer Money enter to a huge ovation as well and the comms wonder who will come out on top here in terms of support from the fans. JR: “I think Beer Money’s return has everyone hoping that they win the Tag Titles, but Why So Serious have a very strong fan base William.” Regal: “Yeah that’s true Jim, but at the very same time, Why So Serious have a nonchalant attitude about things and if they lose this match they’ll probably shrug it off as if they don’t care.” JR: “I see your point William, but I think Gambit and The Joker especially take pride in their Tag Title dominance. Since their return to the KWF we haven’t seen their circus-like shenanigans of the past and I believe that’s because of the Tag Gold.” Regal: “Let’s hope they retain then. If they lose, it could be hell to pay for everyone.”

Gambit & Jeff ‘The Joker’ Hardy w/ Kelly Kelly & Christy ‘Harley Quinn’ Hemme vs. Beer Money w/ Gail Kim – KWF World Tag Team Championships

The bell rings and the match gets underway with The Joker starting off against the ‘Cowboy’ James Storm. Storm goes to the ropes, reaches out toward Gail Kim and she hands him his beer. He takes a swig and bounces as he psyches himself up to tie up with his opponent. He instantly grabs Jeff’s arm and wrenches it. Twists under and wrenches again. However, Joker flips forward out of it, slamming his own back into the canvas and pulling Storm down with use of his own arm as bait. This leads to a scrappy pinning predicament where the ref goes down to count, but Storm kicks out right away. Joker and Storm go back and forth after the original lock-up, with Hardy initially coming out on top, dropping Storm to his belly and then paint-brushing the back of his head. Joker laughs as Storm gets up and a tag is made to Gambit.

Gambit comes in and gives Storm a second to get up. He eyeballs him and then goes over to the ropes where he leans through to take a kiss from Kelly Kelly. The crowd chuckle as Storm sets to go have another swig of beer, but Roode calls him over for a pep talk. Roode slaps his partner on the chest and through the camera mic we can hear what he’s saying: “It’s not about the beer or the girls tonight. It’s about the money! Come on, focus! It’s our time now, it’s our time!” The crowd cheer as Storm turns his attentions back toward Gambit. The two lock up and Storm gets him in a side headlock. Gambit pushes him against the ropes and then gets knocked down with a shoulder barge upon Storm’s return. Storm runs against the ropes again. As he comes back, Gambit turns to his belly. Storm skips over him and goes against the opposite ropes. When he comes back, Gambit’s on one knee and he smashes Storm under his chin with a hard uppercut. He then stands to jump in one motion to land a leg lariat on his opponent. Storm may be in trouble as Gambit covers, gets One, gets Two – but Robert Roode comes in, Storm kicking out at the very same time.

Roode cheers on his partner as Gambit tags in The Joker who comes in to take a few shots at Storm before sending him toward the corner. He runs toward him, ducks a clothesline and steps up the turnbuckles to flip backward for Whisper in the Wind, but Storm dives out the way and Hardy hits nothing but canvas. He laughs as he crawls on his stomach, and we see Storm crawling toward his corner as well. Storm makes the hot tag to Roode, but Joker doesn’t quite make it. Roode comes in to stop him from tagging Gambit, but as he drags Hardy by his leg, Gambit comes in illegally and *BAM* he levels Roode with Mardi-Gras! JR: “Good God almighty! Gambit’s rendition of Sweet Chin Music, so sudden and so much impact. This match could be over!” Regal: “Yes but look Jim, that pillock’s not going for a cover.” The Joker doesn’t cover and instead he gets up to boot Roode in the gut a few times, battering him while the ref’s back’s turned and he gets Gambit out of the ring.

The ref then sees how harshly Joker has pounced on Roode and he pulls him away, telling him off. Joker laughs and backs up to tag Gambit. Roode is back by his corner and Storm tags in. He sets to head straight for Gambit, but he’s not there. Gambit’s back in his corner, standing by The Joker and instead of either of them being in the ring, Harley Quinn’s the one standing ready to compete. The referee notices just as Storm does and he tells Christy to get out of the ring. She doesn’t move and just stands there, smiling, staring a hole through Storm. Storm then backs off toward his corner. Roode is on his knees, hurt on the apron, but he yells in at Storm: “What’s the matter with you?” Storm: “She’s freakin’ me out man! There’s no girls like that in Tennessee. I don’t know how to handle it.” Roode: Just go past her and get to the freaks in the corner!” Storm reaches to Gail for a swig of his beer again and then musters up the liquid courage to start toward Hemme, but the ref stops him. The ref then asks Gambit to come back in and compete, so Joker calls Harley over. She tags Gambit, who doesn’t get in from the apron and he just stands there and high-fives (tags) The Joker, who doesn’t get in either. Joker reaches below him to ringside and he tags Kelly. She then kneels by the apron and we see a hand come out from under the ring – and Kelly tags Abyss.

The crowd laugh as Regal says: “This is ridiculous. Would someone get on with an actual wrestling match please?!” Storm becomes very angry and Roode then drops from the apron to look under the ring, but there’s no one there. Storm demands that the ref sort this out and again the ref tells Gambit to get in the ring. The Cajun shrugs his shoulders and says: “I’m not legal homme.” And Joker laughs, “Haha, he wouldn’t be encouraging us to cheat would he?” but then finally Gambit steps back into the squared circle. From the ramp side of the ring, Abyss sticks a hand out and Christy tags him. She then tags Gambit and Gambit says: “There, now I’m legal.” The crowd laugh, but Storm comes over full speed to knock Gambit down with a double-axe clothesline. He kicks him in the gut and then drags him toward his corner.

Bobby Roode is back by his corner and he tags in and now it looks like Beer Money can finally get down to business. They keep Gambit cornered for the moment as Roode tags out and then back in again. JR: “Outstanding tag team work right there. Kids watching at home, that’s how it’s done.” As Beer Money complete a double suplex, we see them shake off their hands and perform their unified taunt “Beer!” “Moneyyyyy!” However, the Why So Serious girls take this as their cue to get in the ring and as Roode and Storm turn around, the girls chant: “Kelly!” “Harleyyyy!” We see a shot at ringside where William Regal is literally bouncing his head off the announcers table: “Flipping hell.” The crowd laugh some more, but now the referee’s had enough and he sends the Why So Serious girls from the ring. They nod and accept, saying that they’ll stay out of the ring, but the ref then exits to ringside and says: “No! Not just out of the ring, away from here completely, now go!” The Joker comes over to protest, but the ref says that he’ll Disqualify Why So Serious if the girls don’t leave – and Abyss has to leave too.

Kelly and Christy lift the ring apron and Abyss comes out, but then they protest Gail Kim being at ringside and so, to be fair, the ref tells Beer Money that Gail has to leave as well. JR: “It’s pandemonium.” Regal: “It’s like trying to get a bunch of rowdy girls and their ugly friend to leave a nightclub at three in the morning is what it is.” JR: “JR what would you know about that William?” Regal: “Oh I’ve had my nights out under the Blackpool Tower believe you me.” Eventually Kelly, Christy, Abyss and Gail Kim all exit up the ramp. However, as the referee shepherds them all away, he’s unbeknownst to what’s happening in the ring. “It’s The Dudleys!” yelps JR as Bubba and Devon come from around the timekeeper's corner. They swarm the ring and Bubba attacks Gambit from behind, lifting him atop his shoulders in position for an Electric Chair and Devon comes flying in from off the top turnbuckle  to clothesline him off and complete the Deadly Device.

As Joker comes in to try make the save, Bubba counters him, and again the Dudleys double-team, dropping The Joker with a 3D! JR: “For Gods sakes, what is the meaning of this?! What are The Dudleys doing here?!” Regal: “Well while Edge isn’t on the show and Mick Foley’s taken out, we’ve seen nothing but chaos here at SuperBrawl Jim. The referee to his credit tried to get some kind of order, but The Dudley Boys have just marked their territory. Gambit and The Joker took their Tag Titles and now it’s redemption for The Dudleys!” We watch as the legal James Storm looks toward Roode and Roode simply eyeballs Bubba and Devon as they exit. Storm dives over The Joker’s body and Roode yells to call in the ref. He comes in and counts Three as both Gambit and The Joker are left laid out.

Winners and New KWF Tag Team Champions of the World: James Storm and Robert Roode, Beer Money.

♫Beer Money’s music♫ <<< click to play) hits, but any celebrations are cut short as we see Kelly, Christy and Abyss march back down the ramp. Roode and Storm exit to ringside and the ref raises an arm each as he hands them their newly won Tag Team Titles. Kelly, Christy and Abyss crawl into the ring to check on Gambit and Joker and replays show that Bubba and Devon have gotten well out of dodge, climbing over the barricade and disappearing through the crowd. The fans are despondent. They applaud Beer Money’s win, but even Roode and Storm seem rattled by the manner in which they won. They look back in the ring and JR says: “It seems like Beer Money may actually feel sorry for Why So Serious.”

Regal: “Don’t be ridiculous Jim. This is a cut-throat business and people get screwed over all the time. All of a sudden you’re going to tell me that we’re supposed to feel sorry for Why So Serious?! They’re a bunch of clowns! They were playing Beer Money all throughout this match and they were cheating via distractions and fake blimmin’ tags. They deserve to finally get put in their place and I for one am glad The Dudleys have done it.” JR: “Aww well William, it was a cowardly move from The Dudleys, attacking from behind knowing full well that they couldn’t get the job done when they faced Gambit and Joker in the past. Now they cost them the Gold when this match was none of their damn business. Oh you mentioned earlier that if Why So Serious lost this match, there’d be hell to pay. Well, let’s hold on to our hats, Gambit and Joker will want those Belts back come WrestleMania – and The Dudleys are sure to have hell to pay indeed.” The camera zooms in on Why So Serious leader, The Joker… and he’s not laughing anymore.

JB is standing by for his final interview of the night, with former KWF World Champion CM Punk. He starts by asking him if he is ready despite only having four days to prepare after qualifying on Wednesday by beating Kevin Nash. Punk: “I'm more than ready JB. That was a pretty tough match against a brute like Nash, but I came through it and tonight, tonight is my last chance to put myself in the main event of WrestleMania. Make no mistake about it though, I know how tough it's going to be. Samoa Joe is incredible, and it took everything I had to put him away last year. Then you've got my hero, Kurt Angle. We had some incredible matches last year as well, and while I'm looking forward to facing him again, the fact it's in a Chamber with four other superstars complicates matters. King Dolph is like a cockroach that you just can't put down, and he has that devastating Zig-Zag from nowhere. Panther has been looking very sharp recently, and this is his big chance to show he's main event material. He could well be a dark horse, or cat, or whatever. Then of course there's Big Bad Brock Lesnar. I know people may not like him, but there's no denying he can destroy anyone when he's on his game. Whatever happens, it should be one hell of a match.” JB: “That's all very good Punk, but what about you? What sets you apart from your opponents tonight?” Punk just smiles and says “Me JB? I'm the Best in the World, remember?” He walks off as Borash finishes: “Good luck.”

We come to a video package showing us the career turnabout of The Absolute Lashley. We’re reminded of his debut; WrestleMania 2011 where Bobby Lashley emerged as The Absolute One, saving The UnderTaker from defeat against Kurt Angle. It turned out that Lashley was hand-picked by the Deadman as his apprentice, but as time went on, Taker came to his conclusion that Lashley was not worthy of being in line to take the Dark Side’s throne. Taker abused Lashley, tortured him and by Angle versus Taker on Turmoil two weeks ago, it is now clear that The Absolute Lashley has had enough of the controlling power of The UnderTaker. Lashley wasn’t going to take it anymore and Paul Bearer laid out a challenge on his behalf, a challenge that The UnderTaker declined.

The following week, just this past Wednesday, The Icon Sting called out Taker and he questioned the integrity of the Lord of Darkness. He goaded Taker into accepting Lashley’s challenge, but after some negotiations the following stipulations were put in place. Tonight at SuperBrawl there is to be a match; The Icon Sting against The Masked Demon Kane. If Sting wins then Lashley gets his one-on-one match versus The UnderTaker at WrestleMania. If Kane wins, then at Mania the Deadman’s streak will be on the line by way of a tag team match; The Brothers of Destruction versus The Absolute Lashley and the man they call Sting.

We come to ringside where the arena lights darken and we hear a craze of lightning come across the titantron. It’s eerily familiar and as the lightning continues, we see that the images it’s showing us are those of Sting. ♫Music hits♫ <<< click to play) and a child’s voice speaks over this moment…

‘People once believed that when someone dies, a crow carries their soul to the land of the dead. But sometimes, something happens so bad that a terrible sadness is carried with it and the soul can’t rest. In a case where a soul is taken, only one can rise to put the wrong things right. We look to the skies for a vindicator. Someone to strike fear into the black hearts of the same men who created him; The Absolute. Against the pit of evil comes a dark warrior. The purveyor of good and a man on a mission of justice. This is Sting.’…

The thunder soon simmers down and out steps Sting onto the stage and the crowd go wild at the realization of witnessing the Stinger compete here tonight at SuperBrawl. JR: “Aww there’s a chill in the air and a big fight feel to this one William.” Regal: “Indeed Jim. A few moments ago we saw a typically bizarre Why So Serious match, and The Joker for once wasn’t laughing at the end of that one. But here’s where things get really serious and I’ll tell you this, UnderTaker trusts only one man, and that’s his brother Kane. Sting has little to no affiliations with Lashley what-so-ever, and I think that’s going to work in Taker’s favor.” JR: “There’s no arguing your assumptions William, but remember, Sting has been known to stick his neck on the line for the greater good throughout his entire career. He’s always sacrificed himself and there’s no thinking in his mind I believe, that he’ll take this match at half mast. Stinger’s in it to win it and that says a lot about The Absolute Lashley.”

Regal: “What are you getting at Jim? The greater good? What good is there in the Beast?!” JR: “Exactly, we don’t know and by Lashley’s actions under the Dark Side, we’ve seen him do some awful things. But Sting has been the only one to try and talk to him, he’s been the only one that’s looked him in the eyes and tried to see Bobby Lashley’s soul. It’s because of that, the belief in good that this match has come about tonight. And by God, one way or another we will see Lashley and Taker on opposite sides of the ring at WrestleMania.” Sting stands in the ring after having removed his trench coat. He’s in his traditional black singlet with white Scorpions on either side of his body. The arena lights fade to black. The stage-lights turn blood-red and ♫music hits♫ <<< click to play) and out comes Kane. Regal: “The Big Red Monster is as menacing and as scary as he was on his WWF debut way back when he cost UnderTaker the Hell in a Cell match against Shawn Michaels in ’97.” JR: “This Kane has always been the scariest. He renewed his original character here in the KWF and the presence and the fear of Satan cannot be denied through Kane. Aww, ladies and gentlemen, we’re about set for a slobberknocker.”

Sting vs. Kane

Sting looks confident as the bell rings and Kane starts toward The Icon. Sting doesn’t back down and he swings a right hand hard into the mask of Kane. Kane takes the hit, stands there, tilts his head and he sets to uppercut Sting, but Sting evades contact and he grabs Kane’s striking arm. The audience chant Sting’s name and we watch as he kicks the back of Kane’s leg and brings him down to a knee while maintaining grip of the arm. Kane is strong though and he stands up to instantly clothesline Sting down with his free arm. Kane covers for One, Two – but a quick kick-out and the match goes on. The comms remind us that there is no interference allowed from The UnderTaker or The Absolute Lashley. If there is a case where this happens, the match will result in a Disqualification.

As the contest goes on we can see that Sting’s strategy is to chop Kane down limb by limb. He targets Kane’s right arm and right leg early on, but then he moves on to his left leg. Regal: “It’s quite fascinating to see Jim. It’s not like Sting’s going to weaken the legs so much that he can think about a Deathlock, but he’s trying his mightiest I’ll give him that.” JR: “Aww I wouldn’t count Sting out at all William. No one would expect for him to try and make Kane tap out, but perhaps that’s what he’s trying to do and Kane himself wouldn’t expect it.” We watch as the match spills to ringside and here’s where Kane takes control. He performs UnderTaker’s snake-eyes over the barricade. Kane then rams The Icon kidney first into the ring apron before finally rolling him into the ring. He slides in as well, gets One on the count, gets Two – but Sting kicks out.

Regal: “Have you noticed the amount of pins Kane is going for Jim? D’you think that’s direct guidance from The UnderTaker? I assume he’s told his brother that it’s not about inflicting pain tonight, it’s about winning the match.” JR: “Quite possibly. Kane’s been silent throughout his KWF career, often the bearer of pain on behalf of his brother. With what’s on the line here, there’s no doubt that Kane is in this match to not only inflict hell fire, but the Big Red Monster certainly wants to win this one.” We watch as Kane exits the ring and walks along the apron to start climbing. He sets to measure for his version of Old School, his old flying clothesline from off the top rope. However, Sting is coherent and he gets to the corner to stop the move from happening and he manages to knock Kane off balance.

Sting climbs to the middle turnbuckle and the fans count along as he administers the Ten-punch. He has Kane exactly where he wants him and using his experience and balance, Sting climbs to the very top turnbuckle with Kane in superplex position and with all his might, The Icon performs the move – sending Kane all the way down to the canvas! Both men are down as the exerted energy from performing the superplex has sapped the energy from Sting. The crowd are on their feet as they cheer Sting on. He turns to his stomach. He crawls and he looks to put an arm on Kane for a cover, but he can’t, because Kane sits up! JR: “Oh my God.” Regal: “Oh Jesus, this isn’t good. This isn’t good at all.” Kane gets to his feet and he stares down at Sting. Sting gets up groggy – and Kane uppercuts him down. It seems the end may be near for the Stinger, but wait, Sting takes the uppercut and he gets back up.

Regal: “What the hell?” Kane tilts his head and then smashes Sting with another uppercut, a left, a right and he then sends Sting against the ropes and when he comes back he drops him with a tilt-o-whirl slam. Kane gets to his feet – but so does Sting! Regal: “Jim what’s going on?” JR: “This is Sting! My God, after all these years, that man has still got the heart, the urge to keep getting up and how ironic that it’s almost like he has the very resilience of a deadman. By God, the purveyor of all that is good, come on Sting, William this arena is rumbling to the core!” The fans are going wild as Sting yells out a heroic “Whooooo”, but it has no ounce of an effect on Kane. The Masked Demon goes at Sting again and Sting takes the punishment. A sidewalk slam, a spinebuster and by God, a Chokeslam from hell! Sting’s down, The Icon is down and this has to be over. Kane makes the cover for One! Two! – and Thr-Noooo! JR: “Sting kicks out! Sting kicks out!” Regal: “I can’t believe what I’m seeing.”

JR: “William, The UnderTaker created The Absolute Lashley, he didn’t want to face him at Mania – but now it seems like there’s a certain inevitability about it all. Sting has every single person in this building on their feet and by God I’ll say it, I want to see Lashley versus Taker at WrestleMania!” Regal: “But look Jim, we cannot underestimate Kane, the Monster is at it again!” Kane picks Sting up. He lifts him and turns him over into position for a Tombstone. The comms fear that this will put an end to Sting – but Sting’s legs are kicking. He uses his weight and he forces himself over the back of Kane and there’s almost a collective stop in time. Almost as if we’re watching in slow motion as the fans’ cameras flash to capture the image of Sting falling down the back of Kane and simultaneously clutching his head to drop his opponent with a Scorpion DeathDrop! The crowd go absolutely berserk and Sting makes the cover! ‘One!’ count the crowd, ‘Two!’ and ‘Three!’

Winner: Sting.

*Ding* *Ding-Ding* goes the bell and Justin Roberts announces, “Ladies and gentlemen, your winner of the match; Thee Iiiiiicon Sttttiiiiiinnnnnnnggggggg!” Just as Sting’s music is about to kick in, we hear a *BONG!* and the arena lights fade to black. We hear thunder and out on the stage, as the lights turn a little brighter, we see the emergence of The UnderTaker. The Deadman looks angry at his brother’s loss and the comms reiterate the fact that we will now see The UnderTaker put his streak on the line at WrestleMania – and it will be against his very own creation; The Absolute Lashley. UnderTaker stares down toward the ring as Sting gets to his feet. He sees Taker on stage and then Sting steps toward the ropes. He makes sure that he is looking The UnderTaker directly in the eyes – and then Sting’s eyes roll back, he performs the Dark Side cut-throat sign and the crowd gasp as The UnderTaker’s expression increases in anger. ♫Sting’s music♫ <<< click to play) kicks in and the comms talk up how Lashley’s challenge to Taker is the biggest threat The Deadman has ever had to his streak. JR finishes: “What a victory by Sting, a huge victory and what an ending. Lashley’s coming for you UnderTaker, Lashley’s coming!”

We come to a video showing off the Elimination Chamber. The voiceover reminds us of the size and weight of the structure, and we see clips from Chambers gone by. We are then shown the best of the qualifying matches after the Chamber was announced. We hear Edge's voice explaining that the winner of the Chamber match will earn a place in the KWF World Title match at WrestleMania, joining Royal Rumble winner John Cena and whomever the KWF Champion may be. We see Brock Lesnar beating Joker Hardy, King Dolph beating RVD thanks to interference from Ryback, Panther getting the better of Mr. Anderson, Kurt Angle defeating The UnderTaker after an attack from The Absolute Lashley, Samoa Joe putting away Jeff Jarrett and CM Punk effectively knocking out Kevin Nash. All six men are ready, and so are we as the video ends on a grainy image of the structure that is the Elimination Chamber.

We’re back in the arena and we can see that the massive Chamber structure has now been put in place over and around the ring. The fans are loud as JR and Regal exclaim their excitement. JR: “There’s nothing quite like an Elimination Chamber, and the winner is going to the main event of WrestleMania!” ♫Cult of Personality♫ <<< click to play) blares over the sound system and CM Punk, the last man to qualify for this match this past Wednesday on Turmoil, makes his way down the ramp. He enters the first pod, and is followed by King Dolph, Panther and Kurt Angle. Samoa Joe then heads out and Regal points out that we now know the two men who will start this match. The loud intimidating ♫music of Brock Lesnar♫ <<< click to play) hits, and the Ultimate Fighter heads out last. The Chamber door is shut, the pods are sealed, and we’re going to kick things off with Samoa Joe vs. Brock Lesnar.

CM Punk vs. King Dolph vs. Panther vs. Kurt Angle vs. Samoa Joe vs. Brock Lesnar - Elimination Chamber match – winner will advance to main event for the World Heavyweight Championship at WrestleMania

Lesnar looks really pumped for this, as JR points out the factor that he was the very first of these participants to qualify when he beat Joker Hardy over three weeks ago, while Joe only advanced this past Wednesday after besting Jeff Jarrett. “Brock has had plenty of time to prepare for this and plot his strategy.” Regal: “Strategy? He beats people up and pins them. You don’t need three and a half weeks to plan for that.” Joe doesn’t look intimidated as they lock up. They fiercely push against one another, with Lesnar just getting the better of the Samoan Submission Machine. He backs him up to a corner. He lets go and raises his arms, but quickly attempts a shot at Joe. However, Joe ducks underneath it and goes behind Lesnar, turning him around and hitting several right hooks of his own. He backs into the middle of the ring and Lesnar follows, but Joe executes an arm drag and Lesnar rolls to the other corner.

Lesnar gets up in a fury and is facing Panther’s pod. The Black Cat smiles and waves at him, but this enrages Brock, who punches the Perspex, nearly shattering it. Regal: “Good God man, don’t anger it. You’ll be in there yourself in a minute you dozy pillock!” Lesnar channels his anger to get back into the match, and puts a submission hold on Joe, but the Samoan is able to maneuver his way out of it. He clotheslines Brock over the top rope and onto the steel grate, before following. They trade blows on the outside of the ring, before Brock Irish-whips Joe into Panther’s pod, smashing the side of it. Panther: “Hey! Leave my pod alone!”

The timing is perfect as the countdown clock leads us to our next entrant. The lights lower and the spotlight moves around the four pods, eventually stopping on that of CM Punk! The self proclaimed Best in the World is eager to get into the match, and heads straight for the waiting Lesnar. The action is back in the ring and Punk is flying here. He is slightly fresher and it shows. He is firing shots at Brock, and he sends him into the corner, before following with a knee to the face and a bulldog. He covers but barely gets Two. The fans chant Punk’s name as he continues to work over Lesnar. We see that Joe is just starting to recover on the outside. Punk hits Lesnar with kicks, before seeing that Joe is back up. He heads over to the ropes and springs of the middle of the top rope, going for a flying clothesline, but Joe moves to the side and pushes Punk into the steel chains of the inside of the Chamber.

Punk is down and hurt, as Joe covers him, getting a close Two. Joe leaves Punk and heads back into the ring to take on Brock. They trade more shots back and forth, with Brock getting on top again. He impressively gets Joe up in position for an F5, but Joe elbows him in the jaw to escape. However, they are both taken out moments later as Punk flies off the top rope again, hitting a double dropkick. The fans cheer as we count down to our next contestant… it’s Kurt Angle! The Olympic Gold medalist gets in and straight away goes for Lesnar, while Punk works over Joe. JR reminds us that both these encounters have a history, with Angle and Lesnar clashing at WWE WrestleMania 19 and Punk and Joe putting in a match of the year contender at Bound For Glory last October. Angle and Lesnar are fighting on pure adrenaline, showing that their hatred for one another is still very much bubbling on the surface. Angle sends Lesnar against the ropes, but Brock reverses it, before catching him on the rebound and tossing him over his head with a belly-to-belly suplex. However, just a few moments later, Angle executes a side belly-to-belly on Brock.

Regal says that Angle is lucky to be in this match as he only defeated The UnderTaker in his qualifier thanks to The Absolute Lashley, but JR ripostes that a performer of Angle’s pedigree belongs in a match like this. Meanwhile, Joe and Punk are closely matched also, just as they were in their epic KWF Championship match. Punk hits a high boot to the head, and thinks he’s in control, but Joe plays possum and very nearly puts on the Kokina Clutch. However, Punk uses the ropes to stay out of it, before elbowing Joe away and hitting a neckbreaker. The lights soon come down and we count down to our penultimate entrant, Panther!

The pod door is opened, but Panther turns around and steps out through the Samoa Joe-sized hole on the other side. He stands by the edge of the Chamber, before rubbing his hands together, running up to the ropes and leaping onto the middle of the top rope, before flying off and clattering into all four of the other participants. Everyone is left in a big pile in the middle of the ring as the fans cheer. JR: “Well, that’s quite a way to make an entrance.” Regal: “Bloody show off, and he’s hurt himself in the process.” JR: “Panther is a natural entertainer, and can now say that he just took out four of the top guys in the KWF with one move.” Panther’s antics get him into trouble though, as Angle and Joe work together to teach him some respect. They take him to the outside of the ring and Joe slingshots Panther into the side of the Chamber, before Angle hits a German Suplex on him. The Black Cat smacks the back of his head on the steel and is in serious pain. Angle’s hurt too, but Joe is able to get the cover. One, Two – but no, he can’t put Panther away. Meanwhile, Punk and Lesnar are at it again, and Brock is on top. He fires Punk into the corner, shoulder first into the ring post, before felling him with a decapitating clothesline. He covers but also only finds Two. The final countdown comes up on the screen and we soon have our final competitor, King Dolph!

JR: “We now have a complete set. All six participants are in the ring, and we are yet to have our first elimination. At least now there can be no excuses as the winner, whomever he may be, will have to survive all five of his fellow combatants.” Regal: “God I love Elimination Chambers! My money’s on Brock. He started this match and still looks imperious.” Unsurprisingly, Dolph heads straight for Panther. He picks the bones of the work done by Joe and Angle, who are fighting each other again, and lays the boot into his long-time nemesis. He drops a jumping elbow and covers, but Panther kicks out yet again. The fans are chanting for almost everyone in the Chamber as the match progresses. Angle takes down Lesnar with an Angle Slam, but gets only Two, while Punk inadvertently rescues Panther by nailing King Dolph with an enziguiri. Punk and Dolph trade moves now, with the King showing off as usual. JR points out that he’s still looking brash and cocky even without Ryback as protection, and Regal reminds us that Dolph became King of the Ring all by himself, so he can certainly cope in the Chamber.

Ziggler’s not holding back and is trying to hit moves on everyone. He even attempts a Zig-Zag on Lesnar, but Brock doesn’t go down. Instead, Dolph hangs off him like a backpack, until he’s thrown over the head of the Ultimate Fighter. Now Dolph is on the receiving end of moves as Angle nails him with a hard shot to the head, and CM Punk pushes him into Samoa Joe, who grabs hold of him and wraps him in a Kokina Clutch. He falls back on it and has it locked on. Dolph struggles, but it’s no good and before long he is forced to tap out. King Dolph is eliminated. JR: “Dolph is outta there. The last one in is the first one out. Sometimes being overly confident can have its drawbacks, everyone wants a piece of you.” Regal: “That was gang mentality Jim, and did you notice the one person who didn’t get a crack at him was Panther?” That was due to the Black Cat being hurt on the outside. An enraged Dolph goes to head out of the Chamber as the door is opened, but he passes the recovering Panther as he does, and in a fit of rage, Ziggler floors him with a Zig-Zag right on the steel! The fans boo loudly as officials come in to force Dolph out of the Chamber. He yells: “You had that coming! You cost me at the Rumble, and that’s payback!” JR: “That is an absolute disgrace! Dolph Ziggler is out of this match, and he may well have taken an innocent Panther with him! Get him out of there!” Regal: “He’s right though. Panther knocked him out of the Royal Rumble, so Dolph is getting his own back.” Panther is in pain and rolls under the bottom rope and into the ring. He is picked up by Brock Lesnar, who puts him straight on his shoulders, before executing a perfect F5! He covers and the Three is elementary. Panther is eliminated.

JR: “So thanks to the heinous actions of Dolph Ziggler, we’re now down to four.” Panther is helped out of the Chamber as Lesnar is set upon by CM Punk again. He hits him with a kick to the gut, and then comes off the ropes to lift a knee into his face. He attempts to lock on an Anaconda Vise, but Brock fights him off and hits knees to his head. Meanwhile, Joe and Angle are having a very even contest on the outside, trading blows and holds. Angle applies a front headlock, but Joe squirms out of it and hits shots to the back of Angle’s head, before pushing him into a pod, and following up with a modified facewash kick. It backfires somewhat though, as his foot ends up going through the Perspex after Angle moves to avoid it. He is hurt, but still somehow manages to fight off Angle. He elbows him away and looks to escape into the ring, but as he goes through the ropes, Angle grabs Joe’s hurt ankle. He applies an Ankle Lock, with Kurt stood on the outside and Joe hanging over the middle rope, with only his leg still on the outside. He tries to kick Kurt away, but every time Angle wrenches it, he collapses in pain. Angle has sweat pouring down him as he continues to apply pressure, and despite Joe’s best attempts to fight back, he eventually taps out. Samoa Joe is eliminated.

Regal: “And then there were three. One of Brock Lesnar, CM Punk or Kurt Angle will be going to WrestleMania to fight for the KWF World Title. Can you feel the electricity in here JR?” JR: “I sure can.” The three men look at one another, and it becomes apparent that Angle and Punk are going to try and double up on Lesnar. Brock is powerful and fights them off in the early going, but soon succumbs as Punk hits a low dropkick to the knee. Angle then clasps his arms around Brock, before hitting one, two and three German Suplexes. He pulls down his straps as he seems set for the Angle Slam. However, as he waits for Lesnar to get up, CM Punk rolls him up and very nearly gets Three. This causes Angle and Punk to go at it, allowing Brock to recover. Punk looks to be getting the better of the Olympic Gold medalist, until he tries one kick too many and gets caught. Angle grabs his foot and applies the Ankle Lock. Punk is in serious trouble as Angle looks to earn his second submission of the match. Punk is roaring in pain, but refuses to tap out. Angle is shouting at him to tap, and the fans are on their feet, some wanting the tap, some begging Punk to hold on. Just as Punk looks set to tap, *BAM!* Lesnar comes up behind Angle and floors him with a low blow. Angle lets go of the hold and collapses to the canvas. JR: “Why? Why do that when Punk was about to tap?” Regal: “Because Brock Lesnar wants to make Punk tap himself.” Regal proves to be correct as Lesnar gets straight onto Punk and applies the Kimura Lock. He wrenches Punk’s arm as JR says “It’s a case of out of the frying pan and into the fire for CM Punk.”

Punk struggles and grabs the ropes, but in a Chamber match this does nothing. Regal: “Brock could break his arm at any moment. Punk should tap now, or he won’t make WrestleMania in any form.” Again, Punk looks close to tapping as his attempts to break the hold have been futile. However, Lesnar is grabbed from behind by Angle, who applies a rear naked choke. This forces Brock to let go of Punk, and now it is he who is in danger of tapping. Punk pulls himself away from danger to recover, as Lesnar fights back against Angle. He manages to break the hold, and now the two of them get up to hurl right hands at one another, brawling away. JR: “This isn’t wrestling anymore, this is a straight up fight between Brock Lesnar and Kurt Angle!” Regal: “Kurt is tough as old boots, but you should never get into a fight with a former UFC Champion.” Angle is holding his own though, and forces Lesnar against the ropes. Brock turns it around and hits some savage body blows. Angle resorts to raking the eyes to get Lesnar away from him, and then he goes to attack his blinded opponent. However, Lesnar recovers in time to lift Angle up, before throwing him over the top rope and onto the steel grate with an F5! He heads straight through the ropes and covers, getting One, Two and Three. Kurt Angle is eliminated.

JR: “We are now at two after that devastating F5. CM Punk or Brock Lesnar will be heading to compete for the World Title in the main event of KWF WrestleMania!” Brock gets back in the ring and sees that Punk is still in a bad way on the far side. He walks across and picks Punk up, before hoisting him onto his shoulders and driving his head into the side of the Chamber. Punk falls down and is trying to crawl into one of the pods. Lesnar watches him and smirks confidently. Punk closes the pod door, but it does no good as Lesnar punches it open again. JR: “My God! He just smashed that Perspex with his bare hand!” Regal: “He’s not the most subtle chap is he?” Lesnar reaches in and drags Punk back out of the pod, before tossing him back into the ring. He follows and stalks Punk, who is trying to seek sanctuary by the ropes, but he can’t escape Brock, who drags him up by the tights, before hitting a backbreaker. He covers without hooking the leg, and nearly gets Three. He looks slightly angered that he didn’t, and so he looks set to end it. He picks Punk up onto his shoulders and is set for the F5. However, Punk hits him with some desperate elbows, and manages to escape, before an instinctive boot to the side of the head sends both Brock and Punk falling to the canvas.

JR: “Both men are down, and maybe, just maybe, CM Punk can still make something of this match!” Regal: “Brock had it won, but he didn’t hook the leg. And remember Jim, a kick like that knocked out Kevin Nash just a few days ago on Turmoil. Lesnar may be on dream street here.” Punk very slowly gets to his feet, and waits for Lesnar to do the same, before attempting a bodyslam. However, Lesnar lifts him up again for an F5, but Punk uses the momentum of going up to slip over his shoulder and land behind, before hoisting Lesnar onto his own shoulders with an inconceivable show of strength. JR: “He’s got Brock up and… YES! GTS! GTS! GTS!” Brock is put down with Go To Sleep, but Punk has collapsed again and cannot get across to pin straight away. He looks at Brock, and then looks to the corner. He heads for the turnbuckles as Regal asks why. JR: “I think he realizes he may have left it too late to make the pin. He’s going for one last move.” Punk heads up to the top rope and points to the sky. The fans cheer, but Punk doesn’t jump. Instead he looks to the sky, then behind him, before climbing up further still so that he is on top of one of the pods. JR: “Where’s he going? CM Punk is climbing on top of the pod! Just what does he have in mind here?!” Punk slowly raises himself as the fans noise increases further, before leaping off the pod and connecting with an almighty Elbow Drop! The fans go absolutely bananas as Punk wearily slumps his arm over Lesnar and the official counts One… Two… THREE!

Winner: CM Punk.

JR: “Punk did it! CM Punk did it! He outlasted five other men to win the Elimination Chamber, and CM Punk is now going to WrestleMania!” Regal: “Well he’s lost me a few quid, but I’ve got to hand it to Mr. Punk. That was quite a showing. To be so close to tapping out on two occasions, and then to come back and do what he did to a man like Brock Lesnar, well, he deserves every plaudit he’s going to get from this, and he certainly deserves to main event WrestleMania. Well done that man.” Punk can barely stand as the referee tries to raise his hand. ♫Cult of Personality♫ <<< click to play) fills the arena as the fans applaud such a heroic effort.

We come into a shot panning across the skyline of New York as a graphic fades onto the screen. It is the logo for KWF WrestleMania 2013. It fades out again, and is replaced by another graphic saying ’35 days’. The short commercial comes to an end and we come back into the arena as JR excitedly says “Yes ladies and gentlemen, we are just five short weeks away from the biggest night of the year, KWF WrestleMania 2013, live from New York City on Sunday March 31st!” Regal: “I cannot wait for that Jim, as with every year, I guarantee that history will be made that night in some form or another.” JR: “It always is William, and WrestleMania is already taking shape. We know two of the three participants in its main event Triple Threat match for the KWF Championship. Royal Rumble winner John Cena will face Elimination Chamber winner CM Punk, but we still do not know who the Champion will be heading into it, but we’re about to find out. Will it be AJ Styles or Wade Barrett? Folks here comes our SuperBrawl main event of the evening!”

We fade into a video chronicling the long term rivalry between the Phenomenal One and the leader of the British Invasion. It all began when Barrett succeeded Eric Young at the head of the ‘World Elite’ group when the KWF was split between two shows, and led them into battle against the ‘Thundercat’ faction headed up by Edge and Styles. That rivalry came to a head at Survivor Series 2010 (the last night we saw Bobby Lashley) as the Thundercats defeated the World Elite, ultimately leading to the demise of both factions. AJ moved on to his solo career, and went on to win the Money in the Bank ladder match at WrestleMania 2011. He was to cash in after a grueling Triple Threat match against Triple H and The UnderTaker at SummerSlam and won his first ever WWE Championship. A few months down the line, Wade Barrett, now leader of the British Invasion having been groomed for the role by William Regal, would become the number one contender, and won the Title from Styles at Casino Warfare thanks to interference from John Cena. The heat was turned up between the two in the months that followed, and Styles eventually won the Belt back at SuperBrawl last year.

Barrett spent much of the past twelve months suffering from injury problems and trying to lead the British Invasion, but after coming close to winning the Royal Rumble last month (and believing himself that he had won it) Edge granted Barrett an opportunity to take the KWF Championship from his long term nemesis and carry it into WrestleMania. However, Styles has been Champion since he won an epic one-hour Ironman match against CM Punk at Survivor Series 2012. Barrett was made to team with Styles and, ironically, Cena on the night he learned that he was to be the number one contender, as they faced a common enemy in LAX. However, Barrett’s mind was always on the Title as he hit both his partners with a Bull-hammer elbow during the match. Cena was to get his revenge the following week as he attacked Barrett from behind with an FU while the Brit was on the stage taunting Styles, but tonight offers the Phenomenal One his first chance to get even, while Barrett has a big opportunity to be Champion at the most crucial time of the year. We fade back into the arena as the fans raise the volume in anticipation. After a long silence, a shower of golden pyro pours onto the stage… ♫Get Ready To Fly!♫ <<< click to play) the reigning, defending KWF World Champion AJStyles comes out to a great reception, and looks pumped up for his toughest Title defense yet.

As Barrett comes out by himself, JR wonders if he had anything to do with the British Invasion attacking LAX earlier. Regal: “I've no doubt he did, but didn't want to muddy his hands himself as he knew how important this match is. Win the strap tonight and carry it into WrestleMania? It's no less than he deserves.” Styles and Barrett eyeball each other as the referee raises the KWF Title and hands it to ringside. Justin Roberts makes the official introductions and the comms build up how this is the last challenge AJ Styles will have. JR: “Win this one AJ, and you are it, you are the top dog to carry that KWF Title and defend it on the grandest stage of all.” Regal rubs his hands together: “Just watch Jim, it’s Barrett’s time. The pressure may be on AJ, but the determination is with Wade Barrett. A Brit to go into Mania at the World Champion. Yes, come on Wade, this is it.” The fans are on their feet and the bell goes and we're underway.

AJ Styles vs. Wade Barrett – KWF World Heavyweight Championship

The match begins with a collar and elbow tie-up, as JR reminds us that by the end of this one, we'll know our WrestleMania main event. Barrett pushes AJ against the ropes, and the referee forces the break, but Barrett hits Styles with a right hand. The fans boo, but Barrett doesn't care as it's given him the upper hand. He backs Styles into the corner and starts striking him with hard shots to the face and torso. Regal talks up Barrett's bareknuckle fighting background, suggesting that he is too powerful for AJ and as he pointed out last week, is just one Bull-hammer Elbow away from knocking Styles out cold. JR says that as Styles overcame Brock Lesnar last month at the Royal Rumble, it's unlikely that he'll be undone by Barrett's power. Barrett hits a backbreaker, before a relaxed cover barely gets Two. He looks very comfortable, but perhaps too comfortable as he goes for a suplex, but Styles lands on his feet behind him, before hitting a neckbreaker. Styles' fans cheer as he gets to his feet and looks to get back into the match. He comes off the ropes and hits a low dropkick to the head of Barrett, before an innovative roll-up gets Two.

Styles looks to up the tempo as he uses the ropes, both by sending Barrett against them and flying off them himself. He hits a standing dropkick on Barrett after bouncing him off the ropes and he is very much on top now. He springboards off the middle rope and hits a legdrop, getting another Two from the pin. As Barrett gets up again, AJ comes off the ropes, but gets put down when the Brit raises his boot and catches him in the face. Barrett shakes his head, trying to get his senses back after Styles' offense, and slows the tempo of the match down again as he methodically works over the Champion. He hits a successful suplex now, before adjusting his elbow pad, and signaling that he intends to end this one early. Regal: “Oh yes, it's Bull-hammer time!” He picks Styles up and grabs his arm, before pulling him towards himself and aiming his elbow at the face, but AJ ducks it before *BAM!* Pele connects!

The fans cheer as Styles and Barrett are both down. AJ gets to his feet and decides to head out to the apron. He measures up and goes for a 450-Splash off the middle of the top rope. However, Barrett rolls out of the way. Styles manages to land on his feet, but awkwardly and seems to have done something to his ankle. He hobbles to the corner, and as he sees that Barrett is getting up, he escapes to the outside. He is concerned about his ankle, but cannot do anything about it as Barrett is right on him. He tries to fight him off, but can't on one foot. Barrett hits him with some shots, before launching him into the barrier. Regal: “This is where Wade Barrett is at his best. He's smelled blood and is going in for the kill. That's what Champions do Jim.” He drags AJ by the ankle, before slamming it against the steel steps. AJ is in a tremendous amount of pain, and Barrett looks smug and in charge once more. He walks over to William Regal, and shakes his hand. JR: “Oh come on! Try and show some impartiality at least!” Barrett, looks at JR, before stripping the top of the announce table. He moves the monitors, and takes JR's water.

He takes a swig, before dumping the rest of it over Styles. He then picks him up as JR and Regal clear the area. He sets Styles up for a powerbomb through the table. However, as he gets him up, Styles manages to maneuver it so that he brings Barrett down with a DDT! The fans cheer as AJ struggles to get back to his feet and rolls back into the ring. JR: “This could be it! A Count-out victory could do it for Styles! Barrett is out cold it seems, and AJ might have won it!” Regal: “Get up Wade! For the love of God!” The referee is counting as AJ lies on the canvas holding his ankle. Barrett is beginning to stir, but has just four seconds to get back in the ring. He pulls himself towards the ring, before using the ring apron to pull himself up. The referee gets to Nine, and Barrett just about manages to roll back in. Regal: “Yes! Well done Wade! Now put him away!” Styles manages to get up, shaking off his ankle injury. He grabs Barrett, trying to throw him to the corner. Barrett reverses it and launches Styles, but AJ springs back off the middle rope with a moonsault, landing on his feet and hitting a Reverse DDT. The fans go wild as AJ covers, getting One... Two... no! Barrett kicks out. JR: “That was vintage AJ Styles, and that ankle seems to not be bothering him so much now. That Ten-count break did him some good.”

Styles can't believe it, and uses the ropes to pull himself up. He signals that it's time for the Clash, and as Barrett gets to his feet he puts his head in position. However, in a reversal of Turmoil's main event when Styles turned an Alabama Slam attempt by Alberto Del Rio into a Styles Clash, Barrett lifts the Champion up and turns a Clash attempt into an Alabama Slam. He falls down, before crawling over for the cover, getting One... Two... no! Now it's Styles' turn to kick out. Barrett gets up and looks exhausted, but rearranges his elbow pad again, ready to hit a Bull-hammer. Regal: “Yes, that’s it, come on Wade, come on.” However, as he waits for AJ to get up, there's boos from the crowd as we see that LAX are storming the ring. Del Rio, Mysterio, Homicide, Hernandez and Konnan are running to the ring and they attack both Barrett and Styles. The referee has no choice but to throw the match out.

No Contest: AJ Styles retains KWF World Heavyweight Championship by way of default.

LAX hold nothing back as they beat down both Champion and Challenger. Regal: “What on earth?! Wade was about to win the Title, what's going on?!” JR: “It must be in retaliation to the British Invasion costing Del Rio the Hardcore Championship earlier tonight. LAX have caused this match to be thrown out, and they're savagely attacking both men!” Hernandez floors Styles with a Border Toss, while Del Rio has Barrett in a Cross Armbreaker. However, he is forced to let go as we see that the rest of the British Invasion are heading to the ring again. They enter and another brawl ensues between the two factions. JR: “This is absolute chaos! This is as a result of Edge not being here, and Mick Foley being taken out by LAX earlier tonight. This is what happens when the inmates run the asylum!” Regal: “Come on you Brits! Get them! They cost Wade the KWF Title!” JR: “Well this means that AJ Styles is still the KWF Champion, which I assume means that he is now the third man in the WrestleMania main event. John Cena, CM Punk and AJ Styles? Mouthwatering!” Regal: “It's not fair! Bloody Mexicans!” JR: “Thank you all for taking the time to be with us tonight. We hope you've enjoyed the show, the final pay-per-view before WrestleMania! Let us know what you thought, and we'll see you right back here on KWF Blogs this Wednesday for all the fallout from tonight! Join us won't you? Goodnight from Oklahoma!” The crowd haven’t had a conclusion to their main event, but they’re well into witnessing the super brawl between these two factions. We fade out on the image of the British Invasion brawling with the Latin American eXchange.

[kwfblogs]

KWF Wednesday Night Turmoil: 20th Feb. 2012 – Pan American Center. Las Cruces, NM.

The opening titles come to a close as we enter the Pan American Center. The pyro’s go off and Jim Ross introduces us to the show. He informs us that tonight is the final Turmoil before SuperBrawl, and reminds us that the close of last week’s show saw Kurt Angle qualify for the Elimination Chamber in astonishing circumstances. “In an ironic twist in their WrestleMania rematch, Kurt Angle actually won thanks to an intervention from The Absolute Lashley. The Beast lifted up his mentor, The UnderTaker, and slammed him down with a hellacious Sitdown Spinebuster. The Deadman had earlier in the night rejected Lashley’s challenge for this year’s WrestleMania, and it seems The Phenom’s former protégé didn’t’ take too kindly to that. So Angle joins Panther, King Dolph and Brock Lesnar in the Chamber this Sunday, but who will our final two participants be?”

William Regal then pipes up and informs us that all he has been able to find out is that we will indeed have two qualifying matches tonight, and that one will feature Samoa Joe, and the other will feature CM Punk, but he has no idea who their opponents will be. JR goes on to say that we will be treated to two Chick matches tonight, including a huge tag bout as The Beautiful People take on Mickie James and the number one contender to Angelina Love’s Women’s Title, AJ Lee. “And not only that, but tonight’s main event is sure to be a real slobberknocker as the KWF World Heavyweight Champion AJ Styles warms up for his Title defense against Wade Barrett on Sunday by facing another leader of a fearsome faction, Alberto Del Rio!”

Regal: “Oh my. I hear that Wade isn’t in the building tonight, but I’m sure he’ll be watching and scouting Styles. Hopefully Del Rio can give him a few war wounds heading into SuperBrawl. Maybe his cronies might assist on that front.” JR: “I sure hope not. We’ve seen enough attacks from LAX in recent weeks to last us a lifetime.” With that, we hear ♫some familiar funky music♫ <<< click to play) play as The Funkasaurus Brodus Clay and his Funkadactyls head to the ring. Regal condemns the antics of Clay, and says that he’ll soon have that smile wiped from his large face. JR: “This match was set up by Edge last week, and we’re finally set to see the KWF in-ring debut of King Dolph’s new muscle. Ladies and gentlemen we kick off Wednesday Night Turmoil with Brodus Clay versus Ryback!” ♫Feed… Me… More!♫ <<< click to play).

Brodus Clay vs. Ryback

JR notes that Ryback has entered by himself, with no King Dolph or Queen Madison in sight. Regal: “Of course. Ryback is the hired help of the King and Queen, not the other way around. I don't think he's one for moral support either.” Ryback stands across the ring from Brodus breathing heavily with wide eyes. Brodus tells him to loosen up, and does a little dance for him, but Ryback doesn't look impressed. Brodus sees it isn't working and starts jiggling instead. The fans laugh, but again Ryback just stands there.

In one last attempt to start on the right note, Brodus offers his hand. Ryback looks at it, then at him, and then storms at him to clothesline the Funkasaurus down. Regal: “What an actual moron. Did he honestly think Ryback of all people would fall for these shenanigans? They may work to amuse an idiot like Panther, but Ryback has his head screwed on, which is more than will be said for Brodus if he takes another clothesline like that.”

As Ryback uses his incredible strength to toy with Clay early on, JR reminds us that he made his KWF debut appearance two weeks ago as King Dolph took on Rob Van Dam in an Elimination Chamber qualifier. JR: “Ryback appeared suddenly and took out RVD. Just as everyone expected him to do the same to Dolph, he instead shook his hand and revealed that he was under the King's command. Now King Dolph is heading to the Elimination Chamber at SuperBrawl, and with this big bulldozer in his corner, the sky is the limit, though remember, Ryback can play no part on Sunday as there'll be a humongous Chamber in the way.”

Regal: “I wouldn't assume that would stop him getting in the ring, but you’re right. The key to winning a Chamber match is to survive. King Dolph was crowned the King of the KWF on the back of surviving a King of the Ring tournament. I’m sure he’ll be looking to call on his experience and maximize the use of his survival instincts to get the ‘W’.”

Ryback throws Brodus against the ropes and hits an incredible powerslam. The fans are amazed at the speed and the strength of him, as he signals that it's time to end it with Shellshock. He attempts to lift Brodus up, but is blocked. Brodus hits him with some rights and lefts, before firing Ryback into the corner and following up to squash him. The fans are cheering Clay on as he shakes off the punishment and starts to find his groove. He hits Ryback with a headbutt, before a “Suplex baby!” T-Bone suplex. Now Brodus is in the zone and he lays Ryback out with a belly-to-belly suplex. “Should I get him?!” he cries as the fans cheer. Brodus comes off the ropes and shouts “Sheewah!” as he attempts a Big Splash. However, Ryback moves out of the way. Brodus crashes to the canvas as Ryback gets to his feet. Once Clay is back up again, Ryback fells him with a Meathook Clothesline. Then, with a shocking amount of minimal effort, he lifts Brodus up, marches around the ring, and brings him down with Shellshock. He covers and gets the elementary One... Two... and Three.

Winner: Ryback.

Ryback's expression doesn't change as he refuses to have his arm raised. He instead raises both arms and brings them down chanting “Feed me more! Feed me more!” Some of the fans join in, but JR shows his concern. “That Machine just picked up Brodus Clay like he was a grilled cheese sandwich. With Ryback on his side, and that crown on his head, King Dolph could soon become the most powerful man in wrestling.” Regal: “He's the King Jim, he's already the most powerful man in wrestling. He’s just awaiting that fine piece of World Title jewelry to complete his domination.”

We come to that part of the week where we remind ourselves what went down on last week's show. Paul Bearer returned to provide the voice of The Absolute Lashley, calling out The UnderTaker and challenging him to a match with his former protégé at WrestleMania. The Deadman duly declined, saying Lashley was not worthy to compete with him. Low-ki and Austin Aries provided an X-Division match for the ages, The Miz came out to question the sanity behind the #ICRyder campaign, before being challenged and defeated by Long Island Iced Z. We saw Jack Evans in the gym trying to get his fitness back for his SuperBrawl X-Division Title defense versus Christopher Daniels.

Beer Money came to the ring to proclaim their belief that they will defeat Why So Serious at the upcoming pay-per-view to take the KWF Tag Titles into WrestleMania. However, they were interrupted by Christy 'Harley Quinn' Hemme, who skipped to the ring, stole James Storm's beer, and skipped off. Roode stopped Storm from chasing her, believing it to be a trap. He was right as Why So Serious accidentally, but repeatedly, attacked Eric Young instead. We also saw LAX 'procure' a new vehicle, followed by Hernandez and Sheamus facing off after the group attacked The Celtic Warrior the previous week. Mickie James took on the Women's Champion Angelina Love, but was beaten thanks to interference from Velvet Sky. However, things didn't end there as TBP attempted to 'paper-bag' Miss Hardcore Country. AJ Lee raced to the ring to make the save, and in the end it was Velvet who ended the night with a bag on her head.

AJ Styles and Wade Barrett jaw-jacked about their history and their upcoming match at SuperBrawl, and after Barrett threatened Styles with a British Invasion attack, it was John Cena who appeared from under the tron to drop Barrett with an FU, much to the delight of the fans and the Champion. Finally, the main event saw Kurt Angle face The UnderTaker in an Elimination Chamber qualifier, and rematch from KWF WrestleMania 2011. The bout ended in ironic circumstances as an unconscious referee led to the lights going out, followed by The Absolute Lashley flooring his former Master with a Sitdown Spinebuster. A confused Angle got the pin and advanced, while Taker lay motionless in the ring. To catch up on the entire show click HERE and Read February 13th’s Wednesday Night Turmoil!

We head to Edge’s Skybox where we catch the Rated R GM on his phone: “Right, okay. So you'll call me later? It sounds pretty important. Okay, bye.” He has a slightly concerned look on his face, but his expression soon changes as Zack Ryder comes knocking on his door. “Well if it isn’t my favorite Edgehead. How’s things ‘Broski’?” Ryder: “You said Broski, siiiiccckk! I’m awesome boss! I’ve been getting people to tweet #ICRyder for the last three weeks, and all my little Broski’s and Broskette’s have been tweeting like crazy. But come on bro, the moment of truth. SuperBrawl is this Sunday, did I get enough to face Randy Orton?”

Edge sighs and looks on his phone: “Well, I didn’t specify a target that you had to reach, but let’s just have a look-see how many tweets you got.” There is a pause as Ryder looks on nervously. The longer Edge pauses, the more nervous and fidgety Ryder gets. Edge frowns and starts shaking his head while tutting. Ryder: “What? Didn’t I make it?” Edge: “What? Oh, no, I was just tutting at Panther. He tweeted a picture of himself in the bath again. You totally got enough, in fact it seems you almost broke Twitter. Congratulations Zack, you’re going to SuperBrawl to face Randy Orton for the Intercontinental Championship.” Ryder is beside himself with joy, and cannot bring himself to say anything. Edge prompts him into a “Woo Woo Woo! You know it!” Ryder quickly gets on the phone to his dad while Edge goes back to looking concerned at his phone again.

At ringside, the comms reflect on Edge’s announcement and JR says that Zack Ryder is about to be in the match of his life. Regal: “He’s about to get the beating of his life more like.” ♫Samoa Joe’s music♫ <<< click to play) hits. JR: “Out comes the Samoan Submission Machine for his chance at a main event spot at WrestleMania.” Regal: “You’re getting far too ahead of yourself Jim. Joe has to get through this match first and then he has to endure, outlast and win an Elimination Chamber match this Sunday at SuperBrawl. There’s a heck of a mountain to climb before he actually makes it to Mania.”

Joe receives a great reception from the crowd, but then there’s a pause as we await his opponent. The comms remind us that Joe and CM Punk have been announced as candidates for the Chamber tonight, but their opponents have remained secret. Regal: “Well? Who is it?” ♫Music hits♫ <<< click to play) and the tron rises. We see smoke fill the stage and a figure step out. He has a lady on his left arm and a guitar in his right. JR: “Oh my God.” Regal: “No way, that’s, that’s Jeff Jarrett!”

Jarrett’s pyro goes off behind him, and his wife Karen has an ear-to-ear grin on her face. They’re heavily booed as they make their way to the ring. Regal: “Goodness, what a surprise. It’s great to see Jeff and Karen back here in the KWF again.” JR: “The surprise factor is an element that may throw Joe off his game a little, but Samoa Joe doesn’t seem too fazed by the Jarretts’ presence. Aww I’m looking forward to this. This should be a great match-up.”

Samoe Joe vs. Jeff Jarrett w/ Karen Jarrett – Elimination Chamber qualifying match

Joe gets into a fighting stance and Jarrett has a smile on his face as he kneels by the ropes and slides his guitar to Karen at ringside. Joe nods, as if he knows exactly what they’re planning. The bell rings and the two lock up. Joe forces Jeff to the corner and he slams an open palm slap right on Jeff’s chest. The fans gasp ‘Ohhh’ as JR says: “Well that’s a ‘welcome back slapnuts’ kinda hit, and the audience love the action here tonight in New Mexico.”

As the match goes on, we can see that Jarrett is a little rusty, but his ring awareness and savvy haven’t taken a blow and Jeff yanks Joe by his tights to throw him to ringside. Regal: “A man like Jeff Jarrett never loses that edge Jim. He’s been around the block a few times and while he’s slowed with age and while he hasn’t wrestled for some time, he still has that vital experience factor that can always help him prevail and win a match. I’m very excited to see Jeff back here, and Karen too!”

Jarrett slams Joe’s head off the barricade at ringside, but then Joe shows his resilience and he retaliates to Irish-whip Jeff hard into the steel stairs. Karen is beside herself yelling at Joe. She demands he have some respect for her husband. Karen then backs up as the audience fuel Joe’s fire, chanting ‘Joe’s Gonna Kill You’ and Karen is terrified as she almost trips over herself. However, from behind Joe, we can see that Jeff’s picked up his guitar. Karen had left it by the other set of stairs. Jeff lifts it up high and sets to attack Joe, but the referee reaches through the ropes and he denies him use of the weapon. The fans cheer the ruling as the ref tells Jarrett off and tells him to get back in the ring because the count is on Eight.

Jeff obliges, but on the far side, Joe gets back in the ring too. The two charge at one another, but Joe ducks under to lift Jarrett atop his shoulders for an almighty Samoan Drop! The crowd go wild as Karen screams “Noooo! Nooooo!” as Joe administers a senton backsplash. Jeff is groggy as he sits up, but *WHAM* a Shining Wizard from Joe and to top it all off, here comes a Kokina Clutch! JR: “Jarrett’s in trouble! Jarrett’s in trouble!” yells JR as the crowd chant Joe’s name as Jeff Jarrett has no choice but to tap out.

Winner by way of Submission: Samoa Joe.

The audience chant and cheer as Joe has his hand raised and the comms review replays. Karen comes in to console her husband and while William Regal talks up Jeff’s return, JR says that there is no stopping Samoa Joe when he gets into his rhythm. “Joe’s a former KWF Hardcore Champion. He’s had much success back in the old brand split and now he’s on his way to the Elimination Chamber match at SuperBrawl. Gosh, that’s an environment perfect for Joe, and he could very well win it and be on his way to WrestleMania.”

We go to the parking lot where the cameraman takes us up the stairs of a trailer. He steps into the door and walks in to reveal where The Beautiful People are putting on and amending their make-up. Angelina Love is sat quite happily as a make-up lady applies powder to her face, but Velvet stands up unhappy: “Alright, you know what I’m just gonna say it. Angelina, what were you thinking last week?!” Love moves the make-up lady’s hand away and she stands up too: “VelVel, come on, we’ve talked about this.” Velvet: “But you haven’t explained anything. You saw me take a hit, you saw me fall, you then dived out of the ring and watched as I got paper-bagged! Me! The sexiest ass in the KWF gets the paper-bag treatment!? Are you kidding me?!!!!”

Angelina puts her hands on Velvet’s shoulders and asks her to calm down. Love says that she couldn’t risk the humiliation of a paper-bagging on herself because she’s the Champion. She says that she’s the one that needs to be protected: “And Velvet we’re on the same page. We always have been, and always will be.” She hugs Velvet, and we see over Angelina’s shoulder by Velvet’s expression that she’s still not very happy. Angelina holds the hug and says: “We have that fat ugly Mickie James and the boney assed little AJ in a match tonight. Let’s focus on that and then concentrate on me retaining my Title at SuperBrawl.” Velvet breaks the hug and almost shouts: “Your Title?! Your Title?! All of a sudden it’s your Belt when I’ve been there the entire step of the way!!!?” Velvet then storms off out of the trailer door and down the stairs. Angelina picks up her Belt and follows: “No, Velvet, that’s not what I meant. Velvet come back.”

When we come back into the arena, Edge is standing in the middle of the ring next to a table. There is some paperwork on it and two chairs either side. He addresses the audience and says that he hopes everyone is enjoying the show so far, and then invites both X-Division Champion Jack Evans and the number one contender Christopher Daniels to come to the ring as it’s time for their contract signing. Evans heads out first and gets a tremendous reception, and is soon followed by Daniels, who doesn’t. The Fallen Angel doesn’t mind though, and looks as cocky as ever as he takes a seat and puts his feet up on the table.

Edge: “Welcome gentlemen. Now I think I speak on behalf of all pure wrestling fans when I say your match at SuperBrawl promises to be one hell of a contest between two of the finest superstars the X-Division has ever seen.” The fans cheer in agreement, but Daniels clearly refutes that Evans is in that category. Edge: “Now before you both sign this contract to a one-on-one match for the pay-per-view, does either of you have anything to say?” Unsurprisingly, Daniels grabs the mic first and insists on speaking. “I thought you’d never ask. Now get out of my spotlight.” Edge smirks and backs off as Daniels takes the floor.

“I unjustly lost my X-Division Title at Survivor Series. This hypocrite (pointing to Edge) put me in an Ultimate-X match against practically every high-flyer he could think of. Now I could have had my rematch straight away against Rey Mysterio, but the difference between you and me Jack is that I am smart. I knew that with Konnan in his corner, any match-up would be a handicap match, and when I saw them decimate you at Starrcade, I couldn’t stop laughing.” The fans boo, as Evans strokes his Title Belt. Daniels: “But I see what you’re getting at, you succeeded at the Royal Rumble, somehow, but then look what happened, the entire Latin American eXchange jumped you and put you on the shelf. So much so that you’re clearly not fit to compete on Sunday, whereas I am 100% and ready to take my Title back!” Evans then grabs the mic. “Look here Daniels! The reason I put myself on the line instead of you is not because you’re smarter than me, it’s because I have more testicular fortitude than you could ever dream of. You ran away from the challenge of Rey Mysterio, while I took it head on.”

Daniels tries getting in Evans’ face, but Edge stands between them. Evans continues: “And as for me not being fit to compete, well let me ask you this smart guy, if I can’t compete, then do you think I’d be able to do this?” Evans runs against the far ropes and straight at Edge, who moves out the way, allowing Evans to leap over the table and smack Daniels right in the face with a corkscrew enziguiri. The fans go wild as Evans grabs the contract and signs it, before exiting to cheers. Daniels scrambles in the ring and grabs the contract, leaning over the middle rope and looking fiercely up at Evans. We hear him say “You just signed your own death warrant!” He then signs on the dotted line and the match is made. Evans does a handstand on the stage as the fans chant his name. Daniels is left holding his head in fury. Edge grins, looking forward to SuperBrawl.

When we return from commercials, we see Tamina Snuka in the ring. She is set for a rare match-up, and we soon find out that her opponent is none other than LAX's Melina. She heads to the ring by herself, and Regal points out that this is a characteristic of LAX. “They may attack people at random like a pack of wild dogs, but when it comes to matches, in the main they have wanted to come through them without the need to play the numbers game. Melina looks confident enough of winning the match on her own as the bell rings.

Tamina vs. Melina

As the duo lock up, JR asks Regal what he makes of Melina's decision to align herself with Alberto Del Rio, Rey Mysterio, Homicide and Hernandez. “I think it's very clever. Just like the others, she's been overlooked in the Title picture by Edge, and she wants to show that she won't take it lying down, if you'll pardon the expression.” Tamina has forced the issue in the early stages, using her superior strength to back Melina into a corner, but the former Wolfpac member is soon able to use her agility to get the upper hand. She works over Tamina and looks fearsome as she does it. She applies a headlock and wears Ms Snuka down. The fans clap, which gives Tamina the energy to power out, lifting Melina up and dropping her with a side suplex. The fans cheer as Tamina looks like she might go for an early attempt at the Snuka Splash. However, Melina gets to her feet before she flies off, and she dives over to knock Snuka off balance.

The crowd boo as Melina then yanks Tamina head over heels to the canvas. She forces her toward the bottom turnbuckle and chokes her over it. JR: “Aww come on, this isn’t fair.” The ref pulls Melina off Tamina and he tells her off. Mel is defiant though and she goes back to Tamina, kicking away at her before clawing at the bottom turnbuckle. JR: “What on earth is she doing?! Hey ref, stop this!” Melina manages to yank off the padding of the bottom turnbuckle and she blasts Tamina face-first into the steel! The referee’s finally seen enough and he calls for the bell.

Winner by way of Disqualification: Tamina.

The comms can’t believe what they’re seeing and there's gasps and boos as we see that the rest of LAX are now making their way to the ring. JR: “Just what in the hell do these guys want?! The match is over!” Del Rio directs traffic as they get into the ring, and Homicide picks Tamina up. Melina unleashes her trademark scream as Homicide tosses Tamina to her and she hits her victim with the Primal Scream. Del Rio gets on the mic and addresses Sheamus. “Sheamus. I know that you are not here tonight, because you are a coward and you are hiding until Sunday. So take this as a message to you, and to the rest of the locker room, that LAX will seek, destroy and maintain our status as the most devastating, destructive faction in the Keystone Wrestling Federation – at all levels!”

The fans boo as Del Rio drops the mic and commands Homicide and Hernandez to set up Tamina. Hernandez lifts Tamina up into powerbomb position as JR panics. “No! No! Not this! Damn it, that's a woman!” SuperMex lifts her high in the air, before launching her off his back and down to the canvas with a Border Toss! The crowd are shocked into silence as Del Rio and his group finally exit the ring. All of a sudden the boos ring out as fans throw their trash and balled-up signs at them. JR: “I hope AJ Styles pounds the snot out of Del Rio tonight, but with LAX in the wings, I fear for our KWF World Champion.”

We come back after commercials and ♫Sting’s music hits♫ <<< click to play). The Icon makes his entrance to a huge ovation and he gets into the ring to grab a microphone right away. He “Whooooo”’s to the fans and they cheer, but he says that he’s here on very serious business. He says that he’s seen everything there is to see in this industry, but never did he think that he’d ever witness The UnderTaker backing down from a challenge. Sting says that Paul Bearer laid out a WrestleMania challenge to the Deadman last week on behalf of The Absolute Lashley, “and where Taker says that Lashley is not worthy of facing him, the general consensus would beg to differ and say that The UnderTaker is backing down because he is afraid of his own creation.”

Sting gets the fans riled up and they’re vocal about whether or not they feel Taker is scared of Lashley. The mood abruptly changes and *BONG* goes the gong and out come The UnderTaker and his brother Kane. Sting stands alone in the ring and Regal suggests that Sting may not want to stay there for much longer, but JR says that Sting’s never been afraid of anybody. The UnderTaker grabs a mic: “You dare question me? You dare say that I am afraid? I am the Lord of Darkness, I rule this ring, it’s my yard and you Sting, you stand there and you tell me that I am afraid?!...”

Kane tilts his head to one side and Sting speaks up: “I didn’t want to use the word ‘scared’ or ‘afraid’, but Deadman you leave me no choice. It’s not just me who thinks it. I’m sure most of our audience think it too and by the way, Lord of Darkness, how’d Turmoil end for ya last week?” UnderTaker’s eyes roll over as Sting says: “Didn’t you lose? Weren’t you felled upon in your own yard? I mean, oh wait that’s right, The Absolute Lashley took you out.” Kane steps toward Sting, but Taker puts his arm across his brother’s chest. Taker says: “You have no idea what you are poking your nose into Sting. I told you a long time ago to stay out of it, but week after week you’re up there in the rafters and what, you think you’re some kind of Angel watching over the ring? You believe that what your opinion is matters, to me? The space that you watch over is mine, everything around you belongs within the depths of hell, with me and” –

Sting interrupts: “And for the first time in your career you aren’t accepting a direct challenge because you don’t really know what you’ve done. That’s it isn’t it? You have no idea exactly what kind of demented monster that you’ve created and for the first time also, (looking at Kane) you can’t control this one.” Kane again steps toward Sting, but Taker holds him back. UnderTaker angrily responds: “Have the match! He can have the match! Sting, you’ve made a grave mistake because there’s one thing that is certain about the world we live in and that is the cold hard dead fact that you do not mess with The Dark Side and you do not harbor the idea of ruining my Streak at WrestleMania.”

UnderTaker goes on to say that he’ll accept the idea of Lashley challenging him, however… “for this match at WrestleMania to go ahead, Sting, you first have to defeat Kane, this Sunday, at SuperBrawl!” The crowd gasp, as do the comms. Sting smiles and says that he’s made a career of making sacrifices and this one right here is one that he’s not at all holding back on. He accepts Taker’s stipulation, but as soon as he says yes, Kane pounces and Sting’s in real trouble. Kane lays into him with lefts and rights and The UnderTaker hits a hard shot to Stinger’s gut as well. The lights go out. They come back on and The Absolute Lashley is in the ring! Lashley clotheslines Kane over the top rope and he turns to get a piece of Taker, but UnderTaker’s already exited the ring. The fans go wild as The Absolute Lashley glares toward the ramp, staring a hole through his former master. Kane joins The UnderTaker as they back off, but from the stage, Taker’s on mic and he says that if and when Kane wins at SuperBrawl, then at WrestleMania, he proposes a tag team match, the Brothers of Destruction versus The Beast, The Absolute Lashley… and the man they call Sting. JR: “So whatever happens at SuperBrawl, we’re guaranteed a Dark Side slobberknocker at WrestleMania.” Regal: “Jesus Christ.”

Sting’s still on the canvas from the impromptu beat-down from The Dark Side, but he’s alert enough to hear the challenge and he nods. The crowd cheer to the stipulations for Sting versus Kane at SuperBrawl, but then Regal gasps: “Jim look look!” The Absolute Lashley steps beside Sting and holds out his hand. The crowd go quiet as Sting grabs the hand and Lashley pulls him to his feet. Lashley and Sting then turn their heads toward the stage where The UnderTaker is absolutely seething. His eyes roll back and we hear thunder and lightning as Kane tilts his head and the scene fades out.

We come back after commercials and there is a sense of excitement in the air. New Mexico is collectively talking about what just happened and the comms talk over the stipulations in place for Sting versus Kane, and they recap the look on Taker’s face when Lashley helped Sting to his feet. JR: “Priceless. It was a moment that will forever be etched in my memory folks. The heartbeat of the Beast can finally be heard. The Absolute Lashley downed The UnderTaker last week, he came to Sting’s rescue tonight – and William, no matter what happens at SuperBrawl, at one point or another, Lashley will get his hands on his creator at WrestleMania.”

Regal tells that there’s a buzz in the air and says: “It’s WrestleMania season alright Jim. I can’t believe how Sting versus Kane has come about and you mentioned the term heartbeat. A heartbeat within The Absolute One, and he not only came to Sting’s rescue, but he helped him! He helped him to his feet Jim!” JR: “Good God almighty. SuperBrawl is going to be epic and folks I’m just hearing that Edge has rubber-stamped the match and the stipulations – and he’s added that there can be no interference at SuperBrawl. Sting v Kane will be one on one. God I can’t wait!”

As the comms continue discussing what just happened, we watch as Mickie James makes her entrance alongside number one contender to the Women’s Championship, AJ Lee. The fans cheer them, but then boo heavily as ♫music hits♫ <<< click to play) and out come The Beautiful People. Velvet walks separately from Angelina and the comms highlight how TBP are currently not getting along. Velvet performs her Let The Pigeons Loose entrance, but doesn’t do it with Angelina as she normally does. Love isn’t happy at her partners actions and we watch as Velvet orders Angelina to their corner, insisting that she’ll be the one to start the match.

Mickie James & AJ Lee vs. Velvet Sky & Angelina Love, The Beautiful People

Mickie James is the legal combatant and the clear fan favorite as she tries to get her revenge on Velvet for costing her the match against Love last week. Regal: “I wouldn’t say that there’s ever a clear fan favorite in Women’s wrestling. All these Chicks are quite lovely, it’s hard to hate any of them.” JR: “Yes well, while they’re all appealing to the eye, I think most people would be honest enough to admit that they like Mickie and AJ for their wrestling skills and warm personalities, whereas The Beautiful People are the kind of sorority sisters that would murder a poor comic enthusiast at High School and get away with it. They’re scallywags as you Brits would say William, and I wouldn’t put it past them to come out of their bickering stronger than ever.” Regal: “Jim, what on earth are you going on about?”

The contest goes back and forth, often spilling to ringside and TBP divert the referees attention so that the other can do some illegal damage on their opponent. AJ and Mickie tag as often as they can to keep fresh, but it’s Love and Sky that have the real chemistry. Regal: “Velvet’s used her anger toward Angelina and she’s channeled it into this contest. That’s a true professional right there.” A melee between all four Chicks at ringside soon comes back in the ring and Velvet lays out Mickie with In Yo Face. She turns her over for the cover, putting her own legs on the bottom rope for leverage and The Beautiful People steal the victory.

Winners: Velvet Sky and Angelina Love.

The crowd boo like hell as the bell rings, but the music cuts short because The Beautiful People are conducting an after-party. They befall AJ out of the ring and Angelina hands Velvet a paper-bag. They wait until AJ is back to her feet at ringside and they taunt her as Love holds up her Belt, and Velvet paper-bags Mickie James. AJ gets to her feet and she’s holding her head, furious at what she’s seeing.

JR: “Don’t do it AJ, you can’t go in there, they’re sharks those two!” Regal: “You’re right Jim, but while the damage is done, The Beautiful People aren’t going to stop there.” We watch as Velvet sets to pick Mickie to her feet, and as she does, AJ finally storms the ring. She sets to tackle Velvet down, but *WHAM* Botox Injection from Angelina Love! The fans boo like hell as Love laughs and she hugs Velvet. The two of them pose and taunt the crowd the comms review replays of what just happened.

We go to a scene in a bar where James Storm and Bobby Roode are sitting on stools either side of a man in the middle. That person is Eric Young. Young is having a blast, drinking away and talking nonsense about how good the Nashville Predators are. Roode to Storm: “He’s not going to tell us anything. The guy’s drunk after two sips!” Storm takes off his Cowboy hat and puts it on Young. He says: “Hey, hey Eric, Eric, listen to us. What happened last week? You were jumped by Why So Serious, the Tag Team Champions, d’you remember them?”

Young nods: “Yeah, Gambit and Joker, the tricksters, the card players. The mind manipulators, the nars-statistic ‘devil-may-care’ goons that hold the Tag Gold. I remember them.” Roode: “Okay, good. Now do you remember what happened to you after they beat you up?” Young looks at Roode. He looks at Storm. He then slams his own head off the bar and says: “Sting and The Ultimate Warrior. AJ Styles and Shelton Benjamin. Windham and Rotundo. The Powers of Pain, Harlem Heat sucka! The Steiners, The Hart Foundation, the duh duh duh Dudley Boyz. BEER! Moneyyyyy! – All great Tag Teams all of them.” Storm: “Yeah yeah, that’s wonderful, but we’re asking about what happened after Gambit and Joker”

Young interrupts: “Gambit and The Joker?! (He gasps) They’re scary!” Roode: “Yeah, alright, they’re intimidating, but” Young interrupts: “They’re over there!” Storm: “Look EY, there’s no clown or gambler in this bar. Boy you need to focus and tell us what we wanna know!” All of a sudden we see a body fly over the bar. Roode and Storm turn their heads and we see that Jeff ‘The Joker’ Hardy has just snapped a pool cue in half. He has a smile on his face. The camera pans as music starts because someone has just activated the Juke Box. That someone is Gambit. EY screams: “Aaaaaaahhhhh” as an all-out bar-fight ensues between Gambit and The Joker against Beer Money. We hear the fans back in the arena cheer and chant for what they’re seeing on the tron and the comms tell that with this bar fight, neither Beer Money nor Why So Serious will be at a hundred percent at SuperBrawl.

JR and Regal shake their heads as we join them at ringside. JR says that he’s very much looking forward to the Tag Title bout on Sunday, but Regal insists that it’s Mason Ryan and Rob Terry that should be competing for the Belts against Why So Serious, not Beer Money. We turn our attention back to the now as ♫music hits♫ <<< click to play) and out comes CM Punk. Much like Samoa Joe, Punk is cheered upon his entrance and he waits for a while before his mystery opponent comes out. JR: “Jeff and Karen Jarrett made their return to the KWF earlier tonight, but who’s in line to face CM Punk for a chance to be in the Chamber?”… Out comes Kevin Nash!

JR: “What!?” Regal: “Nash?! Kevin Nash is back?! Jesus Christ!” JR: “What on earth is going on here?! That’s not Wolfpac Nash, that’s not even Diesel.” Regal: “No Jim, look at the expression on that man’s face. That’s a man that’s all him now. This is the real Kevin Nash and don’t these fans know it. They’re booing him here in New Mexico.” JR: “Folks remember, Kevin Nash was the leader of much-loved faction the nWo Wolfpac. The Red and Black Attack were very successful and extremely popular here in the KWF. But when Ric Flair and Hulk Hogan initiated their takeover, they didn’t proceed with Nash as they did everyone else. They gave him a choice; deal with whatever they throw at him and the Wolfpac, or Nash goes home and gets paid for it. And William, Kevin Nash went home.”

CM Punk vs. Kevin Nash – Elimination Chamber qualifying match

The bell rings and Punk is visibly wary of the size of his opponent. The two lock up, and the conversation between JR and Regal continues. Regal: “Well of course he did. Look, I was in charge of the British Invasion and I passed the torch to Wade Barrett and took up a job here with you on commentary. Nash didn’t need to stand up to Hogan and Flair and he knew that against a former leader of the original nWo and against the former leader of the Four Horsemen, Nash didn’t have a chance of overcoming whatever Hogan or Flair threw at him. It was the age old case of the easy way or the hard way and I’m going to stick up for Mister Nash here. The easy way was the smart way Jim. He can’t run with a pack the way he did ten to fifteen years ago, and why should he? He had every right to go home.” JR: “But what about his pack? He left without as much as a goodbye and the Wolfpac fell apart in the same very instance. Those superstars are still here, some good, some bad, but they stuck it out and they fought for the right to compete. Nash played the politics and went home. He was a coward.”

We watch as an intriguing contest goes back and forth and Nash is harsh as he throws Punk shoulder-first toward the turnbuckles and Punk slides all the way through to smash into the inside of the ring-post. JR and Regal go on. Regal: “He was a businessman. And he still is. I mean look; Edge knew he was on the roster the whole time right? And with Nash’s medical history Edge knows he can’t always compete at the highest level correct? Well then here’s where the money is made: Kevin Nash makes a return to lap up the boos and compete against one of the very best in the world today, CM Punk. If Nash wins then he gets the Chamber match - a pay-per-view main event one match into his comeback. That’s impressive. If Punk wins then it’s a massive win for him and at the very same time Nash can just go home again after another easy paycheck. And when it comes to the fans, the show, Edge, and the KWF, this is win win win win for everybody. Kudos to the GM, it must be said.”

Nash batters Punk over his back as the two are at ringside now and Nash is maintaining control, using his experience to ensure that he does enough damage, and does it on the borderline of being disqualified. The referee demands the contest get back in the ring and so Nash throws Punk in and makes a cover. One, Two – but Punk kicks out. Nash keeps Punk grounded now, trying to wear him down and weaken him with time and pressure. JR: “An opponent like Kevin Nash in this kind of mood is a very different proposition to what we saw earlier with the return of Jeff Jarrett.” Regal: “Oh quite right Jim. Jeff Jarrett works off Karen, he works of referee distractions and he’s very much a tactician. Kevin Nash is a machine. He may not be able to go for long, but he wrestles the same way today as he did fifteen years ago. He’ll go at you, he’ll hurt you, he’ll wear you down and wear you out.”

With that though, as the match goes on we see that Punk’s youth and his endurance pays dividends because he’s able to get off the canvas and make a comeback in this match. He gets to his feet while Nash is on one knee and *BAM* roundhouse kick right upside Nash’s head. Nash hits the canvas and he’s motionless. Punk is smart to then pounce on Nash’s body, but instead of turning him over for a cover, he applies the Anaconda Vise! The crowd cheer as Punk torques on the move, but the referee checks on Nash and he may be out here. The referee lifts his arm and it drops. JR: “It was that kick. It must have knocked Nash out. Good Lord, Punk may be about to go to SuperBrawl!” The ref lifts Nash’s arm again, and it drops. Regal says how disappointed he is as Nash’s arm drops a third time and the ref yells “That’s it, ring the bell!”

Winner by way of technical knockout: CM Punk.

Punk lets go of Nash and he gets to his feet. ♫His music hits♫ <<< click to play) hits and he can’t believe it. JR: “CM Punk overcomes Big Sexy, or the man formerly known as Big Sexy, and Punk’s going to compete at the Chamber!” Regal: “It’s a shame for Nash that this has happened this way, but Jim the pieces of the puzzle are in place now. We have all six wrestlers set for SuperBrawl, they’ll compete in the Elimination Chamber and the winner will go on to be the third participant in a Triple Threat match for the World Heavyweight Championship at WrestleMania!” JR: “Brock Lesnar, King Dolph, Panther, Kurt Angle, Samoa Joe and CM Punk. Gosh, I’ve said it many times tonight and I can’t wait, I just can’t wait for SuperBrawl!”

We're back after commercial and JR tells us that it is now time for them to interview the number one contender for the KWF World Heavyweight Championship, the leader of the British Invasion, Wade Barrett, via satellite. Barrett appears on the titantron and JR opens: “Thank for giving us this time Wade. As everyone can see, you are not here tonight. Can you explain why that is?” Barrett: “That's a very good question JR. Put simply, I am not at Turmoil tonight because our so called General Manager knew exactly what I'd do to one John Cena if I were allowed anywhere near the building. After what he did to me last week I have been wanting to get my hands on that thug, as have my British Invasion, but we've all effectively been banned from the Pan American Center tonight. No matter though. I am getting some much needed rest ahead of my KWF Title match with AJ Styles on Sunday, where I will become the KWF Champion, and then go on to WrestleMania where I will get my opportunity to destroy John Cena.”

William Regal cuts in and asks Wade just how confident he is that he'll beat AJ Styles at SuperBrawl. Barrett: “Excellent question William, it's always a pleasure hearing your voice. I couldn't be more confident of defeating AJ Styles. As I alluded to last week, I have already beaten him at a pay-per-view for a main Championship, and just a few weeks ago I knocked him spark out with a Bull-hammer elbow. He can fly around the ring all he wants for all I care, but just one strike with the Bull-hammer is all it takes, and then Wade Barrett will be heading into WrestleMania as the one and only KWF World Champion.” JR thanks Wade and concludes that whatever the outcome, it is sure to be a great main event between Barrett and Styles at SuperBrawl.

We are with a camera man just outside Edge's Skybox. The door is slightly ajar, and the cameraman peeks in. Edge is on the phone. We can barely see him, but we can hear him clearly. “So you can't tell me anything at all right now? Just that... yeah... okay well it must be important I guess. But does it have to be this Sunday? I mean SuperBrawl... yeah... right... okay then, I understand. Sure, no problem. I'll sort something out and I'll be there. Alright, see you on Sunday Sir.” He hangs up and the camera man backs away from the door. JR: “What’s that all about? Isn’t Edge going to be at SuperBrawl?” Regal: “Doesn’t look like it Jim and whoever he was speaking to seems to be demanding a meeting that lasts throughout the pay-per-view. It’s all very intriguing and I’m wondering what’s going on.” JR: “And William, who’s going to be in charge if Edge isn’t running the show!!?”

We come to a video of two guys watching a football match. It’s the New Orleans Saints against the Carolina Panthers, and we soon see that the two guys are KWF superstars Panther and Gambit. They’re shouting at the screen after a play, and Gambit throws a yellow flag in the air. Panther: “No way man! That was clean!” Gambit: “You crazy homme? Foul on that play!” Panther puts his snacks down and stands up. “Oh yeah?!” Gambit does the same. “Yeah!” Panther: “You want to take this outside?” Gambit: “I wouldn’t want to embarrass you in your own street homme.” They continue to argue and the video moves on into shots of several KWF superstars in action. The voiceover comes in. “On the last stop on the Road to WrestleMania, there are chances for the top stars in the KWF to make their final push to be at the Greatest Show on Earth.” The action ends on AJ Styles, before coming back to Panther and Gambit, who have both kitted themselves out in full football uniforms of their favorite teams. They each get into a three-point stance before charging at one another. The video slams into the logo for KWF SuperBrawl, Live this Sunday, February 24th, only on KWF Blogs!

We come back into the arena where LAX's personal ring announcer, Ricardo Rodriguez, is set to introduce Alberto Del Rio. As he does, the whole of LAX emerge in their new ride. It's been completely pimped out, with spinning rims, hydraulics, and LAX-graffiti sprayed all over the side. Del Rio is the only one who gets out and makes his way to the ring. Hernandez, Melina and Homicide hang out the doors shouting “Brrrap!” as Rey Mysterio sticks his head out of the sunroof and shows off the new KWF LAX t-shirt. The fans boo loud as Del Rio gets into the ring and waves his scarf around his head before handing his Hardcore Championship to Rodriguez. JR: “Say what you want about Alberto Del Rio and LAX, but the whole point of their formation was to get recognition and propel them into main event matches. I guess it worked.” Del Rio awaits, and then the roof almost blows off the arena as we hear ♫Get Ready To Fly!♫

Alberto Del Rio vs. AJ Styles

There's an excitement in the crowd as the duo lock up. Regal praises LAX's restraint. “They could easily come down to the ring, surround it, and intimidate Styles into a pre-SuperBrawl loss, but they know that Del Rio is capable of winning by himself, and they don't want to give people like you an excuse to criticize.” JR: “Oh no, they're very honorable, especially when they attack people from behind like a pack of dogs, including poor Tamina who has been taken to a local hospital after receiving a Border Toss at the hands of Hernandez.” Regal: “It was self-defense in my eyes.” The match begins very evenly. Del Rio gets a few shots in, but then Styles comes back. The fans are very much on the side of the KWF Champ, and that support helps AJ to get some concerted offense. He throws Del Rio against the ropes and hits a standing dropkick.

JR and Regal talk further about LAX, with JR conceding that they do tend to leave their matches to one another, not interfering until the match comes to an end, but that this Sunday when Del Rio defends his Hardcore Title against Sheamus, he highly doubts they will be so refrained. Styles hits a headscissors which sends Del Rio to the outside. The Phenomenal One then comes off the far ropes to dive over the top with a plancha, but Del Rio moves and Styles crashes to the outside. He seems to have hurt his elbow as we head to our final commercial break of the night.

When we come back Del Rio is predictably working the arm. JR: “Ever since AJ crashed and burned, Alberto Del Rio has taken advantage of that hurt elbow.” We see via split-screen that he slammed it into the barrier and the steel post before taking things back in the ring during the break. The camera cuts to LAX, still in their pimped out mini-van. They're cheering on their leader as he stomps away at the arm of Styles. Regal: “And remember Jim, with every stomp of that arm, Del Rio gets closer to victory and Wade Barrett comes closer to becoming KWF World Champion.” JR: “He'll have a lot of work to do, but if AJ takes much more punishment to that elbow then he may not be at 100% for SuperBrawl.” Del Rio grabs the arm and leaps over the top rope, wrenching it against the rope as he drops to the outside. AJ is in pain and tries to shake it off, but the relentless Del Rio is back on the attack again.

Cheered on by the rest of his faction, he sets up for the Cross Armbreaker. He grabs the KWF Champion and twists into the hold, locking it on tight. Styles struggles as Del Rio applies the move with force. The fans look concerned as LAX whoop and holler from the mini-van. Del Rio pulls back on the arm as Styles tries to reach the bottom rope with his free himself. He strains and just about manages to grab the rope, forcing the break. Del Rio waits until the count reaches Four before letting go. He reaches over the try and pick up Styles, but AJ kicks back and lands a boot to the head of the Mexican Aristocrat, who falls back. Styles pulls himself to the apron and gets to his feet, before leaping off and nailing Del Rio with a Flying forearm smash. He gets all of it, but holds his arm in pain again. He covers but gets only Two.

The match continues going back and forth, with Styles getting an impressive amount of offense in with only one good arm. He strikes a Pele that sends Alberto rolling to the outside once more. Del Rio becomes frustrated that he is no longer dominating the match, and comes close to using a steel chair, but refrains at the last moment, knowing that a win here would be a big step towards putting himself in the picture for the top Title in professional wrestling. He throws the chair to the outside and tries to grab AJ, but gets rolled up in a small package, having to kick out at Two again. Del Rio gets angry and fires Styles into the corner, before hitting a running enziguiri. He backs off and picks up the staggering Styles for an Alabama Slam. However, before he can execute, AJ struggles, forcing Del Rio forward and the move to be reversed as AJ’s feet hit the canvas and he lifts Del Rio into the air, setting him up perfectly for *BAM!* the Styles Clash! He rolls over and gets One, gets Two and gets Three!

Winner: AJ Styles.

As soon as the bell rings to signal the end of the match, LAX exit their mini-van and race to the ring. However, Styles had fully anticipated this and gets out of dodge, grabbing his Belt from the timekeeper’s corner and exiting through the crowd. A frustrated LAX look on from the ring as Melina checks on Del Rio. Styles is halfway up the stairwell and turns back to smile and raise his KWF Championship. The fans cheer and surround him. However, we soon hear the voice of Wade Barrett. He appears on the tron again to address Styles. “AJ! Never mind them, look at me. You can smile now and think that you’ve gotten away from a beating, but this Sunday you will be on the end of the worst beatdown of your life. Enjoy raising that Belt while you can AJ, because after SuperBrawl, the KWF World Heavyweight Championship will belong to Wade Barrett and the British Invasion.” He is now the one smiling, as Styles looks up to the tron with a look of determination on his face. Both men have completely ignored LAX, who are still standing frustrated in the ring.

JR: “Wade Barrett is most certainly ready for SuperBrawl, are you guys at home? Be sure to tune in to KWF Blogs this Sunday for the last stop on the Road to WrestleMania. We’ve got Hardcore, Chicks, Intercontinental, Tag, X-Division, Sting versus Kane, an Elimination Chamber, and of course the main event, AJ Styles versus Wade Barrett to determine who the KWF Champion will be heading into the biggest night of the year.” Regal: “It promises to be epic. I can’t wait.” JR: “See you Sunday folks!” We fade out on the image of Styles staring up at a smiling and confident Wade Barrett.

[kwfblogs]

KWF Wednesday Night Turmoil: 13th Feb. 2012 – Garrett Coliseum. Montgomery, AL.

The opening titles roll and as we come into the pyro-filled arena, Jim Ross introduces us to another edition of “the most popular literary wrestling organisation on the planet, welcome to Wednesday Night Turmoil!” He introduces his co-commentator, William Regal, and informs us that we have some titanic clashes lined up for this evening’s card. “William, I am truly excited about tonight because Sheamus will finally get his hands on a member of LAX when he goes one-on-one with Hernandez. The newest faction in wrestling cost the Celtic Warrior his Hardcore Championship against Alberto Del Rio, and then attacked him again last week to prevent him from being in the main event six-man tag match. Sheamus had taken a Border Toss last week, but his match tonight against SuperMex will be one on one.” Regal: “Sheamus is a fool. He should have taken some rest-bite before his big rematch with Del Rio at SuperBrawl.”

JR goes on to tell us that World Champion AJ Styles will be in the ring tonight and he’ll be addressing new number one contender Wade Barrett. And the main event: “Well, let’s just say you will most certainly not want to miss it. We already have three qualifiers for the Elimination Chamber match at SuperBrawl in Brock Lesnar, King Dolph and Panther, and tonight we will have our fourth. It will be either Kurt Angle, or his opponent… The Phenom, The UnderTaker!” Regal: “That is a massive main event Jim. The first time we will have seen The Deadman in one on one action in a while, and up against the man he defeated at KWF WrestleMania 2011. And speaking of Taker, just have a gander at who’s been standing in the ring for the past ten minutes.” The camera pans around and we see that none other than Paul Bearer is stood in the centre of the ring, mic in hand. JR: “That is a familiar face, I wonder what he wants.”

Bearer addresses the crowd. “Ooooh yeeeesss, it is I, Paul Bearer. I have returned to the Keystone Wrestling Federation with a very important question. The UnderTaker, my UnderTaker, asked me to guide The Absolute Lashley when he was moulding him to be his future heir to the Dark Side throne. Such agility, such power, so much potential, and yet, UnderTaker, you have cast him aside and placed his destiny in a metaphorical casket. You decided that Lashley was not up to the task of succeeding you UnderTaker, and so you punished him, physically and mentally. But last week, the dark forces exploded in The Beast, and Lashley struck you UnderTaker. He knocked you off your feet, and I saw that look in your eyes. I saw that look that I have only ever seen once before, when I uttered those immortal words, ‘Kane is alive!’ And so UnderTaker, I urge you to come down to this ring because I have something very important to ask you.”

Bearer waits as JR and Regal are still bemused as to the point of Bearer’s presence. *BONG!* The lights go out, and when they come back on again, The Phenom is standing about five feet away from Bearer. He walks slowly closer to him, and Bearer slowly walks back. Taker is now stood in the centre of the ring, as a scared Bearer tries to speak. “T-T-T-T-Taker, you have…”

UnderTaker: “Paul Bearer. How dare you come back here and call me out. I cast you back into the shadows after the very disappointing job you did in guiding Lashley. It is because of you that his potential and promise that I moulded unravelled into the failure that he has become. When he struck me last week, that look you saw was not a look of surprise and it was certainly not a look of fear. It was a look of disappointment and anger.” Bearer becomes slightly more confident and quickly spouts what it was he came out to say. “I have spoken to Lashley this week UnderTaker, and he asked me to come here tonight so that I could give you a very important message. He wants you Deadman. Lashley wants to fight you, he wants to prove to you that he is the true successor to the Dark Side, and he wants to do it at WrestleMania!!!” The fans go wild as the challenge is laid down by Bearer. Taker’s eyes widen. JR: “What? What did he just say? The Absolute Lashley is challenging The UnderTaker to a match at WrestleMania?!” Regal: “Bloody hell!”

Everyone awaits UnderTaker’s response in anticipation, but he just laughs in the way he did two weeks ago as he looked down on Lashley’s broken body following his clash with Abyss. Taker: “Lashley wants to face me at WrestleMania? My failed protégé thinks he can end my streak? It is that kind of fearless bravery that enticed me towards him in the first place. But the fact stands that he is not worthy of succeeding me, therefore, is certainly not worthy of facing me at my own pay-per-view. So Paul, my answer is no.” The fans boo, and before Bearer can respond, Taker raises his arms and the lights go out. When they come back on, both he and Bearer have gone and the ring is empty.

JR: “Well what on earth just happened? Lashley challenged Taker to a match at WrestleMania, we all got excited, and then Taker says no?” Regal: “To be fair he’s quite right to do so. Lashley is a powerful force, but he is not in the same league as the Lord of Darkness, let alone when it comes to his speciality, WrestleMania.” We see a few confused and disappointed faces in the crowd as we fade to our first commercial break of the evening.

Low-ki vs. Austin Aries

Back after commercials, the competitors are ready and the bell rings for what should be an action-packed opening bout of the night. Aries is cocky as he smirks at Low-ki and the two of them lock up. Aries gets his opponent in a headlock takedown, but Low-ki kips up out of it. Both men get up at the same time and Low-ki performs a spinning roundhouse kick, then another and another. He keeps doing it but never makes contact as Aries backs off and exits to ringside. He does the ‘Timeout’ hand gesture and moans to the referee: “This isn’t Karate Kid! Get’m to wrestle!”

And so, Low-ki sprints against the far ropes and dives to ringside, smashing Aries into the barricade. JR compliments Low-ki’s stance and the crowd cheer him on as he slams hard kicks into Aries’ chest. He then rolls his opponent back in the ring and follows. Aries is quick to turn the tide though, standing up and stamping on Low-ki’s hands as he climbs back in the ring. The crowd boo as Aries then trips his opponent into the Last Chancery, but before Aries can synch in the move, Low-ki manages to get to the ropes.

An awesome contest goes back and forth and Low-ki gets a near fall after a Krush Kombo. Aries comes back and tries to slow the match right down, perhaps setting Low-ki up for another Last Chancery, but Low-ki won’t allow it to happen. He tries for a submission of his own, the Dragon Clutch, but no dice as Aries counters and flips Low-ki forward into a pinning predicament. One, Two – kick-out. That was close. Both men get up and sprint toward opposite sets of ropes and when they come back *WHAM* double cross body, it’s like a car crash in the centre of the ring.

The crowd love the action as the comms talk up the competitive nature and never-say-die attitude of the X-Division. JR: “Last week we saw Christopher Daniels versus Amazing Red, and now we have Low-ki v. Austin Aries, what a match and what a way to put Jack Evans on notice.” Regal: “And Daniels on notice too Jim. Don’t forget, it’s Daniels versus Evans at SuperBrawl. I’m sure the Fallen Angel will win that contest and carry the X-Title into WrestleMania.” The match at hand has been a rollercoaster ride and both men are exhausted. Low-ki has Aries on the canvas and he points to the top turnbuckle, going up and setting for Warrior’s Way. He attempts the move, but no, he slams his feet into the mat as Aries rolls out of the way. Low-ki’s feeling the pain of the impact and Aries capitalizes, finishing Low-ki off with a Brainbuster! He hooks both legs and the fans boo as A-Double gets the Three.

Winner: Austin Aries.

♫Aries’ music♫ <<< click to play) hits and the crowd boo as the comms review replays. They remind us that Austin Aries and Low-ki will be looking for X-Division Title glory throughout 2013, but this victory here would certainly put Aries ahead of Low-ki in the queue.

We go to a video package recapping the events of last week’s Wednesday Night Turmoil. It was a night where there were two SuperBrawl Elimination Chamber qualifying matches. There was a number one contenders Tag Team match involving the British Invasion’s Welsh Dragons up against the returning Beer Money. We saw another paper-bagging from The Beautiful People, Christopher Daniels invoked a long awaited rematch clause, LAX made yet another huge statement and Wade Barrett was named challenger to AJ Styles’ World Heavyweight Championship – and that encounter will happen at SuperBrawl! To take in the entire show, click HERE and read February 6th’s KWF Wednesday Night Turmoil!

We are in the Skybox of the Rated R General Manager, Edge. We see he is talking to someone, and as the camera pans across we see that that someone is Panther. Edge: “Congratulations on winning your qualifier last week against Mr Anderson. Who would have thought it huh? One of the KWF originals, X-Division Champion, Tag Champion, US Champion, and now you’re in the Elimination Chamber match at SuperBrawl with a chance to book yourself in the KWF Championship match at WrestleMania.” Panther: “Yeah, but I’m not letting it go to my head.” He casually turns around and we see that he is wearing a modified CM Punk ‘Best in the World’ shirt with Punk’s name crossed out and Panther’s scribbled over the top. Edge: “Subtle.” Panther: “I know right. But seriously Edge, thanks for giving me that opportunity.”

Edge: “No problem, you earned it. I know people are gonna say that I only gave you that shot because of our Thundercat history, or that it was just because I knew the look on Dolph’s face when you told him would be priceless, but you’ve been on a great run of results lately, and you went out and found me Why So Serious when no-one else had to stones to do it. You had to earn your place in the Chamber just like everyone else, and now that you’ve made it that far, I know you can go further.” Panther: “Yeah, I know I can too. I really just can’t wait for SuperBrawl to come around now. And the fact that Dolph is in there just makes it all the more sweeter. I know it’s going to be the toughest match of my career, but as long as King Ziggles gets eliminated before I do, I’ll be happy. Man, it’s just like the build up to Christmas, except the night before I probably won’t eat twenty mince pies and consume almost double my bodyweight in egg nog.”

Edge: “It would certainly make the Sword of Omens interesting if it’s accompanied by some vom… you know what… I won’t lower the tone.” Panther then asks Edge how Zack Ryder’s “Twittercontinental Title” campaign is going. Edge gives nothing away, but says that he’s been getting plenty from KWF fans and celebrities alike, and even from other KWF superstars. Edge: “Even Mister Belding tweeted #ICRyder just this morning.” Panther: “Belding? Wow, that takes me back. Zack Morris and the Saved by the Bell days. D’you remember Jessie Spano? She was a fox!” Edge chuckles: “Hey, have you tweeted #ICRyder yet?” Panther: “You know it.” Panther shakes his hand and exits.

♫Awesome!... I came to play!♫ <<< click to play) out comes The Miz to a booing reception. He gets on the mic and has a pop at Edge for allowing Zack Ryder to “go on a PR stunt” and use the whole #ICRyder notion to earn himself an Intercontinental Title shot. Miz: “What’s stopping me from getting my Mizfits to tweet hash-tag ICMiz?!” The crowd boo and JR says that very few would tweet that because Miz isn’t a particularly popular figure. Regal says that The Miz has a right to be angry and suggests that he would make a better opponent for Randy Orton come SuperBrawl, than Zack Ryder would.

The Miz continues mouthing off and the fans boo even louder, but then cheer as we hear ♫Ohhh Rad-i-oohh Tell Me Everything You Know♫ <<< click to play). Zack Ryder enters and he looks ready to compete as he marches down the ramp. He already has a mic in hand and he says that last week the Intercontinental Champion’s words gave him something to think about. Ryder: “You see Miz, I have been getting tweeted by Broskis from all over the world. The response in terms of #ICRyder has been sick. But when a man like Randy Orton finally takes notice, you realize that to earn the match is one thing, but to be able to compete and have a chance at winning the Title, I have to be at the highest possible level of my game – and Miz, that’s where you come in. How ‘bout it chump, me and you right now?!”

Miz belittles Ryder’s challenge: “You wanna face me?! You’re gonna get your ass handed to you, this isn’t the a little league baseball match you moron.” Ryder gets in the ring and removes his headband and his shirt. The fans cheer as The Miz calls for a referee, claiming that he’s about to give Ryder a reality check. JR: “An impromptu match folks and it looks like business has just picked up.” Regal: “Things have gotten heated Jim and I’m looking forward to this, Miz is going to make Ryder run home with his tail between his legs.” JR: “Oh I’m not so sure, Ryder has his game face on and I think he realizes now that competing for the Intercontinental Championship is series business. If Ryder pulls off a victory here then he’s going to be full of confidence heading into SuperBrawl.” Regal: “If he gets enough #ICRyder tweets.”

The Miz vs. Zack Ryder

The audience chant ‘IC Ryder!’ as the bell rings and Ryder goes right at The Miz, knocking him off his feet with a modified Thesz Press and then he lays into him with hard right hands. Miz yanks Ryder by the trunks and slams him face-first into the bottom turnbuckle. The fans boo as Miz uses the trunks again, this time to roll Ryder to his back and then use the middle rope for leverage on a pin-fall. Ryder kicks out after One, but the referee sees Miz’s feet anyway and he warns him of a Disqualification.

Miz takes control of the match and Regal talks about how Zack Ryder is punching well above his weight. Regal: “The man’s not a great wrestler, he hasn’t proved anything in the ring and to think he can go toe to toe with Randy Orton, let alone The Miz is beyond living in an imaginary dream world. Ryder’s got a long way to go and I don’t think he’s going to come out of this well at all.” JR reminds us that Ryder was once aligned with Edge when he was part of the Ryder and Hawkins tag team. He then went it alone and it’s taken until now for Ryder to get some recognition. JR: “Ryder wants to be part of the Road to WrestleMania and anything can happen in the KWF William. If Ryder gets his match against Orton, then it’s an any given Sunday kind of situation. Ryder could pull off the performance of his life and he could become Intercontinental Champion.”

Miz dominates for the majority of the contest, but he takes Ryder too lightly and becomes complacent. This leads to a fan-led revival from Ryder and Long Island Iced Z makes a comeback to befall Miz by the corner. Ryder concentrates on winning the match, no time to waste as he slams Miz right in the mush with a Broski Boot straight away. This leads to some waving to the crowd and Ryder is all hyped up as he lands a Ruff Ryder on his opponent. He hooks the leg for a cover and Regal says “No way” in disbelief as Zack Ryder knocks off The Miz.

Winner: Zack Ryder.

JR: “Zack Ryder has done it!” yelps JR and the fans cheer as Ryder has his hand raised. He exits the ring and picks out a sign from the audience. It says #ICRyder on it and Ryder shows it to the camera. He gets back in the ring and holds the sign up as the comms remind us to tweet #ICRyder to increase Zack Ryder’s chances of landing a shot at SuperBrawl for the Intercontinental Championship.

We come to a video package where Jack Evans is working out in a California gym. He has taping around his ribs and one of his arms. He's visibly struggling, but is showing the determination to still keep exercising. His voice comes in over the top: “People keep calling me a rookie, but I've been in this business for twelve and a half years. Sure I've only recently made it to the big time, but now I'm here I'm not gonna let anyone knock me off again. I worked my ass off to become X-Division Champion, and it'll take more than some bruised ribs and a dislocated shoulder to stop me from defending my Belt at SuperBrawl. I've taken some beatings in my career, but nothing like what LAX did to me. But I've been in here every day for the past week preparing for my defence against you Christopher Daniels. I'm on schedule to be at that pay-per-view, and after all that crap you were talking last week, I'm going to take great pleasure in embarrassing you on the Road to WrestleMania.”

The video ends with Evans showing off with some flips and break-dancing as we come back into the arena. JR: “Well looks like Jack Evans is working hard to be at SuperBrawl. The Fallen Angel invoked his rematch clause and it seems that we are going to be treated to one hell of a contest a week on Sunday.” Regal: “Yes, but did you see the end of that clip Jim? Who’s Jack Evans think he’s fooling? He’s fine! All those flips and summersaults, he’s obviously not injured.” JR: “William there’s a big difference between being able to flip and being at a hundred per cent in a match against Christopher Daniels.”

We hear ♫Beer! Moneyyyy!♫ <<< click to play) and the fans are on their feet as out from under the rising tron step Gail Kim, Robert Roode and the Cowboy James Storm. JR reminds us of Beer Money’s return last week and we see clips of their victory over the Welsh Dragons to become number one contenders to the Tag Team Championships. Regal: “It was a travesty. Mason and Rob didn’t know they were going to face Beer Money. It was a blind challenge and there should be a do-over. The British Invasion should be the ones facing Why So Serious at SuperBrawl in my view.”

Roode and Storm grab microphones and wait for the audience to calm. Storm speaks first and says how great it is to be back in the KWF ring: “No more injuries, no more storytellers telling us that we’re no longer a tag team. And Why So Serious, sorry about your damn luck, but come SuperBrawl, ol’ Bobby Roode and I are taking back our Tag Titles!” The crowd cheer, but not as loudly as they did earlier. JR reminds us that Gambit and The Joker are huge fan favorites. Robert Roode says that he wants to thank General Manager Edge for taking into account Beer Money’s past achievements and giving them an opportunity at the Tag Gold straight away. Beer Money say that they’re working in the gym by day, and spending money on beer by night – “and come SuperBrawl, we’re going to become the new KWF World Tag Team Champions!”

The crowd applaud Beer Money’s confidence, but then ♫music hits♫ <<< click to play) and out from under the rising tron steps Christy ‘Harley Quinn’ Hemme. She stands on the stage for a moment and then smiles at the audience before skipping down to the ring. She gets in and skips around Storm, Kim and Roode. Gail becomes angry and she sets to go for Hemme, but Roode holds her wrist. Storm watches the skipping and takes a sip of his beer – but then Christy takes it. She waves it in Storm’s face and then exits the ring, skipping with the beer bottle in her hand and she takes it all the way up the ramp and back under the tron. James Storm looks baffled and he sets to exit the ring and chase after Harley, but Roode has the sensible head again. He steps in front of Storm and by the words that he’s mouthing to Storm and Kim it looks like he’s suggesting that this is a trap. JR wonders what’s going on, but Regal agrees that Roode is smart to keep his team away. JR: “It’s either a trap, or Why So Serious have begun playing mind games heading toward SuperBrawl it seems.” Regal: “Or maybe the delightful Christy just fancied a beer. Honestly Jim, you always read too much into things.”

We see the members of the Latin American eXchange walking into a Montgomery car dealership, with a caption that reads ‘Earlier today’. A salesman stands from his desk and goes to shake their hands, but Hernandez pushes him back down into his chair. Alberto Del Rio: “Look gringo. You already know who we are so let’s not bother with the introductions. Since I created this group, we have been on a path of destruction in the Keystone Wrestling Federation, but you already knew that, and there is just one thing missing from the LAX.” Homicide: “A sweet ride ese!” They all laugh, apart from the increasingly nervous salesman. Del Rio: “So show us what you got in this little lot of yours.” Salesman: “Err, certainly Sirs, and Madam, right this way.” They head out into the lot and we see LAX being shown various expensive cars. The first one is far too small, and Hernandez can barely fit in the drivers seat, so he rips it out and sits in the back instead. The next one is an SUV, but Rey Mysterio points out that they’re Mexican hooligans, not soccer moms, and he smashes one of the windows with a crowbar. Eventually, they find a mini-van they like. Del Rio admires the sleek interior, while Homicide and Hernandez check out the wheels. The salesman informs them that this particular model costs over 200 thousand dollars before optional extras. Melina seductively takes him aside. “That’s a real nice car, maybe we can come to some sort of arrangement.” The salesman is enticed, as we see the men in the background trying to hotwire the car, before piling into it. As they begin to screech off, Melina knees the salesman with a low blow and races over to jump into the back. LAX drive away in their new vehicle, leaving the salesman to roll around on the floor. We hear Ricardo Rodriguez’ voice from the van: “Alberto Del Rio! Alberto Del Rio! Alberto Del Rio!”

We’re back Live and Hernandez is in the ring having just watched that video package on the tron. Regal: “Haha, that was quite hilarious Jim.” JR: “That was ridiculous. LAX just bullied themselves a new vehicle – and what for? It’s not like Del Rio couldn’t afford it!” Regal: “Well that’s the funny part Jim. He could have pain and I’m sure he would have in the past, but this new LAX are proving that they can do what they want and take what they want. Just like when they took Sheamus’ Hardcore Title.”

Hernandez looks confident as the comms recap how he impressively smashed Sheamus through a table in the backstage area last week on Turmoil. JR: “Sheamus is a brave brave man, to be back so soon after taking such a beating, the Celtic Warrior is once again proving how much of a Hardcore competitor he really is.” Regal: “Yes, but rather than think of vengeance, he’s got to be smart and focus on the Hardcore Championship. That’s the end goal here. Taking another beatdown from LAX won’t do his body any good come SuperBrawl.” ♫It's a shame that they lost their head, a careless man could wind up dead!♫ <<< click to play). Sheamus enters to a rousing reception and the comms tell that the atmosphere is as if we’re about to witness a Street Fight.

Hernandez vs. Sheamus

The bell rings right away as Sheamus storms straight for Hernandez. SuperMex doesn’t back down and he lays forearm smashes into the back of Sheamus, but the Celtic Warrior bull-rushes him toward the corner. He lays shoulders into his gut, but Hernandez then lifts a hard knee and that catches Sheamus under his jaw. Hernandez springs off the ropes and bumps into Sheamus with a huge Get Off Me shoulder barge. This takes Sheamus off his feet and Hernandez grounds him for a cover, gets One, gets Two – but Sheamus kicks out.

The battle goes on between these two huge behemoths and Hernandez often targets Sheamus’ back. JR: “This isn’t about a victory to Hernandez is it William? He goes for the token cover, but he’s just as happy unleashing buckets of punishment on Sheamus.” Regal: “Well of course Jim. LAX have a direct plan and their end-game is to protect leader Alberto Del Rio and their Hardcore Championship. Every battle they go into is representative of defending the Hardcore Title and if Hernandez can batter Sheamus to a pulp for an easier victory for Del Rio at SuperBrawl, well, the job’s half done and Sheamus won’t pose a threat for Del Rio at all.”

Sheamus is a fighting Irish-man though and he’s not laying down to take a beating. He often fights back and this big-boy fight spills twice to ringside. Once with Hernandez on top, but a second time with Sheamus on top and now back on the apron Sheamus takes control. He steps inside the ring while holding Hernandez back over the top rope. He clobbers his chest with hefty forearm shots and then brings SuperMex back in the ring. JR: “Sheamus is setting for White Noise here, if he completes the move then this match may be over.” Sheamus attempts the move, but Hernandez fights out of it and he drops behind. Sheamus turns round and Hernandez attempts a clothesline, but Sheamus ducks, turns round and *BAM* “Ohhh my God!” shouts JR as the crowd go nuts for a surprise Brogue Kick! Hernandez is down and out and Sheamus picks up the One, Two and Three!

Winner: Sheamus.

Sheamus gets to his feet and he keeps his guard up, weary of an LAX attack. He poses for the audience, beating his chest and roaring as the comms review replays and comment that Sheamus has won back all the momentum, and now he has to take that into SuperBrawl when he takes on Alberto Del Rio for the Hardcore Title.

We see Edge walking the halls texting someone. He stops as he is approached by Queen Madison, who is followed by King Dolph, who is followed by Ryback. The King, his Queen and their new muscle stand opposite the General Manager, and Ziggler looks smug. “Hey 'boss'. Just wanted to say thanks for signing Ryback up to a KWF contract. I had to spend far too long as King without any security. Sure I can handle any of the superstars you can throw at me, that's why I won King of the Ring, but why should I have to? Ryback is more than willing to oblige.” Edge: “When I brought Ryback into the company, I had other plans for him. But if he wants to be your hired goon then okay.” Ryback doesn't take kindly to the 'goon' remark, and goes to approach Edge, but Dolph stops him. Edge: “But whether he's moonlighting for you or not, he is still an active wrestler in the KWF, and so next week, right here on Turmoil, he will make his in-ring debut. Ryback is going to go one-on-one with your good friend and mine, The Funkasaurus, Brodus Clay.” Dolph and Madison aren't happy, but Ryback almost breaks into a smile, and utters “Feed... Me... More!” Madison leads Ryback away, while Dolph glares back at Edge, who just smiles back. JR: “Wow, Ryback's competitive debut is next week against Brodus Clay.” Regal: “That's a lot of meat in one ring. I hope it's reinforced.”

Backstage we see Eric Young with a Cowboy hat on. He’s addressing us through the camera and he says how excited he is that he has his new Cowboy hat. “Like Good Ol’ JR, I’m going to wear my hat everywhere. It’s so awesome!” EY continues talking, but then we see Harley Quinn skip down the hall. She still has James Storm’s beer bottle in her hand and as she passes Young, she hands him the bottle. Young looks pleased to get a free drink, but then all of a sudden we see Gambit, The Joker and Abyss all come onto the scene and attack EY. They lay into him with kicks and punches, almost like a back street mugging. We hear Harley laugh in the background, but then Kelly Kelly is on the scene and she says: “Wait! Wait guys! Hold on.” She bends over and takes Young’s hat off. She stands up: “This isn’t James Storm. It’s Eric Young.”

The group stand there in a moment of silence, but then shrug their shoulders and continue the beat-down anyway. Regal chuckles: “Haha, Why So Serious are quite funny.” JR: “Aww, I guess we can see that the beer snagging by Harley was an intended trap for Beer Money, but Eric Young has taken the bait instead.” Regal: “Had it handed to him more like. Harley knew quite well that she wasn’t being followed by Roode or Storm, so she chose a bearded man in a Cowboy hat to take the punishment. You’re lucky you weren’t backstage Jim, that could’ve easily been you.” The audience don’t seem to see the funny side of Why So Serious’ actions, and JR finishes: “Poor EY.”

♫Mickie James’ music♫ <<< click to play) hits and Miss Hardcore Country makes her way to the squared circle. She seems in good spirits and we see a graphic on screen telling us of Mickie’s new musical release. She gets on mic and says that it’s been far too long since she’s been in the Women’s Title hunt here in the Keystone Wrestling Federation. She says that she wants to be in the running for a Title match at WrestleMania, “and the best way for me to get noticed, is to challenge and defeat the current Women’s Champion. So Angelina Love, I am calling you out!” The fans cheer as JR applauds Mickie’s determination. Regal says that James is playing with fire: “Where you get Angelina, you get Velvet. That’s two on one and it’s not good odds for Mickie.”

The Beautiful People don’t take long to answer and as they enter, Angelina hands her Title to Velvet before she gets into the ring. TBP don’t perform their usual entrance, but Velvet does make a point of waving a paper-bag in Mickie’s direction, reminding her that if/when Angelina wins, a paper-bagging humiliation will be coming Mickie’s way.

Mickie James vs. Angelina Love w/ Velvet Sky

Angelina has a smile on her face and she looks confident as the bell rings and the two lock up. JR says that he’s quite surprised that Love has accepted this match so willingly, but Regal tells that The Beautiful People are as clever as they are pretty: “Mickie James is the type of KWF Chick to work off the fans and feed off momentum and a big stage. However, by facing her now and defeating her, it would mean that Mickie wouldn’t even make it to the big stage later on. That’s why the challenge has been accepted so willingly. Angelina and Velvet know that an impromptu match on Turmoil is a lot easier for them to deal with that a big hyped up match at a pay-per-view. Sure, they prefer the pay-per-view spotlight, but if Angelina defeats Mickie right here then it means that come WrestleMania, neither Mickie James nor current number one contender AJ Lee will be in the Championship running. Thus putting the spotlight even more on The Beautiful People.”

The contest goes back and forth with James showing how resilient she is and showing that she’s one of the top competitors in Women’s wrestling. Love is malicious though, yanking James by her hair illegally and slamming her face-first to the canvas. The fans boo as Velvet waves a paper-bag in Mickie’s direction again. Mickie lashes out, swiping for Velvet, but Angelina comes at her from behind and she slaps paint brushes over her face. Love forces James into the corner and sets to choke her with her boot. However, Mickie fights back and with help from the cheers of the fans, she breaks out the corner, administering a headscissor takedown on her opponent. Love gets up, but James runs her over with a clothesline, then another, then another. She’s all fired up, but then Velvet climbs the ring apron. This distracts James and distracts the referee. The ref goes to tell Velvet off, but in the meantime Angelina’s picked up a canister. “That’s hairspray!” yelps JR and Love then uses it on James, Velvet providing the distraction while the ref’s back is turned. Velvet drops off the apron as Angelina nails Mickie with the Botox Injection and this one’s over.

Winner: Angelina Love.

The fans boo like hell as the bell rings and ♫The Beautiful People’s music hits♫ <<< click to play). Velvet takes the hairspray away from the ref’s view and puts it in her back pocket. Replays show that she’d thrown the spray in when she was climbing the apron and the rest as they say is history. TBP pose arrogantly as they set to paper-bag and humiliate a defenseless Mickie. However, ♫music hits♫ <<< click to play) and out comes AJ Lee. Lee storms down the ramp, but then she thinks twice about getting into the ring. Regal: “Come on then AJ, get in the ring to take your hiding. I bet she’s finally come out here to accept her paper-bag treatment.” JR: “I doubt that.”

Angelina and Velvet taunt AJ and dare her to get in the ring. But then, with make-up pouring down her face due to the hairspray, Mickie James is back to her feet and she turns Velvet round before leveling her with a Mick-Kick! This signals AJ to get in the ring and for once, Angelina is on her own – but she doesn’t hang around, diving out of the ring as quickly as possible. AJ then sees the paper-bag on the canvas and Mickie knows what she’s thinking. She positions Velvet in the centre of the ring and holds her in place. “Don’t you dare! Don’t you dare do it!” yells Angelina, but it’s too late as AJ Lee paper-bags Velvet Sky! The fans cheer as Regal says that this is an outrage and full-on disrespect to The Beautiful People. But JR says that there’s nothing stopping Angelina from trying to save Velvet. He finishes: “Well how about that. Mickie James may have been cheated out of a fair shot at Angelina, but it’s The Beautiful People who are taking the paper-bag treatment at the end of the night. Haha, Kaitlyn must be having a blast at home. Her bestie AJ has finally outdone Angelina and Velvet.” The crowd cheer as Mickie raises AJ’s hand and we go to commercial.

When we return… ♫Get ready to fly!♫ The music of the KWF World Heavyweight Champion AJ Styles hits, and The Phenomenal One heads to the ring and through the yellow ropes. He has a mic in hand and doesn’t look too happy. “Last week, myself, John Cena and Wade Barrett took on LAX in a six-man tag match. Now I had no problem with that, despite the fact that Barrett will be my opponent at SuperBrawl, and Cena will be one of my opponents again at WrestleMania after I’ve beaten Wade. We all had a common goal to take down Del Rio and his cronies, but one man just couldn’t miss an opportunity to screw me over. Barrett, you may have thought it was clever to cheap shot me with a Bull-Hammer as I flew off the top rope, but believe me, all you did was make the World Heavyweight Champion very angry.” Regal: “Oh no, not an angry AJ Styles, what ever are we to do.” JR: “Have some respect William. That’s AJ Styles, he’s our World Heavyweight Champion!”

AJ continues: “Wade, when I heard I was facing you at SuperBrawl, I was kind of pleased. Given our history, it will give me great pleasure to nail you with a Pele, a flying forearm smash and of course the Clash, but after what you pulled last week, just for kicks, I’m gonna do all that twice as I send your ass packing.” The fans cheer Styles, but soon boo as ♫Wade Barrett’s music♫ <<< click to play) hits and the Brit comes out to the stage. Barrett: “Well well well, we all knew he could fly like an eagle, but apparently he can whine like a b*tch as well. AJ, what I did last week was in fact very clever. I could tell you had one eye on WrestleMania, but when I slammed my elbow into your face, I got your attention. Now you know exactly what you’re dealing with on February 24th, and when SuperBrawl rolls around, I’m going to repeat history by beating you and taking your Title.”

Barrett berates Styles some more to the point that the Champion motions to get out of the ring and head up the ramp, but Barrett stops him in his tracks. “Whoa there AJ my son! Before you do something you’ll regret, remember that I am the leader of the most devastating faction in this industry, and I have four guys waiting just behind that curtain to come out here and give you the beating of your life if you even think about laying a hand on me.” Styles holds back and stays in the ring, mouths toward Barrett, daring him to bring SuperBrawl to the fans early. Barrett just smirks, but then there is a big cheer from the crowd as the Tron rises and out walks John Cena. He almost tiptoes as Barrett doesn’t realise he’s there. The Brit turns around and gets hoisted up, before *BAM!* being felled onto the steel stage with an FU! The fans go wild as Cena looks down at Barrett and waves a ‘You Can’t See Me’ taunt right in his face. The Doctor eyeballs Styles and nods, as the Champion smiles at Barrett’s demise. JR: “I guess Wade Barrett was bluffing about the British Invasion. The only guy behind that curtain was John Cena, who remember was also hit by a Bull-Hammer last week.” JR reminds us that Barrett only defeated Styles for the Championship that night over a year ago because of interference from John Cena. “Talk about full circle!” Regal: “What a bloody thug!” JR: “Need I remind you that he has a doctorate in Thuganometry William.”

We come to a video of two guys watching a football match. It’s the New Orleans Saints against the Carolina Panthers, and we soon see that the two guys are KWF superstars Panther and Gambit. They’re shouting at the screen after a play, and Gambit throws a yellow flag in the air. Panther: “No way man! That was clean!” Gambit: “You crazy homme? Foul on that play!” Panther puts his snacks down and stands up. “Oh yeah?!” Gambit does the same. “Yeah!” Panther: “You want to take this outside?” Gambit: “I wouldn’t want to embarrass you in your own street homme.” They continue to argue and the video moves on into shots of several KWF superstars in action. The voiceover comes in. “On the last stop on the Road to WrestleMania, there are chances for the top stars in the KWF to make their final push to be at the Greatest Show on Earth.” The action ends on AJ Styles, before coming back to Panther and Gambit, who have both kitted themselves out in full football uniforms of their favorite teams. They each get into a three-point stance before charging at one another. The video slams into the logo for KWF SuperBrawl, Live February 24th, only on KWF Blogs!

We’re back in the arena as the lights lower and the ♫music of Kurt Angle!♫ <<< click to play) hits. JR informs us that it is time for our main event of the evening, an Elimination Chamber qualifier between the Olympic Gold Medallist and The Phenom. “What a pay-per-view worthy match-up, and of course it is a rematch from KWF WrestleMania 2011. The Deadman won that night, but only due to interference from the debuting Absolute Lashley. How ironic that UnderTaker now finds himself on the end of a challenge from his former protégé, a challenge that earlier tonight he rejected.” Regal: “And quite right too. He doesn’t need that distraction. He’s facing Kurt Angle here, and if he can go all the way and win the Elimination Chamber then his WrestleMania schedule will be filled.” As Angle waits, *BONG!* ♫The UnderTaker’s music♫ <<< click to play) plays and he makes his unmistakeable slow entrance to the ring.

Kurt Angle vs. The UnderTaker – Elimination Chamber qualifying match

There’s a big fight feel about this one as JR reminds us that Brock Lesnar, King Dolph and Panther have already advanced to the Chamber match at SuperBrawl, where the winner will be in the Triple Threat main event at WrestleMania for the KWF World Title. “We have three more spaces to fill in the Chamber match, and I have to say, I love how Edge has put these qualification matches together.” “Stop sucking up.” It is a tentative start to the match as Angle tries to figure out how best to take on the Deadman. It soon bursts into life though as Taker forces Angle into the corner and fires him with shots. He then slams him into the other corner, before hitting a clothesline followed by a big boot off the ropes.

JR: “It’s all business here for The UnderTaker. Clearly riled up by recent events with Lashley, and he’s taking out all his frustrations on Kurt Angle.” Regal: “I would not want to be in Kurt’s shoes right now Jim. An angry UnderTaker can be bad for one’s health, especially in the face department.” Taker brings Angle up and down with a sidewalk slam, and a casual pin brings Two. He picks Kurt up and goes to throw him against the ropes, but Angle reverses it before running at Taker and clotheslining him over the top rope. The Deadman lands on his feet, but it’s enough to raise the volume in the arena and give Angle momentum as we head to commercials.

When we come back, Angle has Taker in an armlock submission hold. He is trying to wear down The Phenom, who struggles and manages to reverse it into a Hell’s Gate. Angle is now in real trouble and scrambles for the ropes, just managing to reach them. Regal: “Wow, that was close. And against The UnderTaker it can happen just that quickly.” The hold is eventually broken. From this point the match goes back and forth, with Angle showing his wrestling prowess and growing in confidence as time goes on. He hits a belly-to-belly suplex, and follows this up with an Angle slam! Cover, One, Two – but a kick-out by Taker. The UnderTaker then sits up, but Angle ferociously boots him down to the mat. He heads to the top rope to attempt a moonsault, but misses as Taker rolls out of the way.

Regal: “Bad mistake by Kurt. He had control there, and should have gone for the Ankle Lock after the Angle Slam.” JR: “Decisions are key in a contest of this magnitude and even a man so experienced and accomplished as Kurt Angle is going to have problems with The Phenom.” The match goes on and Angle tries to maintain control, but it’s The UnderTaker’s power that’s overwhelming and the fans gasp as The Deadman takes Angle up and down for a chokeslam. He covers and gets One, gets Two, but no! Angle kicks out. A frustrated Phenom then lifts Angle up for an attempted Tombstone, but Angle gets out of it, sliding down Taker’s back and grabbing his leg, before tripping him forward and applying an Ankle Lock. The fans cheer as UnderTaker struggles. He can’t reach the ropes, and Angle is putting everything into this. JR: “UnderTaker has never tapped out, but this is the Ankle Lock we’re talking about here, one of the most devastating submissions in the history of wrestling.” Taker, with one big effort, turns around and kicks Angle away. Kurt flies back and knocks hard into the referee, who falls to the outside.

Angle looks back at the official, before turning round into a massive big boot. Taker realises the referee’s down and he sees his chance to inflict more damage. He heads to the outside and grabs a chair, pushing Justin Roberts out of the way. He slowly gets back into the ring and places it on the canvas. He looks as if he’s ready to Tombstone Angle onto it. Angle is down and Taker brings his thumb up to his neck and does the iconic throat slit sign. JR: “We know what that means, it’s time for…” but as Taker does the taunt, the lights go out in the arena. JR: “What the? The Deadman turned out the lights? Why?” Regal: “Never question The UnderTaker Jim.” The lights come back on, and standing there, right behind The Phenom, is The Absolute Lashley. The UnderTaker turns around and straight into a *BAM!* Sitdown Spinebuster from Lashley right onto the chair! The fans go absolutely bananas, as the commentators are stunned into silence. Lashley gets to his feet and stares down at his mentor, dead-faced, before raising his arms to cut the lights again. When they come back on, he is gone, as is the chair, and The Deadman remains flat out in the centre of the ring. Kurt Angle and the referee are both stirring, and look completely bemused as to what just happened. Angle manages to crawl over and drape his arm over Taker, as the referee slowly counts One…… Two…… Three!

Winner: Kurt Angle.

JR: “Angle wins! Angle wins! Kurt Angle is in the Elimination Chamber!” Regal: “Yeah, thanks to Lashley. Just what in the hell was he thinking?” Angle continues to look confused as he gets to his feet, just looking down at the motionless UnderTaker. He has his hand raised and celebrates his win. JR: “It’s sweet irony that Lashley made his debut to cost Angle his match against The Deadman, and now, almost two years later, he costs his former master a spot in the Elimination Chamber and hands the victory to Angle.” Regal: “I didn’t think soulless beings dealt in irony, the things you learn eh.” JR: “This has got to be about Lashley’s challenge to Taker for Mania. The Absolute One wants to face his former Master, but UnderTaker declined. Now Lashley’s sent a direct message, a test, to see if The UnderTaker will bite – and ultimately change his mind. God what a night!” We fade out on the image of Angle on the turnbuckles and The Phenom on his back in the centre of the ring. He sits up with his eyes whitened and the air zaps out of the arena as the audience gasp as one.

[kwfblogs]

KWF Wednesday Night Turmoil: 6th Feb. 2012 – New Orleans Arena. New Orleans, LA.

We start the show with a reminder of how last week ended. The main event saw two faction leaders in the form of Wade Barrett and Alberto Del Rio reluctantly team up to take on the KWF Champion AJ Styles and Royal Rumble winner John Cena. After the Doctor of Thuganomics had planted Del Rio with an FU and got the Three-count, LAX stormed the ring and not only started to attack Cena and Styles, but also Barrett. It was a four-on-three beatdown, until the music of Sheamus hit and the Celtic Warrior raced to the ring. LAX collected their fallen leader and backed off up the ramp, as the unfathomable image of Barrett standing shoulder-to-shoulder with Cena, Styles and Sheamus was seen around the world.

We hear ♫’Isolation’ by Alter Bridge♫ <<< click to play) welcome us in through the credits and we come into the New Orleans Arena as the pyros light the place up. Jim Ross welcomes us to the show and introduces his co-commentator William Regal. They discuss the ending to last week. JR: “LAX tried to use the numbers to their advantage again as they aim to make themselves heard in the KWF, but for once the numbers didn't add up as Sheamus evened the odds and they backed off.” Regal: “I can't believe they attacked Barrett as well. He was supposed to be on Del Rio's team. It's anarchy I tell you!” JR: “Well, as you might expect, the situation has had some fallout, and has led to a mouthwatering main event here tonight. Edge has put together a six-man tag team match, as Alberto Del Rio will be teaming up with Homicide and Hernandez to take on the crowd pleasing trio of Sheamus, John Cena and AJ Styles!” Regal: “Wow, there's six men I wouldn't want to run into in a dark alley... then again I would never be in a dark alley, unless my driver's sat-nav plays up again.”

JR informs us of other matches we can expect tonight, including Velvet Sky against Eve Torres, and the number one contenders match for the KWF Tag Team Titles. “But we're going to kick things off with the first of two Elimination Chamber qualifying matches tonight, and here comes the King.” The ♫Royal music of King Dolph Ziggler♫ <<< click to play) hits and the 2012 King of the Ring makes his way to the squared circle with his Queen, Madison Rayne. Regal praises Ziggler's Royal presence, and the “delectable beauty” of his Queen. Ziggler awaits his opponent. JR: “Dolph looks confident, but has no idea who he's facing. Who's it gonna be?” ♫*Drums* Rob Van Dam! *Drums* The whole f'n show!♫ <<< click to play).

King Dolph w/ Queen Madison vs. Rob Van Dam – Elimination Chamber qualifying match

Ziggler seems a little shaken by the emergence of RVD, but tries to overcompensate for it by attacking him as soon as he gets in the ring. The bell rings to officially start the match and Ziggler is all over Van Dam. However, he gets pushed away, and as he goes back to him, gets a roundhouse kick to the face for his trouble. The fans cheer as Van Dam gets back to his feet and it’s an even contest again. He thumb-taunts and then he trades shots with his opponent, with RVD coming out on top. He backs Ziggler against the ropes, before Irish whipping him and leapfrogging, before laying on his front with a splits, and finally laying on his back with his feet in the air so he can propel Dolph across the ring by pushing into his stomach. Dolph escapes to the outside and is consoled by Madison.

He looks frustrated and slams his hands on the apron, but doesn’t get long to gather himself as Van Dam comes flying through the ropes and on top of him. Madison screams and gets out the way, but her King crashes down, as his opponent gets back to his feet and thumb-taunts “Rob-Van-Dam!” The crowd cheer and applaud the clear fan favourite here. RVD gets Dolph up on the apron, before hitting a leg drop across his back, and then rolling him back in. Madison screams at RVD, getting his attention. He looks at her and smiles, finding her overreaction funny. He takes her Tiara off her head and puts it on himself, before asking the crowd how he looks, and making Rayne more irate. However, this allows Dolph recovery time and he nails Van Dam with a baseball slide. Madison retrieves her Tiara and Ziggler is back in control as we head to commercials.

When we come back, Dolph has RVD in a headlock, dead centre of the ring. JR informs us on split screen how the King kept the upper hand during the break by launching Van Dam into the steel steps. He is wearing the Michigan native down and has him on his side, laying down on his front himself, before almost doing a headstand. JR: “He is such a show off. Instead of pulling stunts like that why doesn’t he concentrate on winning the match?” Regal: “He is Jim. That move doesn’t just look flashy. When he pulls his body up like that it increases the pressure on the head of Van Dam. You non-wrestlers are so naïve.” JR: “Well all I know is that one of these men will be joining Brock Lesnar in the Elimination Chamber match at SuperBrawl, where of course the winner will go on to join John Cena and whomever the KWF World Champion may be in the Triple Threat main event at WrestleMania. Lesnar defeated Joker Hardy last week, and later on tonight we have the third qualifying match, but right here it looks like RVD is fighting back!”

Van Dam manages to get up to a knee, and hits elbows into the gut of Ziggler, before going to run to the ropes. But Dolph tugs his hair and pulls him down again for another headlock. The fans boo and the referee warns him, but Dolph just says “What?!” Van Dam tries another method of freedom, and lifts his leg up to boot Dolph on the top of the head. A couple of these do the trick and he’s now free. He comes off the ropes and hits a clothesline, then another, and finally goes for a springboard enziguiri. However, Dolph moves and RVD accidentally nails the referee full-on in the side of the head. He looks down at the official, but not for long as Dolph attacks. Van Dam counters and hits a kick to the gut, before a DDT floors the King. Van Dam then plays off the fans reaction and hits a crowd pleasing Rolling Thunder. He checks on the ref, who is still out cold. “Get another referee out here!” he yells. As the King gets up, Van Dam springs off the middle rope and kicks him in the head. Dolph is flat out in the middle of the ring and prime for the Five Star Frog Splash.

Van Dam leaps up onto the top rope, before slowly raising up and pointing his thumbs inwards. Regal: “This won’t do much good if there’s no-one to count three.” Just as he is about to perform his token 'Rob Van Dam' gesture, we hear loudly over the sound system ♫Feed Me More♫ <<< click to play). The music sounds familiar, and a massive brute of a man dressed in jeans and a vest comes out to the stage. He marches toward the ring as Van Dam looks on in disbelief. JR: “What the? That's... that's Ryback! The machine that's been causing all kinds of chaos on WWE House Shows, he's here, in the KWF!” Regal: “Bloody hell! Look at the size of him!” Ryback gets in the ring, while the official is still down, and RVD is still on the top rope. JR: “What is he doing here?”

Ryback looks at King Dolph, he eyeballs Queen Madison, and then looks up at Van Dam, almost daring him to jump. RVD is reluctant, but has little choice, so dives onto the devastating figure below. However, Ryback catches him, before slamming him down to the canvas! He then backs off and looks at both Ziggler and Van Dam. He winds up his arm and awaits, then as RVD gets up, he charges over and floors him with a Meat-hook Clothesline. The crowd boo like hell as we see Queen Madison do all she can to wake up the referee. Regal: “I think the Ryback may be trying to put over his application for the Elimination Chamber.” JR: “Oh I’m not so sure about that. You can’t just walk into the KWF and get an opportunity like that, not if you’re a rookie with no reputation. No, I think this is something else, Ryback’s not even on our roster!”

Ryback picks Van Dam up, hoists him atop his shoulder and marches around the ring before crashing him down with Shellshock. As he gets up, we see that Dolph is just starting to raise up too. Ryback sees Madison by the referee and he marches over, grabbing him by the shirt and commanding “Wake up!” He throws him toward the centre of the ring where King DOlph has the cover. JR: “No, not this way, not this way!” And Ziggler pins for Three.

Winner: King Dolph.

The crowd boo like hell as Ryback and Queen Madison then get into the ring. JR and Regal can’t get their head around what’s going on here and then all of a sudden we see Ryback shake the hand of King Dolph, who smiles from ear to ear. He laughs, patting Ryback on the shoulder and Queen Madison is grinning too. “Oh my, the power of Royalty Jim. Looks like the King has hired himself some help.” Ryback kick-rolls RVD out of the ring, and Madison and Dolph celebrate. JR: “After so many impressive victories on WWE House Shows, one may have wondered how long it would be before Ryback made an appearance in the KWF, but not for one second did I think it would be like this!” Regal: “It makes perfect sense Jim. Dolph is a King, and a King needs protection. You can't get much better security than that thing!” Ryback raises Dolph's hand as the fans boo. JR is still going ballistic at what he’s seeing, but Regal finishes: “Whether you like it or not Jim, King Dolph has qualified for the Elimination Chamber.”

It's time for our weekly recap of last week's events. It was a huge night in the KWF as new X-Division Champion Jack Evans took on Evan Bourne, but got more than just his hand raised after winning as LAX rushed the ring to get vengeance on the man who took Rey Mysterio's Title at Royal Rumble. AJ Lee defeated Beth Phoenix, but still had to avoid a paper-bagging from The Beautiful People who were on commentary. King Dolph taunted long-term nemesis Panther with the fact he had been given a spot in an Elimination Chamber qualifier. Brock Lesnar became the first man to qualify for the Chamber as he beat Joker Hardy. A monstrous affair saw The Absolute Lashley take on Abyss. The Masked Beast won a gruelling No Holds Barred match, but was badly hurt, and still ended the bout on his back, while his supposed master The UnderTaker looked on in amusement. Zack Ryder asked Edge for an Intercontinental Title shot, and the GM had an interesting proposal. Ryder would be granted a shot at SuperBrawl if enough people tweeted KWF Blogs with #ICRyder. Finally, in the main event, Wade Barrett and Alberto Del Rio took on AJ Styles and John Cena. The KWF Champion and the Rumble winner picked up the win, but LAX stormed the ring and attacked everyone, including Del Rio’s partner Wade Barrett. However, the numbers were evened up as the man they screwed out of the Hardcore Title at the Royal Rumble, Sheamus, headed to the ring to help chase them off. To take in all the action and enjoy one of our greatest Turmoil’s of the year, click HERE to read January 30th’s Turmoil.

We watch as Homicide, Hernandez and their new leader Alberto Del Rio all go storming into the GM’s Skybox. Edge is taken aback as Del Rio demands answers as to why LAX aren’t in the number one contenders match for the Tag Titles tonight. Edge says that LAX ruined Jack Evans last week: “And it’s not like I’m going to reward that with a Title opportunity. You should be thanking your lucky stars that you’re not suspended for tonight’s program. You guys are in the main event – and you’re lucky to even be there. I thought I’d give the fans the chance to see Cena, Styles and Sheamus give you gentlemen the old school wood-shed treatment.” Del Rio blasts off at Edge. He calls him biased and asks if LAX aren’t in the number one contenders Tag match then who is? Edge: “The Welsh Dragons.” Del Rio: “The Welsh Dragons? Those British Invasion punks?! And who else?” Edge: “Who else? Well, that’s a surprise. You’ll have to wait and see. But for now, mi amigos, if I were you I’d be inclined to get to your locker room and prepare for the main event. I’m expecting a great match.” Del Rio stares at Edge and Homicide and Hernandez pull him away. Del Rio blasts: “You should’ve given us a chance at the Gold Edge. You’re going to regret forsaking us perro.” He then spits on the GM’s floor before exiting with his tag team.

We come to a video clip in which former KWF Women’s Champion AJ Lee is on her way to Houston, Texas. She explains to the camera that after her win last week over Beth Phoenix, Edge has awarded her the night off, so she has decided to visit her injured Chickbuster pal Kaitlyn. She arrives at the home of her BFF, and the door is open. She wanders in. “Kaitlyn? K-ride? K-dawg? K-mart? Where you at?” All of a sudden we can hear some moaning and groaning. AJ’s face begins to look concerned: “But Panther’s in New Orleans.” She approaches the bedroom, and the noises get louder. She peeks inside, and sees Kaitlyn on her feet playing the Nintendo Wii. Kaitlyn looks panicked and drops the controller, before sitting down again and holding her ankle. “(unconvincingly) Ooh, ow, my ankle. I thought I could play some video games, but not just yet I guess.” AJ: “Oh thank God! I thought you were… I mean it sounded like… you know what, Never mind. I just came to see how you’re doing?” Kaitlyn explains that she’s feeling better, but that it’ll still be a few weeks before she’s cleared to compete.

AJ: “I can’t believe what Angelina and Velvet did to you, robbing you of the opportunity to appear in your first Chick Rumble, and robbing you of a chance at the Title. And you know if we’d both been in there we would have kicked both their candy asses.” Kaitlyn: “Oh I know that, and they knew that. That’s why they did it. The only way women like that can triumph is by underhanded tactics. AJ, you make sure it’s just a temporary situation because we both know that you’re gonna regain that Championship at SuperBrawl.” They bump fists as AJ asks Kaitlyn if she’s tweeted #ICRyder yet. Kaitlyn: “Woo, woo, woo, you know it!” Kaitlyn thanks AJ for coming to see her and asks if she’s sure she can cope with the Beautiful People on her own. “You can ask Panther for some protection, I mean he’d never hit a woman, but he doesn’t mind throwing things at them, like newspapers or rotten fruit.” AJ laughs and says “No that’s okay. They keep trying to paper-bag me, but I’m far too pretty and fast to fall for that. I’m sure I’ll manage.” Kaitlyn promises to be back as soon as possible, and wishes AJ luck in her Title bout at SuperBrawl. They fist bump again, before fighting over the Wii remote as we fade back to the arena.

In the ring we see that Eve Torres has already made her entrance. ♫The Beautiful People’s music♫ <<< click to play) hits and we watch as Angelina Love and Velvet Sky make their seductive entrance. JR reflects on Kaitlyn’s condition and says that it’s smart on behalf of Edge to give AJ the night off and for AJ to stay away from the arena tonight: “Last week they got awful close to grabbing AJ and paper-bagging her. Edge and AJ are right to ensure that she stays fit for her rematch for the Women’s Gold at SuperBrawl.” Regal: “Yes well let’s just put that aside and concentrate on one thing here… let the pigeons loose!” Regal chuckles as JR tells him to get his mind out of the gutter. Women’s Champion Angelina Love exits the ring and stands at ringside to watch as we get set for girl on girl action.

Eve Torres vs. Velvet Sky w/ Angelina Love

Angelina claps her hands and says “Come on Vel-Vel” as the bell rings and we get under way. Eve and Velvet lock up and Velvet attempts a side-headlock. Eve counters and goes behind for a waist-lock. Velvet butt-bumps her away and then poses, but then the crowd cheer as Eve clutches Sky from behind for a roll-up. JR: “The School-girl roll-up of Doom! Eve paying homage to AJ Lee right there.” Regal: “It’s a bloody roll-up Jim, there’s no doom about it and it sure as heck isn’t an AJ exclusive. That move’s been used by every wrestler out there.” JR: “Not with the added ingredient of doom it hasn’t.” Regal: “Bloody entity.” Velvet kicks out after Two and back on their feet, she’s hit with forearm shots by Eve. Velvet sends her toward the ropes and as Eve comes back, Velvet ducks under to lift her atop her shoulders. Velvet seems impressed by her own strength, but then Eve takes her to the canvas in a crucifix pinning predicament. She gets One, gets Two – but no, Velvet kicks out.

Sky scrambles toward the bottom rope and Angelina reaches in to hug her head and stroke her hair. “It’s okay, you got this Velvet, come on. Get her, just get her, come on now.” Love sends her love to Velvet and now it seems like Sky is taking Eve a lot more seriously. She gets up and marches at her with lefts and rights. She Irish-whips her to the corner and then runs at her abdomen, shoulder first. Velvet is relentless as she continues an onslaught of an attack, clobbering Eve down with punches and kicks, making it more of a street fight than a wrestling match. The crowd love the action, but the referee pulls Velvet away. Angelina shouts: “Hey! Get off her ref! You can’t afford her ass you know that!?” Regal chuckles: “There are so many jokes I could make with that right now.” Eve comes out of the corner and she tries to burst out with energy, but she’s slammed hard in the gut with a kick and Velvet finishes her off with In Yo’ Face (sitout double underhook facebuster) for the One, Two and Three.

Winner: Velvet Sky.

Velvet celebrates and she has her hand raised by Angelina Love. JR: “Nice to see Angelina get her hands so dirty, I mean it’s not like she’s Women’s Champion or anything.” Regal: “What are you moaning about Jim. She’s the Champion. She doesn’t have to wrestle every week. Her being here is a gift to the audience and people should appreciate it.” The male fans cheer TBP, but the women and children boo. We see Eve moving, trying to get up, but again, just like last week to Beth Phoenix, Angelina nails Eve with a Botox Injection and The Beautiful People paper-bag poor Eve. The fans boo as one as JR says that TBP are as strong and as confident as they’ve ever been.

We cut to a scene backstage where Zack Ryder is standing by a flat-screen. He has ‘Broski’ merchandise on a table behind him and he addresses us through the camera with a big smile on his face. “Broskis and Broskettes, I’ve been allowed this time by Edge to give you guys the lowdown on what’s happening with my mission to earn a shot at SuperBrawl for the Intercontinental Title. I wanna divert your attention to the screen now for just one second. This. Is. Sick.” We zoom in on the screen and we see Ryder at an event that’s full of fans. He’s cheering with them and holding up a sign saying #ICRyder. He then takes the camera off the person filming him and shows us that it’s Neil Patrick Harris! The two of them do the Broski fist-bump and Harris mouths to the camera “hash-tag I C Ryder!” They point the camera toward the outter arena and we see that Ryder and Harris filmed this while at the Super Bowl!

The film stops and back Live, Ryder addresses us again: “You see that my Broski’s, I suited up with one of my fave Bro’s of all and we held up signs, sent out flyers and signed fans t-shirts as we told the world to tweet hash-tag ICRyder. You guys have been doing a sick job so far and I wanna say thanks for that. Thanks to Neil, and to fellow wrestling Broskis and Broskettes Ashley Massaro, Derrick Bateman, Nattie Neidhart and the super hot Karen Jarrett. I hope this takes us where we all want me to be, and pretty soon, with my ‘Hoeski’ single on iTunes, my friends, fans and followers all tweeting for me, I’ll get that Intercontinental Title shot! Keep tweeting #ICRyder! Woo woo woo, you know it!”

We come back to the commentary table where JR and Regal talk more about the Chick match, but not for long as JR says: “I’m hearing something is going on in the back.” We see a camera racing down the hall, and there is a melee as LAX are attacking Sheamus. Del Rio, Homicide, Hernandez and Mysterio are like a pack of dogs, laying kicks and punches into the Irishman. JR: “What the hell?! Get some security back there!” Security is finally on the scene, but there aren’t enough of them as Hernandez and Homicide see them off, while Del Rio applies a Cross Armbreaker to the man he took the Hardcore Title off at Royal Rumble. Sheamus is in agony, and is finally laid out as SuperMex lofts him up, before Border Tossing him through a table. We see Konnan in the background, barking in Spanish toward Sheamus and as more security come, led by Edge, LAX exit the scene. John Cena and AJ Styles come along too and Edge immediately calls for a medic. JR: “He's supposed to be in the main event! LAX trying to get the numbers in their favor again!” Regal: “It’s smart, and no wonder Cena and Styles look concerned. They’re going to get eaten alive in the main event now.” Medics attend to Sheamus while Styles and Cena have their hands on their heads in disbelief. Edge looks concerned.

After commercials, JR and Regal are still discussing the attack on Sheamus by LAX as Christopher Daniels makes his way to the ring. JR: “This is getting completely out of hand. LAX are laying waste to anyone and everyone, including poor Jack Evans last week.” That reminder segways nicely into what Daniels has come out to say. “I am out here to call out the X-Division Champion. Jack Evans, come down to this ring so that I can talk to you man-to-man, face-to-face!” Daniels waits, but there is no music. JR: “What is this? Daniels knows full well that Jack Evans isn’t here tonight. After the injuries he sustained at the hands of LAX I don’t even know if he’ll make it to SuperBrawl.”

The audience boo as Daniels continues: “That’s what I thought. Ladies and gentlemen, your KWF X-Division Champion is nothing but a coward. See I came out here to inform him, and each and every one of you that at SuperBrawl, I will be invoking the rematch clause that I never got after losing my Title at Survivor Series. I reserved the right not to invoke it while Rey Mysterio was Champion, and look at how that panned out. I guess the smartest man in wrestling was right. Anyone who has messed with Rey Mysterio has been beaten down by half of Mexico these past few weeks. But Jack Evans is a different story. He’s a rookie on the big stage, and he’s not faced a top level competitor like me before. And so Jack, if you’re man enough to show up, face me at SuperBrawl, and bring my X-Division Championship with you.”

The fans boo more, but soon cheer as Edge makes himself heard from his Skybox. “Hey Christopher, up here! First of all, you’re fully aware that Jack Evans has been signed off from competing for at least two weeks, so don’t come out here trying to make him look like a wuss, or I’ll put you in a handicap match against LAX myself.” Daniels dismisses this idle threat, and Edge goes on to say: “But you are right about one thing. You do have a rematch clause still available, so if you want to face Evans at SuperBrawl, I got no problem booking it, as long as doctors clear him to compete in time.” Daniels: “You’re damn right you’re booking it!” Edge: “But as you seem to be in a confrontational mood tonight, and you’re in your wrestling gear, why not stay out there and compete right now? As soon as you came out here I put a call down to the locker room, and I've already got an opponent for you.” Daniels wasn’t expecting that, and protests when ♫Amazing Red’s music♫ <<< click to play) hits, and it becomes apparent that Daniels has talked his way into an impromptu X-Division match. JR: “That’s why our GM is so popular. He’ll throw up a match from anywhere, and Amazing Red looks fired up as he gets set to take on the Fallen Angel!”

Christopher Daniels vs. Amazing Red

As Daniels has been caught off guard, he struggles to keep up with the pace of Red in the opening moments. JR: “Daniels may have been granted a Title shot at SuperBrawl, but Red will be thinking ahead to WrestleMania, and who knows, a big performance here could go a long way to ensuring his presence on the Grandest Stage of them all.” Regal: “Everyone will be eager to impress over the coming weeks, but I am already looking forward to Daniels v Evans. That should be an enthralling contest, assuming the Champion is fit after that thrashing he took last week at the hands of LAX.” Red comes off the ropes to hit a headscissors that sends Daniels flying across the ring, and then races over to hit a low dropkick to the head and gets a Two-count from the pin attempt.

Red is cheered by the audience, and quickly attempts an Infra-Red to try and seal the deal, but it’s too early in the bout and Daniels moves out of the way to send him crashing. From here the more experienced Daniels slows the pace down and works Red over, hitting double-handed chops and a perfectly executed suplex. He also attempts numerous pin attempts, often just getting One, but Regal points out that this is a technique to tire out an opponent who has already spent large amounts of the match racing around the ring. JR: “It’s interesting to note that Daniels is by himself here. His tag partner Kazarian took a hard shot to the nether-regions back at the Royal Rumble pay-per-view and it seems that he still hasn’t recovered from that pain. Daniels is opportunistically taking his chances at more Gold as he and Kaz failed in their attempts at the Tag Team Titles against Why So Serious.”

Red fights back against Daniels, hitting some knees to the jaw, but he gets caught with a kick to the gut, and Daniels then lifts him and crashes him down with an Angels Wings. He gestures the slit throat, before racing to the corner and leaping off, nailing Red with a BME. He hooks the leg and gets Three.

Winner: Christopher Daniels

Daniels celebrates his victory, wiping sweat off his forehead and flicking it on to Red. He kicks some imaginary dirt back on to him before making the Title Belt gesture around his waist. The fans boo him as JR concedes that on form like that, Daniels has a good chance of besting Jack Evans at SuperBrawl, especially if the Champ isn’t fighting at 100%.

We turn our attentions to a video clip of New Orleans. We see shots of the New Orleans culture; the Jazz music and Delta Blues, the notorious nightlife within the French Quarters, Mardi Gras, the New Orleans Saints and the home of the Super Bowl – the Mercedes Superdome. The clip then fades into a showreel of documents telling that New Orleans has the highest homicide crime-rate of the largest cities in the United States… We see a close-up of a street-sign labeled ‘Bourbon Street’ and then we fade into a clip of a café. One or two customers are scattered around and there are a group of youngsters sat in a booth closest to the camera. The café door opens and in steps Remy LeBeau. He’s holding the hand of Kelly Kelly and he gives a nod to the servant behind the counter. “Hey Gambit, how’s it going.” LeBeau and K2 are followed in by a skipping Christy ‘Harley Quinn’ Hemme, Jeff ‘The Joker’ Hardy and Abyss, who’s holding both the Tag Team Championships. They all walk down the isle and we see customers suddenly stand up and leave, or back up so that they’re as far from Why So Serious as possible. The Joker and his group walk to the camera side of the café and stand over the booth where the group of friends are gathered. They haven’t noticed Why So Serious standing there, but then Joker slams his fists on the table and says: “Do you people want to give us our booth or would you like to know how I got these scars?!!!”

He chuckles as the group around the table then get up and leave very quickly. Joker sits down and shuffles along to allow his band mates to sit down. He says: “Ooh I like this place, there’s always food already served.” Gambit slides across opposite Joker. The girls sit next to their men and we then see Abyss pull over a table, rather than a stool, and sit on it. The group converse about the number one contenders match to the Tag Team Championships. They talk about the possible teams being involved. Joker: “We know those Brits are already in the match, but I think, I think their opposition will be the Hart kids, Edge has always had a soft spot for them.” Gambit: “Dat’s true homme, but de Tyson is injured and he ain’t gon’ be back any time soon.” The conversation goes on between the Champs and meanwhile Abyss hands the Tag Belts to Christy and Kelly, and he sets to eat all the food that was left on the table. Gambit doesn’t eat anything and Joker just sips various drinks that Christy is mixing beside him. Gambit and Joker mention The Dudleys, Legacy, The Usos and LAX. But then, Joker says: “It doesn’t really matter who we’re facing though right? At SuperBrawl these Belts stay with us?” Kelly says: “Right. These Belts aren’t going anywhere.”

We hear a loud thud and Christy Hemme laughs as Abyss falls backward to lay on his table. It looks like he’s passed out because he’s eaten so much so fast. Hemme stands up on her seat and jumps to mount Abyss. Gambit: “Damn, not again.” Hemme laughs and leans over Abyss’ face. The camera pans round to see what she’s doing and it turns out that she’s licking the food off Abyss’ jaw and chest. Joker, Kelly and Gambit all get up and set to exit. Joker pulls Christy by her hair and commands: “Off him Harley!” He walks with her toward the door, using her pony tail as if it’s a leash for a dog. Kelly Kelly pours water on Abyss’ face and he wakes up. Gambit lifts Abyss’ arm and helps him off the table: “Come on big fella, we done for de night.” They begin walking and we see Kelly leave a deck of playing cards on the table. She picks up both the Tag Titles and follows as Why So Serious leave the café.

Back in the arena, Wade Barrett stands outside the Skybox of General Manager Edge. He’s about to walk in, but then out steps Gail Kim and we catch the last part of her conversation with Edge: “Okay Gail, I can’t wait to see what you got. Good luck out there.” Gail thanks Edge and she leaves. Barrett walks into the Skybox and first of all he acknowledges Edge for putting Mason Ryan and Rob Terry in the number one contenders match for the Tag Titles tonight. “I appreciate it on behalf of the Welsh Dragons and my British Invasion, but Edge I hope that’s not your way of putting things right for me personally. Two weeks ago, you promised that you’d do something for me. You promised me that I would get something for being the real winner of the Royal Rumble and I’m done waiting for a result now Edge. I want to be at WrestleMania, I want to compete for the KWF Championship and I want you to give me what I deserve right now.”

Edge says: “Wade, while I must stress that I don’t owe you anything, you’re right, you deserve something and I’ve thought it over so here it comes. At SuperBrawl, Wade Barrett you’re going to be in the main event, competing against AJ Styles for the KWF World Heavyweight Championship! You’re getting the opportunity to be at WrestleMania, not to challenge for the Title, but to be the KWF World Champion. You’re the new number one contender Wade, how about that?” Barrett is taken aback. He looks somewhat shocked, but then he tells Edge that this is the least he deserved. He says Edge has done the right thing “for once.”

Barrett sets to exit looking satisfied, but Edge isn’t done. He tells Barrett that while he wasn’t fond of lining up on the same side as Cena, Styles and Sheamus last week, Sheamus was attacked backstage tonight and he’s not fit to compete: “So you’re taking his place Wade.” Barrett: “What?” Edge: “You, Cena and the man you’re facing at SuperBrawl will all be on the same team against LAX.” Barrett: “Edge?! Seriously?! Come on, how can you expect me to tag with those two!? I can’t, in fact I’m not. I’m not going through that, teaming with them and then going up against LAX, it’s going to be a five on one mate, you can’t put me in the match.” Edge: “I just did. Oh and Wade, you can go now.” Barrett is furious and he exits.

At ringside we see that British Invasion members Mason Ryan and Rob Terry are making their entrance. The crowd boo, but Regal is eagerly talking up the potential of the British Invasion. “Look at this JR. February 6th 2013 and the Brits are well and truly on their way to glory. Last year London had the Olympics, and this year the British Invasion will win Gold. Ryan and Terry will become Tag Champs and the mighty Wade Barrett will become the KWF World Heavyweight Champion. Fantastic!” JR says that Regal shouldn’t presume to know the results of the matches. The Welsh Dragons are booed as they wait in the ring.

The tron rises and out steps Gail Kim. JR: “Gail? What’s this about?” Kim has a microphone in hand and she says: “About a month ago two friends of mine told me they were ready to make a return to the KWF. They told me they felt they had the it factor to wrestle for Tag Team Gold once again. I told Edge and he was more than happy to have them come back, and given their successful history, they’re coming back to compete right here in this number one contenders match. Welsh Dragons, sorry about your damn luck!” The audience begin to cheer and then their volume rises even louder as we hear ♫Beer! Moneyyyy!♫ <<< click to play) and out from under the tron step Robert Roode and the Cowboy James Storm.

The fans go absolutely bananas as JR reminds us that Roode and Storm have been off KWF Blogs for well over a year. Regal can’t believe it and he says that he hopes Ryan and Terry put Beer Money back on the shelf again. Ryan and Terry don’t seem too happy that Beer Money have returned, but they talk to one another and psych themselves up. Roode removes his t-shirt. Storm takes off his Cowboy hat and puts his beer bottle on the top step of the steel stairs. Gail has a big smile on her face to see that her guys are back and the referee calls for the bell to signal the start of this huge match.

The Welsh Dragons vs. Beer Money w/ Gail Kim – number one contenders match for the Tag Titles

The audience is going wild. There’s a big fight feel as Storm steps to the corner and Bobby Roode begins the match. Mason Ryan starts for the Welsh Dragons. Regal: “Come on Mason. Styler and McIntyre defeated these two back in 2010 and that was when the Gold was on the line. This is your chance to step up now.” JR: “An old WCW proverb was where the big boys play and that statement fits very well for this match-up right here. I’m very excited that Roode and Storm are back, and so are these fans.”

Roode and Ryan lock up and Ryan puts a side headlock on his opponent. Roode pushes him toward the ropes and awaits his return, but he’s not too sharp yet as Ryan takes him down with a strong shoulder barge. He covers for One and a half, and Regal tells that Roode and Storm will be way too rusty to compete as they once used to. Ryan tags in Rob Terry and he sets to target Roode who’s pulled himself up by the corner. Terry measures before storming toward him, but Roode shows his agility as he sees the Welshman coming and he props himself atop the top turnbuckle before flipping over the back of Terry and they rolling him to the canvas with a Sunset flip.

He gets One on the count, but JR says: “To men like Robert Roode and James Storm, a little ring-rust won’t hinder their performance at all. They know how to plough through and keep in mind William, we saw Gail Kim exiting Edge’s Skybox on Turmoil a couple of weeks ago. Beer Money knew they had this match coming, they must’ve been well prepared.” Regal: “Yes. How unfair. They knew they were going to face the Welsh Dragons tonight. They had the chance to prep themselves, but Mason and Rob didn’t know who they were facing.” JR: “That’s not what I said at all William. Beer Money knew they had the number one contenders match, but I doubt very much that Edge gave them the heads up about who their opponents were. In fact, if you take in Ryan and Terry’s reaction, they didn’t look surprised to see Beer Money’s return. I’m sure, if these competitors knew of each other tonight, then Edge would have made sure that the playing field was fair and that all parties found out at the same time.”

The contest goes on as Roode tags in Storm and they perform a double suplex on Big Terry. Storm covers for Two and we see Mason Ryan running in to make a break, but the referee backs him up instantly. This leads to Bobby Roode coming back in and dropping a leg over the throat of Terry. James Storm claps his hands in the air to signal a tag and by the time the ref turns round it’s Roode who has another cover on Terry. The ref allows it and he counts One, counts Two – but Terry kicks out. Roode then maintains control of Terry, keeping him grounded and he and Storm tag often to stay fresh. Storm chokes Terry over the bottom rope, but he lets go as he sees Mason Ryan coming in. The two come to blows, but meanwhile, Gail Kim has propped herself to lay on the apron by Terry, and she’s wrapped her legs around his head! The fans cheer and applaud as JR says that this is vintage Beer Money and Gail Kim’s their insurance policy. Regal: “We call it cheating in the UK but whatever.”

As the contest goes on, we can see why Edge felt it necessary to allow Ryan and Terry this opportunity. They’re very impressive as they tag often and show that they too can pull off the old double-team and gain advantages in the match when the referees back is turned. Roode and Storm are indeed rusty, but their concentration levels and their team ethic looks as good as it’s ever been and while William Regal besmirches the form of Beer Money, they go from strength to strength and after a melee, they befall the illegal Rob Terry to ringside before Roode picks up Mason Ryan and lifts him for a suplex. Storm catches his legs behind Roode and as he drops for a Powerbomb, Roode drops for a neckbreaker. JR: “Drinking While Investing! The DWI is back in full motion! All fans who pass the legislate say I, (Storm makes the cover as Roode goes to ensure Terry is out of the ring) because Beer Money are the new number one contenders!”

Winners: James Storm and Bobby Roode, Beer Money!

Gail Kim applauds and she gets in the ring to raise the hands of Roode and Storm. William Regal is very bitter about the loss on behalf of the British Invasion and he besmirches Edge’s “atrocious” decision that Beer Money have returned to be in the reckoning for Tag Team Gold right away. JR reminds us that Roode and Storm were very much in the thick of Tag Title competition before Roode got injured: “They had a storied rivalry against The Dudley Boys and once Bubba and Devon got them out the way, The Dudleys went on to keep the Tag Gold for well over a year.” Regal: “Yes, and then Edge brought back Why So Serious. I wonder what they’re going to make of this. It’s going to be Gambit and Joker Hardy versus Beer Money at SuperBrawl. I must admit, with the Tag Team Titles on the line, that’s one heck of a match to look forward to.”

Backstage we’re with Jeremy Borash with his guest at this time, the KWF Intercontinental Champion, The Viper Randy Orton. “Randy, I’ve seen a lot of controversy in this business and most recently we’ve all witnessed the return of Brock Lesnar and the hullaballoo around his contract. Now, by a means of earning an Intercontinental Title shot, all Zack Ryder has to do is get as many #ICRyder tweets as he can.” Orton smirks: “JB, how ever Zack Ryder manages to get his shot is up to him. I know Edge well and I know that he’s being his ultimate opportunist self and he’s using Ryder to get a response from the KWF fans. But to me, as much as Ryder’s not on WWE House Shows and as much as he has over a million followers on Twitter, he’s not by any means a mainstream superstar.”

Orton lifts his IC Title to the camera. “Zack. I am the Intercontinental Champion. I have defeated everyone in my path so far and I will not be upstaged by a spiky haired boy who’s playing ‘KWF Superstar’. When you get in the ring with me, you’re in with the big boys – and you’re gonna get hurt. Friendly word of advice, instead of tweeting and worrying about your single on iTunes, why don’t you hit the gym, have some matches and make sure that you’re ready for what may come at SuperBrawl.” Orton exits the scene and JB addresses us: “Well folks, there’s no confirmation of a Ryder versus Orton match yet, but it looks like the KWF’s Apex Predator is already focused and ready for the competition. Zack Ryder, good luck.”

We see Panther walking the halls talking to Hornswoggle. “And that my friend is how I saved Christmas.” Hornswoggle claps, but his face soon drops as he sees King Dolph appear, with Queen Madison and Ryback just behind him. Dolph is looking smug as he squares up to Panther: “I assume you saw my match out there, where I qualified for the Elimination Chamber at SuperBrawl?” Panther: “Yeah Dolph, I saw it. And I saw this guy (pointing to Ryback) win it for you.” Dolph: “Oh how rude of me, let me introduce you both to my new muscle. I felt, as King, given that I’m going for the World Championship now, I need protection on a daily basis. Ryback’s not only my backup in the ring, but out of it as well. VIP clubs, hockey matches and the upcoming NBA All-Star game, King Dolph will be there with his crown, his Queen, and Ryback!” Hornswoggle starts growling at Ryback, but the muscle-bound machine barks back and the tiny leprechaun runs away.

Panther is visibly uneasy about trash-talking Dolph as he normally does given the presence of Ryback. Dolph goads him some more, but Panther just says: “He’s quite a purchase, but don’t forget, in the Elimination Chamber, you’ll be on your own.” Dolph: “Oh listen to the jobber here, giving lectures and advice to me when he’s not even in the Chamber match.” Dolph and Madison laugh, but Panther retorts “Actually Dolph, you’ve heard there’s another qualifier up next right? Well you’ll never guess who’s in it.” Dolph’s face drops as we hear ♫Panther’s music♫ <<< click to play) hit in the background. Panther: “Now, if you’ll all excuse me.” He heads off to make his entrance as Dolph seethes.

Panther heads out to the ring to a huge ovation as JR reacts: “How sweet it is to see the smirk wiped off the face of King Dolph, and how about this William? Panther has been handed a qualifier for the Elimination Chamber.” Regal: “Handed is the right word Jim. What on earth has he done to deserve this? He hasn’t held a Title in ages, and he's been spending his time goofing around with Kaitlyn and Hornswoggle and making silly noises with Brodus Clay. Blatant favoritism by Edge!” The fans disagree with Regal as we see signs in the crowd saying ‘Make noises for me Panther’ and ‘Haiyt!’ He awaits his opponent, and out comes ♫Mmmmmiisssterrrrrr…♫ <<< click to play) Anderson!

Panther vs. Mr. Anderson – Elimination Chamber qualifying match

The crowd is pumped for this as two fan favorites collide to determine the third entrant in SuperBrawl’s Elimination Chamber match. Anderson puts his hand out for Panther to shake, but the Cat says “no” and smiles, with JR telling that nobody can trust a self-proclaimed a-hole like Ken Anderson. The contest gets underway and JR concedes that he can’t call this one. “Panther is in great form of late, but Anderson has been a main event guy in the recent past, and is a former WWE and TNA Champion. Both these guys would be excellent participants in the Chamber, but there can only be one.” Regal: “Anderson for me. He is an arsehole after all.”

After some back and forth, they lock up again and Anderson backs Panther into the corner, getting him in a headlock. Panther sends him against the ropes but gets shoulder barged down. Anderson goes for an elbow, but misses, and Panther applies a headlock. Anderson then sends him against the ropes and attempts a clothesline. Panther ducks it and stops on the other side, hitting a standing dropkick that sends Anderson to the outside. He recuperates as we head to commercials.

When we come back, Anderson is back in the ring and has gotten back on top. He fires rights into the torso of Panther, before Irish whipping him hard into the corner. Regal: “This is why I prefer Anderson. He knows how to control the tempo of a match. With Panther he’s always trying to do everything too quickly, just ask Kaitlyn. Hahaha.” JR: “Oh please.” Anderson floors his opponent with a backbreaker and covers, but doesn’t hook the leg and gets barely Two. He applies an STF and tries to wear Panther down. JR: “Ken Anderson is in control here, and Dolph Ziggler must be enjoying this. He and Panther have been mortal enemies ever since they fought over the hand of fair Kaitlyn. Ziggler won the battle, making her his reluctant Queen, but Panther won the war as he concocted a plan to free her, which is why we now have Madison Rayne as Queen of the KWF. Still, it’s worth it to see Kaitlyn away from Ziggler’s reign.”

The match has gone on with both men getting some good offense in, but Anderson looks closest to victory. Every time Panther almost gets a rhythm going, Anderson puts the fire out with a rake to the eyes or by escaping to the outside. He goes one too many times though as Panther comes leaping over the top rope to hit a cross body plancha. He slides back in and comes close to getting a count-out victory, but Anderson rolls back in at the count of Nine. Panther is on top now and hits a corkscrew DDT, getting Two on the pin. He soon applies a submission of his own and puts on a Muta Lock. Anderson frantically reaches for the ropes, and just about grabs the bottom one. Panther waits for him to get up, and charges over for an attack, but he gets caught, and *BAM!*

Mic-Check! Anderson is disoriented and eventually manages to cover getting One… Two… and no! Foot on the rope! Anderson looks on in frustration, and gets to his feet. He picks Panther up, lifts him onto the middle turnbuckle and appears set to go for a Green Bay Plunge from the middle rope. However, Anderson changes his mind and positions himself differently. JR: “Is he? Is he going to try a Mic Check from the second rope?” That is exactly what Anderson has in mind, but as he falls back, Panther is aware enough to grab the top rope and hold on. Anderson falls to the canvas alone and smacks the back of his head. Panther slaps himself a few times to get his bearings, and steps up to the top rope as Anderson holds his head, getting to his feet. Panther launches off the top and *BAM!* connects with a Sword of Omens clothesline! He covers straight away and gets One… Two and Three!

Winner: Panther.

JR: “Huge win! Huge huge win in the career of Panther! He’s qualified for the Elimination Chamber, and is now just one match away from being in the main event at WrestleMania and a shot at the KWF World Heavyweight Championship!” Regal: “If that were to happen Jim I would kill myself, just so I could spin in my grave. Completely undeserved that. Anderson had him, but got greedy when he went for that Mic-Check off the ropes.” JR: “Stop being so bitter William. Panther fought hard and defeated a former World Champion. He’s going to SuperBrawl, and I bet King Dolph’s victory champagne tastes a little less sweet right now.” Panther looks battered and bruised, but raises a smile as the referee holds his hand high and the fans cheer.

Back after commercials the arena lights fade to black. Regal: “Oh dear, we’re in New Orleans, home of the Super Bowl. Sorry folks, a half-hour delay is coming.” We hear screams from the audience and… *BONG!* JR: “We’re in the KWF Mister Regal, and that is the sign that signals the entrance of The UnderTaker.” However, the arena lights turn to a blood red and as ♫music hits♫ <<< click to play) we see smoke fill the stage area. The tron rises and at the very same time, out step Kane and The UnderTaker! JR: “By God, the Brothers of Destruction!” The UnderTaker and Kane walk together as they go to the ring and the comms remind us that their unity was established at KWFs Royal Rumble. JR: “It was a night where The Absolute Lashley disobeyed Taker’s orders and when Kane made his return, The Masked Demon aligned with UnderTaker and now it seems the Brothers of Destruction are back.” Regal: “Oh this is bad, this is a very bad bad thing. Good Lord, look at the faces of some of our fans Jim. They’re shocked. What a sight this is to behold.”

The UnderTaker removes his hood while Kane stands there motionless in the middle of the ring. Taker grabs a microphone and we all listen intently: “Kane is alive UnderTaker, Kane is alive. Those were the words said to me by Paul Bearer, words that struck lightning to my interior, words that reminded me that true evil shall always prevail.” The fans stay silent as Taker continues. “Kane is a sick, demented soul. He is a psychotic, merciless monster and by the time I had manipulated and molded a Beast known as The Absolute Lashley, Kane came to me, and he helped me build what you all now call The Absolute One.” JR gasps: “What?! I don’t understand. Kane was always against Taker and we thought that Kane was jealous of Taker’s acceptance of Lashley!?” Regal: “Shush Jim, listen.”

Taker goes on to explain that everything that The Absolute Lashley has been through has been a test. He says that it’s not just about wrestling matches with bigger opposition: “The Big Show, Abyss, No Hold Barred contests. The Royal Rumble. Sting. While not everything is part of a plan, Lashley, what is real is the fact that Kane was my accomplice all along. Everything you went through with him was a measurement of your mind, whether you could handle the mental torture and whether you could still be as powerful and as resolute as you have become. Tonight, tonight is where we bring that to an end, an end to this story where you face my brother again.”

The crowd gasp as Taker explains that Kane vs. Lashley is so far at a score of 1-1. He says that he wants to see the two of them settle their differences and he wants to see a winner to take the score to 2-1 and end the game. The audience cheer the idea and ♫Lashley’s music♫ <<< click to play) almost instantly hits. JR: “This is ridiculous. Taker and Kane were on the same page the whole time?! So all that back and forth between Kane and Lashley was all set up by Taker, and now he wants to see his brother and his apprentice go at it again? By God, he’s a sick man. You’re the one that’s sick Taker!? How can you play with people’s lives, manipulate their emotions and mentally kill people like this?!” Regal: “Aww Jim, lest we forget that Kane was an accidental creation by The UnderTaker. He thought he’d burnt the house down and he thought his brother went with it. But when Kane stepped into this industry, The UnderTaker had seen the true power he has and we’re about to witness a collision of all that he has become. This match will be a reflection of the Deadman, and I must agree, one cannot deny the evil that has occurred before our very eyes.”

The Absolute Lashley enters to stand fearless in the ring. Kane tilts his head to one side, staring at his brother’s apprentice. Lashley ignores him though and he steps toward Taker. The two of them are face to face, but then all of a sudden we see Kane hook Lashley’s arms from behind – and he holds him in place for The UnderTaker to take free shots! The crowd boo like hell as Taker punches Lashley hard in the gut, he slams a forearm in his face and Kane is monstrous as he holds Lashley in place. The audience can’t believe it and the comms go berserk. JR: “This was a set-up! A direct set-up and Lashley has no chance here!” Regal: “But wait Jim, look!” Lashley takes hit after hit after hit, but his energy levels seem to rise and he roars, and we see the whites of his big wide eyes as he breaks the clutches of Kane!

The UnderTaker takes two steps back as The Absolute Lashley turns to punch Kane and back him up toward the ropes. He slams him with an almighty clothesline and Kane goes over the top rope. The fans cheer as Lashley then turns his attentions back to Taker. Regal: “Is he, is he really going to do it?” JR: “Do it! Do it Bobby, come on!” The audience volume rises and rises and as Lashley stares wide-eyed at his master. The UnderTaker tries to calm the Beast, ordering him to stand down. Lashley waits for the noise levels to drop slightly, before *BAM* a huge uppercut – a move that’s almost half Kane, half Taker and Lashley takes his Master off his feet! The UnderTaker rolls as he hits the canvas and he exits to ringside. JR: “He did it! By God he did it! The Absolute Lashley struck The UnderTaker!” The Deadman is on his feet one side of the ring and Kane is on his feet on the other side. Neither of them get back in and The UnderTaker looks livid, absolutely furious that The Absolute Lashley has stood up to him and actually struck him down for the very first time ever. The UnderTaker rolls his eyes and we hear thunder as The Absolute Lashley standing tall right in the middle of The UnderTaker’s yard. We then see a shot zooming in high up in the rafters. It’s Sting! The Icon has been watching this all unfold.

We come to a video of two guys watching a football match. It’s the New Orleans Saints against the Carolina Panthers, and we soon see that the two guys are KWF superstars Panther and Gambit. They’re shouting at the screen after a play, and Gambit throws a yellow flag in the air. Panther: “No way man! That was clean!” Gambit: “You crazy homme? Foul on that play!” Panther puts his snacks down and stands up. “Oh yeah?!” Gambit does the same. “Yeah!” Panther: “You want to take this outside?” Gambit: “I wouldn’t want to embarrass you in your own street homme.” They continue to argue and the video moves on into shots of several KWF superstars in action. The voiceover comes in. “On the last stop on the Road to WrestleMania, there are chances for the top stars in the KWF to make their final push to be at the Greatest Show on Earth.” The action ends on AJ Styles, before coming back to Panther and Gambit, who have both kitted themselves out in full football uniforms of their favorite teams. They each get into a three-point stance before charging at one another. The video slams into the logo for KWF SuperBrawl, Live February 24th, only on KWF Blogs!

We come back to ringside and the comms reflect on the scenes that occurred moments before the commercial break. They wonder whether a part of the old Bobby Lashley is resurfacing and JR says that it seems like The Absolute Lashley has just about had enough of the abuse he’s suffered from The Deadman. Regal: “Oh I can’t wait to see what happens next there Jim. Sting was watching the whole thing unfold and remember, he was the one that told Lashley that he didn’t have to suffer The UnderTaker’s abuse. God, how intense!”

Alberto Del Rio, Homicide and Hernandez make their entrance as we get set for our main event of the evening. The audience boo as the comms review footage of LAX’s attack on Sheamus earlier tonight. Regal: “They were killing two birds with one stone. They got one over on Sheamus and they ensured that he wasn’t fit for this upcoming match-up.” JR: “Sure William, but what do you make of Wade Barrett as Sheamus’ replacement?” Regal: “Well Edge just goes from one extreme to the other doesn’t he? He gives Wade the match he deserves, an opportunity at the World Championship – and yet, Wade now has to team with his SuperBrawl opponent AJ Styles and with John bloody Cena. Wade isn’t at all happy about this and I don’t blame him.”

John Cena makes his entrance and the comms remind us that Barrett was pissed at Cena because he believed that he was the one who legitimately won the Royal Rumble. JR: “The decision of a ‘no-call’ of both Cena’s feet hitting the ground was a good one because Cena had to be given the benefit of the doubt.” Regal: “Alright Jim alright, that’s all done now, what matters is what’s coming and next for Wade Barrett is a chance at the World Heavyweight Championship.” Barrett enters and stands beside Cena at the foot of the ramp. The fans’ cheers for Cena almost filter onto Barrett, but the leader of the British Invasion cares not for the audience’s applause. Five superstars have entered, and now we await our KWF World Heavyweight Champion. ♫Get Ready to Fly!♫ <<< click to play).

Wade Barrett, John Cena & AJ Styles vs. Alberto Del Rio, Homicide & Hernandez

AJ Styles receives the biggest cheer of the night and he barely acknowledges Wade Barrett as he passes him and Cena, leading them into the ring. Hernandez is ready in the far corner and after a little jaw-jacking from both teams, we get underway with SuperMex against John Cena. The audience chant ‘Let’s go Cena!’ as one and JR tells of what a dream scenario it would be to see John Cena versus AJ Styles for the World Title at WrestleMania – again! Regal: “Hold your horses there Jim. It’s going to be Cena versus Barrett at Mania. AJ Styles can go wash dishes in catering for all I care. 2013 is the year of Wade Barrett and the British Invasion.” JR: “Even though the Welsh Dragons lost to Beer Money?” Regal: “D’you want a thump Jim?”

The contest begins well but as Cena holds out a hand for a tag to Barrett, Barrett declines and Cena is consequently pulled back into the contest by Hernandez and SuperMex shows his strength, taking Cena up and over for a suplex. The fans boo as Alberto Del Rio tags in and he grounds the Royal Rumble winner. JR says that Cena and Styles came into this match trying to get back at LAX for the attack after last week’s main event; “But it seems Wade Barrett is making sure he saves his own skin before helping anyone elses.” Regal: “The mighty John Cena needs help does he Jim? Come on, Wade’s looking after himself and he’s no fool either. Why should he tag in to be fed to the dogs and then not be helped by Styles and Cena?” JR: “So you’re saying Barrett couldn’t handle himself against LAX, is that right?” Regal: “Oh we’re just going to fight all night aren’t we!?”

Cena takes a lot of the punishment, but as Styles gets the fans going by pounding the top turnbuckle and Cena manages to fight back to dive across the ring and make a tag. AJ comes in like a house on fire and he takes down Homicide with a headscissor. Hernandez illegally comes in and AJ nails him with a picture perfect dropkick – and then Styles pats the arm of Wade Barrett and now the Brit is the legal man. AJ points toward the centre of the ring, demanding that Barrett cooperates, and he does. He gets in and we watch as the legal Del Rio tags in Homicide and Barrett initially finds it tough to keep up with Homicide’s pace. He takes some hits, but then manages to ground Homicide with a momentum-stopping big boot.

Barrett covers for a Two-count and then drags Homicide with a front facelock. He goes to his corner and puts out a hand, which John Cena tags. Cena and Barrett exchange eye contact as the Doctor of Thuganomics comes in and he trips Homicide into an STF! The fans cheer, but a full on melee breaks out. Hernandez dashes in to break the submission hold and we watch as Del Rio storms in as well. As he gets to the centre of the ring, we see AJ Styles come to the centre part of the ring apron. He jumps up and springboards off the top rope, perhaps trying for his flying forearm smash – but Wade Barrett shoves Del Rio out the way and *BAM* Barrett nails Styles with a Bull-Hammer Elbow!

The fans boo like hell, and Barrett has a sadistic look on his face. After Cena befalls Hernandez to ringside, we watch as he confronts Barrett and yells at him for his actions. But Barrett then also nails Cena with the Bull-Hammer. The referee tells Barrett off, but he’s then threatened by a Bull-Hammer and so the ref backs off and Disqualifies Barrett for disorderly conduct.

Winners, by way of Disqualification: The Latin American eXchange.

The Royal Rumble winner is down. The World Champion is down. And the new Latin American eXchange is gathered at the foot of the ramp. Alberto Del Rio is smirking. JR: “Aww, Del Rio knows he’s gotten away with this. Him and LAX were in real trouble and I think Homicide was about to tap out. But damn that Barrett. How can he shove Del Rio out the way to save him!? He was attacked last week, just like Styles, Sheamus and Cena were.” Regal: “Ahaa, yes Jim, but Wade Barrett has nothing to prove and he has no concerns whatsoever about LAX. It’s all about the World Championship to him and he’s taken this opportunity to pick his spot and make one hell of a statement. What a way to do it. Bravo Wade, you’ve come such a long way my boy, bravo.” JR and Regal continue their discussion as KWF’s Wednesday Night Turmoil concludes on the image of Wade Barrett.

[kwfblogs]

KWF Wednesday Night Turmoil: 30th Jan. 2013 – McKenzie Arena. Chattanooga, TN.

We begin the night with a video recap of the end to last week’s show. The two final Royal Rumble combatants, John Cena and Wade Barrett - who had been arguing earlier in the night as to who actually won the Rumble - faced off in the main event. However, a great contest was soon interrupted by Alberto Del Rio and the new Latin American eXchange. Del Rio was joined by Rey Mysterio, Konnan, Homicide, Hernandez and Melina in attacking Cena, causing the Doctor of Thuganomics to win via DQ. It was scant consolation to the man officially confirmed as the Rumble winner by Edge earlier in the night as he was picked apart by LAX. As they addressed the crowd after their attack, it became apparent that this was nothing personal against Cena, but rather a statement that they would be overlooked no more, and that they were taking over. Each member commented on their own gripe with the General Manager, and Del Rio ended by stating that the KWF had been put on notice. The Latin American eXchange is a newly united faction with common ground – and it’s going to be Edge and the KWF that suffer.

♫The opening titles play♫ <<< click to watch) and then we pan and zoom into the McKenzie Arena. JR: “Welcome to Wednesday Night Turmoil, and I can barely contain my excitement about the jam-packed, star-studded show we have to bring you this evening. I am joined as always by my broadcast colleague William Regal.” Regal: “Good evening to our audience at home. We do have quite a card lined up tonight Jim. We’ll see the new X-Division Champion in action shortly as Jack Evans faces Evan Bourne, and a little versus large contest in the Chick Division as former Champion AJ Lee tries to figure out how to take on The Glamazon Beth Phoenix.” JR: “But that’s not all, we are going to have the first qualifier for SuperBrawl’s Elimination Chamber right here tonight as Brock Lesnar gets his hands on Jeff ‘The Joker’ Hardy. No doubt revenge will be on the mind of Lesnar after Hardy and Gambit jumped him just a few weeks ago during his match with Abyss. But such is the hugeness of this evening, that isn’t even the main event. Our final match of the night will see tag team action as the Royal Rumble winner John Cena teams up with none other than the KWF World Heavyweight Champion AJ Styles to take on the leaders of two devilish factions, Wade Barrett of the British Invasion and Alberto Del Rio of the Latin American eXchange!” Regal: “I don’t see why Wade has to team with Del Rio. Why can’t he tag with another member of the excellent British Invasion?” JR: “Why don’t you put your name forward William?” Regal: “I’m retired Jim, for now, but anyway, it would be a shame for me to embarrass both the KWF Champion and the Royal Rumble winner. Don’t want to make the young’uns look bad, know what I mean?” JR: “Sure thing, now let’s get right into the action with the ever popular X-Division.”

Evan Bourne gets a good reception in a rare appearance for the St. Louis native. Regal comments on his belief that this should be quite an even contest, as long as Bourne isn’t rusty. Jack Evans gets a huge cheer from the crowd as he makes his first appearance since he defeated Rey Mysterio for the X-Division Title at the Royal Rumble. JR: “It was a really humbling moment as he held that Title for the first time I was close to uttering the immortal words, ‘the boyhood dream has come true for Jack Evans!’” Regal: “Let’s just hope he doesn’t end up losing his smile.”

Evan Bourne vs. Jack Evans

The crowd are amped as the opening bout of the night gets underway and Evans showboats in the early going, doing handstands and flips to whip up the fans further. Bourne is in the spirit and goes for a handstand himself, but actually turns it into a headscissors as he brings his ankles down around the head of Evans and flips him over. Regal: “He may want to be a crowd pleaser, but those are the kind of mistakes Evans can’t afford to make if he wants to keep that Belt around his waist.” As Bourne enjoys the early going, hitting kicks and knees, JR reminds us that Evans was given the night off last week as a reward for his Rumble success, but says that as he understands, Evans spent the night in a local gym. “That’s the kind of attitude that could see him keep the Belt for a very long time. Becoming Champion is one thing, but it’s even tougher to keep the Gold and the X-Division is one of the toughest leagues in wrestling. Evans is doing well to keep his feet on the ground and focus on becoming an even better wrestler.” Regal: “Touché. Always good to hear a kid making sensible choices like that.”

Bourne goes high risk but gets a chest full of knee as Evans hits a modified Codebreaker. The Champ is in control now and runs through his moveset, hitting a standing moonsault, a corkscrew DDT and a spinning springboard legdrop. He gets a Two-count for his trouble, but the fans are almost relieved as it means the contest can continue. The bout goes back and forth, with Bourne showing that he hasn’t missed a beat. He hits a standing moonsault of his own, and he makes a cover; One, Two – Evans kicks out, but that was close. Bourne has the fans going as the comms tell that these are two outstanding fan favorites. Bourne heads toward the top rope and he attempts Air Bourne, but no, Evans moves. Bourne lands on his feet and as Evans gets up, Bourne takes him under with a hurracanrana. But then Evans gets to his feet quickly after and he mirrors Bourne, hitting a hurracanrana of his own and the momentum sends Bourne to the outside. Evans has the fans screaming and cheering even louder now. He measures before flying over the top rope with a Space Flying Corkscrew Plancha. He lands on his feet as well and takes in the fans applause.

The action is soon back in the ring and Evans is looking good, set to finish off Bourne. He hits a brainbuster DDT, leaving Bourne in perfect position for the 630-Senton. Evans points the top rope and the fans cheer, but as he climbs we hear screams and shouts. It’s LAX! As they did at the end of last week’s show, they rush the ring. Before Evans can get down, Hernandez is in and has grabbed him, launching him off the top rope and down to the canvas. Homicide and Mysterio grab Bourne and toss him over the top rope as the referee calls for the bell and it rings frantically.

Match thrown out.

All the male members of LAX are in the ring as Melina stands on the apron and shrieks delight in her ear-piercing manner. Ricardo Rodriguez is at ringside and he has a grin on his face. Konnan hits a few rights on Evans, before tossing him to Homicide who drop-toe-holds him toward the middle rope. He is draped in perfect position for Mysterio to hit the 619. Rey executes the move and the crowd boo like hell as the punishment isn’t over. The super-strong Hernandez picks up the dead weight of Evans and he gets him into powerbomb position. The fans boo as JR goes crazy on his headset, yelling at how unfair and unkind this is to Evans. Hernandez lifts him up and parades around the ring, before downing him with an almighty Border Toss. They’re not done yet though as Alberto Del Rio applies the Cross Armbreaker. As he does, Mysterio gets on the mic. “A victim! That’s all you are Evans, a victim! You’re jumping around, dancing like a tap-dancing white-boy, well this is our ring now. It’s our time! Come on Alberto tell’m!” Del Rio finally lets go of the Cross Armbreaker and takes the mic.

The audience boo as he speaks: “Last week was just a taste of what we are going to do here on Turmoil. You have been well and truly warned Edge. The spotlight is ours now. We’re taking it, we’re making the entire show all about us and when we become household names, when we are feared, that is when we will conquer everything and everyone in this company. For Evans this is a warning, a warning that it’s only a matter of time before mi amigo Rey Mysterio gets his Title back. Melina will become Women’s Champion, Homicide, Hernandez, the Tag Champions and I, I will transform my Hardcore prowess to the World Title and LAX will dominate the KWF! We are taking over and when it comes to Gold as our ultimate aim, it’s all only a matter of time. It is our destiny, and there is nothing you can do about it.” Homicide whistles into the mic before Konnan shouts “Me gusta or no!” ♫Their music♫ <<< click to play) hits as the fans boo them loudly. Jack Evans is battered and bruised in the ring, as LAX stand tall. JR: “That was a disgrace, a downright disgrace! Interrupting against Cena and Barrett is one thing, but to gang up on a sub-200-pound guy like Evans is pure cowardice!” Regal: “Dare you to say that to their faces Jim. They’re playing the numbers game, and making statements all over the place. You can’t argue with results.”

We come to our weekly recap of last week’s Turmoil. The show began with the winner of the 2013 KWF Royal Rumble, John Cena. The Doctor of Thuganomics was challenged about his victory by Wade Barrett who claimed that he had thrown Cena out of the Rumble and that both his feet did touch the ground. The replays were inconclusive, and Edge confirmed that in the event of doubt, the decision that Cena was still legal and in the match remained the same. Barrett was furious, though the KWF GM promised he would think of something to cheer him up, but for the immediate future, pitted the leader of the British Invasion against Cena in the main event of the evening. Edge also made a monumental announcement when he declared that there is to be an Elimination Chamber match at SuperBrawl, and the winner will join Cena and the KWF World Champion in the main event at WrestleMania in a Triple Threat match for the Title. Also on the show, Randy Orton defeated Gambit, and was bizarrely applauded by not only the rest of Why So Serious, but Gambit himself. AJ Lee announced her intention to cash in her rematch clause against Angelina Love for the Women's Title at SuperBrawl. Panther and Brodus Clay were very entertaining as they noisily beat the pairing of Cody Rhodes and Christopher Daniels. Brock Lesnar paid a visit to the GM demanding a KWF Title rematch against AJ Styles, but left with only an Elimination Chamber qualifier against Joker Hardy to show for it. Natalya impressed as she beat fellow Canadian Maryse on Canadian soil. Edge and AJ Styles drew a line under their recent disagreements. The UnderTaker had a challenge for The Absolute Lashley after being disappointed by his disobedience in the Royal Rumble match, and arranged for him to face the Big Show. And finally, as Barrett and Cena battled in the main event, they were interrupted by the Latin American eXchange, who got the Brit disqualified as they attacked Cena. LAX then announced their intention to take over the KWF, citing Edge's refusal to recognize their individual greatness as the main reason for coming together in wrestling's newest faction. Alberto Del Rio declared “We’re here, taking over your main event and now you have to take notice, take notice of me as the new Hardcore Champion and take notice of us, the Latin American eXchange!” Click HERE to catch up and read the full outing of January 23rd’s Turmoil.

We see a Live shot of a man in a black hat and long black coat walking the halls backstage. It’s The UnderTaker! He comes to a door labeled ‘Rated R GM’ and he opens it to step in and close the door behind him. Back at ringside JR and Regal seem a little concerned. JR: “The UnderTaker’s gone to see Edge? What’s this about William?” Regal: “No idea Jim, but that scene right there sent a chill down my spine.” JR: “At least he isn’t out here.” Regal: “Yes but out here at least we know where he is and what he’s doing. There’s a normality to a man who walks around backstage – but not when it’s The UnderTaker. The Deadman will make you jump even at a fairground in broad daylight.”

In the ring we see that Beth Phoenix has already made her entrance and next comes AJ Lee and the fans cheer as she makes her way down to the ring. The comms tell that this should be a stern test for AJ, a battle against a much bigger and stronger opponent. JR: “AJ welcomed this match as she wanted to keep herself in the best possible shape heading toward SuperBrawl.” Regal: “Oh there’s no doubting Miss Lee has a nice figure and all, but I think this is more about ensuring that she’s ring-savvy before her big rematch.” JR: “That’s what I meant.” The referee’s about to begin the match, but then we hear ♫the music of The Beautiful People♫ <<< click to play). Velvet Sky and KWF Women’s Champion Angelina Love are booed on their way down the ramp. They don’t perform their usual entrance and simply make their way around ringside to make themselves comfortable on either side of JR and Regal on commentary. Regal: “Jim, if you weren’t here, this’d be my definition of heaven.” The BP are mean to JR as Velvet takes his hat and puts it on.

Beth Phoenix vs. AJ Lee – The Beautiful People on commentary

The referee finally gets the match underway and Beth begins by trying to take control, forcing Lee to a corner. She tries to clobber her, but AJ scrambles under Phoenix’s legs and then stands to turn and dropkick Beth right into the turnbuckles. This angers the Glamazon and she turns round to clobber AJ down with a version of the meat-hook clothesline. Beth covers for One, Two – AJ might be in trouble, but no, she kicks out before the Three. Beth grounds AJ now, taking full control and going on to dominate the majority of the match. Angelina and Velvet laugh at how Lee’s being beaten in the ring and they mention that they have a paper bag ready right here to ensure that they bag AJ before the night is over.

JR: “Is that really necessary? AJ’s going through a grueling match, can’t you just leave the poor girl alone?” Angelina: “Sorry JR, was that a little biased commentary there? Would you sooner rather that we left AJ, left ringside and you never be allowed in such close proximity to our presence again? Is that what you want JR?” Velvet slams JR’s hat back on the top of his head before he adjusts it. She says: “Yeah JR, is that what you want?” Regal butts in: “No no girls, please, we value your presence here. Jim shut up and enjoy these angels would you?!”

As the comms continue conversing with The BP, AJ gets back into the match and she shows us exactly why she’s been KWF Women’s Champion and she shows her spunky resilience, which aids her in getting a foothold in the match. The fans cheer as she performs a headscissors to take Phoenix head over heels and Beth flings through the ropes all the way to ringside. AJ goes out after her, but she eyeballs The BP, who wave a paper bag at her, and that’s enough of a distraction to allow Beth to get back in the ring. We watch as AJ turns her attention back on the match. She gets in the ring and evades an oncoming Phoenix to duck under a clothesline and go against the far ropes. She comes back and performs a step-up enziguiri, volleying Phoenix right upside her head. This takes Beth down to one knee and AJ goes against the ropes again, this time to come back with a Shining Wizard! She falls over Phoenix, hooks the leg and gets One, gets Two and that’s Three!

Winner: AJ Lee.

AJ has her hand raised as the fans cheer her impressive victory. However, we watch as Angelina and Velvet remove their headsets and quickly dash toward the ring. AJ escapes on the ramp side of the ring and she is smart to back off up toward the stage. Regal: “See that JR? Why do the fans like her so much? She’s a little chicken!” JR: “Naww Mister Regal, she’s a smart girl is AJ. She knows it’s two-on-one and she knows that she has a Women’s Title rematch coming up. Her best friend Kaitlyn was attacked by The Beautiful People at the Royal Rumble, so brutally that we still don’t know when she will be back. If The BP get their hands on AJ before SuperBrawl, she may be taken out before her big rematch. She has to evade Angelina and Velvet at all costs.” The BP shout toward Lee before they see Phoenix stirring. Angelina hands her Belt to Velvet and then storms toward Beth to lay her out with the Botox Injection! A devastating move and now Love and Sky humiliate the Glamazon, paper-bagging her in front of the entire world. Angelina screams toward AJ “this is you at SuperBrawl” and the fans boo the scene out.

We head backstage where Panther is conversing with his tag team partner from last week, Brodus Clay. “Man that was fun. Who says you can’t kick arse and still entertain anymore? With a ‘shee!’ here and a ‘haiyt’ there, it was like being in a kung-fu movie.” Brodus: “You know it my man. See that’s what the Funkasaurus is all about, entertaining the fans while squishing bad guys, and then dancing the night away with my Funkadactyls. Speaking of honeys, how’s your boo doin?” Panther: “My what? Oh Kaitlyn! Yeah, she’s on the mend. Though she’s blaming us for making her ribs worse. Said she laughed so hard when we did the Apache dance that she fell off the couch, dozy mare.” Brodus: “Ooh, my bad.”

With that, the mood soon changes as King Dolph Ziggler and Queen Madison Rayne walk onto the scene. The King laughs with disdain at Panther and Clay. “You two are pathetic. I saw your match last week. It was a travesty. I very nearly walked out the building because I was so embarrassed.” Panther: “That would have been a shame. We would have missed you oh-so much.” Madison: “Silence peasant!” Panther: “It’s Panther actually, but carry on.” Dolph squares up to the Black Cat. “Face it furball. You’ve lost to me twice, and the last time, I took your woman, now look at you. Relegated to teaming with this meat head and doing the comedy skits, while I am King of the KWF, and next week, I have a qualifying match for the Elimination Chamber at SuperBrawl against Rob Van Dam. Then, when I book my spot in the main event at WrestleMania, I’ll look on as you get handed the t-shirt bazooka for your own little WrestleMania moment. You can even get your wench Kaitlyn to help you carry it, if she isn’t still injured.” Panther is trying to control his anger, but the last comment causes him to move toward Ziggler. Brodus puts his hand on his shoulder to stop him. Brodus: “Err, Dolph. Correct me if I’m wrong, but didn’t my boy here knock your noodle-haired ass outta the Royal Rumble just a week and a half ago?” The smile is wiped from Ziggler’s face and he stares down Clay now.

Queen Madison holds Dolph back: “My King, he’s not worth your gaze nor is he worthy of your emotion. Come, let’s head to our Royal quarters.” The King and Queen walk off as Panther and Brodus look on. Regal voices over: “Weren’t Panther and Madison on the same page once?” JR: “Yes, but only for a moment. They had a common goal; Panther wanted to free Kaitlyn from Dolph and Madison wanted Kaitlyn’s Queenship. They worked together that one time, but obviously Madison is all about her King now. I can’t wait for next week though, the King’s going against RVD – and the winner will go to SuperBrawl to compete in the Chamber!”

Back at ringside we watch as ♫music hits♫ <<< click to play) and out comes Jeff ‘The Joker’ Hardy. The fans cheer as he waves to them clown-like, but it looks like he’s almost doing it sarcastically. Regal: “He’s not exactly pandering to the fans is he?” JR: “No, this is what you say about Why So Serious all the time. They don’t do any of what they do for the audience, but they do what’s right for them without any regard for anyone else. We’ve barely seen Joker Hardy ever acknowledge the fans. But he’s got Brock Lesnar coming up. Maybe this is a way to get a proverbial sixth man on his side.” Regal: “Don’t be silly Jim. If Joker wants anyone on his side it’s probably, oh you know, that kliq he travels with?! Once again this is another example of a Why So Serious member doing something weird, something that doesn’t make sense and we bloody fall for it every time.”

Hardy is cheered as Regal accuses him of being the most popular bad-guy the industry has ever seen. Brock Lesnar makes his entrance to a chorus of boos and the comms converse, announcing that they’ve just been told of a huge match that’s set to happen right here tonight. Regal: “Ladies and gentlemen we’ve had an amazing night already. We’re about to witness Lesnar v Joker and along with such a massive tag team main event later, this has just been confirmed; there is going to be a No Holds Barred match between The Monster Abyss and The Beast, The Absolute Lashley! Jim, this must be why The UnderTaker went to see Edge earlier. He must’ve been setting up this match for Lashley.” JR: “Gosh William you’re right. But by God, a No Holds Barred match between Lashley and Abyss?! Is this another test from The UnderTaker? Or another ploy at hurting Lashley and bringing him down?! I can’t wait to see what happens there. What a match that’s going to be!”

Jeff ‘The Joker’ Hardy vs. Brock Lesnar – Elimination Chamber qualifying match

The bell rings and Lesnar doesn’t bounce on the spot like he usually does. He has his eyes focused on The Joker. Regal: “That’s the look of a killer right there.” JR: “Are you talking about Brock or Hardy?” Lesnar starts toward The Joker and Joker circles him. Lesnar goes to grab him, but Joker evades, laughing as he back-strides toward the corner – but then Lesnar rushes him and smashes punches into The Joker’s painted face. JR: “Deceptively quick is Lesnar and Hardy’s cornered early.” Lesnar lays shoulders into his opponent’s gut and then he lifts him to sit him on the top turnbuckle. Brock looks to climb to the middle buckle himself, but Hardy uses Brock’s shoulders to balance and he then flips himself over the back of him and rolls him down to the canvas in a version of the sunset flip! Brock’s shoulders are down, but as the crowd count ‘One!’ along with the ref, Lesnar slams a heavy kick in Joker’s face and that breaks the cover.

JR: “Good God what impact. That was like being kicked in the face by a horse!” Regal: “Yes well don’t forget Jim that Lesnar’s unleashing punishment on Joker here. Why So Serious embarrassed him, attacked him and cost him a match against Abyss a little while before the Royal Rumble pay-per-view. Now this is Brock hitting two with one stone. He’s able to batter Hardy and book himself a place in KWF’s Elimination Chamber number one contender’s match at SuperBrawl next month.” We watch as Lesnar battles Hardy off and gets to his feet. The Joker is frantic, throwing punches and kicks at him, but Lesnar is far stronger, and he grabs Hardy by the neck before launching him along the canvas, sliding under the bottom rope to ringside. Lesnar now takes a moment to bounce on the spot and he looks confident as he starts toward the ropes. However, we zoom in on Joker at ringside – and he’s laughing as we go to commercials.

When we return the crowd are on their feet as the comms review two things that have happened during the commercial break. One, the rest of the Why So Serious organization have made an entrance and they’re sitting on steel chairs around ringside. They haven’t touched Lesnar, but Brock is obviously wary of their possible involvement. And two, the comms have been told that there will be a number one contenders match for the KWF World Tag Team Titles next week Live right here on Turmoil. Regal: “I wonder what teams are going to compete Jim?” JR: “I don’t know, but whoever it is best be aware that one half of the Tag Champs is wrestling right here and Hardy is giving a spirited account of himself. He’s doing pretty well William.” Regal: “Yeah but distractions at ringside do help. His tag partner Gambit, Christy ‘Harley Quinn’ Hemme, Kelly Kelly and Abyss, they’re all here to do what exactly? Sit and watch? No chance, it’s only a matter of time before they pounce I’m telling you.”  Regal’s predictions are way off the mark however, as Lesnar sees fit to finish the match as quick as possible, reserving energy and getting it over with just in case there is a Why So Serious attack. The Joker fights and scraps as he typically does, but once Lesnar has him atop his shoulders, Joker has nowhere to go and Lesnar executes a textbook F5! He covers hooking the leg – eyeballing Why So Serious and getting the Three.

Winner: Brock Lesnar.

♫Lesnar’s music♫ <<< click to play) hits and Brock advances to the Chamber match at SuperBrawl. Why So Serious remain seated after the bell. Lesnar then has a couple of extra punches at Hardy, but The Joker laughs and we see him mouthing something to Lesnar. Brock’s music cuts out and the fans boo as Lesnar continues hitting him with rights, and Why So Serious do nothing about it. JR: “That’s enough! The match is over, the man’s a human being Brock, you’ve got your revenge, now get out of here!” Lesnar grabs Hardy on the canvas and all of a sudden he puts on the Kimura Lock! The crowd boo like hell, but now we see Gambit, K2, Harley and Abyss all make a beeline for the ring. Lesnar unlocks the hold and escapes as quickly as he can. He smirks at the bottom of the ramp, mouthing off as he points back toward the ring. We see Gambit pull Joker to his feet, and the Why So Serious leader laughs as the scene fades out.

We are backstage where, in a very suave looking locker room, LAX are gathered to discuss tonight's main event. They seem satisfied with their work so far and we can see Melina sit in the background stroking the Hardcore Title. Del Rio: “You see? What did I tell you? We only started the new LAX less than two weeks ago and look, me, Alberto Del Rio, in the main event. That is no coincidence my friends. That is the result of power.” Rey agrees and says that this is just the beginning, and that Edge has crumbled even faster than he anticipated. Homicide: “It won't be long before me and SuperMex are getting our deserved shot at those Tag Team Titles, you can get your X-Division Belt back, Melly can become Women's Champion, hell if we jump Randy Orton we could even make Konnan Intercontinental Champion.”

They each laugh, except Konnan. “Hey, I can still run with any of you punks. But why stop there? Once we've taken over, any one of us could then go on to take the KWF World Heavyweight Championship, and then the Latino domination of the KWF will be complete. Nobody can stop us.” Hernandez: “And certainly not tonight. Don't worry Alberto, we'll make sure LAX end this night on top again.” Del Rio: “No! Not tonight mi amigo. LAX will end on top, but it will be because I will have made AJ Styles tap out from the Cross Armbreaker. We can be deadly and attack en masse like we did to that burro Evans tonight, but we also have a chance to show how strong we are individually, and tonight, Alberto Del Rio will dominate the main event and show Edge and all those gringos out there why the Latin American eXchange is not just another faction of nobodies who only use numbers. We are the next level, the elite. On our own or as a group, nobody can stop us.”

The rest of LAX agree that they will not get involved tonight, and will allow Del Rio to do things on his own. Konnan says he respects Del Rio's stance, and adds “Gentlemen... and lady. It's true what my friend Tony said. First you get the money, then you get the power... then you get the Titles – and that leads to even more money. Movie deals, talk-show appearances, VIP seats to the moon. We’re gonna have it all.” Hernandez: “What about the women?” Konnan: “In this town? Haha, they’re cheaper by the dozen and they’re already set up at the hotel ese, haha!” They all chuckle as the scene fades out.

Elsewhere backstage we’re with KWF interviewer Jeremy Borash and he’s standing by with his guest at this time, the former KWF Hardcore Champion, Sheamus. Sheamus steps into shot and Borash asks him what he makes of Del Rio’s victory at the Rumble and this newly formed faction, LAX? Sheamus: “Well JB, faction or not, everyone knows what a ponce that Del Rio is. He’s a liar, a cheater, and I’ll tell you what I hate it. I hate LAX because they made me lose my Hardcore Championship. But don’t worry JB. I’m invoking my rematch and Berty, I want my Title back at SuperBrawl!” We hear the crowd cheer in the background, but JB asks Sheamus: “Sheamus, with all due respect, aren’t you worried that LAX will just help Del Rio again? I mean, it took five guys and a girl to beat you last time.”

Sheamus smiles: “A girl, haha, a girl didn’t beat me JB, but five guys did, I’ll give you that. No, you see there’s an art to Hardcore wrestling and while ya can’t prepare for the pain that you’d endure, what ya can prepare for is LAX. Ya see JB, I know for sure what’s coming this time and I’m going to be ready and bring a faction of my own to the ring. A faction of weapons! I’m going to go old school, bring a Walmart trolley to the ring –  That’s a shopping cart, for those of you that don’t know – I’m gonna have every weapon possible at my disposal and I’ll tell ya something else Borash, I’m looking forward to it. To be Hardcore Champion again, I’m going to have to go through a war. And that’s fine by me, ‘cause I love ta fight! I’ll get my Title back, or I’ll die tryin’!” Sheamus smiles and his eyes pop out as he excitedly exits the scene.

It's time for the hotly anticipated No Holds Barred match ♫the music of The Monster Abyss♫ <<< click to play) hits. The Why So Serious member marches down to the ring as JR reminds us that his last outing was a brutal encounter with Brock Lesnar, which ended up being interrupted by the rest of his “unstable stable.” As Abyss stomps around the ring, the lights dim and The Absolute Lashley makes his eerie and intimidating entrance. They stand across from one another as Lashley brings the lights back up, and it's quite a sight to behold. JR: “Only Turmoil can bring you such consistent pay-per-view quality matches for free right here on Wednesday nights.” Regal: “The hairs are dancing on the back of every neck in this building, the only exceptions being the two combatants in the ring.” JR: “I tell you one thing William, this is one match I highly doubt LAX will dare to get involved in.”

Abyss vs. The Absolute Lashley – No Holds Barred match

The behemoths stare one another down, and Abyss crosses his arms, before screaming right in the face of Lashley. The Beast does not move, or even flinch. Abyss swings a right at him, but Lashley blocks and bursts into a frenzied attack, raining shots down on Abyss and backing him into the corner. He then grabs Abyss by the throat and with one arm, pushes him so hard against the ropes that the Monster goes flying out of the ring. JR: “He just tossed him over the top rope as if he were a cabbage patch kid!” Lashley steps over the top rope and drops off the apron – but Abyss is already back on his feet. The audience gasp as Abyss tries to take control now, hitting Lashley with rights before lifting him and performing Snake-eyes off the ring apron. Regal: “Daring, very daring by Abyss. That’s a move of The Dark Side.”

Abyss sets to pick Lashley up, but The Absolute One sits up on his own accord and now he gets to his feet and the tides turn again. He clobbers Abyss with rights before grabbing him and lifting him up and over for a suplex, right on the floor! He picks Abyss up, before launching him so hard into the timekeeper’s corner that he smashes right through it. Justin Roberts just about manages to get out of the way in time before he gets landed on. Lashley doesn’t let up and grabs the chair that Roberts was sat on. He then smashes it hard across the back of his opponent, and Abyss cries out in pain. Abyss tries to block the shots with his hands, but just gets hit in the arms, which open up old scars. Blood starts to trickle down his arms, but it doesn’t slow him down.

JR: “Gosh, Abyss is a monster! He’s getting stronger with every hit from that chair William!” Regal: “Exactly why Why So Serious recruited him in the first place Jim. Remember, Abyss spent much of his life in a mental asylum, he’s very unstable and while chair shots would hurt a normal person, to Abyss it’s like energy being boosted in a battery. God, what a match we have here.” Abyss finally manages to grab the chair and yank it away from Lashley, before a jab to the gut and an almighty crack across the skull. JR: “My God! I don’t know how much padding is in that mask of Lashley’s, but I guarantee it’s not enough to stop that from doing a hell of a lot of damage.” Regal: “I bet he tastes copper, I always used to taste copper. Then again being smacked by Dave Taylor isn’t quite the same as being walloped by Abyss.”

The carnage continues as both combatants utilize weapons, but use power moves to ensure maximum damage. Abyss hits a sidewalk slam onto a chair, Lashley chokeslams Abyss through a table, and Abyss Irish whips Lashley hard into a strategically placed trash can. The Monster then looks under the ring again, and pulls out a two-by-four… with nails hammered through one end of it. JR: “Oh my, we’ve seen that baby before!” Regal: “Baby?! Oh that’s no baby, that’s freakin’ Janice is what it is!” Abyss gets in the ring and uses the blunt end to choke out Lashley, before taking the nails and raking across the mask of The Beast. He rips part of it open, but Lashley gets away before he can remove it completely. Abyss backs off and seems to be winding up for a big swing. He measures, but all of a sudden he gets taken down by a Spear from Lashley!

The fans are cheering both of them on, as they both lay flat out on the canvas. Lashley gets his arm across for a cover. ‘One!’ count the fans along with the ref, ‘Two!’ – oh but Abyss kicks out! Regal: “You want to know the scary part? These two don’t even have a quarrel with each other. They’re doing all this for the sheer fun of it.” JR: “They’re doing it because they’re fierce competitors, but more to the point, Lashley is doing it because of the egotistical and controlling UnderTaker.” Regal: “And Edge, he’s got to be partly to blame for agreeing to book it.” JR: “He’s just doing his job. These slightly sadistic KWF fans are loving this.”

As both men recover, they each head to the outside. They reach under the ring and pull a bag out. They get back in and face up once more, as Abyss undoes the string on his bag and pours thumbtacks all over the ring. The fans noise increases, and then goes up further again as Lashley undoes his bag and pours broken glass over the thumbtacks. Regal: “Well this should end well.” They just stare down from this, both covered in blood, daring the other to make the first move, but it is not long before the fists are flying again. Abyss starts to get the upper hand, and he fires Lashley against the ropes, before *BAM!*, he dumps him right on the tacks and glass with a Black… Hole… Slam!

The arena is stunned as the commentators are speechless. We see multiple replays of the move and then, as Abyss gets off Lashley, he stumbles from the blood loss and wipes the tacks and glass he has taken himself from the move. JR finally speaks: “Unbelievable, totally unbelievable William. If The UnderTaker was trying to put Lashley through hell then he sure has his wish. This match has got to be over.” Abyss slumps to his knees before finally covering Lashley. One!... Two!... Regal: “Oh my God! Lashley kicked out! Lashley kicked out! Jesus bloody Christ.” JR: “I can’t believe it! He kicked out of a Black Hole Slam right onto those thumbtacks and broken glass!?”

An exhausted Abyss then picks Lashley up, ready to perhaps finish Lashley off with a Shock Treatment. However, when Lashley stands to his feet we see him open his eyes – and there are the eyes of the Dark Side! Lashley’s eyes have completely whitened as he rolls them to the back of his head. Abyss pauses, but only for a moment. He sets to grab Lashley to finish him, but no, Lashley overpowers Abyss and lifts him up and down with an earthquake-like Spinebuster! – And it’s right onto the bloodied shards of glass, the thumb-tacks and the carnage in the ring. The Absolute One falls over Abyss to cover immediately and he gets the Three-count.

Winner: The Absolute Lashley.

The fans cheer what was an incredible battle, and it's Lashley who has emerged victorious. He rolls onto his tack covered back and attempts to sit up, but he doesn't have the strength. We can see the blood pouring down him still, but we don't see for long as the lights go out. *BONG!*… When they come back on, The UnderTaker is standing there, hovering over his protégé. He just looks down at Lashley, not helping him up, but just staring. Lashley keeps trying and failing to sit up, and as the camera pans in on the face of The Phenom, we can see that he's softly laughing at Lashley.

JR: “By God, that's all the proof I need. I knew it all along. UnderTaker wasn't interested in seeing Lashley 'prove himself'. Last week against Big Show, and this week against Abyss were just sick games. He wanted to see Lashley battered, broken and bloodied, and now he's just laughing at him.” Regal: “You may be right Jim. But Lashley is a puppet, always has been, and as long as The Deadman has a hold on him, he will have to go through challenges like this.” Taker goes to walk away from the broken Beast as we fade to commercials.

We come to a video of two guys watching a football match. It’s the New Orleans Saints against the Carolina Panthers, and we soon see that the two guys are KWF superstars Panther and Gambit. They’re shouting at the screen after a play, and Gambit throws a yellow flag in the air. Panther: “No way man! That was clean!” Gambit: “You crazy homme? Foul on that play!” Panther puts his snacks down and stands up. “Oh yeah?!” Gambit does the same. “Yeah!” Panther: “You want to take this outside?” Gambit: “I wouldn’t want to embarrass you in your own street homme.” They continue to argue and the video moves on into shots of several KWF superstars in action. The voiceover comes in. “On the last stop on the Road to WrestleMania, there are chances for the top stars in the KWF to make their final push to be at the Greatest Show on Earth.” The action ends on AJ Styles, before coming back to Panther and Gambit, who have both kitted themselves out in full football uniforms of their favorite teams. They each get into a three-point stance before charging at one another. The video slams into the logo for KWF SuperBrawl, Live February 24th, only on KWF Blogs!

We’re outside the GM’s Skybox and we see Zack Ryder addressing us through the camera. “Hey Broski’s, Zack Ryder here and I’ve got this time with Edge right now. He’s allowing me to take a cameraman into his Skybox for my meeting with him and hopefully bro’s, I’m gonna get myself some spotlight here in the KWF.” Zack knocks on the door before being invited in. He steps toward Edge and they do the Broski fist-bump and Edge says: “You wanted to see me and you wanted to make it public, so what’s on your mind man?” Ryder: “Bro, I have the sickest idea for SuperBrawl. How about you put me in a match – with The Viper, Randy Orton for the Intercontinental Title!?” Edge seems taken aback by Ryder’s request. He says that he gets it now, Ryder wanted to ask for this publicly so that Edge is the bad guy when he says “no.”

Ryder responds: “No bro, that’s not it at all. Look, my Z True Long Island Story is over and I need to fully focus on my wrestling career. I know I had a chance against Christian Cage before, but that was a surprise shot and that was on a Turmoil. I want to be involved at a pay-per-view again Edge. When I was entered into the Royal Rumble match, I had the time of my life, and I pulled off some pretty sick moves. Come on Edge, gimme a chance here.” Edge concedes that he knows how hard Ryder’s worked to try make a name for himself: “Similar to that of our KWF writers” (they both look at the camera, breaking the fourth wall). Edge says, given how many folks were irked about Brock Lesnar’s return and how Brock got his Title match, he’s not going to hand out Title matches anymore because people have to earn their shots. Edge says that we’re in the 21st century so he’s going to give Ryder a chance, but by a different way of earning it: “If you get our fans, other wrestling fans, anyone at all for that matter to tweet @kwfblogs the hashtag ICRyder, and enough people tweet that, then you’ll get your match Zack.”

Ryder is excited and Edge says that he’s looking forward to Ryder’s PR work. He says that he’ll give Ryder a match before SuperBrawl as well to make sure he’s ring-ready: “But for now, go get your fans tweeting #ICRyder and we’ll see how it goes. Good luck Zack.” Ryder thanks Edge and he says it’s “Siiiiick” that Edge is allowing the fans to ensure that he gets to SuperBrawl. To the camera: “So come on Broski’s, #ICRyder and I get a shot at Randy Orton and the Intercontinental Championship at SuperBrawl! Let’s do this! Woo Woo Woo, you know it!”

When we return from commercials, ♫the music of The British Invasion♫ <<< click to play) hits and Wade Barrett comes down to the ring. JR tells us that it is time for our main event of the evening, and straight away throws Regal the question of how on earth these two teams are going to work together. “Barrett and Del Rio have already shown hostility towards one another, and when the heads of two factions come together, fireworks usually follow. And then you have the KWF Champion AJ Styles teaming with one of the men he could well be defending against at WrestleMania.” Regal: “I’m not sure there’ll be problems there Jim. You’ve seen Cena lately. He’s regressed back to sucking up to these fans and trying to play the Mr. Clean character again. He’ll probably pick AJ up and give him a big hug instead of tagging him.” JR: “I doubt that but this should prove to be a fascinating contest nonetheless.” Del Rio is booed as he enters with only Ricardo Rodriguez by his side, introducing him. There is immediate tension between Del Rio and Barrett in the ring and the fans calm before the storm hits, by way of the entrances of first John Cena and then KWF’s World Heavyweight Champion, The Phenomenal AJ Styles!

Wade Barrett & Alberto Del Rio vs. John Cena & AJ Styles

Cena and Styles discuss strategy in their corner before we get underway, and in the opposite corner it is very clear early on that Barrett and Del Rio are not getting along. They argue over who will start, while Cena and Styles agree that the Doctor of Thuganomics will kick things off for them. Del Rio finally insists and Barrett shakes his head and gets onto the apron. Del Rio smirks as he gets his way, but the smile is turned to panic as he realizes who is across from him. The bell rings and Cena hurls himself at the Mexican Aristocrat, smashing him around the head and body with shots. JR: “Del Rio orchestrated the attack on Cena last week, and now the brawler from West Newbury, Mass is getting his own back!” Regal: “What goes around comes back around Jim, I guess Alberto is finding that out the hard way.”

Cena fires Del Rio into the corner and follows up with a fast clothesline. He looks determined to beat the holy hell out of the apparent leader of the Latin American eXchange, but is thwarted as he goes to pick him up. He gets a thumb to the eye and Del Rio makes a desperate leap over to tag in Barrett. The Brit comes in and we are reminded that he too still has legitimate beef with Cena, believing that he was in fact the winner of the Royal Rumble. Regal: “And he’s right, both Cena’s feet touched the floor at the same time, you could clearly see it from one angle.” JR: “But from another angle it appeared that only one of Cena’s feet touched the floor. It was inconclusive, and Edge is right, the benefit of the doubt has to go with Cena.” Barrett and Cena trade moves and the Preston-born gentleman gets the upper hand, driving knees into the stomach of Cena, before lifting him up and down for a picture perfect suplex.

Regal: “Such elegance, such grace, you’re looking at a future KWF World Heavyweight Champion Jim, and I’m not talking about that sneaker-wearing hoodlum he’s just planted on the canvas.” Barrett makes a cover, but gets only Two. AJ Styles pats the top turnbuckle to get the fans going and they cheer Cena on as Barrett works the submission hold now as he drives his knee into the back of Cena and pulls back in his chin. The Doctor is trying to tag to Styles but is nowhere near the corner. AJ gets the fans clapping more and it seems to work as Cena gets to one knee. He elbows Barrett in the gut, before coming off the ropes and hitting a flying shoulder barge, then another, before lifting him up and hitting a sit-out suplex. JR: “That’s textbook John Cena and he’s got all the momentum here.” Regal: “But he’s not tagging Jim, that’s not the smartest thing to do.”

Cena raises his hand as the fans cheer, before the “You can’t see me!” coming off the ropes and going for the Five Knuckle Shuffle, but before he hits it Barrett rolls him up in a small package and gets One, gets Two – but Cena kicks out. Barrett holds his head in his hands as we fade to our final commercial break of the evening.

When we return, Barrett is still working over Cena, and makes a tag to Del Rio. Regal: “They seem to be working well together now. They have a common goal of beating up John Cena, much like many old WWE fans I know.” JR: “Cena is one of the most popular superstars in the KWF William, and I put it down to his defiance, his refusal to change who he is and the way he has turned around from that slimy thug who was the poster-boy handed everything by former KWF GM’s Hulk Hogan and Ric Flair.” Del Rio has Cena in trouble and he applies the Cross Armbreaker. Regal points out that he could tap before AJ Styles has even had a chance to be involved in the match.

AJ and the fans urge him on, and amazingly, he starts to stand up. He drags Del Rio into the air, holding up all of the Mexican’s weight with one arm, before slamming him down. Both men are on the canvas and crawl over to their corners. Del Rio makes the tag to Barrett, who can’t stop Cena reaching over and diving to tag in the World Champion. The Phenomenal One straight away leaps off the top rope to nail Barrett with a Flying Forearm Smash. The fans cheer as Styles is on fire, firing Barrett against the ropes and hitting a perfect standing dropkick. Del Rio comes in and swings at him, but Styles ducks, turns and *BAM* - floors him with a Pele!

Del Rio rolls to the outside, but the distraction proves enough as Barrett clotheslines Styles down. He smiles as he gets control of the match back, and lifts AJ up for WasteLand. He throws him down, but Styles somehow manages to spin out of contact with the canvas and he lands on his feet. JR: “Incredible! What athleticism from AJ, that’s our World Champion folks!” Styles sends a spinning wheel kick Barrett’s way and he covers now; One, Two – but Barrett kicks out.

Del Rio has been pushed back onto the apron by Ricardo, and after gathering himself, he sends Rodriguez to distract the referee. This allows him a chance to storm into the ring and get a cheap shot in on Styles. He then pulls Barrett back toward his corner and gets to the apron. Rodriguez then points toward Del Rio and the ref sees him reach in and legally tag the back of Barrett. The cheap shot on Styles wasn’t enough to lay him out and Styles tags Cena back in.

Del Rio however, doesn’t come into the action straight away. As Cena storms over, he still thinks Barrett is legal and he sets him up for the FU. But the legal Del Rio comes in and hits a chop block, causing Cena to drop Barrett and collapse. Del Rio covers Cena, but gets only Two. He stomps away at him and then throws him into the corner, before running up and hitting his patented jumping kick, right to the side of Cena’s skull. He is setting up for the Cross Armbreaker again, but as he goes for it, Cena reacts and twists him around, before lifting him up and planting him down with an FU in a matter of seconds! He hooks the leg and gets One, Two and Three!

Winners: John Cena and AJ Styles.

The fans go wild as Cena gets the ‘W’. JR: “Big win, a huge win and that must taste sweet to Cena, especially after being rushed by LAX last week. Alberto Del Rio has been taken down a peg, and without LAX in his corner, the Hardcore Champion couldn’t get it done in the main event that he craved so much.” Before Regal can riposte though, Mysterio, Konnan, Homicide and Hernandez storm the ring. They go after Cena, Styles and even Barrett. It’s four on three and Styles especially is struggling as both Mysterio and Homicide are ganging up on him. The fans boo until we hear ♫It’s a shame that they lost their heads, a careless man could wind up dead!♫ <<< click to play). Out comes the former Hardcore Champion!

Sheamus races to the ring and slides in, battering down Rey, then Homicide, before hitting a Brogue Kick to Hernandez as Cena manages to toss Konnan out to the floor. Del Rio is still out of it, and Ricardo Rodriguez manages to retrieve him before regrouping with his faction and retreating up the ramp. JR: “Sheamus was the first guy to get jumped by this mob at the Royal Rumble, when he lost his Hardcore Title, but now he’s giving them hell back!” Regal: “And as if this weren’t bizarre enough, look at that. Wade Barrett fighting side-by-side with the likes of Cena, Styles and Sheamus. I don’t think he meant to, but what was I saying earlier about a common enemy? It could be that LAX have pissed off too many people these past couple of weeks. And they had no right, no right at all to do that to Wade.” JR: “For the first time since their formation, we see LAX on the back foot, retreating up the ramp. What an ending to this week’s Turmoil. God knows what we can expect next week. We hope you’ve enjoyed it as much as we have folks. See you next Wednesday. Goodnight from Chatanooga! And remember to #ICRyder!” We fade out on the image of a concerned looking LAX, and the foursome of John Cena, Wade Barrett, Sheamus and AJ Styles standing together staring them down from the ring.

[kwfblogs]

KWF Wednesday Night Turmoil: 23rd Jan. 2013 – Colisee Pepsi. Quebec City, QB. Canada.

We fade in with snap-shot images recapping the final moments of this past Sunday’s Royal Rumble main event when the pay-per-view emanated from Montreal. Barrett tries to counter and he lifts him (John Cena) atop his shoulders for a possible WasteLand – but no, Cena drops off his shoulders, counters, lifts Barrett and “Aaahhhh!” yell the comms as The Doctor lays out Barrett with an FU! Cena then picks Barrett up and throws him over the top rope! John Cena’s going to WrestleMania!

We come Live into the Colisee Pepsi here in the French regions of Canada and the fans scream as we hear ♫John Cena’s music♫ <<< click to play). The Doctor of Thuganomics is slow to make his way out to the stage and he gets the fans going as he salutes them before running down to the ring. Jim Ross excitedly brings us into the show and he says that John Cena has really grown on the fans. William Regal, JR’s co-commentator, is not in the best of moods though. He says that Wade Barrett had legitimately thought he had won the Rumble match: “What that opening clip didn’t show you is the part where Wade Barrett won. Wade had sent Cena over the top rope and while Cena clung onto it, the man’s feet touched the floor. Wade should be the one in that ring celebrating right now.” Cena is handed a microphone and he smiles as he looks out toward the fans. Calmly he says: “It’s been a long time since I heard a cheer like that. Thanks Quebec.” The fans cheer more and Regal besmirches: “Pathetic.” Cena says that it took a long time for him to be legit. He explains that in the KWF he’s always had to cope with the very top level of opposition, and on the way, he’s chosen to take the easy way out. “Whether it was Title defenses, grudge matches or main events, I figured I’d save my own skin and get away with whatever I could to ensure that I had the best result for me. But you know what? Edge took over and I couldn’t exactly run things the way I did before. I had to compete fairly to win. Little did I know that come Royal Rumble 2013, I’d be the one throwing over 29 other men and I’d be the one going to Mania – because of all of you.” The fans cheer even louder as Cena says that it was the fans encouragement that gave him the extra strength, the extra will and desire to win the Rumble match. He thanks them for their support and promises to go to Mania, give everything he has and become the KWF Champion once again. Cena’s cheered perhaps even louder than he was cheered on Sunday, but then boos ring around the arena as we hear ♫the music of Wade Barrett♫ <<< click to play). Barrett looks furious when he enters the ring and immediately he discloses his argument. He tells Cena that he threw him out of the Rumble match and that he should be the one going to WrestleMania. Regal: “Here here.” The fans boo, but Barrett angrily says: “Oh shut up you whiney bunch of sheep. Get out of Canada, go back to France and then take a ferry to England. Get a real education and you’ll realize that I am the biggest thing in the business right now.” The fans boo more as Barrett addresses Cena: “John, after Sunday people aren’t talking about you as much as you think. People are talking about the absolute travesty that occurred when the bloody zebras at ringside couldn’t agree whether your feet hit the ground or not.” Barrett turns our attention to the tron and he shows us a snapshot image apparently showing that both Cena’s feet hit the ground when Barrett thought he had eliminated him. Cena argues back though and he asks the production crew to show that very image, but the incident from another angle and as we see it, it appears that only one of Cena’s feet touch the ground.

Cena says: “The first angle was just the shadow of my foot and it’s a good job the ref on the other side didn’t agree with the first ref because then I’d be the one out here spoiling your party and saying that my feet didn’t touch the floor. But that’s not the situation here Barrett and what you have to accept my friend is that the correct call was made. The match went on, and you were eliminated. The man that’s going to WrestleMania is John Cena!” The crowd cheer as Barrett states that “these ignorant fans” have bought into Cena’s hype and now suddenly he’s their hero. “Look at yourself John. I thought you were more of a man than that. I thought I could come out here, plead my case and as a man you would admit that your feet touched the floor. Haha, 29 other men you say, 29 other men that you eliminated? What a joke. You’re pathetic John and while” – Barrett is interrupted as we hear ♫You think you know me♫ <<< click to play). Smoke pours onto the stage as the tron rises and out comes KWF’s General Manager, The Rated R GM Edge! Edge comes down to the ring and grabs a mic. Barrett tries to speak, but Edge tells him that he’s not here for a hearing because he’s seen the Rumble again and he’s taking into consideration what happened. He says: “But first of all. (He puts his hand out to Cena) Congratulations John, for winning the Royal Rumble match.” The fans cheer as Cena shakes Edge’s hand. Barrett yells in Edge’s direction and says: “You just said you’re taking everything into consideration! What are you going to do for me Edge? I won that match!” Edge ignores Barrett for the moment and says that he has two announcements to make regarding John Cena, the reigning KWF World Champion AJ Styles, and WrestleMania. Cena, Barrett and the fans listen intently as Edge says that there will be an Elimination Chamber match at SuperBrawl: “Six KWF superstars will compete and the winner will go on to join the WrestleMania main event to make it a Triple Threat match for the KWF World Heavyweight Championship!” John Cena raises his eyebrows, but doesn’t respond with anything other than a 'well I'll be damned' smile. He nods at the decision, but Barrett continues to go berserk: “Chamber? You’re going to put me in a Chamber match just to get to Mania?! I should already be there Edge! If you want a Triple Threat at Mania, put me in the match! I earned it!” Edge tells Barrett to calm down and he says that Barrett in fact won’t be in the Chamber match at all: “There’ll be qualifiers between twelve superstars and six of them will go into the Chamber. But Wade, you have to give me a chance here. I know what happened at the Rumble alright and I will make things right for you. You just have to be a little bit patient. But in the meantime, on to my second announcement, ladies and gentlemen how’d you like to see John Cena versus Wade Barrett Live here tonight?” The fans cheer as Edge says that it’s settled and Cena vs. Barrett will be Turmoil’s main event. Edge exits as Barrett still complains to him off-mic. Cena stands in the corner, still with the same smile glued to his face as when he heard the announcement of WrestleMania’s Triple Threat. Regal chuckles: “Haha, he doesn’t like this does he?” JR: “Well William considering the circumstances by which Brock Lesnar was re-hired to this company, and considering that John Cena has only just gotten the biggest cheer he’s ever had in the KWF, I’m wondering if there’s an underlying motive here from Edge. As it stands, it would be Cena versus Styles at Mania, but Edge wants a Triple Threat? This seems quite unfair on Cena and on AJ Styles, but for the fans, this is huge!” Regal shakes his head: “It is huge and unfortunately, it’s all about the fans and all about ratings to our GM. He’s already made a blockbuster number one contender's match for SuperBrawl and in the meantime, we now have to wonder what’s going through the heads of Cena and Styles. And Wade Barrett by the way. I hope Edge gives him something. Wade should be going to Mania for sure.”

Back Live from commercials we see that one half of the World Tag Team Champions, Gambit, has made his entrance along with Kelly Kelly. The audience cheer him as Regal besmirches over the circumstances by which Gambit and Jeff ‘The Joker’ Hardy retained their Titles this past Sunday at Royal Rumble: “All five of that clan were all over Kaz and Daniels, even if the ref had eyes in the back of his head he wouldn’t have seen their shenanigans.” JR: “Yes well in part I think that’s why this match here has come about William. Gambit literally stomped in Kaz’s nether-regions, behind the ref’s back, but Edge has seen fit to punish the Cajun with a match against one of KWF’s top superstars here tonight, our Intercontinental Champion, The Viper Randy Orton!” ♫Orton’s music hits♫ <<< click to play) and the fans cheer louder for him than they did for Gambit. He slithers into the ring and we see K2 peck Gambit on the cheek before exiting to ringside.

Gambit w/ Kelly Kelly vs. Randy Orton

The comms note that Gambit’s got that HBK-style spring back in his step after having ‘taken care’ of Kaz’s advances toward Kelly Kelly. He locks up with Orton and we’re reminded of how Orton was one of the final four this past Sunday in the Royal Rumble match. JR: “He’s the KWF’s Apex Predator. A man who takes every match as it comes and he’s always out to win William. The desire he has to compete and get the Three-count can perhaps only be topped by one person in the KWF – and that’s our World Champion, the Phenomenal AJ Styles.” Regal: “Yes but he didn’t exactly win the Rumble match. He’s got that IC strap though and I must say, it’s hard to see anyone taking it from him.” Orton’s backed up Gambit toward the corner and gotten on top early on. He tries to unload punches, but Gambit is smart to put his torso between the top and middle rope to get the referee to pull Orton away. Orton backs off toward the middle of the ring and Gambit decides to lay across the top rope. He smiles toward Orton, taunting him to bring it, but as Orton attacks, Gambit rolls over the back of him and rolls Orton down to his shoulders. One-count, Two-count, but Orton kicks out. Gambit backs off and takes a bow as the fans laugh and applaud. JR: “That was Randy Orton’s own move folks, and Gambit’s playing a head-game early here.” The contest goes on and we watch what turns out to be an excellent match to open Turmoil. The comms remind us that Orton and Gambit have wrestled before, back on KWF’s old Impact SmackDown. Regal: “Back then it was a main event, but now KWF’s at an even higher level where these two Champions open up the show. I don’t agree with Edge half the time, but kudos to him. He’s made KWF must-read each and every week – and we thank you all for being with us.” The match goes back and forth as Orton hits his inverted headlock backbreaker. He covers for One, Two – but Gambit kicks out. Orton gets up and tries to get Gambit to his feet. He gets him into suplex position and the crowd cheer as he lifts him for a delayed version of the move. JR: “Incredible strength, and Gambit’s no lightweight.” That works in Gambit’s favor as he kicks his legs so that Orton is force to lower him forward. Gambit lands on his feet, counters The Viper and pulls him in, clutches his arms and *BAM* Double Arm DDT! A great counter and now Gambit covers for One, Two – but Orton kicks out! Gambit gets up and backs off toward the corner. He looks like he’s setting for Mardi-Gras. Orton eventually gets to his feet and Gambit approaches – but Orton ducks and *BAM* RKO from The Viper! Perfectly timed and if the Double Arm was impressive, then the RKO tops it! An outstanding show of resilience and an example of Orton’s desire to win. He shoots the half, hooks the leg and Gambit’s out for the Three-count.

Winner: Randy Orton.

♫Orton’s music hits♫ <<< click to play) and the audience applaud the efforts of both Champions in our opening bout. The referee hands Orton his Intercontinental Title, but then we hear ♫Why So Serious’ music♫ <<< click to play). Orton looks around, expecting an attack. He sees Kelly Kelly enter the ring, but she goes and tends to Gambit. The tron rises and we see Why So Serious leader Jeff ‘The Joker’ Hardy. He’s joined by Christy ‘Harley Quinn’ Hemme and The Monster Abyss. However, they don’t make moves toward the ring. Their music stops and they simply stand on stage and applaud Randy Orton. The Joker even waves his hands to the fans and gets them to cheer louder for Orton’s victory. Christy Hemme brings out pom-poms, out of nowhere, and she begins an RKO chant. Orton looks puzzled as he turns his head back toward Gambit and while Gambit has his head in K2’s lap, the Cajun looks at Orton and smiles at him before giving him a thumbs-up. The comms wonder what’s going on here and then we see The Joker, Abyss and Harley make their way down the ramp as Gambit gets to his feet and Kelly hands him his Tag Team Title. Orton though is quick to get out of the ring and he keeps an eye on all five of Why So Serious to make sure they’re nowhere near him as they gather in the ring. Orton treads softly around them to finally exit up the ramp. JR: “That was bizarre. But Randy Orton’s famously seen a thumbs-up back in his Evolution days, and we all remember what happened there. Maybe Why So Serious were trying to lull him into a false sense of security here William?” Regal: “Yeah probably, but it’s five on one so if they really wanted to, I suppose they could’ve hunted him down to batter him. They’re so bloody weird though. Freaks.”

We go to a video clip showing us what happened after Jack Evans defeated Rey Mysterio this past Sunday. We see him celebrating his first ever KWF X-Division Title victory on the night, and as he went backstage after the match, a number of his X-Division colleagues were standing by to congratulate him on his achievement. A voiceover from Evans says: “I couldn’t believe it. Last year ended so badly after getting screwed over at Starrcade. But without Konnan at ringside, I had Mysterio one-on-one and what a match it was. I defeated him. I defeated Rey Mysterio and now I’m responsible for taking the X-Division to new heights. Wow, what a feeling.” We fade to a snap-shot recap of what happened this past Sunday at KWF Royal Rumble. There were six matches on the night, beginning with Jack Evans defeating Rey Mysterio to become the new KWF X-Division Champion. We saw Gambit and The Joker retain their Tag Titles against Kaz and Daniels. Sheamus lost his Hardcore Championship to Alberto Del Rio and the new Latin American eXchange. It was revealed that Kaitlyn was attacked backstage, foiling any plan from the Chickbusters to overcome the Women’s Rumble match. The Beautiful People were responsible and a bad night turned worse for AJ Lee as she lost her Title to Angelina Love. AJ Styles defeated Brock Lesnar against all the odds to retain his World Title and of course, John Cena overcame 29 other men to win the Royal Rumble match – a contest where we saw the return of Kane, and the Big Red Monster famously re-aligned with his brother The UnderTaker. To take in every part of the pay-per-view and to soak up all that happened, click HERE to read KWF’s Royal Rumble.

Back at ringside the comms talk up what a night it was on Sunday and they tell that Jack Evans has earned a week off after that impressive X-Division Title victory. Regal: “What intrigues me there is the fact that Rey Mysterio lost his Title and later on he aligned himself with Alberto Del Rio. It’s fascinating Jim. The new LAX seem to have gathered on the back of feeling so many grievances toward our General Manager. I wonder if we’ll hear from them at all tonight?” With that, ♫music hits♫ <<< click to play) and we’re treated to the entrance of Velvet Sky and the new Women’s Champion, Angelina Love. The Beautiful People milk the boos and they perform their ‘Let the pigeons loose’ entrance as they get into the ring. Velvet Sky has a paper bag in hand and Angelina gets on mic and says: “That’s it, come on, keep booing, boo louder and louder. We know you’re all jealous of how stunning we are.” The fans boo more as Velvet has a different take on things. She takes the mic: “Hey! She’s your new Women’s Champion! You bow to her beauty and you hang your heads in shame because each of you are so ugly! Look at you, your tired eyes, you filthy children and your marshmallow babies. I mean come on, do you women out there really think that your man would be with you if they had a chance at this?!” She poses seductively, as does Angelina. The crowd boo more as Velvet barks: “Well he doesn’t! He’s stuck with your fat ass!” Regal chuckles as JR says that The BP are crossing the line. Angelina gets back on mic and she says that she and Velvet aren’t going to let this ugly audience ruin their day. She says that she’s Women’s Champion once again and she then invites former Champ AJ Lee to the ring for a ‘paper-bagging ceremony’. The fans boo the idea as Angelina says that AJ deserves a paper-bagging because she made such an ugly Champion. ♫AJ’s music hits♫ <<< click to play) and she steps out from under the rising tron. She looks furious as Angelina and Velvet sincerely ask her to come to the ring and take her bagging. Lee says that she’s not going anywhere near that ring because she’d catch the scent of that God-awful perfume that The BP are wearing. “What’s it called? Ferrari Red? As in those red f*BLEEP*k-me-boots that you got on Velvet? Or how about Christian Dior’s Pure Poison? Yeah that’s it, because that’s exactly what you are Angelina. I know what happened before the Chick Rumble began on Sunday. You two b*tches took Kaitlyn out. You threw me off my game and you took my Title. Well come SuperBrawl, I’m invoking my rematch clause.” The fans cheer as AJ stares down toward Angelina. She says that The Chickbusters and The Beautiful People have always hated one another, “and that’s why, when I defeat you to win back my Championship, I won’t only be doing it for me, but I’ll be doing it for Kaitlyn as well!” The fans cheer, but then The Beautiful People have the final word. They tell AJ that Kaitlyn’s out indefinitely and so it’s only a matter of time before AJ gets the paper bag treatment - and they promise that will happen at SuperBrawl where Angelina will successfully defend the Women’s Championship. There’s a huge stare-down between AJ on stage and The BP in the ring. The comms tell that this storied rivalry is heating up again and Regal says: “Lee and Love in a WrestleMania rematch from last year, plus an Elimination Chamber? I can’t wait for Starrcade already.”

We head backstage where Jeremy Borash is standing by to interview the odd couple of Panther and Brodus Clay. “Ladies and gentlemen, tag team action coming up in just a moment as Cody Rhodes and Christopher Daniels take on my guests at this time.” He introduces them and asks Panther why he is teaming with the Funkasaurus tonight. Panther says that Cody has been pestering him for a rematch ever since he bested Rhodes last week on Turmoil. “But let me tell you somethin’ JB! (in his best Hulk Hogan voice), I told Rhodes that it ain’t goin' down like that brother! If you want another shot at the Black Cat, you’re gonna have to find yourself a tag partner and go up against me and the big bad Funkasaurus right here, Brodus Clay!” Brodus says nothing, but grins and just keeps randomly making “Sheee!” noises in the background, psyching himself up for the match. JB then asks Panther about the wellbeing of Kaitlyn, who was attacked by The Beautiful People at the Royal Rumble. Panther returns to his normal voice. “She’s pretty banged up, and the doc said he can’t predict when she’ll be back. She’s more upset about seeing Angelina Love taking AJ’s Women’s Title to be honest, but I’ve promised her that I’ll kick Cody and Daniels’ backsides tonight just to make her feel a little better. I mean that wasn’t 'exactly' what the doctor prescribed, but it couldn’t hurt, unless you’re Cody or Christopher, in which case it probably will.” JB ends by asking Panther why he’s picked Clay as his partner for tonight. “How could you not love this guy? With all the noises he makes. It’s brilliant. Slap a mustache on him and I’d be tempted to legally buy him off the KWF board for my own personal amusement.” Panther and Brodus head away for their entrance as JB hands us back to ringside.

Panther & Brodus Clay vs. Cody Rhodes & Christopher Daniels

The Black Cat and the Funkasaurus get a big cheer from the Canadian crowd, as opposed to the chorus of boos that greet Rhodes and Daniels. The match takes a while to begin as Panther and Brodus, along with Funkadactyls Cameron and Naomi, are having fun with the audience, trying to get them to boo their opponents as loud as possible. This irks Daniels especially, who clobbers Brodus from behind. The match has finally begun and The Fallen Angel is trying to cut the big man down. He tries to work the legs, but gets swatted away. He races back over, but gets caught, and Brodus lets out a loud “Sheeyah!” as he headbutts him down. “Mah bad!” he says and Clay is delighting the fans as he lifts Daniels up and bodyslams him, yelling “Sheee!” as he does. Regal: “Have you noticed how noisy he is in the ring? It’s jolly annoying.” JR: “I think it’s great, and so does Panther. It seems to have been the main reason he wanted to tag with him, and Panther’s in a better mood because of it. His girlfriend’s been banged up by The Beautiful People, but Brodus Clay seems to be cheering up the Black Cat.” As Brodus continues to make sounds as he works over Daniels, JR reminds us that Daniels’ normal partner, Kazarian, is still down and out after receiving a beatdown from Why So Serious in their Tag Title match at the Royal Rumble. JR: “Kazarian won’t be going anywhere near Why So Serious any time soon.” Regal: “Yes well, how ironic that Gambit and Joker cheat to defeat Kaz and Daniels and then on the following Turmoil we see Panther involved in a match against The Fallen Angel. And did you notice Panther and Gambit in the SuperBrawl commercial? Edge’s taking advantage of Panther and Gambit’s friendship I think.” JR: “Well actually William, it was Daniels who volunteered to be Cody Rhodes’ partner to get himself a piece of Panther. The two have battled a few times in the past within the X-Division, and in relation to Gambit, you’re right, Daniels probably wants to beat up Panther to take a final stab at the Cajun. It’s not really working though.”

Brodus tags in Panther, who continues to work over the Fallen Angel, and also introduces a variety of noises of his own. As he picks him up for a bodyslam he goes “Huyt!” He then tags Clay back in and they go to perform a double team move. Panther aims to lift Brodus up for a front suplex splash, but goes “Shyibut!” as he tries, and fails to lift him. The fans laugh as they then swap sides and Brodus shouts “Suplex baby!” as he lifts Panther, who actually shouts “Weeee!” as he goes up and down, landing on Daniels. Regal: “This is bloody ridiculous, they’re making a mockery out of this show.” JR: “Take that rod out your butt will you William, they’re enjoying themselves, and the fans can’t stop laughing.” Cody looks angry and frustrated in the far corner. The match goes on, and Daniels is able to work his way back into things as he takes the knee of Clay from under him. He finally grounds him and makes the tag to Cody, who also works the knee. Rhodes and Daniels work some quick tags and isolate Brodus, with Daniels hitting an acrobatic elbow in the corner and getting Two on the cover. He mocks Panther as he works over his tag partner, and then tags Cody back in, and he does the same. Rhodes comes off the middle rope and hits a Disaster Kick, pinning, but getting only Two as Brodus powers out. Panther smashes his hand on the turnbuckle to get a series of claps going from the fans. This helps as Rhodes goes back to Clay, but gets trapped in his arms, before getting taken over by a belly-to-belly suplex. The crowd go wild as Brodus is finally able to make his way to his corner and he hot-tags Panther. The Black Cat sends Rhodes against the ropes before shouting “Trip ya!” as he hits a drop toe hold. Rhodes gets up and Panther yells “Flip ya!” as he snapmares him over, and finally “Kick ya!” as he puts a huge boot right into the chest of Rhodes as he sits up. Panther then raises Cody onto his shoulders, and allows Brodus to tag in, before slinging Rhodes off and bringing him down with a PKO cutter. Brodus shouts “Should I get him?!” and the crowd scream “Yes!”, so he comes off the ropes and leaps in the air, with a “Sheewah!” and a Big Splash! Panther springs over to his opponents’ corner to counter any advance from Daniels as Brodus hooks Cody’s leg and gets the elementary Three.

Winners: Brodus Clay and Panther.

Daniels is clattered off the apron and proceeds to leave as soon as the match is over. ♫Clay’s music hits♫ <<< click to play) and as Panther is about to make his exit. However, Brodus calls him back to join in the celebration dance. Panther is reluctant at first, but then Cameron hands Clay a microphone. He says: “Come on man, for Kaitlyn!” The fans cheer as Panther looks out to them. He gets back into the ring and takes the mic: “Well, Kaitlyn does love to see me dance, it always makes her smile, and laugh… a lot. But if we’re gonna do this, it’s gonna be on my terms.” Brodus nods, as Panther raises his arm to cue the sound guys. Brodus’ music stops, and is replaced by ‘Apache’ by The Sugarhill Gang. Panther and Brodus do the Apache 'Jump on it' dance as the fans cheer, and some join in themselves. Regal: “Jesus Christ. What has this business come to?” JR: “The fans love it William, and you know what? So do I! Panther and Brodus Clay are victorious, and I hope Kaitlyn is recuperating at home enjoying this as much as we are. This reminds me of an old Rikishi celebration dance along with Too Cool. But in today’s wrestling, it’s all about the Funkasaurus, Cameron, Naomi and the Black Cat Panther! Look at the crowd, they’re all having a great time.” The celebrations go on and on, despite the protests of Regal on commentary.

We cut backstage to Edge’s Skybox, where we see Gail Kim exit. She is passed in the hall by none other than Brock Lesnar, who storms in without knocking. “Edge! I heard you’re putting together an Elimination Chamber for SuperBrawl, winner gets a Title shot at Mania, well I want in!” Edge is taken aback by Lesnar’s forthright demand. “Err, Brock, like I said, there’s gonna be qualifiers starting next week. Nobody is going to be given a spot, they’ll each have to earn it. But honestly, as you’ve just had a KWF Title shot, and lost, I don’t think you’re in line to be in a qualifier.” Lesnar looks confused and angry: “You brought me in Edge, you signed me to a lucrative contract and gave me a Title shot in my first pay-per-view match, and now you’re telling me I gotta go to the back of the line? Brock Lesnar puts asses on seats, Brock Lesnar puts eyes on screens, and Brock Lesnar would be KWF World Champion right now if your boy Styles hadn’t gotten a lucky shot. If you don’t want me in the Elimination Chamber, then I’m sure your friends on the KWF Board would agree that that is simply ‘bad for business’.” Edge looks somewhat concerned after that last comment, and Brock can sense it. He continues his argument: “Come on Edge, put me in a qualifier next week. In fact put me against one of the guys who jumped me a few weeks back. I want revenge on that face painted nutcase Jeff Hardy.” Edge takes in Brock’s words and says “You know what, I actually quite like that idea. Brock Lesnar v Joker Hardy in Turmoil's main event. But understand this Brock, this is your second chance. The Joker is a complete lunatic and if you happen to lose next week, then you’re out. You won’t get any more opportunities after that.” Brock: “Look. I underestimated Styles. I didn’t see that Pele coming at all and I get it now, I get that I have to be the Ultimate Fighter to get what I want from the KWF. Styles may have beaten me, but I’m taking all that anger and disappointment out on that freakin’ Joker next week. We’ll see just how much of a Joker he is once I’m done with him.” Lesnar chuckles as he pats Edge on the shoulder and says “Thanks” as he leaves. Edge looks on with a slightly concerned expression.

We come back to ringside where Maryse is making her entrance, and getting a good reception for once from her fellow French Canadians. However, another Canadian Chick gets a bigger cheer, her opponent for this evening, Natalya.

Maryse vs. Natalya

The match begins with Nattie on top, getting Maryse in a headlock takedown. JR reminds us that these two had a coming together in the Chick Rumble, with Ms Neidhart eliminating the French Mistress. He then goes on to discuss with Regal the revelation we have just witnessed, that Brock Lesnar will face Joker Hardy in the first qualifier for SuperBrawl’s Elimination Chamber match next week on Turmoil. Regal: “It’s a little suspicious don’t you think? Edge says Brock had gone to the back of the queue, but after a threat that the KWF Board may not approve, all of a sudden he books him in the first qualifier? Who’s really in charge of KWF Blogs these days?” JR: “That’s a big leap you’ve taken there William. But Edge’s job is to look out for what is best for business, and though I may not agree with his methods, Brock does bring the ratings up, and I can only imagine the kind of numbers Turmoil will do when Lesnar goes one-on-one with the man who led the attack against him just two weeks ago, Joker Hardy. And besides, considering 12 superstars will compete for six spots in the Chamber, I don’t see any harm at giving Brock Lesnar this chance.” The match at hand has gone back and forth, with Maryse using some questionable hair pulling tactics to get the advantage, and lose whatever support she had from the Quebec faithful. She flicks her hair to spite the fans, giving them dirty looks before bringing Nattie down with a neckbreaker and covering, but getting only Two. She begins to get frustrated, and hits a backbreaker, but gets Two again. She wants to end it now and sets up for the French Kiss DDT. However, Nattie reverses it and trips her opponent, before applying the Sharpshooter. The fans cheer the move as JR yells how great it is to see a Sharpshooter in Canada and it’s not long before Maryse is tapping furiously.

Winner, by way of Submission: Natalya.

The crowd cheer as ♫Nattie’s music hits♫ <<< click to play) and she has her hand raised. JR comments on how impressive she was at the Rumble, getting down to the final four, and she’s picked up another win tonight. “Her daddy and uncle must be proud, Natalya representing the Hart clan in some style.”

We are with the General Manager once again in his Skybox, and he looks pleased at what he’s just seen. “We have the best Women’s Division in wrestling, it’s not even fair.” There’s a knock at the door, and Edge welcomes in the KWF World Heavyweight Champion, AJ Styles. There’s a little tension as the last time the two were face to face, Styles was accusing Edge of ‘changing’ and of favoring Brock Lesnar. However, Edge offers his hand and starts by congratulating AJ on his successful Title defense. AJ smiles and it seems that whatever hostility was there has since gone. “Thanks man, you said I could do it. I thought you were just blowin’ smoke up my ass to try and take away from the fact you gave Brock a free shot. But I had a little talk with Panther and he made me see why you did what you did. I understand, as GM, it’s business. I never wanted any preferential treatment when you got the gig, but I also didn’t want anyone else to get any. But after hearing what went down in here earlier, I think I get what’s goin’ on. Don’t worry about it man, in every business you get suits telling you what to do, but this is still your show, and I’m happy that at least Brock is being made to work for his rewards this time.” Edge: “Yeah, there’s a few things they don’t tell you when you sign up for the GM job, but like you say, this is still very much my show, and I still sign off every match, including the main event for WrestleMania. Now that was 100% my idea.” Styles: “Yeah, that one was a bit of a surprise. But, again, I appreciate you're doing what's best for business, and for those fans. It'll be one hell of a challenge for me, but there have been a couple of main event Triple Threats at Mania and on the Grandest Stage of Them All, it'll just make it that little bit extra special when I end WrestleMania holding this Title above my head.” Edge: “I like the confidence, but don't forget, you will have another challenger for that Belt at SuperBrawl, but while I try and cook something up, I just wanted to say thanks for being relatively cool about the whole Brock thing, and who knows, you might have to face him again at Mania.” Styles nods. “It could happen, but if it does, I'll just hit him with another Pele, that seemed to do the trick on Sunday.” He and Edge shake hands. Edge: “It was one hell of a fight, take care man. I'll let you know on that SuperBrawl challenger.” Styles exits as Regal ponders who might be the new number one contender. Regal: “You never know, it might even be me.” JR: “I doubt that. But it's good to see that AJ has come around to Edge's way of thinking. Do what's right for the company, even if it means treading on some toes. And it's all for KWF's loyal fanbase.” Regal: “If you say so Jim. I still wouldn't trust Edge. I remember his history.”

After a commercial for the new Blu-Ray/DVD 'The Best of KWF 2012', we come back into the arena, where the lights go out. Screams are heard from the fans, right up until the point where we hear the inevitable *BONG!* The entrance is familiar, and soon enough we are in the presence of The UnderTaker. The Phenom makes his way slowly to the ring, before stepping in and getting on the mic without removing his hat or coat. He addresses The Absolute Lashley. “At the Royal Rumble, I gave you one last chance to fulfill your purpose, but you disobeyed my orders. I want you to come down to this ring right now so that I can address you face-to-face.” After some waiting, the lights darken again, and The Absolute Lashley does make his way to the ring. Lashley, without any hesitation, steps into the ring and stands square of The Deadman. Taker: “Lashley. At the Royal Rumble, I gave you specific orders to take out Sting, and you refused. You have never disobeyed me in this way before, you may have let me down, you may have disappointed me on several occasions, but you have never disobeyed me. You even climbed into a casket in Madison Square Garden simply because I told you to. So I can only assume that the Rumble was a one off, a lapse in judgment, so tonight I am going to give you an opportunity to redeem yourself. I have arranged for you to have a match, and you will prove to me how obedient you are by destroying your opponent.” Taker walks out of the ring, leaving Lashley to await his opponent. JR: “Destroy his opponent? Is this just an excuse for UnderTaker to watch some poor X-Division guy come out here and get flattened by his self-made monster?” We finally see who Lashley's opponent is as music hits. ♫Well it's the Big Show!♫ <<< click to play). Regal: “Oh wow. That's not an X-Division guy Jim!” JR: “Taker’s arranged for The Absolute Lashley to take on the Big Show!? Good God almighty, we’ve got an impromptu clash of titans here folks!”

The Absolute Lashley vs. Big Show

Lashley pounds Show with rights, but the big man just throws him into the corner. He fires him with shots to the gut and head, before shushing the crowd and open palm slapping The Absolute One across the chest. However, Lashley doesn't react and grabs Show, throwing him into the corner, firing shots at him and doing more damage than Show did to him. He fires him into the opposite corner, before grabbing him on the rebound and hitting a side belly-to-belly suplex. JR: “My God! Did you see the strength?! The strength of this Beast!” As the match continues, Regal commends The UnderTaker, who is watching from the stage, on his decision to test Lashley's obedience in this way, but JR isn't so sure. “This may be a test, but one may see this as torture. The Phenom abducted Bobby Lashley in the first place and tortured him to within an inch of his life, just so he could mold him in his own image. He has already stated his belief that Lashley is not worthy of being his apprentice anymore, and I think he's simply wanting to punish him by putting him in this grueling match. Taker says that this is a test, but what if it’s just for Taker’s own amusement?” Regal: “You're so cynical Jim. As evil as The UnderTaker is, I don’t think he’s the type to get off on this. I’m buying what he says and I’m not going to question him. He’s The UnderTaker for God’s sake.”

Meanwhile, the match has swerved as Lashley attempted a bodyslam, but after holding Show for a second, he collapsed back under the weight and had to kick out of a pin. Show has used this to his advantage and is now trying to work down the Beast. He hits him with some more chops, and then sends him against the ropes before lifting him up to slam him down with a sidewalk slam. He covers again but gets only Two. He slides Lashley into the corner, before laying the boot in, trying to strangle him, but the referee's count breaks it. Show smiles now and thinks he's in control. He pulls his hand back, ready to hit the Knockout Punch, and as Lashley stands and gets up, Show strikes, but no! Lashley puts his hands out and stops the giant fist of Big Show, before pushing his arm down and lifting him up to hit a huge bodyslam! Lashley covers this time, but Show kicks out at the last split second. Lashley tries to stay on top with a series of clotheslines and shots, but Show is able to get back into the match as he reverses a clothesline attempt with a headbutt. Lashley is down and Show is shaking off the damage he's sustained. He sees his chance and winds up for another attempt at the Knockout Punch, but Lashley sits up! The Absolute One sits up, just like his Master who continues watching from the stage. Big Show tries to continues with the WMD, but as Lashley gets up, he ducks. Show turns round and Lashley uses his almighty strength to lift him in the air and slam him down with a Sitdown Spinebuster! The arena practically shakes as Lashley covers and gets One, Two and Three!

Winner: The Absolute Lashley.

Lashley has won, and impressively at that. He doesn't celebrate, as normal, but notably he also doesn't bow to the UnderTaker as he has done previously, which is pointed out by JR. “Is this Lashley finally deciding to stand up for himself? Just like Sting told him to?” Regal: “I don't think so, but if it is then he's simply doing what Sting has told him to do, instead of what Taker has told him to do. He's still just a big masked and muscular puppet.” JR: “Say that louder William, please.” Lashley just stares up at The UnderTaker, who stares back, not reacting in any way. The comms review multiple replays of Lashley’s endurance in this match and JR says: “If Star Wars is anything to go by, then The Absolute Lashley is Anakin Skywalker to The UnderTaker i.e. Emperor Palpatine. Is Lashley finding his own identity though?” Regal: “Again I’m not sure Jim, he didn’t exactly argue when Taker commanded him to wrestle this match. This is fascinating.”

We come to a video of two guys watching a football match. It’s the New Orleans Saints against the Carolina Panthers, and we soon see that the two guys are KWF superstars Panther and Gambit. They’re shouting at the screen after a play, and Gambit throws a yellow flag in the air. Panther: “No way man! That was clean!” Gambit: “You crazy homme? Foul on that play!” Panther puts his snacks down and stands up. “Oh yeah?!” Gambit does the same. “Yeah!” Panther: “You want to take this outside?” Gambit: “I wouldn’t want to embarrass you in your own street homme.” They continue to argue and the video moves on into shots of several KWF superstars in action. The voiceover comes in. “On the last stop on the Road to WrestleMania, there are chances for the top stars in the KWF to make their final push to be at the Greatest Show on Earth.” The action ends on AJ Styles, before coming back to Panther and Gambit, who have both kitted themselves out in full football uniforms of their favorite teams. They each get into a three-point stance before charging at one another. The video slams into the logo for KWF SuperBrawl, Live February 24th, only on KWF Blogs!

We come to our main event of the evening and we watch as Wade Barrett makes his entrance. JR points out that British Invasion Chick Layla isn’t with him and Regal tells that Barrett is out here as a warrior, a real leader of his faction: “At the Royal Rumble, by the time Wade got in the match, Styler and Drew McIntyre were already eliminated. But Barrett almost won the contest on his own. I spoke to Wade after Sunday and he said that he has the British Invasion as his back-up any time he wants, but now, more than ever, he’s confident in himself that he can get the job done alone.” JR: “Does that mean Wade’s trying to step away from his faction?” Regal: “On the contrary Jim. Wade’s decided to lead by example and pretty much winning the Rumble, not having Layla here tonight tells me that he feels he can defeat Cena by himself. It’s a bold move, but if he wins then he’s setting an example to his group. Then, as and when Wade becomes Champion, the rest of the British Invasion will advance in their careers, learning from their leader and winning themselves some Gold.” Barrett is booed as he gets into the ring. He is in no mood to respond to the fans and they cheer at the top of their lungs as we hear the ♫music of John Cena♫ <<< click to play).

Wade Barrett vs. John Cena

The bell rings and there’s no respectful lock up here as Cena goes hard at Barrett laying into his gut with right hands and forcing him to the corner. He lays into him with kicks and proceeds to stomp a mud-hole in him, but Barrett reaches up and throws a thumb to the eye of the Doctor. JR: “Cena’s all fired up and I think we’ve witnessed the evolution of him here William. He had been a thug, a rapper who cared for no one or nothing but himself. But over the past few months Cena has shown respect for his peers, he’s shown humility – and now we’re seeing that he can still be a bad-ass competitor in the ring.” Regal: “You’re going to compare him to Stone Cold aren’t you?” JR: “So what if I am William? It’s great to see a man change for the better, but still be able to give his all for the fans and compete to the very highest level. I can’t wait to see how this match continues and I’m all for seeing Cena versus AJ Styles at WrestleMania.” Regal: “Cena, Styles and one other Jim. A small matter of a Chamber coming up at SuperBrawl, don’t forget.” We watch as Barrett lays into Cena with rights of his own and he sends him against the ropes. Cena comes back and Barrett attempts a big boot, but Cena ducks under and trips his opponent, trying to scurry over the back of him and apply an STFU, but Barrett has the wherewithal to make it to the ropes and he pulls himself under the bottom rope and out to ringside. Barrett stays there for the moment, regrouping as we go to commercials.

When we come back we watch the action back in the ring as Barrett lifts a knee up into Cena’s gut and then Axe-handle’s him over his back before getting him to the canvas and covering for Two. The comms review video replays of what happened during the commercial break and we see that Cena went after Barrett, but Wade used the ring apron and the barricade to his advantage and now Cena may be in trouble. Wade gets him to the corner and we expect a superplex, but Cena fights him off. He punches Barrett back to the canvas and when Wade gets up, he’s groggy and Cena leaps off the turnbuckle to land a leg-drop right on the back of Barrett’s head! The crowd go wild as Cena covers; One! Two! – but Barrett kicks out! JR: “What a match William.” Regal: “What a match indeed, but come on Wade, get back into this and win it now” Both superstars get up and Barrett slugs a right hand to the face of Cena. Cena comes back and fires a shot right back at Barrett. Back and forth they go as the fans chant ‘Yay!’ for Cena and ‘Boo!’ toward Barrett. Cena then hits Barrett so hard that he goes against the ropes, but Barrett attempts a clothesline as he comes back – but Cena ducks it, counters, lifts Barrett for a spin-out suplex and now The Doctor is back in charge. He stands over Barrett and holds his hands up toward the fans. He leans over and waves “you can’t see me!” in Barrett’s face and Cena goes against the ropes to try complete the Five Knuckle Shuffle – but wait, as he goes against the ropes, there’s a trip! Cena’s decked as an arm reaches in and it’s Konnan! Konnan has come down to ringside out of nowhere and he trips Cena. We watch as Cena gets up and turns toward him, but then he’s rushed from behind as Homicide and Hernandez are in the ring. They clobber Cena over his back and lay him over the middle rope. The referee sees that Wade Barrett isn’t being touched here and he calls for a Disqualification.

Winner by way of Disqualification: John Cena.

Rey Mysterio is in there and the bell continues to ring as Mysterio blasts Cena in the mush with a 6-1-9. The crowd boo like hell as Barrett exits the ring looking annoyed at the situation. Konnan gets in and kick-rolls Cena out of the ring and then, out on stage comes Ricardo Rodriguez. He has a huge grin on his face and he walks down to the ring. It seems that he’s about to introduce Alberto Del Rio as we go to the final commercial break of the night.

When we return we hear “Alberto Del Rio! Alberto Del Rio! Alberto Del Rio!” from Rodriguez and we see that Melina’s now in the ring and she along with Homicide, Hernandez, Konnan and Mysterio, all clap as Del Rio enters the squared circle. The fans boo as we see that Del Rio has a Mexican flag around his waist and Melina then strips him of it reveals the KWF Hardcore Championship. Mel hands the flag to Hernandez and he holds the flag high as Del Rio takes the mic off Rodriguez: “My name, my name is Alberto Del Rio – but you already know that.” The fans boo as Del Rio’s smug grin annoys JR. “This is ridiculous, LAX have ruined our main event!” Del Rio goes on: “I, I am your Hardcore Champion. And we, we are going to keep this Belt for a very long time.” Del Rio explains that the new LAX came together at the Royal Rumble, but really this cell has been in motion for quite some time. He reminds us of when Homicide and Hernandez cost Sin Cara the X-Division Title many months ago. But they weren’t costing Sin Cara, they were saving the Belt for Rey. “But then, then Edge decided that K-Dogg, wasn’t allowed to chaperone Rey in his Title defense this past Sunday at the Rumble. That was the final straw. That was when we all decided that we were finally going to put our foot down as a unit and we were going to take some Gold – some Gold that had no stipulations, Gold that could be stolen and kept by any means necessary. It was our destiny to unite and it was our destiny to raise this Hardcore Championship.” Del Rio hands the mic to Konnan who says that this all happened because of Edge: “Homicide and Hernandez didn’t get one look last year when you were trying to get the Tag Titles off the Dudleys. You chose to bring back a circus outfit and we formed; that was your fault! Rey Mysterio, the greatest Cruiserweight of all time, he was legitimately due a WrestleMania rematch for his X-Division Title and you didn’t give it to him. He had to wait, he had to compete. You said you were seeing if he was match-fit, but all the while you were hoping that Rey would get injured again and then you wouldn’t have to give him his rematch. Rey had to earn it back when you had no choice, but then at the Rumble you ban me from ringside. Rey loses his Title and we formed; that was your fault!” Konnan hands the microphone to Melina who addresses the GM through the camera: “I come back to the KWF after a long injury lay-off. I see that the Wolfpac no longer exist, b*tches backstage are no longer competitive and the glitz, the glamor and the spotlight of Women’s wrestling, it’s not on a Beth Phoenix, a Gail Kim or even a Natalya Neidhart. No, the Belt’s on little Miss AJ Lee and it bounces between her, Kaitlyn, The Beautiful People and Madison Rayne. You didn’t give me another chance after I lost to AJ at Sovereignty! I went to the back of the line, I’ve been there ever since and we formed; and that’s your fault!” Del Rio takes the mic back: “Do you see a pattern here Edge? Do you see how you have a ring full of the top athletes in this business and tonight, tonight you don’t even give us any time on the show – even though we hold a Title now?! You’re a disgrace as General Manager and you have overlooked us for the last time. This Title, this Title represents our unity. It represents how we have been mistreated, tossed aside and forgotten. No, together we will defend this Belt and there’s nothing that you can do about it Edge. We’re here, taking over your main event and now you have to take notice, take notice of me as the new Hardcore Champion and take notice of us, the Latin American eXchange!” The fans boo like hell as Hernandez raises Del Rio atop his shoulders. Homicide takes the flag and waves it toward the cameras before Melina then wraps it around her curvaceous waist. Ricardo Rodriguez takes the mic and continues saying Del Rio’s name as KWF’s Wednesday Night Turmoil fades out. “Alberto Del Rio! Alberto Del Rio! Alberto Del Rio! Alberto Del Rio! Alberto Del Rio! Alberto Del Rio! Alberto Del Rio! Alberto Del Rio! Alberto Del Rio!”

[kwfblogs]

KWF Royal Rumble: 20th January 2013. Centre Bell. Montreal, QB. Canada.

We begin with a dark video. It pans out and we see smoke around a floor. All of a sudden, a body flies into the smoke from above and crashes to the floor, then another, then several more. It’s raining bodies as the camera pans up to a wrestling ring, where a shadowy figure is launching people over the top rope. A voiceover says “Thirty men enter… one man heads to the main event of KWF WrestleMania for a chance at the Heavyweight Championship of the World!” We then come to images of the past three KWF Royal Rumbles, showing Samoa Joe winning in 2010, The Icon Sting triumphing in 2011 and then The Phenomenal AJ Styles emerging victorious last year. The video comes back to the shadowy man tossing people from the ring. He turns to the camera and we cannot determine who it is, but the shot slowly zooms into his face, and all we can see are his eyes. All of a sudden, the figure morphs into various past winners of the Rumble, including Samoa Joe, Sting and AJ Styles. It ends with the blank figure again. “Who will it be this year?” The action then turns to the AJ Styles/Brock Lesnar rivalry. We see Styles celebrating his latest win against CM Punk at Starrcade, and then fading into darkness, followed by the huge figure of Brock Lesnar, whose ♫music hits♫ <<< click to play). We are then reminded of his return to the KWF as he stormed the ring to F5 the World Champion and put an exclamation mark on his intentions. The following week, AJ questioned Edge for re-signing Lesnar, but after a conversation between the two, the on-looking Lesnar once again hit Styles with an F5. The following week, Edge had repercussions for Lesnar, having him face The Monster Abyss in the main event. While Styles no-showed that night, Why So Serious took their opportunity to take down the Ultimate Fighter. Then this past Wednesday night on Turmoil we saw Styles accused of being scared by Kurt Angle. The Champion dismissed this both verbally, and then physically as he tried to get a piece of Lesnar in the six-man tag main event. That night ended with a huge brawl in and around the ring, setting us up nicely for the 2013 KWF Royal Rumble!

“And now… the Keystone Wrestling Federation presents… Royal Rumble!!!” We pan and zoom into the arena as the spectacular pyrotechnic display lights the place up. The fans are going bananas as JR introduces us to the show. “Welcome everyone to Montreal! Welcome everyone to The Bell Centre! Welcome everyone to KWF Royal Rumble! Hello I am Good Ol’ JR, Jim Ross joined as ever by my esteemed broadcast colleague Mr. William Regal.” Regal: “Thank you Mister Ross. What a night we have in store here in Canada. Only the second Royal Rumble to take place north of the border, and the first time? That was the very first Rumble back in 1988. History being made here folks and we’re glad you can join us. They say that everything’s bigger in Texas, but as far as the KWF is concerned, tonight is likely to be massive in Toronto!” JR: “Very true William. Let’s tell our audience what we have lined up. We have the Hardcore Title on the line as The Celtic Warrior Sheamus defends against the Mexican Aristocrat Alberto Del Rio, and the Tag Team Gold will be up for grabs too as the frightening Why So Serious duo of Joker Hardy and Gambit take on the sleazy, brash combination of Christopher Daniels and Kazarian.” Regal: “Sleazy? I hope they heard you say that Jim, and if not I’ll make sure they do. Besides that we have the legendary Rey Mysterio defend his X-Division Championship against Jack Evans, and folks we have not one, but two Royal Rumbles! First we will see 15 of the KWF’s finest ladies battle it out to become Women’s Champion, and then 30 men will try and throw one another over the top rope and to the arena floor to book their place for a World Title match in the main event at WrestleMania!” JR: “And if all of that wasn’t enough, there is the matter of AJ Styles’ World Title defense as he goes one-on-one with The Ultimate Fighter Brock Lesnar. AJ’s last two matches have been respectful contests against CM Punk, but there is nothing respectful about tonight’s main event.” Regal: “Oh absolutely. Lesnar hates Styles because he thinks he’s too small to be Heavyweight Champion, and Styles hates Lesnar because, as he perceives it, Brock has been handed a Title shot without earning it.” JR: “All of that to come, and we’re about to kick things off with what promises to be a terrific contest, Rey Mysterio, Jack Evans, rematch, X-Division Title on the line!”

♫Mysterio’s music hits♫ <<< click to play) and he enters without Konnan as the comms remind us that, due to his interference in the corresponding match at Starrcade, he is banned from ringside. JR: “Finally were going to see if Mysterio’s still got what it takes. Jack Evans has been waiting patiently for this one-on-one opportunity. He’s kept his head down since Starrcade and Mysterio better be on his A-game or else he risks losing the X-Division Title.” The fans boo as Rey raises the Championship. They then cheer as ♫Jack Evans’ music hits♫ <<< click to play). Evans’ receives a huge cheer and he’s the clear fan-favorite, but Regal reminds us that Rey Mysterio is far from retirement and if there were any questions about him cutting it anymore, then tonight those questions will be answered.

Rey Mysterio vs. Jack Evans – KWF X-Division Title on the line

The two combatants size one another up as JR reminds us of their clash at last month's pay-per-view, with both showing their very best, and it looked like Evans was about to win until a Konnan distraction changed the game. Regal: “Ludicrous to be punishing Konnan for Evans' mistake, he took his eye off the big man, but Rey Mysterio is arguably the greatest high flyer of all time and I'm certain he will put this pretender to the sword.” Evans doesn't seem to be overly intimidated by Mysterio, performing a one-armed handstand to wow the fans, and enrage Rey. JR: “Jack Evans is out here to enjoy himself, and good for him. He's also getting into Rey's head, which could be a game changer later on.” They finally lock up and it's Mysterio who gets on top early on, using his experience to do damage to Evans, jabbing him in the gut and dropkicking him in the back, sending him flying into the ring-post. He throws Evans against the ropes and goes for a back-body drop, but Evans rolls over his back, and as Rey turns, his opponent levels him with a spinning enziguiri. Evans covers but Rey kicks out after an early scare. JR reminds us that this whole rivalry initially came about when Rey vented his displeasure at the 'new breed' of young X-Division superstars whose acrobatics and daredevil attitudes amaze and wow the fans, but anger the Champ. Mysterio can't fly like he used to, but Regal cuts in and says it doesn't matter, because Mysterio is smarter than all of them put together: “Jumping over things and flipping everywhere is all well and good, but without a wrestling brain behind it you’re merely a failed Cirque du Soleil clown.”

The match continues with Evans delighting the fans with his moveset, including an inverted frankensteiner, a low Jack double knee kick, and a Fisherman buster, getting a Two-count. He tries to pick Rey up again, but he gets a thumb to the eye and Mysterio slides to the outside. He readjusts his black mask as the fans boo. He flicks his fingers at them disrespectfully, but has to be careful as Evans is about to fly over the top rope. He moves fast, and Evans manages to hold onto the rope and land on the apron. Mysterio turns to the fans to say “See that? That's the difference!” He turns around to see Evans spring over the top rope back into the ring, before immediately pulling himself back over and releasing, hitting a corkscrew plancha on the Champion. The fans cheer as Evans dusts himself down. He slides back in the ring and dances, doing back-flips and handstands as the referee administers the Ten-count. Rey gets to his feet at Seven, but turns and goes to get his Belt. However, before he can walk away, Evans flies out through the ropes and crashes into Mysterio again. The fans are on their feet once more, but Evans isn't. Mysterio actually gets up before his opponent, and gets in the ring. He demands that the referee start counting Evans out. JR asks whether Evans hurt his shoulder diving into Rey, but as we see the slow-mo replay, we see that he smacked his head on the X-Division Title as he crashed into Mysterio. It appears that Mysterio raised it slightly as a shield, and JR questions as to whether it was deliberate. Regal: “Of course it wasn't, he was caught by surprise. Serves Evans right for trying to hit a cheap shot like that.” JR: “But Mysterio was about to walk out of this match, and now he is about to win via Count-out!” The referee keeps going, and Evans starts to move at eight. He struggles as Rey has his arms raised, but at the very last second, Evans gets back in the ring. He lays in the corner as Rey is left frustrated, but he doesn't waste time and gets to work on his challenger. He hits a low dropkick to the face, before hitting more kicks. JR: “He's not as refined as he used to be, but then he's generally not as nice-a-guy as he used to be.” Regal: “He's a Champion Jim, the most important thing of all.” Mysterio works the spine, hitting elbows and stomps, before nailing a suplex and covering, One! Two! - but Evans kicks out. The challenger gets back into the match and the two trade quick moves, but Evans’ speed and Mysterio's nous cancel one another out. Evans comes off the ropes and runs at Rey, who lays down. Evans goes to leap over him, but Rey lifts his leg just enough to trip him, and Evans lands on the middle rope. Mysterio gets up and quickly dials up the 6-1-9. He connects and sends Evans flying back into the middle of the ring. He gives hand gestures to the booing fans again, as he leaps up for the splash. However, as he falls off the top rope to land on his opponent, Evans kips up and manages to grab Rey's head on the way down, turning it into a DDT! The fans go nuts as an exhausted Evans drags himself up the turnbuckles. Evans is perched on the top rope and he points out to the crowd, who know what's coming next. He then comes off the ropes and spins around in an incredible 630 senton! He hooks the leg as the referee counts One... Two... Three!

Winner and New KWF X-Division Champion: Jack Evans.

Justin Roberts announces Jack Evans as the new X-Division Champion as the referee hands the Californian his Belt. He just stares at it in apparent disbelief. JR: “What a match! And Jack Evans, a guy who was shunned by the big leagues for so long, finally made it to the KWF and is now the X-Division Champion for the first time in his career, what a moment!” Regal: “He relied on some luck, and was just a split second from being counted out at one point. But credit where it's due, he came back from the death and executed that stunning 630 to seal the win. But I'm sure that Rey Mysterio will live to fight another day. We certainly haven't heard the last of him.” Evans climbs the turnbuckles again and raises his new Title high above his head.

We turn our attention backstage where Kaitlyn is lacing her boots. We hear a cheer as the Women's Champion AJ Lee comes on the scene. She greets Kaitlyn and they do their Chickbuster fist bump. AJ: “So you ready for the Chick Rumble tonight?” Kaitlyn: “Absolutely, Panther's been teaching me how to throw people over the top rope, though I think I made his shoulder worse. I knew we shouldn’t have practiced near those stairs. Ah well, how about you Champ? Are we gonna tear it up Chickbuster style?” AJ: “Of course. I heard what Angelina and Velvet were saying on Wednesday, and they're not the only duo who can work together here. Me and you were the last two Chick's remaining at Survivor Series, let's make sure the same thing happens tonight.” Kaitlyn: “As our favourite Internet Champion would say, you know it!” They bump fists again and AJ exits, leaving Kaitlyn to finish lacing her boots.

♫Why So Serious’ music♫ <<< click to play) hits and Montreal rise as one as our KWF World Tag Team Champions eventually emerge on stage. They take a look out toward the audience and decide to walk down to the ring. Regal: “No Chicks with them tonight. How peculiar.” JR: “No Chicks and I can’t blame them. Notice William, there’s no spring in Gambit’s step, no cockiness or arrogance. Joker Hardy’s the same. The two of them seem to be in no mood to conform to the norm here tonight. They were attacked this past week on Turmoil and they look dead set on retribution against the men who attacked them, Frankie Kazarian and Christopher Daniels.” The comms take our attention to a replay package showing us the incident on January 2nd’s Turmoil. The show emanated out of Madison Square Garden and while Gambit was against Christopher Daniels in a match, Kazarian took his opportunity to court Kelly Kelly and he slapped her on her backside. This triggered anger in Gambit and consequently cost him the match. Why So Serious have since caused havoc, stating that they expect to be feared and that the actions of Kazarian meant that people may be taking them too lightly. They interfered in Brock Lesnar’s big comeback match when he faced Abyss – although that was perhaps a given, as Abyss is Why So Serious’ monster. On Turmoil this past week the group’s motives were questioned by Edge, but in true Why So Serious fashion, none of their answers really made any sense. On to tonight and we hear ♫Kaz and Daniels’ music♫ <<< click to play) and the two of them make their way down to the ring. At the foot of the ramp, Kaz immediately pokes at the Champs: “Where’s Kelly? Come on, you didn’t bring her to the ring?” Gambit is angered and he sets to exit the squared circle and go after Kaz. The Joker puts a hand on his shoulder and holds him back though. Kaz and Daniels seem to be in no fear at all and JR says that this may be their undoing: “William, you and I have been in this industry for many years, and we know when superstars put on a front, a cocky face to show their opponent that they’re not scared. But when you look at the expressions on the faces of Gambit and The Joker, should Kaz and Daniels be worried here?” Regal: “Normally, I’d say no. And in a normal rivalry Jim, Kaz and Daniels have done the right things. They’ve attacked backstage, avoided any repercussions and they’ve made it so that they’ve angered their opponents. A smart move to perhaps try to throw their opponents off their game. However, I stress that this would be the normal case. But Kaz and Daniels are dealing with the most intimidating unit this industry has perhaps ever seen and the fact that Kelly nor Christy are out here, the fact that Kaz touched Gambit’s woman, oh I think, well I hope, that Kaz and Daniels have more to their plan because the Tag Champs are beyond PO’d right now – and that makes them even more intimidating. Yes, Kaz and Daniels are putting on a front. Yes, they should be worried, and no, don’t ever touch a Why So Serious girl.”

Gambit & Jeff ‘The Joker’ Hardy vs. Christopher Daniels & Frankie Kazarian – KWF World Tag Team Championships

Kazarian wisely keeps his eyes on Gambit, but sees that he’s starting and so decides to allow Daniels to begin the match on their side. Gambit eyeballs Kaz as the bell rings and we watch as Christopher Daniels sets to lock up in the centre of the ring. But Gambit’s not playing games and he smacks Daniels right on the mush! The crowd gasp as Daniels is taken aback. He complains to the ref, accusing Gambit of a closed-fist, but the ref said the hit was legal. JR: “Remember ladies and gentlemen, if Gambit and The Joker get Disqualified here, they will lose the Tag Titles.” Regal: “A stipulation made by Edge to punish Why So Serious and their acts against the GM and the ‘norm’ of what happens on Turmoil. I’ll tell you what though Jim, this may be the grand plan by Kaz and Daniels. They’re working up the Champs so much that they want them to get Disqualified. No wonder they’ve got such smiles on their faces, they’re fine with winning these Belts on the back of a DQ. What a master stroke.” Gambit approaches Daniels in Daniels’ own corner, punching him and really trying to hurt his opponent. He swings for Kaz, who drops off the apron, and this allows Daniels to School-Boy Gambit from behind. One, Two on the cover, but Gambit kicks out. Daniels is tenacious as he stomps away at the Cajun, grappling him on the canvas and pinning his shoulders to the mat, but it’s only another Two. Daniels locks on a grounded abdominal stretch and maintains control. JR: “A lapse in concentration from Gambit has turned the tides here, another side effect of anger and William you may be right. Kaz and Daniels may be winning the mental game against Why So Serious. Gosh, I never thought I’d see the day.” Regal: “Indeed Jim, but let’s see how this plays out, the night is young and I wouldn’t count out the Why So Serious freak show just yet.” Daniels tags in Kaz who comes in and tries to make the most of a fallen Gambit. Kaz taunts and we watch as he hard-Irish-whips Gambit into the corner and then mounts the second turnbuckle to perform the Ten-punch. The audience boo, not counting as Kaz gets to seven hits. He taunts them as he tries to hit eight – but then there’s a sudden look of shock on Kaz’s face. He looks down toward the outside of the ring and immediately steps off Gambit. He goes to the ref and pulls him by the shirt. He points toward the corner of the ring and it’s apparent that he’s explaining that Abyss is under the apron. The ref obliges and he exits the ring to take a look. JR: “Did you see anything William?” Regal: “I didn’t, but the fans on that side of the arena seem to have reacted to something. We do know though that Abyss’ habitat is usually in the depths of abyss. This has rocked Kaz though, he looks like he’s seen a ghost.” The ref pulls up the ring apron and we can all see that there is nothing under the ring – as far as the eye can see anyway. Kaz says that Abyss was there and that the ref should Disqualify Why So Serious. Meanwhile though, Gambit’s back to his feet and while Kaz argues with the ref at ringside, Gambit takes a step toward Kaz and Daniels’ corner and *BAM* Mardi-Gras! ‘Ohhhh!’ gasp the crowd and they cheer and applaud as Gambit walks back to his corner and tags in The Joker.

The ref gets back in the ring and allows what seems to have been a tag as Gambit stands in his corner. Kaz notices Daniels down and out and the ref commands that he get back into the ring. Kaz goes to check on his partner, but the ref counts and Kazarian risks a Count-out, getting back in the ring at the count of Nine. The fans cheer more then, as Joker pounces on Kaz, pounding him over the back with hefty forearms. Joker kicks at him and then picks him up to sit down on a classic Hardy jawbreaker. Kaz goes down and bounces backward. Joker tags in Gambit, but Kazarian rolls out of the ring on impact of the move. Christopher Daniels is back up now, groggy as he steps toward Kazarian and the two of them regroup. The comms tell that after all the apparent games that Kaz and Daniels have been playing, it seems that Why So Serious are the ones in real control. Kaz gets back in the ring and tags Daniels right away. He comes in holding his jaw. He doesn’t look as cocky and as confident as he did at the beginning of the match. Gambit, however, is much the opposite. He goes toward an open corner and lays across the turnbuckles a-la Shawn Michaels. He looks at Kaz and then looks toward the stage where his girlfriend Kelly Kelly has emerged. She’s not alone, as Kelly has Christy ‘Harley Quinn’ Hemme with her. Hemme sits on a chair that the two of them have brought out and Kelly begins giving her a lap dance. The audience cheer as Kaz’s eyes pop out of his head. Even Regal stands up to look across the ring and all the way up toward the stage. He says: “Dear, dear JR, this is like a cartoon moment where a man goes dizzy and one’s tongue drops to the floor.” JR: “Yes William, but look!” We watch as Daniels sees Kaz distracted by the girls and this allows Gambit to tag Joker back in and he comes storming toward Daniels, smashing a forearm right into the back of his head. The referee allows the match to continue, but then we see Kaz drop off the apron. The ref’s attention is diverted and Daniels is smart to take his chances, countering a pick-up by Joker with a low blow. The audience boo as Joker hits the deck, but he rolls over laughing. Daniels exits the ring and goes to Kaz. He tells him that he can’t be tempted by the girls and says that they have a match to win. Christy Hemme sits there laughing while Kelly motions seductively around her. The referee tells Kaz and Daniels off, telling them that he will count them both out if he has to. Daniels goes back toward the ring and the ref tries to hold Joker back, but no, Hardy bounces off the bottom rope to send his legs out to ringside and nail Daniels in the face with a modified low dropkick. He exits to ringside as the ref is forced to exit as well. He follows as The Joker punches and kicks Daniels, but The Fallen Angel is resourceful as he yanks Hardy by his waistline and slams him into the steel stairs.

Meanwhile, Kazarian seems to be in two minds: does he go back and help Daniels, or does he pursue K2 up on the stage. His feet seem to be taking him toward the stage, but then, as he turns his head back for a look, he sees Gambit right there in his face. Kaz panics, holding out his arms and he mouths “I wasn’t going to do anything,” but Gambit is back in his menacing mood and he levels Kaz with lefts and rights. The referee is pre-occupied by Joker and Daniels, and he focuses on them as their battle goes back in the ring. Kaz does well to fight back and scrap against Gambit, but as the ref’s back is turned, Abyss emerges from under the ring. The Monster stands at the foot of the ramp and while Kaz thinks he’s getting one over on Gambit, the Cajun Irish-whips in down the ramp and Kazarian runs straight into a Black-Hole Slam! *SMASH* right on the foot of the ramp and the audience first gasp, but then they go nuts as they see Kazarian in a world of pain. Gambit smiles as he then kick-rolls Kaz toward the ring. Abyss disappears under the ring apron again and the ref wonders over toward the ropes. He sees Gambit, who simply holds his hands up and walks back toward his own corner. Daniels goes toward where the ref is and he sees that Kaz is down and out at ringside. The ref turns his attention back to matters inside the ring and he sees Gambit reach in and tag The Joker. Daniels is preoccupied by Kaz, but the ref gets him to turn round and a fresh Gambit takes him down with a clothesline. Daniels gets up and Gambit kicks him in the gut before planting him into the canvas with a double-arm DDT! He chooses not to cover, tagging The Joker back in and Hardy enters, removing his shirt as he climbs the turnbuckles. We see Gambit exit the ring and he makes his way round to a broken Kaz. Kelly and Christy make their way down the ramp as Gambit stands by Kaz’s legs. Abyss, the monster’s head pokes out from under the ring apron to watch and simultaneously, as The Joker flies off the top turnbuckle to Swanton Daniels, Gambit lifts Kaz’s legs and lands a heavy stomp right into his nether-regions. The ref’s seen nothing of the lowest of blows and Hardy covers, hooking the leg of Daniels and picking up the One, Two and Three.

Winners and Still KWF World Tag Champs: Gambit and  Jeff ‘The Joker’ Hardy.

♫Why So Serious’ music♫ <<< click to play) hits and the audience cheer as Abyss crawls out from under the ring and gets into the squared circle. Gambit nods for Christy to go in the same direction and he holds Kelly’s hand as he guides her up the stairs, before finally joining the rest of his group in the ring. The audience cheer as the referee hands Gambit and The Joker the KWF World Tag Team Championships, but the comms can’t believe how this contest turned out. Regal: “They were miles ahead. They had a plan and they were executing. How on earth did this happen?” JR: “It was chaos from beginning to end in truth William, and while on a normal day, a faction may have slipped up and a Disqualification would have been granted, but everything illegal that Why So Serious did was behind the ref’s back and while they were legal, they had Kaz and Daniels so discombobulated that it led to mistakes and ultimately, not only have Gambit and Joker retained, but Kazarian, well he’ll never go near Kelly Kelly again.” Regal sits shaking his head, not believing what he’s seen and we watch as Why So Serious line up across the middle of the ring and their Chicks raise the Tag Team Championships.

Backstage we’re with KWF interviewer Jeremy Borash who’s standing by: “Ladies and gentlemen please welcome my guests at this time, Queen Madison Rayne and King Dolph Ziggler.” The King and Queen step into the picture. Dolph holding his scepter and a sultry looking Madison. JB: “Guys, you’re both in competition tonight, how” – JB’s interrupted by the King: “Guys?! You’re referring to wrestling Royalty as guys?! Get out of my sight!... now!” Borash promptly exits the scene, but not before Queen Madison snatches away the microphone. She holds it up to her King, who addresses us through the camera: “I suppose this is an example of how we are seen in this company. I gather that most of you do not respect our positions at the top of the KWF, but tonight, tonight everybody will see once and for all that there is no higher rank for a man than to be King!” Madison takes over. She strokes Dolph’s arm and leans forward, baring her chest a little more. She shouts: “Hey! The Queen’s eyes are up here!” The camera pans up to her face. She says: “I’ve let everyone beneath me walk on for too long and every b*tch in the locker room tonight will realize that there is no higher position for a woman than to be Queen. I’m going to win the Women’s Royal Rumble!” Dolph: “And I’m going to win the men’s Royal Rumble match. You see, since becoming King, the Royalty and the spotlight does not quite mean the same thing. I have been overlooked and while satisfied with my standing, my Queen has made me see the light. I realize now that a King must be main event. I realize that I am must-see, but the fact is that my position has been so overlooked that neither Madison or I got any television time before tonight. Well we requested this time, no, commanded it of our subjects. 2013 will be dominated by us. Tell’m my Queen.” Madison: “We have our crowns, but now we want the jewels. After I become Women’s Champion tonight, King Dolph is going to win the Royal Rumble, headline WrestleMania – and become King World Heavyweight Champion!” The King wraps his Royal robe around Madison and the two of them kiss full-on as the scene fades out.

♫It’s a shame that they lost their heads, a careless man would wind up dead…♫ <<< click to play) out comes Sheamus and Canada cheer as one for the entrance of the KWF Hardcore Champion. JR and Regal take us through clips of how this match came about. JR: “I was surprised at the challenge folks, but Alberto Del Rio seems certain that he can topple Dolph’s reign and become the new Hardcore Champion here tonight.” Regal: “Del Rio is a proud man Jim and I doubt he’d set himself up for such a huge fall. I’m sure he has a plan in mind this evening.” Sheamus is cheered loudly as he completes his entrance and then we see Ricardo Rodriguez come out on stage for the entrance of Alberto Del Rio. Del Rio is heavily booed as we’re reminded that he sucker punched KWF’s Hardcore Ambassador Mick Foley this past Wednesday night on Turmoil. Regal: “That was brilliant! I’m glad Foley finally had his trap shut, he was tearing down all of Alberto’s momentum before tonight.” JR: “Aww I don’t think that’s the case at all. Mick was trying to help Alberto, trying to make sure that he doesn’t make the mistake of taking Sheamus so lightly tonight. Del Rio wasn’t very welcoming to the advice and now he’ll have to deal with Sheamus’ wrath. I know Sheamus respects Foley a hell of a lot and how dare Alberto do that to him, the man’s about to go into the Hall of Fame!” Del Rio cautiously enters the ring, no sudden movements from Sheamus. The ref raises the Title and we are about ready for Hardcore action.

Sheamus vs. Alberto Del Rio – Hardcore match for the Hardcore Title

The bell rings and Sheamus is in no mood to play games and he storms up to Del Rio right away. Del Rio backs up toward the ropes and puts his torso between the top and middle section. Sheamus clambers over him and smashes him with an array of punches and forearm shots as Del Rio moans to the ref and demands that he pull Sheamus away. JR chuckles: “Welcome to the big leagues Del Rio. This is a Hardcore match! Rope-breaks don’t matter and neither do Disqualifications. It’s anything goes and I’ve got a feeling that Mrs Foley’s baby boy has a smile on his face right now.” Del Rio tries to escape, but as he steps out to the ring apron, Sheamus sets for his trademark forearm shots to his chest. However, Ricardo Rodriguez is at ringside and he pulls his employer by his leg, dragging him off the apron and saving him from further punishment. The fans boo, but then Sheamus exits the ring and starts toward Del Rio again. Ricardo Rodriguez makes a nuisance of himself as he gets in the way and this allows Del Rio a second to reach over the barricade and grab a steel chair. He brings it into play and waits as Sheamus pushes Rodriguez out the way. Del Rio sets to swing for the Celtic Warrior, but no, Sheamus kicks him in the gut, takes the chair from him and *WHAM* a spine-shattering chair shot on Del Rio! The audience cheer as Regal besmirches: “Dear dear dear, how barbaric. This isn’t very fair Jim.” JR: “Fair? This is what Del Rio signed up for! He knew exactly what he was getting into and Foley warned him, he told him not to underestimate the Champ and I’ll tell you something, Sheamus is a Champ that can never be overlooked in the Keystone Wrestling Federation. He’s held the Championship since SummerSlam, way back on August 19th and I agree with Mick when he said Sheamus could damn sure cut it back in the old ECW.” The Fighting Irishman stalks Del Rio as he tries to escape over the barricade and into the audience. Sheamus grabs him and ensures that he can’t get away. He then plants the steel chair on the floor and *SMACK* - behind Sheamus, we see Ricardo Rodriguez and he’s just whacked Sheamus on the back of the head with a kendo stick! The fans boo at first, but the hit seems to have had very little effect on the Hardcore Champ. Sheamus turns around and snatches the kendo stick off him. Rodriguez falls back and pleads with Sheamus not to hit him, but then Sheamus’ eyes open wide and he turns round to *WHACK* *SMACK* and *WHIP* Del Rio, over and over! The crowd love it as Sheamus eyeballs Rodriguez as if to indicate that Del Rio’s suffering this punishment on Sheamus’ behalf.

The crowd chant Sheamus’ name and again Del Rio tries to escape, this time toward the timekeepers corner. Sheamus throws the battered kendo stick to the floor and he goes after Del Rio again. The camera zooms in on the welts emerging on Del Rio’s back and the comms agree that one shot of a kendo stick from Sheamus may well strike right through a normal man and break a bone. Regal: “Thank goodness Mister Del Rio is such a fine athlete, but this level of punishment can’t be good for his career in the long haul I can tell you that for sure.” Sheamus grabs Del Rio by his trunks and he tries to pull him away from the timekeepers corner, but Del Rio turns round and he has a foreign object in hand. *DING!* He slams it right into Sheamus’ face! JR: “The ring bell! That was the ring bell! And good God, Sheamus is hurt William, the man’s bleeding!” Sheamus stumbles backward over the barrier that protects the timekeeper's corner and then *DING!* Del Rio hits him again, this time on the back of the head! The crowd can’t believe it as we watch as Del Rio then climbs over the back of Sheamus and sets to pull him back toward the ring. Regal: “Sheamus is a big boy to carry, but come on Del Rio, you’ve got him exactly where you want him!” The fans boo as Rodriguez comes over to help Del Rio in dragging Sheamus toward the ring. The fans cheer Sheamus on. ‘Let’s go Sheamus!’ *clap* *clap* *clap-clap-clap* ‘Let’s go Sheamus!’ *clap* *clap* *clap-clap-clap* and this helps the momentum shift as Sheamus awakens to push away Rodriguez and he grabs Del Rio over his own back for “White Noise!” yells JR – and it’s White Noise right on the steel chair that was originally brought into the match by Del Rio! The replays show over and over again. First we see how Del Rio busted Sheamus open with the ring bell and then we see Del Rio’s body smash into the chair with White Noise and now both men are down at ringside. The comms can’t believe how this match is going and JR admits that he was surprised at how resourceful Del Rio was to use the ring bell. Regal: “That’s the beauty of Hardcore bouts Jim. You can’t use anything to hurt your opponent and if it wasn’t for Sheamus’ burst of energy for White Noise, we may well have crowned a new Champion here.”

We watch as Rodriguez goes over to Del Rio, checking on his condition, trying to get him back in the match. But Sheamus, the man who loves to fight, he’s back on his feet and he wipes the blood from his brow. He walks toward Rodriguez and grabs him by the collar. Regal: “Aww, you got blood all over his shirt.” Rodriguez pleads and begs for Sheamus to let him go. JR: “Wait a minute, what’s this?” Over the barricade and out of the crowd comes… Rey Mysterio – and he dropkicks Sheamus right in his wound where he’s been busted open. Suddenly down the ramp come LAX and Melina and out of the audience from the timekeeper's corner comes Konnan. Rey kicks low and hard at Sheamus’ legs and we watch as Homicide climbs the barricade, runs along it and flies to land a cross body on the Hardcore Champ. Sheamus is strong however, and he’s able to catch Homicide. However, Konnan comes bursting behind Sheamus with a steel chair shot right to the legs and he chops the down the big tree. Mysterio and Homicide lay boots into the defenseless Champ and over the ramp side of the ring we see Hernandez lifting up the top part of the steel stairs. He slides it into the ring and Konnan, Rey and Homicide pick Sheamus up and throw him in. Melina helps up Rodriguez and the two of them go to help up Del Rio, who stands up with a dastardly smile on his face. The fans boo like hell as Konnan sets up the stairs, directs traffic and Hernandez amazingly lifts the Celtic Warrior into position for an almighty test of strength – and Hernandez destroys Sheamus with a Border Toss that lands Sheamus right on the steel stairs! There’s a sickening thud as Sheamus’ body hits and we watch as Konnan mouths off to him. Mysterio tells Homicide to open the ring ropes and along with Melina and Rodriguez, in comes Alberto Del Rio. The fans are stunned and JR can’t believe this: “Was this his plan all along? Is this why he was so confident?! Del Rio’s gone way over the line William, how was Sheamus supposed to compete with this?! This is a seven-on-one mauling!” Del Rio demands the referee come over and he covers Sheamus. JR: “No, not like this. How can he be proud of this, come on Del Rio, show some compassion for God’s sakes this is not right!” The referee counts Three and as Del Rio foretold, we indeed have a new KWF Hardcore Champion.

Winner and New KWF Hardcore Champion: Alberto Del Rio.

♫Del Rio’s music hits♫ <<< click to play) and the comms can’t believe what they’ve just seen. JR: “What on earth is going on? Sheamus was just mugged.” Regal: “Indeed Jim, but more to the point I have to ask what we’re seeing here? Rey Mysterio, Konnan, LAX and Melina – all of whom came out here and helped Mister Del Rio. This was certainly pre-planned, but I’d like to know how much in advance this was planned and exactly what we’re seeing. Did Del Rio pay these guys off or is this the birth of something new?” Del Rio is hoisted above Hernandez’ shoulders and he celebrates his newly ‘won’ KWF Hardcore Championship.

Backstage we’re with JB once more and this time he’s standing by with former KWF World Champion, and participant in tonight’s Royal Rumble match; CM Punk. Punk steps into the picture and Borash asks him what it was like to team with AJ Styles and John Cena this past Wednesday night on Turmoil. JB: “You’ve got history with both men and you’re set to compete with Cena tonight in the Royal Rumble match.” Punk: “That’s right JB and along with John Cena, Sting, Cody Rhodes, Zack Ryder, Samoa Joe and RVD, I’m one of many superstars going into the Royal Rumble with the goal of main eventing WrestleMania and once again becoming the Heavyweight Champion of the World. Tonight is my chance at solidifying my claim to be the Best in the World. Twenty-nine other guys go into the Rumble match, they all have one goal and they all have one common aspiration of main eventing on the grand stage and” – Punk is interrupted as John Cena steps into the picture and says: “And I’m gonna be the one who takes the whole thing.” JB steps off screen as Punk takes the mic. “What are you doing here?” Cena: “The same thing as you. I’m here to win the Rumble.” Punk: “Look I know you got this new found humbleness about you, but John I’m telling you to your face that it was just one year ago that I was screwed over at the Royal Rumble pay-per-view. You and I were wrestling for the World Championship and it was down to The UnderTaker that I lost that match. That sent me on a whirlwind where I lost to Taker at Mania and went on the longest losing streak in KWF history. I climbed my way back to the top, won the Title declared myself Best in the World and in 2013 a Royal Rumble victory is going to help me do all that again – and more.” Cena smirks: “I’m not here to recap our history. All I’m focused on is the next big match and you better realize that it’s not a level playing field out there. I’ve won a WWE Rumble match and I know what it takes to be able to take the hits, duck, cover and ensure that I’m the last man standing. But good luck out there, I’m sure I’ll be seeing you at some point.” Cena exits the scene and JB comes back on. Punk gives him the mic back, looking puzzled in Cena’s direction. JB: “Did Cena just wish you good luck?” Punk: “Yeah. Weird right?”

♫AJ Lee’s music hits♫ <<< click to play) and she heads to the ring, skipping all the way with the KWF Women's Title around her waist. She is followed by the likes of Mickie James, Melina, Maryse, Natalya and the rest of the Chicks locker room. Queen Madison is booed upon her entrance and the last two to enter are Angelina Love and Velvet Sky, The Beautiful People. They have huge smiles on their faces, and Velvet is wiping sweat from her brow. JR: “Hold on just a minute here. There's only 14 women in that ring. Someone's missing.” The crowd gasp as we see on the tron that Kaitlyn has been laid out backstage. There's medical staff on the scene, but she's down and out. JR: “My God! Did... did The Beautiful People just do that? Did they take out Kaitlyn?! Those damn devious jezebels!” Regal: “Technically nothing wrong with that Jim. The match hasn't started yet. Remember, The BP did say on Wednesday that they would ensure that neither AJ or Kaitlyn would be victorious tonight, and they're halfway there before the battle royal has begun.” AJ looks upset, but that soon turns to anger as she forces the match to begin by attacking Angelina Love.

Chick Rumble – AJ Lee vs. Mickie James vs. Melina vs. Maryse vs. Queen Madison w/ King Dolph vs. Gail Kim vs. Natalya vs. Beth Phoenix vs. Nikki Bella vs. Brie Bella vs. Eve Torres vs. Layla vs. Angelina Love vs. Velvet Sky – Over-the-top-rope Battle Royal for the KWF Women's Championship

The bell rings and all hell breaks loose. AJ is pounding Love in the corner, and Velvet has been set upon by Mickie James. Melina is trading blows with Natalya, Gail Kim is struggling with Layla, The Bellas are doubling up on Beth Phoenix, while Maryse and Madison are trying to get Eve out early on. The camera is concentrated on AJ and Angelina's battle though, with AJ not showing much interest in throwing her foe over the top rope, but she is just hurling rights on the Beautiful Person. JR: “Such anger from AJ, she knows that Angelina and Velvet just took out her best friend Kaitlyn, and now it's payback time!” Regal: “She could regret this later. Passion is a good thing, but she's got to be smart and get Angelina out of that ring as soon as possible.” JR asks Regal who he thinks is going to win, and he unsurprisingly champions his belief that the British Invasion's Layla will emerge victorious. Moments later, she is thrown out of the ring by Mickie James and is the first Chick eliminated. Layla is eliminated. Velvet has dragged AJ off Angelina and they are trying to double team the Champ, but they are then attacked from behind by Nikki and Brie Bella. The Twins take a Beautiful Person each and hit them with forearm shots. JR: “Well Angelina and Velvet took out Kaitlyn so that they would have a numbers advantage, but they didn't reckon with the team of The Bellas!” The fans are cheering them on, but the tide is soon turned and Angelina manages to dump Nikki over and out, before helping Velvet to do the same with Brie. Nikki and Brie Bella are eliminated. Regal comments that The Beautiful People just cemented themselves as favorites, which JR begrudgingly agrees with. Meanwhile, Gail Kim comes close to eliminating Melina, but can't quite get the job done. Eve is trying to eliminate Beth but isn't strong enough to get her over the ropes. Mickie James is trading shots with Queen Madison, who has King Dolph shouting support to her from the outside. The comms tell that the King and Queen have made their intentions clear for 2013 and they want Championship jewelry to go with their crowns at the top of the KWF. Maryse is impressing, and Regal comments on it as she is close to throwing Natalya out. JR: “A battle of Canadians here, and the French Miss is close to getting Nattie outta there.” However, Natalya lands on the apron, before pulling Maryse over the top rope with her. They punch and kick one another on the edge of the apron, but one big shot from Nattie sends Maryse back into the ropes and springs out to the floor. Maryse is eliminated.

Natalya gets back in the ring and heads over to Beth Phoenix. There is an intriguing battle emerging between AJ and Gail Kim as two of the best competitors in the Chicks Division show off their skills. Gail goes for a clothesline, but AJ ducks to avoid it, before kicking Gail in the gut. She then comes off the ropes and goes for a swinging neckbreaker, but Kim reverses it into a DDT. Mickie comes close to eliminating Angelina, but Velvet intercepts and The BP remain intact. Eve and Nattie are trying to get Beth out, but our attention comes back to AJ and Gail Kim as AJ is up against the ropes. Kim runs at her, but AJ uses the ropes to leap up and wrap her legs around Kim's head, before a hurracanrana sends Gail over the top and out of the ring. Gail Kim is eliminated. AJ is showing everyone why she's Champion, but before long she is set upon by Velvet and Angelina again. It is practically a handicap match. She rallies and fights back against both of them, but the numbers game is a factor and between them they dump her over the top rope. However, AJ keeps hold of the top rope and dangles, before she skins the cat and pulls herself back in. She then hits a double clothesline on Velvet and Angelina as the fans cheer loud. Meanwhile, we see another elimination on the far side as Eve sets up Melina on the ropes, before running up to try and clothesline her, but Melina pulls the top rope down and Eve flies out. Eve Torres is eliminated. JR comments on Melina being part of the clan that aided Alberto Del Rio to win the Hardcore Title from Sheamus a little earlier on. Regal: “She was a key part of that plan from Del Rio, and if I were to hire a devilish Chick to help me win matches like that, Melina would probably be top of my list too. She's very clever and a tremendous competitor.” However, Regal's commentator curse hits again as Melina gets cocky and attempts to throw AJ out, but gets a headscissors for her trouble and before she knows it she is on the arena floor. Melina is eliminated.

JR: “AJ Lee is putting on one hell of a show here as she looks to do the near impossible and retain her Title in a Chick Rumble!” Lee tries to get a breather as Mickie James is going up against Velvet. She is doing well, but once Angelina floors Natalya, she joins her BP partner and between them, they manage to get Miss Hardcore Country up, over the top rope and out. Mickie James is eliminated. They have no time to celebrate though as they are grabbed by Beth Phoenix, who slams their heads together. The crowd cheer, but she is soon attacked by Madison Rayne. The Queen Bee starts hitting her with shots, but she does little damage to the Glamazon. Rayne is shot a harrowing glare by Phoenix, and backs off. But she isn't allowed to get far as Beth lifts her up in a gorilla press. Madison cries out “No!!! Put me down! I am Royalty!” Phoenix does eventually put her down, but walking to the ropes and dumping her all the way to the outside, with Madison landing right on top of Dolph Ziggler. The King tries keeping his balance, but he falls and as his crown falls, Rayne’s feet hit the floor and the Queen is out of the match. Queen Madison is eliminated. Phoenix dusts her hands off but takes too long to stare back at Madison. Angelina and Velvet race over and together they just about manage to lift The Glamazon over and throw her out of the Rumble. Beth Phoenix is eliminated. We are now down to the final four. AJ Lee, Natalya, Velvet Sky and Angelina Love. JR: “Well it seems AJ has someone to help her as Natalya looks like she's got her sights set on Velvet Sky. AJ then locks up with Angelina, and they start to trade moves. The Champ throws Love against the ropes, but Angelina comes back and hits a swinging neckbreaker. Meanwhile, Natalya is close to getting Velvet out. She has her perched in the corner and is trying to push her out, but Sky is holding on for dear life. However, Love gets across and makes the save. Sky is able to get down and they hit a double suplex on Nattie. AJ is getting up again and so Love makes her way back over. She tries to throw Lee out, but again the Champ holds onto the ropes and stays in the contest. Velvet throws Nattie out to the apron, and as earlier, she holds on and stays on the edge of the apron. She tries to do the same to Velvet as she did to Maryse earlier, but it doesn't come off as Velvet blocks her and then kicks out her legs, causing Nattie to fall and smack her head off the apron. Natalya is eliminated.

Velvet raises her arms as the fans boo, but they're not booing for long as AJ has floored Angelina, and she races over to grab Velvet from behind, before launching her over the top rope and out of the ring. Velvet Sky is eliminated. JR: “Brilliant from AJ! She didn't allow the handicap situation to materialize, and now it's between her and Angelina Love!” The two of them circle one another, with Love looking noticeably concerned that Velvet isn't there to help her. They lock up again and again start to trade moves as the comms remind us that this is a showdown like when these two Chicks faced off at KWF WrestleMania last year. AJ heads against the ropes, but gets taken down with a tilt-o-whirl backbreaker. The fans boo as Love's confidence seems to return, and Velvet is sticking around on the outside to shout encouragement to her fellow Beautiful Person. Love picks AJ up and sets her for a Botox Injection, but as she goes to hit it, AJ ducks and rolls her up in a School Girl roll-up of Doom. Regal questions that logic as pinfalls are irrelevant, but we soon see the method in the madness as AJ has turned it into a slingshot position, and she sends Angelina over the top rope. However, Velvet races across and as Love lands on the apron, Velvet holds onto her to help her keep her balance. Love composes herself, and hits Lee as she comes across to finish the job. AJ is holding her face as Love comes back through the ropes. Lee goes at her again, but Love ducks. AJ runs into the ropes and stops, but then gets smacked in the face with a Botox Injection! Velvet times it and pulls down the top rope, causing Lee to fall to the outside and the reigning Champ is out!

Winner and New KWF Women’s Champion: Angelina Love.

Boos ring all around the arena as ♫The Beautiful People’s music hits♫ <<< click to play) and an excited Velvet Sky races to the timekeeper's corner to collect the Belt. She gets in the ring and hands it to Angelina Love, before raising her hand as Love is announced as the new Women's Champion. Regal: “Their plan worked! They fulfilled their promise, and good on them! The most dominant duo in Women's wrestling, and now they have the Gold to prove it.” JR: “Well Angelina always acted like Champion when Kaitlyn held the Belt, but now she actually owns it outright. I don't like how involved Velvet continued to be even after she was eliminated, but there are no disqualifications in a Rumble, so Angelina Love is Champion. Poor AJ.” Lee sits on the outside looking distraught, as JR mentions that it has been a horrible night for fans of the Chickbusters. Regal: “And have you noticed Jim? Every single Title that has been on the line tonight has changed hands. That doesn't bode well for AJ Styles.”

We head backstage where JB is walking the halls. He catches up with a celebrating Alberto Del Rio, who has the Hardcore Title over his shoulder and is drinking champagne with Ricardo Rodriguez, LAX, Rey Mysterio and some random Latino girls. Borash asks him about his Title victory over Sheamus in what is being regarded as an 'upset'. Del Rio: “Upset? Upset? When Alberto Del Rio steps in the ring, the only upset is if he is not walking out with his arm raised and a Title over his shoulder. Everybody underestimated me because they thought Sheamus was such a big scary guy, but compared to this man (he pats Hernandez on the shoulder), Sheamus is a little girl, a little red-headed Irish girl with no Championship.” They all laugh as JB asks him why LAX, Rey, Konnan and Melina all got involved. Del Rio: “It could not be more simple. We all spent 2012 being patient, waiting for chances that Edge would never give us. And so we decided to take things into our own hands. Homicide and Hernandez were never given a straight up Tag Title match against The Dudleys. Rey had to practically beg to get the X-Division Title rematch he was contractually due. Melina has been overlooked in the Chick Division because she doesn’t lower herself to show her glorious body, unlike them slutty perro’s elsewhere in the Women’s locker room. And of course yours truly has been denied opportunities time and again, but I created my own opportunity tonight, and I took it, which is why I am a Champion! I am a self made man, and we have taken it upon ourselves to no longer wait for our chances, but to just take whatever we want. We have made our own destiny tonight. Alberto Del Rio’s destiny to be a Champion.” All of a sudden, Wade Barrett walks on the scene. He tells Del Rio that he can clink glasses with his new team about winning the Hardcore Title, but Barrett himself is about to win the Royal Rumble to book his place in the main event at WrestleMania. Del Rio doesn't take kindly to the interruption and squares up to Barrett. “You are looking at the new Latin American eXchange, and if you and your band of British losers have a problem with us, you know what you can do about it ese.” Barrett shakes his head and leaves the scene as Del Rio sees him off, and then stares intently at the camera. We head back to JR and Regal at ringside. JR: “Well, it seems we have a new faction in the KWF. Alberto Del Rio, Rey Mysterio, Homicide, Hernandez, Konnan and Melina, and it appears they wish to collectively be known under the Latin American eXchange name.” Regal: “I do hope Wade heeds his warning. The British Invasion are on the cusp of greatness themselves, but LAX look to be an incredible assortment of superstars. No doubt about it, the make-up of the KWF gets more and more interesting by the week.” JR: “We'll have to wait and see how this plays out, but now it's time for our KWF World Heavyweight Title match, a hotly anticipated encounter between The Phenomenal AJ Styles and Brock Lesnar.”

We see the video we were treated to at the beginning of the night chronicling the return of Brock Lesnar. We see Styles celebrating his latest win against CM Punk at Starrcade, and then fading into darkness, followed by the huge figure of Brock Lesnar, whose ♫music hits♫ <<< click to play). We are then reminded of his return to the KWF as he stormed the ring to F5 the World Champion and put an exclamation mark on his intentions. The following week, AJ questioned Edge for re-signing Lesnar, but after a conversation between the two, the on-looking Lesnar once again hit Styles with an F5. The following week, Edge had repercussions for Lesnar, having him face The Monster Abyss in the main event. While Styles no-showed that night, Why So Serious took their opportunity to take down the Ultimate Fighter. Then this past Wednesday night on Turmoil we saw Styles accused of being scared by Kurt Angle. The Champion dismissed this both verbally, and then physically as he tried to get a piece of Lesnar in the six-man tag main event. That night ended with a huge brawl in and around the ring, setting us up nicely for the 2013 KWF Royal Rumble!

We come back into the arena where the anticipation is electric. As a result, the fans go crazy when ♫the music of AJ Styles hits♫ <<< click to play) and The Phenomenal One enters. He flicks his hood back and flings his arms out as the pyro showers behind him. He heads to the ring looking really fired up as the crowd cheer him on. JR: “AJ Styles is coming off the back of two of the greatest World Title matches I have ever seen against CM Punk. The Ironman match at Survivor Series was incredible, as was their single fall rematch at Starrcade, but this could arguably be Styles' biggest test in the KWF. Brock Lesnar has hit him with two F5's since his return, and as Kurt Angle alluded to last week on Turmoil, that could be playing on his mind.” Regal: “No doubt it will be, and for my money, AJ Styles is very much the underdog here.” ♫Lesnar’s music hits♫ <<< click to play) and The Ultimate Fighter heads out to the squared circle. He’s booed heavily upon his entrance as JR says that the majority of the locker room would probably side in favor of the Champ here. JR: “Brock was brought back to the KWF by Edge and he got a Title shot right away. The superstars in Title pursuit didn’t like that and now I’m guessing that they hope Styles wins this and sends him to the back of the line.” Regal: “Yes, but Brock didn’t get this match just because it was a contractual negotiation. Edge knows what he’s got, a huge commodity and a main event ticket seller. It was a win-win situation for Brock, the KWF and for the status of the Championship. And if we take into account Panther’s words about Edge’s perspective on this whole thing, then we’re going to enjoy one hell of a run toward WrestleMania, the grandest stage of all.” Lesnar bounces on the spot in the ring as the ref checks his gear for foreign objects. He looks confidently in the direction of Styles and we’re just about set for our main event World Title encounter. Justin Roberts officially announces both men, as the ref raises the prize and the bell is soon ringing to signal the start of this contest.

AJ Styles vs. Brock Lesnar – KWF World Heavyweight Championship

Both men stand across from one another as there is a big fight feel here. Lesnar rolls his head and tries to look as menacing as possible, while Styles just stares at him, trying not to look intimidated. Styles shows no fear by heading straight into the lock-up, but Lesnar launches him back into the corner. He flexes his muscles and smiles back at the KWF Champion, who dusts himself down, but to his credit, goes again without hesitation. However, the same thing happens again. Styles starts to look frustrated, but as he goes for another lock up, he changes tact and ducks under Lesnar's arms before firing him with rights. However, they don't faze Brock much and he blocks them, before grabbing AJ around the waist and throwing him across the ring in a huge belly-to-belly suplex. From this point Lesnar is in control. He completely dominates Styles in the opening few minutes as he works him over with power moves. As he does, JR brings up the matter of Lesnar being handed this Title opportunity by Edge: “A lot of questions have been asked of our General Manager concerning why Brock was signed to a contract and given a Title match straight away, especially when we have so many talented guys on the roster who have been busting their guts to get such a chance.” Regal: “You can't think of it like that Jim. I may not like the guy, but Panther had it right on Wednesday. He explained to AJ how Lesnar's re-appearance in the KWF was purely business for Edge. He may be the Rated R Superstar, but he also has a duty to the KWF Board to boost ratings and get huge buy-rates for pay-per-views like tonight. People might not like it, but Brock Lesnar puts more eyes on the KWF, and I guarantee there are a number of people watching this show purely to see if he can win the KWF Championship tonight. The way he's started here, there's no 'if' about it.” Lesnar is dominating, despite AJ's attempts to rally. Brock soon takes things to the outside, hoping to utilize the environment around the ring. He picks Styles up and drops him onto the barrier. He is working methodically and slowly, but is doing great damage to the Champion, who is visibly struggling. The referee orders him to get it back in the ring, but he ignores him and fires Styles towards the steel steps. However, AJ leaps over them. Lesnar goes to retrieve the situation, but AJ turns and dropkicks the steps right into the knees of Lesnar, and for the first time, Styles has hurt the challenger. He takes his chance and leaps up onto the barrier, before moonsaulting back, landing on his feet behind Lesnar and driving the back of his head into the arena floor with a reverse DDT. The fans cheer as Styles looks reinvigorated. Lesnar is flat out on the floor for the first time in this match, and the action is soon back in the ring.

The match has become much more even now, and Lesnar seems to be feeling AJ's offense more after that DDT. He can't quite get a hold back on the contest as he attempts to throw Styles around the ring, but AJ keeps coming back with resilient right hands. However, Lesnar slows things down as he grabs a running AJ and clamps on a bear hug. Styles struggles but before too long it is clear that he's fading. The official keeps an eye on him, and soon checks that he is still conscious. He raises the arm, but AJ keeps his arm in the air and claps his arms together across Lesnar's head, getting free. He fights back, hitting some rights, and then goes for a bodyslam, but Lesnar elbows him away, before grabbing his arm and taking him down in a Kimura arm lock. Styles is in pain and can't get free this time. He looks close to tapping, but refuses the give up. Lesnar keeps the hold on as JR shouts “He's gonna break his damn arm! AJ Styles looks close to tapping so that he can live to fight another day. Lesnar could end his career here!” But Styles shows his resilience and reaches out with his foot, just about managing to hook the bottom rope. The referee orders the release, but Brock smirks arrogantly, waiting until the ref has counted to Four. Brock gets up, ready to continue the battle, but Regal makes an observation that he's also starting to look quite tired. “Remember, in the UFC he was used to fighting in five minute bursts, but this has been a continuous battle with no let-up.” JR: “Indeed, and with the stamina and sheer resilience of the KWF World Champion, it does seem that Brock is fading.” He tries to wear Styles down some more, but AJ has an answer for everything. Lesnar throws him over the top rope to try and get some breathing time, but Styles lands on the apron, before springing back off the top rope and hitting a Flying Forearm Smash! The crowd go wild as JR yells: “Now that’s Phenomenal!” He covers, but Lesnar powers out. Styles is upping the tempo and springs back off the middle rope for another attack, but Lesnar catches him and hits a spinebuster! He covers, only for AJ to kick out at Two and a half. Lesnar has finally managed to ground Styles again, and the confidence has returned to his face. He smiles towards the booing crowd, and signals that it is time to put this to bed. He picks up a limp Styles, and lifts him up onto his shoulders. Regal: “Here we go again. F5 time!” JR: “If he hits this then we have a new Champion, we’ll crown a new Champion right here tonight at the Royal Rumble!” Brock gets AJ up in F5 position and he roars as he knows this is game over. He throws him off, but Styles lands on his feet before *BAM!* Pele!!! Styles nails Lesnar with a Pele, and Brock is on his back out cold it seems. Styles slowly gets to his feet, and under the cheering of the fans, slowly pulls his way up to the top rope. He throws his arms out again, and flies off to connect with a Spiral Tap! He hooks the big leg of Lesnar as the official counts One... Two... “Oh my God!” says Regal as AJ Styles gets THREE!!!

Winner and Still KWF World Heavyweight Champion: AJ Styles!

JR: “Styles wins! Styles wins! Styles wins! Against all the odds, against arguably the most dangerous opponent he’s had to date, AJ Styles has beaten Brock Lesnar and retained the KWF World Heavyweight Championship!” Regal: “What an incredible encounter. For so long I thought Brock had him exactly where he wanted, but credit to this man. AJ Styles just will not give up. God he’s proved something to me tonight. It takes some balls to go at it with Lesnar and not only did AJ do it, but he’s won Jim, AJ’s retained the Gold!” Styles is exhausted, but has enough energy to get to his feet as the referee hands him his strap. He raises the KWF Title above his head as the fans are on their feet to cheer his name. ♫His music hits♫ <<< click to play) blares out around the arena as he heads up the ramp. He raises the Title again on the stage, and we see that Brock has recovered, sitting on the canvas and holding his head. He is visibly enraged as he realizes that his shot at the top Belt in this industry has gone. JR: “Brock may not like it, but AJ Styles is still the KWF World Champion, what a match!”

We come to a video of two guys watching a football match. It's the New Orleans Saints against the Carolina Panthers, and we soon see that the two guys are KWF superstars Panther and Gambit. They're shouting at the screen after a play, and Gambit throws a yellow flag in the air. Panther: “No way man! That was clean!” Gambit: “You crazy homme? Foul on that play!” Panther puts his snacks down and stands up. “Oh yeah?!” Gambit does the same. “Yeah!” Panther: “You want to take this outside?” Gambit: “I wouldn't want to embarrass you in your own street homme.” They continue to argue and the video moves on into shots of several KWF superstars in action. The voiceover comes in. “On the last stop on the Road to WrestleMania, there are chances for the top stars in the KWF to make their final push to be at the Greatest Show on Earth.” The action ends on AJ Styles, before coming back to Panther and Gambit, who have both kitted themselves out in a full football uniform of their favorite teams. They get into line of scrimmage before charging at one another. The video slams into the logo for KWF SuperBrawl, Live February 24th, only on KWF Blogs!

We’re at ringside and the crowd are on their feet as Justin Roberts is standing in the middle of the ring. “Ladies and gentlemen, it is now time for the Rrrrroyal Rrrrrrumble match! This contest will begin with two participants, and then every ninety seconds a new competitor will come down to the ring, until all thirty superstars have entered. One can only be eliminated by being thrown over the top rope and have both feet touch the ground. The winner will be the last man remaining and will receive a KWF World Heavyweight Title opportunity in the main event of WrestleMania!” The fans cheer as they eagerly await the First entrant. ♫Big Show’s music hits♫ <<< click to play) and JR and Regal tell of how this means that we’re about to be well and truly on the Road to WrestleMania. They explain how Big Show became the number one entrant. JR: “An Intercontinental Title challenge match was made because Orton wanted to be in the Rumble tonight. It was an open invitation to anyone in the locker room, but the stipulation was that the loser of the match would enter the Royal Rumble at number One. Big Show stepped up to the plate, but Randy was successful in overcoming the Giant. The Viper will slither into the Rumble later, but William, I wonder who’s going to join Big Show as the second entrant into the 2013 Royal Rumble?” Regal: “It doesn’t matter who it is Jim. Big Show knew of the number One stipulation and it didn’t faze him one bit. The man’s a Giant and he can pick off one superstar at a time, and on that notion, this may well be the shortest Royal Rumble of all time.” The bell rings and the clock winds down as we anticipate the number Two entrant. Regal continues to talk up what Big Show’s obvious strategy will be, but then as the clock strikes zero… ♫music hits♫ <<< click to play) and out comes The Monster Abyss!

30-man Royal Rumble match

Regal: “Abyss?! Abyss is at number Two?! KWF’s Rumble begins with a collision between the proverbial irresistible force and the immoveable object?! Jim this is huge!” JR: “Quite literally William and all those strategic thoughts that may have crossed Big Show’s mind have just gone out the window. What a start we have to the Royal Rumble!” Big Show isn’t pleased at all to see Abyss and the crowd are on their feet as these two behemoths come face to face. They lock up and Show slams a forearm in Abyss’ chest. Abyss pushes him back and they lock up again, pushing, trying to out-power one another and the fans are heavily behind Abyss. Regal: “Canadians, they’re bloody bonkers.” The test of strength continues for the moment and Show tries to administer a side headlock, but Abyss counters and lifts his opponent into spinebuster position. An impressive achievement, but the weight is too much and Big Show punches him in the mask so that he’s forced to put him down. Abyss throws a punch and Show reels backward. Show comes back with a punch of his own and Abyss reels backward. To and fro they go, but then the time clock winds down to the final ten seconds and while the resistance continues in the ring, the audience look as one toward the stage. JR: “Who’s out at number Three?” Entry No. 3: ♫Music hits♫ <<< click to play) and next out is X-Division superstar Austin Aries! The self-proclaimed Greatest Man That Ever Lived is slow to come down the ramp and he watches slyly before a ref tells him to get in the ring. He slowly slides in under the bottom rope, but as he does, the animals smell his fear and the crowd is electric as Abyss and Big Show turn their heads toward their Aries-prey. Abyss starts toward him, but Show pulls his arm as if to say that he wants Aries first. However, Aries begs Shows interest and he seems like he’s trying to negotiate. JR: “What’s he doing William?” Regal: “I think he’s trying to get Big Show on his side and have the two of them team up on Abyss. This might actually work. Aries and Show tagged a couple of times toward the back end of last year and they didn’t look half bad.” We watch as Aries suddenly dives at Abyss’ feet and he clutches onto them to perhaps hold the monster like a bear claw. The crowd laugh, perhaps believing that this won’t work. Big Show seems to have taken up Aries offer though and he strides toward Abyss to level him with the Knock-out Punch! JR: “Good God what a shot! Abyss is down ladies and gentlemen, Abyss is down!” Regal: “He is Jim, but how is one supposed to lift that weight from the canvas and over the top rope?!”

Aries and Show look at Abyss asking themselves the very same question. The countdown clock is in its final ten seconds and the fans cheer as Entry No. 4: Kofi Kingston, comes out to explosive pyro’s on the stage. The popular Ghanaian has a spring in his step as he makes his way to the ring. He gets in and starts toward Aries, but Aries tells him to help lift up Abyss. Kofi sets to help, but then he forces Aries by the head and tries to throw him over the top rope. Aries counters though, elbowing Kingston away and he then runs against the ropes to come back and deck Kofi with a double-sledge. The fans boo as Regal talks up Aries chances to win this match: “He’s an underdog for sure, but he’s ring-savvy and arrogant enough to be able to last the whole encounter.” Aries lifts up Kofi, but then turns to see that Big Show has done well to get Abyss vertical. Aries goes over to help Show as the clock winds down and next out is Entry No. 5: ♫Music hits♫ <<< click to play) and out comes Drew McIntyre. The crowd boo as Regal tells of how glad he is to see him. The Scotsman gets into the ring and instantly goes back and forth with Kofi. Both of them smart, keeping the battle in the center of the ring to avoid any chance of elimination. We watch as Aries begins to become too aggravated at his and Show’s failure to eliminate Abyss. He shoves Show and all of a sudden the tide turns as Show lifts Aries into chokeslam position! However, Drew McIntyre comes from behind to clobber Show and Abyss is back to full awareness now too. Kingston joins in and suddenly it’s a three-on one situation. The fans have their eyes locked on this scenario, and meanwhile the clock winds down and the buzzer sounds for Entry No. 6: Eric Young! EY makes his way toward the ring, but he doesn’t get in. He claps hands with fans around ringside and then he sees a Whale of a man almost hanging off the top rope. Young asks the fans what he should do and then he sets to ‘lock up’ with Big Show. Show tries to use Young to stabilize himself, but while Young pulls, behind him Show has superstars lifting and pushing. Austin Aries joins in also and moments later, the number One Royal Rumble entrant is eliminated! Big Show is eliminated. Regal: “Wow, look at that Jim, what an impressive show from Drew McIntyre!” JR: “McIntyre?! He was involved along with Abyss, Kofi and Aries, but the catalyst to the move here in my opinion was Eric Young. EY was the key ingredient and folks remember, it’s every man for himself in the Rumble, but instances such as this one are bound to occur – the smaller guys teaming up on the bigger superstars to try give themselves the better chance of a victory.”

Young waves to the fans in celebration after eliminating Show, but has to make a run for it as Show gets up and he looks less than pleased. Three referees surround him though and EY survives Big Show’s wrath, climbing on the apron and setting himself to get into the match officially. Meanwhile back in the ring, we watch as the superstars back up and realize that they have another near-seven-footer to deal with, but this time it’s The Monster Abyss. Abyss urges them to attack and the buzzer goes for Entry No. 7: ♫Music hits♫ <<< click to play). JR: “And next out to join the Royal Rumble ladies and gentlemen is CM Punk!” The crowd go wild at seeing Punk jog down to the ring, but as he slides in, we see EY jump off the top turnbuckle – right onto the back of Abyss. Young looks like he wants to set up a Sleeper hold, but Abyss overpowers him, lifts him to be across his shoulder blades and *BAM* Shock Treatment! Eric Young is down and out! A portion of the fans boo as JR says: “Poor EY, a clear fan favorite, but Abyss doesn’t care about that. In true Why So Serious fashion, they just love to piss people off.”  The action goes on as CM Punk gets into the ring and he and Kofi team up on Abyss. McIntyre and Aries set themselves to join in, but Entry No. 8: Samoa Joe comes out and Aries and McIntyre look set to team up on Joe. Regal talks up how much of a key part McIntyre is set to play in trying to achieve a Royal Rumble victory for Wade Barrett. JR though reminds us that Barrett’s not in until number 30 and McIntyre may well be eliminated by then. Joe receives a rousing reception from the crowd and he jabs at Aries in the corner before jumping to land a picture perfect side volley. Joe then gets Aries into Muscle Buster position, but Regal says: “What are you playing at? Eliminate him, the Muscle Buster won’t do any good.” Just as Joe steps out to complete the move though, Kofi Kingston suddenly storms over and performs Trouble in Paradise – right on Aries! The momentum takes Aries flying off Joe’s shoulders and we hear a loud thud at ringside as Austin Aries is eliminated. Austin Aries is eliminated. Abyss meanwhile picks up Eric Young and he sends him over the top rope. Eric Young is eliminated. *BZZZZ!* goes the buzzer and Entry No. 9: The Miz, comes running down to the ring. We see somewhat of a stand-off between Kingston and Joe, but they don’t come to blows because The Miz comes in and attacks Kofi from behind. Punk goes for The Miz and meanwhile Abyss corners Drew McIntyre. He lays into him with hard rights and then lifts him to try to eliminate him from the match. Joe picks up Kingston and jabs at him, quick fiery punches and then he sends him against the ropes. When Kofi comes back Joe performs a back body drop and casually walks out of the way – but Kingston lands on his feet! Kofi and Joe come face to face again and the two of them seem to be exchanging words.

The audience count down the timer and next Entry No. 10: out comes the X-Division’s Alex Shelley. He sprints to the ring and climbs the apron. He throws a couple of punches in McIntyre’s direction, but Abyss shoves him to the floor. JR: “He’s not eliminated because he never got in the ring!” Shelley gets up and climbs the stairs, making his way to the top turnbuckle. Abyss loses control of McIntyre and as McIntyre escapes, he goes over to Shelley and trips him from off the buckle. Shelley lands awkwardly as he hits the canvas and Regal says: “That’s the way Drew, welcome to the Royal Rumble Mister Shelley.” We watch as a four-way melee ensues between Joe, Punk, Miz and Kingston. *BZZZZ!* goes the buzzer and Entry No. 11: ♫Ain’t no stoppin’ Me, noowww!♫ <<< click to play). Shelton Benjamin makes his way down to the ring. The former Thundercat goes toe to toe with former World Champion CM Punk. Elsewhere in the ring, Kofi tries to calm the situation between him, Joe and Miz. He locks eyes with Joe and then nods in the direction of Abyss. The Monster is dealing with a fallen Shelley and a resilient Drew McIntyre. Joe seems to be in agreement with Kofi, but then they have to try and entice Miz to get in on the action. The Miz refuses, but Joe and Kofi go to attack Abyss anyway. McIntyre joins in, as does Alex Shelley and it looks like they all might be successful – until The Monster shoves the lot of them away. The Miz then suddenly storms toward Abyss, but he’s caught with a Black-Hole Slam! The crowd go wild, but then we hear a mass of boos as *BZZZZ!* goes the buzzer and Entry No. 12: ♫King Dolph’s music hits♫ <<< click to play). The 2012 KWF King of the Ring looks confident as he makes his way to the squared circle. We watch as Shelton Benjamin and Drew McIntyre go at it, and meanwhile Punk is smart to pick the bones of The Miz and he sends him over the top rope. The Miz is eliminated. Punk then faces off with Samoa Joe and the two come together to battle it out in the middle of the ring. JR reminds us that Joe entered tonight at number Eight, the very same number he entered three years ago when he won the first ever KWF Rumble match. King Dolph goes after Abyss, the mighty King trying to slay him down, but the crowd count the clock down and next out is Entry No. 13: ♫Rob Van Dam, the Whole F’n Show!♫ <<< click to play). RVD thumb-taunts casually before running down to the ring. He levels Drew McIntyre with a spinning wheel kick and as King Dolph lifts Abyss’ legs, RVD goes against the ropes and comes back to flip over the back of Dolph and perform a modified Rolling Thunder right up into the face off Abyss. The momentum takes The Monster over the top rope and Van Dam goes with him! Abyss and Rob Van Dam are eliminated. Dolph celebrates as if he’s the one to have taken them out.

Shelton Benjamin comes over to get himself a piece of the King, hitting PayDirt and taking Dolph down. The fans cheer, but then boo as Drew McIntyre looks to eliminate Kofi Kingston. Alex Shelley interferes though and Drew is forced to release Kofi. Shelley tries to take Drew up and over for Sliced Bread, but as he’s half way through the move, CM Punk catches the Machine Gun and *BAM* nails him with the GTS! Samoa Joe then grabs Shelley and dumps his former tag partner out of the ring. Alex Shelley is eliminated. The fans count down from ten and *BZZZZ!* goes the buzzer as Entry No. 14: Mr. Anderson, makes his entrance. Anderson throws his baseball cap to the fans and he removes his t-shirt before running down to the ring and getting himself a piece of King Dolph. He tries to eliminate him, and we see that Samoa Joe is trying to eliminate Shelton, and Drew McIntyre is giving his all to take out CM Punk. The comms use this time to take us through split-screen replays of the eliminations so far. We’re reminded how Big Show was first in and first out of the Rumble. How Aries saw Trouble in Paradise on his way out and how Rob Van Dam sacrificed himself to eliminate Abyss. Regal: “An old Hardcore rivalry coming to light there and I don’t think Van Dam expected to launch himself that high.” JR: “Oh certainly not, but nevertheless, both superstars are out of the match. What a Rumble it’s been so far folks and I wonder who’s about to enter at the half way point?” *BZZZZ!* ♫Music hits♫ <<< click to play) and Entry No. 15: is The Icon Sting! The 2011 KWF Royal Rumble winner is here! The crowd go wild as the Stinger gets into the ring and immediately eliminates Drew McIntyre. Regal: “Hey!” We see Mr. Anderson going at it with Samoa Joe now and Shelton Benjamin performs a Stinger Splash on King Dolph. He sees Sting and directs traffic with help from the fans as Sting performs the original Stinger Splash and JR chuckles at how ironic it is that Dolph’s recently brought that move into his arsenal on WWE House Shows. Shelton goes for a third on the King, but Dolph moves and Shelton leaps atop the top rope. An amazing show of balance and athleticism, but the King turns around to trip Benjamin and launch him all the way down to ringside. Shelton Benjamin is eliminated. The fans boo Benjamin’s elimination as the clock winds down and Entry No. 16: is none other than the Olympic Gold Medalist Kurt Angle! The crowd cheer as Angle runs down to the ring. Mr. Anderson meanwhile eliminates Kofi Kingston. Kofi Kingston is eliminated. Kurt Angle comes in and grabs Mr. Anderson from behind to throw him for a German suplex. We see Sting concentrating on Dolph, trying to eliminate him and meanwhile there’s a stand-off in the middle of the ring as we witness a moment where Kurt Angle, CM Punk and Samoa Joe tentatively approach one another in this amazing Rumble encounter. Punk throws the first punch toward Angle, but Joe catches his arm and counters to turn him into a Kokina Clutch! Joe tries to take him to the canvas, but Angle trips him forward to administer an Ankle Lock! This then leads to Punk getting out of the Kokina and countering Joe with an Anaconda Vise! The crowd go nuts as JR says that this is exactly why these are three of the very best wrestlers in the industry. Entry No. 17: R-Truth comes down and as he gets into the ring, King Dolph escapes from Sting, and runs to eliminate Truth in a matter of seconds. R-Truth is eliminated. And Sting steps toward Angle, grabs him to release the Ankle Lock and *BAM* Scorpion DeathDrop from The Icon! JR: “Good Lord this is intense! I don’t remember a Rumble with so many huge names William. Angle, Punk, Joe and then Sting – what a moment that was!” Regal: “It was definitely one for the fans Jim. This arena’s going bananas and I wonder who’s out next?”

*BZZZZ!* ♫*BONG!*♫ <<< click to play) the music hits and the arena lights go pitch black as we await the entrance of Entry No. 18: The Absolute Lashley! JR: “Lashley’s here William? I thought he was done? I thought The UnderTaker had nailed the casket shut on his career?” Regal: “I’m not sure what’s happened between the lines Jim, but note that Taker never buried that casket. It looks like he’s released Lashley for this Rumble match and goodness, this means that The UnderTaker has a sure-fire plan to win. That plan is to use the Absolute Lashley.” As Lashley completes his entrance, the arena lights return to normal on his command, just like when The UnderTaker does it. He gets into the ring and far across the other side is Sting and the two of them make eye contact. However, There’s no movement from Lashley toward The Icon and instead he goes for Punk, a former Champ and a man who defeated him at SuperBrawl last year. We see Mr. Anderson lift up Kurt Angle to try and eliminate him. Dolph Ziggler is down in a corner and he’s smartly keeping himself covered as Sting approaches. *BZZZZ!* goes the buzzer as Entry No. 19: Brodus Clay, makes his entrance. The Funkasaurus performs a cut version of his dance along with Funkadactyls Cameron and Naomi. He gets into the ring and starts toward King Dolph. He lifts him up, but Dolph clings onto the ropes for dear life. We watch as Samoa Joe picks himself up by the turnbuckles and Sting storms over for a surprise Stinger Splash. And quickly after that, CM Punk escapes from Lashley to storm over and nail Joe with his patented high knee right to the jaw. Punk sets for a bulldog, but as he sets to complete the move, Lashley grabs him upon his return to the centre of the ring and Punk’s forced to release Joe as Lashley lifts him up in one smooth instance and lays him out with a Sitdown Spinebuster! *BZZZZ!* ♫Music hits♫ <<< click to play) and Entry No. 20: is Daniel Bryan. Another X-Division entrant comes down to the squared circle and he climbs the ring-ropes to get to the top turnbuckle and fly in to land a missile dropkick on Kurt Angle. Mr. Anderson lays punches into The Absolute Lashley and while King Dolph tries to get rid of CM Punk, we watch as Samoa Joe and Daniel Bryan join Mr. Anderson in teaming up on The Absolute Lashley. Brodus Clay is meanwhile trying to eliminate Sting, but the fans gasp as Lashley is utterly outnumbered and the comms tell of how Joe and Bryan were a tag team once upon a time in 2012. Anderson keeps battering Lashley, but then Bryan begins to argue with Joe. It seems like he’s saying “you can’t tell me what to do.” Regal chuckles: “Haha, these two still can’t get along.” Mr. Anderson then takes it upon himself to shove Bryan hard in the chest, telling him off for arguing and that leads to Kurt Angle sending Bryan over the top rope for an elimination. Daniel Bryan is eliminated. Anderson waves a finger in Joe’s direction to tell him off as well and as he turns back toward Lashley. *BZZZZ!*… out go the arena lights and we hear ♫*BONG!*♫ <<< click to play) and Entry No. 21: is The Phenom, The UnderTaker! The Deadman makes his way to the ring, raises the arena lights and all of a sudden Joe and Anderson look like they’re on the same page, but Anderson then opportunistically eliminates the Samoa Submission Machine! Samoa Joe is eliminated.

Joe argues with Daniel Bryan as the two of them exit up the ramp and as Sting and Kurt Angle eliminate Brodus Clay, we watch as King Dolph then goes at Angle and Sting stands up to look across the ring as The Absolute One eliminates Mr. Anderson. Mr. Anderson is eliminated. The UnderTaker stands in one corner and in the corner to his left stands The Absolute Lashley. No one has approached The UnderTaker yet and what an image we witness as UnderTaker looks devilishly at Lashley and points to Sting as if to command his apprentice to take out The Icon. JR: “William this is it, this is exactly why Lashley is in the Rumble! The UnderTaker had a stern warning for Sting this past week on Turmoil and now he’s trying to deliver. It seems like Lashley is still under Taker’s command.” Regal: “You’d think so Jim, but look, Lashley hasn’t made a movement toward Sting yet.” *BZZZZ!* goes the buzzer and there’s a sudden pause. The arena lights turn dark and then fade into a blood red. JR: “Oh no. This cannot be!?” ♫Music hits♫ <<< click to play) and Entry No. 22: is Kane! Regal: “Masked Kane! The original Big Red Monster and Jesus Christ, Jim, look at this!” In one corner we have Sting. Opposite him we have The UnderTaker. To his left we have Lashley and now coming into the ring, to Taker’s right is the Devil’s favorite demon! The fans go wild for the appearance of Kane as the comms remind us that his last KWF appearance was when Kane defeated The Absolute Lashley back when KWF last had a pay-per-view in Canada, at Sovereignty in July of last year. JR: “Ladies and gentlemen, we are witnessing one of the biggest stand-offs in KWF history here. The UnderTaker has been commanding Lashley to attack Sting and Lashley’s not biting. There’s recent history here and long-term history folks.” The UnderTaker becomes more and more animated, perhaps uncharacteristically, in trying to get Lashley to pounce on Sting, but Lashley still doesn’t move. Then Taker looks at Kane and he takes two steps to the side so that he is now stood closer to his brother. Kane just stands there, motionless. JR: “God he’s scary.” Regal: “Too bloody right he is. The Keystone Wrestling Federation has only the best of the best and when it comes to evil minds, monsters and demons, the original Masked Kane is the only one in this industry that will kill another man. Abyss may hurt people for fun, The UnderTaker will bury someone, but Kane is pure hell-fire and there’s no messing with that man.” The UnderTaker takes another look at his brother and Kane takes two steps toward him – to stand side by side with him! The fans gasp as the comms reiterate that the last time Kane and Taker were in the KWF at the same time, they were against each other and were by no means on the same page. JR: “Kane’s just signified his allegiance and Taker is now asking Lashley to do the same thing.” Lashley doesn’t respond to Taker though and instead we watch as he strides toward Kane and levels him with a right hand.

The Rumble has continued in the meantime with Entry No. 23: Zack Ryder coming in and going at it against King Dolph and Entry No. 24: Styler coming in and giving it all against Kurt Angle, but the veteran Angle is smart to counter every attack from the young British Invasion X-Division superstar. We watch as Sting and The UnderTaker come to blows for the first time since KWF's first ever show. JR: “Ladies and gentlemen, if my estimations are correct then the Keystone Wrestling Federation is about to be at it’s 350th show. 349 from our first ever program and one of the main events that night was Taker against Sting.” Regal: “What a long way we have come since then JR and I’m just realizing how all these stories link up. Sting and The UnderTaker have never gotten along and I think both of them think that the other should have retired by now. But they’re so competitive, they just don’t know when to quit.” JR: “The will to wrestle and the will to win are not the core to this argument though William. There are no two men in the industry like Sting and The UnderTaker. Taker’s been the headstone of WWE for almost three decades and he has an unmatched, phenomenal winning Streak at WrestleMania. Sting, The Icon, as dubbed by TNA, the man, the myth, the legend; that was all established in WCW and there’ll be no other than Sting that took on the Hollywood nWo like he did back in the late nineties. In the KWF, The UnderTaker had planned to step down. He planned for the Dark Side to reign supreme without him, but his hand-picked apprentice, Bobby Lashley, has in Taker’s eyes turned out to be a disappointment. The Deadman is ruthless and his evil reign as master to the Dark Side throne continues. However, Sting is ever the savior and he’s been trying to get Lashley to snap out of whatever hold Taker has on him. UnderTaker has told Sting to mind his own business, but now they go toe to toe in the confines of KWF’s Royal Rumble!” As the main focus stays on Lashley versus Kane and Sting versus Taker, we watch as Entry No. 25: Randy Orton comes out and The Viper is without his Intercontinental Championship and he’s cheered loudly as he enters the ring. Entry No. 26: Panther, comes out to a great reception and we watch as Kurt Angle eliminates CM Punk. CM Punk is eliminated. And King Dolph rushes Angle from behind and he eliminates the Olympic Gold Medalist. Kurt Angle is eliminated. However, as Panther gets in on the match, he capitalizes on Dolph’s celebrations and out goes the King! King Dolph is eliminated. JR: “What a sense of awareness from the Black Cat, and that must taste real sweet to him. Panther and Dolph have a long-standing hatred for one another and Panther’s now got the latest and most startling shot in this bitter rivalry.” Ziggler slams his hands on the stairs as he realizes who’s eliminated him. We watch as Intercontinental Champion Randy Orton gets in on the action between Sting and Taker. We see Kane eliminate Zack Ryder. Zack Ryder is eliminated. Styler gives it his all to stay in the match as Panther goes at him. Regal: “He’s a fellow Brit! Come on Panther, sort it out.” JR: “It’s every man for himself William.”

Various individual battles continue in separate corners of the ring and the fans count down the clock before *BZZZZ!* ♫Music hits♫ <<< click to play) and Entry No. 27: is none other than John Cena! The fans cheer Cena’s entrance and he pauses at the foot of the ramp before removing his shirt, handing his dog-tags to a referee, throwing his wristbands into the crowd and finally sliding into the ring. JR: “The Doctor of Thuganomics gave well-wishes to CM Punk earlier, but he’s all business now and he looks dead set on winning the Royal Rumble.” Regal: “I still see his change in attitude to be so sudden Jim. He’s been shaking hands with people, doing as the GM says and generally being a nice guy for the best part of eight months now. It’s so unlike the Doctor I’ve come to know in the KWF and he was one of the biggest successes in the company until he became Mister Nicey.” JR: “Aww William, I wouldn’t call him that at all. After Hulk Hogan and Ric Flair lost control of the company, Edge took over as General Manager and I personally think that it was Cena’s respect for Edge that changed him. He didn’t cause trouble for Edge and when Edge told him to compete and win matches, Cena did so and on his way, he has shown how much of a fair guy he can be. The crowd reaction has helped as well and the cheers from the fans have encouraged him. I mean, how long has it been since John’s used that old thick metal gangster chain of his? No, this Cena’s quickly becoming a fan favorite and I’m sure that he’s going to continue building his followers as this match continues and 2013 rolls on.” We watch as Entry No. 28: Cody Rhodes, comes out and Regal describes him as a real underdog in this match. Panther tries his hand against Orton and we see Styler get eliminated by Cena. Styler is eliminated. Regal: “Damn it! That means Wade is on his own.” JR: “We’ve stressed that it’s every man for himself William and Barrett will just have to focus on his own game and he’ll have to survive to win this outstanding contest.” *BZZZZ!* goes the buzzer and out comes Entry No. 29: ‘Black Machismo’ Jay Lethal. Focus turns toward Taker and Sting who come to blows again and UnderTaker lifts Sting by the ring ropes to eliminate him out of the Royal Rumble! Sting is eliminated. And almost simultaneously, on the far side of the ring, Lashley eliminates Kane! Kane is eliminated. Kane lands on his feet as he’s clotheslined over the top rope and he stares back toward Lashley in the ring. The UnderTaker then watches as Orton, Panther, Cena and Lethal all pounce on Lashley. Taker has a real chance to help his protégé here, but instead, he picks up Cody Rhodes and turns his back on Lashley. Taker eliminates Rhodes. Cody Rhodes is eliminated. And Lashley is eliminated by a heap of four superstars. The Absolute Lashley is eliminated. William Regal rubs his hands as the fans count the timer down a final time and *BZZZZ!* ♫Music hits♫ <<< click to play) and Entry No. 30: Wade Barrett, makes his way to the ring. The leader of the British Invasion has the same game plan in every Rumble match that he’s been in. However, tonight his faction members Drew McIntyre and Styler are already eliminated and Barrett is on his own.

Barrett gets into the ring and he slams Panther with a big boot. He starts toward Orton, but Lethal attacks him and Barrett smashes him with a Bull-Hammer elbow, before picking him up and throwing him out. Jay Lethal is eliminated. Regal talks up Barrett’s impressive start and we watch as The UnderTaker eliminates Panther. Orton and The UnderTaker go at it and Cena lays punches into Barrett. JR: “We’re down to the final four folks and it’s anybody’s game here. Wade Barrett is the freshest man William and by golly he has a chance. As does Orton, as does Cena and look look!” Orton manages to slither away from Taker and as he does we see Cena storm across the ring and clothesline The Deadman over the top rope! The UnderTaker is eliminated. The UnderTaker is eliminated at the hands of John Cena! The fans go bananas as Taker hits the floor and he can’t believe it. Orton goes after Cena, but Barrett clobbers him from behind and tries to throw him over. Orton is stern though, the Intercontinental Champion proving how solid a competitor he is and he just won’t budge over the top rope. Cena doesn’t help Barrett and chooses to pull him away from Orton for the fight to continue. He lays rights into him, lefts and then lifts him for a side sit-out suplex and now Barrett is down. Cena waves his arm up and the crowd go wild to witness the beginning of the Five Knuckle Shuffle. However, as Cena goes against the ropes, Orton pulls the top rope down and Cena falls backward over it. He’s almost over, but manages to clutch the ropes and keep himself alive in the match. Barrett gets up and Orton goes over for a hard clothesline. He hits another and then sends Barrett toward the ropes to catch him upon his return with a snap powerslam. The crowd cheer as Orton looks sets to get ready for an RKO. However, Cena’s back in the match and he trades right hands with The Viper. Orton hits a right and the crowd cheer. Cena hits him back and the fans cheer more. ‘Yay!’ ‘Yay!’ they chant with every hit, but then Barrett’s back on his feet and the fans boo like hell as the leader of the British Invasion clotheslines both Cena and Orton down. The crowd are split between Cena and Orton, but are united as one as they boo Wade Barrett. Barrett is booed even more as he sets to eliminate Randy Orton. He gets him up and over the top rope and as Orton resists, Barrett pulls one more punch out of the bag, the Bull-Hammer and Orton is clobbered, knocked cold as he drops to the apron and then to the floor. Randy Orton is eliminated.

We’re now down to the final two and Barrett measures as he turns round to try eliminate Cena. The Doctor is cheered on by the fans though and he fights back to try to eliminate Barrett. Wade knees him in the gut and then proceeds to launch Cena and “Oh my God, is Cena over? Is he over?!” Regal: “He is! Cena’s out of the Rumble Jim, he’s out! Wade’s the winner! Wade’s going to WrestleMania!” A camera crew go to Cena’s side of the ring and there are two referees there who can’t agree whether Cena’s feet have touched or not, as he hangs from the top rope. One ref says that both feet touched, but the other says that only one foot touched. JR: “Folks Cena’s not out of this match, he’s not out yet because his feet have not definitely touched the ground. The call has to be clear and if there is any doubt at all then the superstar is allowed to continue in the match.” Regal: “Preposterous Jim! Cena’s out, one ref said so!” The comms review replays and from what they can see, one angle of the camera shows both Cena’s feet down, but that may only be a shadow as another camera angle suggests that only one foot hits the floor. Wade Barrett is celebrating in the ring, but the bell hasn’t been rung and Cena pulls himself back into the ring. The match isn’t over, and Cena calls Barrett, getting him to turn round and he nails him with a trademark shoulder-barge. Barrett gets up and Cena nails him again before lifting him up and dropping him with a spin-out suplex! Regal: “Mistake, this is a mistake, Cena had the chance to take Barrett out from behind.” JR: “This is the new Cena William. He’s putting on a sports entertainment show for the fans and listen to this place, Montreal is going wild and John Cena is on the verge of making history right here!” Cena lifts Barrett to his feet and sets to Irish-whip him toward the ropes. However, Barrett tries to counter and he lifts him atop his shoulders for a possible WasteLand – but no, Cena drops off his shoulders, counters, lifts Barrett and “Aaahhhh!” yell the comms as The Doctor lays out Barrett with an FU! Cena then picks Barrett up and throws him over the top rope!

Winner: John C E N A!

The bell rings, ♫the music hits♫ <<< click to play) and off go the pyros to signify that John Cena is going to WrestleMania! The Bell Centre goes absolutely berserk as we see a shot of Edge up in his Skybox and the General Manager applauds his main event as John Cena climbs the turnbuckles and celebrates his victory. JR: “Royal Rumble 2012, Cena defeats CM Punk to retain the KWF Championship. Now, a year later, Cena headlines the Rumble results again and this time The Doctor has booked himself an appointment in the main event of WrestleMania! What a night! What a result for John Cena!” Regal: “This is rubbish! Somebody throw a Red Flag and challenge that bloody play, Wade had won! Wade won the match, the camera replays showed that!” JR: “But two different views showed two different results, and thus the elimination was inconclusive! Cena got the benefit of the doubt and the bell never rang. The match wasn’t over and Barrett should have kept that extra moment of focus to get the job done. But tonight William, it’s Cena’s night. Ladies and gentlemen we thank you for being with us. Join us for all the Rumble fallout this Wednesday night on Turmoil!” Cena points to the WrestleMania logo that’s elevated high in the corner of the arena. He signals the Championship Belt hand gesture around his waist and we watch as more fireworks go off to celebrate John Cena’s victory. KWF’s Royal Rumble fades out.

[kwfblogs]

KWF Wednesday Night Turmoil: 16th Jan. 2013 – Carlson Center. Fairbanks, AK.

The show begins with a clip labeled ‘Earlier today.’ We see a vehicle arrive in the backstage parking area and AJ Styles steps out of the car. Quickly on the scene is KWF General Manager Edge, and he’s not happy. He asks AJ whether he is responsible for what happened at the end of last week’s show. Edge: “I get how you’ve been angry with me AJ, but taking out the number one contender wasn’t the right way of going about things.” Styles seems insulted that Edge could even think that of him. He opens his trunk to grab his gym bag and KWF World Championship. He tells Edge that his presumptions are way off base and that he wasn’t even in the building last week. AJ: “There’s more people than just me who are pissed off at the terms by which you hired Lesnar back. You got a whole host of superstars lining up for a Title shot and you give it to the biggest brick wall that walks through the door. It coulda been any number of guys that got Why So Serious onto Brock. Hell, it may not have even been a hired hit. Think about that. Abyss was in the main event and maybe Gambit and Joker just wanted to add to the chaos around here. You sure lit the flame for that, boss, but now it seems like you got a serious problem on your hands. I didn’t have anything to do with it, I can tell you that for sure.” AJ storms off and we fade to ♫Turmoil’s opening video♫ <<< click to watch).

The pyro’s explode and the fans are on their feet as Jim Ross and William Regal introduce us to KWF’s Wednesday Night Turmoil! JR: “Ahlan Wa Sahlan, swagata, Benvinguts, benvenuti, Welkommen, Huan ying and welcome to Turmoil folks! We’re just a few days away from KWF’s Royal Rumble and what a show we have in store for you tonight.” “Ahh Jim, I love this time of year. The Royal Rumble means that WrestleMania is around the corner and come Sunday, we’ll have thirty superstars beating the holy hell out of each other, all of them trying battle their way to challenge for the World Title in Mania’s main event.” JR says that on the back of the footage we’ve already seen, Edge has made tonight’s main event: “It will be a 6-man tag team match where AJ Styles will choose both his partners and they will be against Brock Lesnar and the number One and the number Thirty Royal Rumble participants, Big Show and Wade Barrett.” Regal: “Wade’s in the main event, a spot he deserves. He impressed against Mr. Anderson last week and tonight, here in Alaska of all places, he’s going to prove exactly how much of a force he can be. I can’t wait to see him in action.” JR: “Yes, well Mister Regal I wonder who AJ’s going to choose as his partners” – JR is interrupted by ♫You Think You Know Me♫ <<< click to play) – “and I wonder what Edge is doing out here?”

The Rated R General Manager receives a great reception as he completes his entrance. The comms mention that Edge has brought KWF to Alaska for the very first time and they state that this was supposed to be a celebration of the travels of the company, but Edge very much has his business face on as he gets on mic in the ring. He thanks the audience for their warm reception, but states that he wants to get to the bottom of what happened at the end of last week’s Turmoil. He turns our attention to the tron where we see replays of what was a brutal match between Brock Lesnar and the Monster Abyss. The fans loved it, but as the contest wore on, Gambit and Jeff ‘The Joker’ Hardy, along with Kelly Kelly and Christy Hemme, came out to spoil the result of the match and they aided Abyss in tearing into Brock. The World Tag Champs fed Lesnar to a Black-Hole Slam from the Monster and The Joker topped it off with a Swanton Bomb. Edge says that this isn’t what he wanted in terms of a main event and he then demands that The Joker come out and explain his group’s actions. There’s a long pause and we all wait. He asks for Joker again, but as ♫music♫ <<< click to play) hits, Joker Hardy emerges from under the rising tron – and he’s not alone. Unsurprisingly he’s joined by his tag partner Gambit. Kelly Kelly and Christy ‘Harley Quinn’ Hemme are with them and as they slowly get into the ring, Abyss emerges from under the ring apron and in a matter of moments, Edge is surrounded by this intimidating clan. Christy Hemme circles Edge and laughs as she does so, giggling like a little girl. This makes him uneasy and as he watches her skip around the ring, Joker Hardy has gotten himself a microphone: “Well well well, good evening ladies and gentlemen. Be calm, please stay in your seats, don’t all ask for autographs at once.” The audience chuckle, but Edge isn’t amused and he demands answers. The Joker says that Why So Serious returned to the KWF because Edge wanted them to. He says: “We won these Tag Team Championships” he waves his arm in the direction of Kelly Kelly, who models the Belts, “because you wanted us to. We came in, we did the job and we got bored. Things went a little too quiet and people forgot exactly who they were dealing with. We blame you for that.” Gambit takes over: “Two weeks ago a feathery Antonio Banderas look-a-like decided to smack my girl on the ass. You think that went down well with me homme?” Joker: “It’s not just about that. Don’t misunderstand. Understand that Kaz, he saw Barbie as an object. A thing that he could get jollies over and he went over the line when he touched her rear end.” Edge, impatient: “So this is what last week’s all about? You guys feel that you should be feared and so you make a statement, you don’t go after Kaz and Daniels, instead you ruin my main event?! That doesn’t even make sense!” Edge says that Lesnar had nothing to with Kaz and Daniels and asks if this is really about Why So Serious getting a shot at the World Championship. The Joker laughs hysterically and he says: “Title?! World Title?! We’re the World Tag Team Champions, haha ahha hahaaa ha ha ha. Why would we want the World Title?” Edge: “Then what is it about?” Gambit: “Homme, we don’t fight for good very often. We don’t do press conferences or Fan Access appearances and we don’t do the normal things that Tag Champions should do. Nor do we care about what happens around here. That’s the case on a regular day. But irregularly, you decided to bring in de Lesnar and the locker room was rocked because you handed out a Title match to a man who really didn’t deserve it.” The Joker goes on to describe their actions as “community service”. He says: “Everyone in the KWF busts their gut to try get somewhere and Brock walks in and gets a main event pay-per-view Title shot. Ha ha ha, so we bust his gut, and now things are even.”

Edge says that it wasn’t Why So Serious place to behave like that. Joker: “Well you started it. You rocked the boat, did something out of the norm, and really almighty GM, we thank you for that because you reminded us of who we are.” The Joker laughs as Gambit goes on: “De KWF was too normal before you brought Brock back. People booed your decision and we realized that we should really add to the chaos. We’re the biggest problem you have homme, not Lesnar nor the locker room. Last week we reminded you of that and now, we’re the ones rockin’ de boat.” Edge is angered by Gambit’s comments and he bursts out: “Okay, okay, so you wanted to get on my bad side, is that it? I mean, to everyone backstage you are bad people, nobody likes you and I think you prefer it that way because you get no drama and life is dandy because you have so much peace and quiet. But guess what, to them (the fans) you’re one of the reasons why they watch this show! They cheered for what you did last week, they thought it was funny for the crazy circus known as Why So Serious to take out the number one contender to the World Title.” Joker: “We’re not crazy.” Edge: “Backstage, people hate you guys because of the stunts you pull. You do what you want, when you want and you don’t give a damn of what anyone might think. And now, now you tell me that you decked Lesnar because you want to be the bad guys, you want to be my biggest problem, and yet, at the very same time, you’re telling me that you did the locker room a public service? For God sakes, where on this planet does that even make sense?!” Joker laughs and goes really close to Edge, face to face and says: “Why So Serious?” He then bursts out laughing, but Edge says that he’s got consequences for Gambit and Joker, because they’ll defend their Tag Titles against Christopher Daniels and Frankie Kazarian, Live this Sunday at Royal Rumble! Gambit: “We was hoping you’d make dat match.” Edge goes on: “Oh but don’t get ahead of yourself Gambit. You’re probably thinking it’ll be easy because your girls will be there and Abyss will be under the ring. But if you two are Disqualified, the Tag Titles will change hands!” The mood changes and Joker jokes: “Aww, now we can’t cheat.” Edge walks out the ring as his ♫music♫ <<< click to play) hits and Why So Serious are left to mull over their upcoming Title defense at the Rumble. On commentary JR bizarrely agrees with what Why So Serious had to say: “Given what AJ’s been through to win and defend the World Heavyweight Championship, taking into account two F5’s as well, Why So Serious were right to take Brock down a notch and now he’s about as beat up as Styles had gotten over the past few months.” Regal besmirches: “But that doesn’t make it right Jim. The Joker can’t decide fate like that. Why So Serious can’t go around making their own rules up. They’re agents of chaos and they’re bloody winning. Think about it JR. When, if ever, have you agreed with Why So Serious? They claim to want to be the bad guys, and then they say that they’re doing something for a locker room who don’t like them anyway – and yet the fans cheer them because they find them so entertaining. It’s such a bloody contradiction! This situation’s so stupidly out of control. For God’s sake.”

It's time for the Turmoil recap. Last week's show began with an exhilarating contest between Jay Lethal and Austin Aries, with Black Machismo emerging victorious. Edge offered an explanation as to why he re-signed Brock Lesnar, before putting the Ultimate Fighter in a main event match with The Monster Abyss. Alberto Del Rio proved his Hardcore credentials against R-Truth. Edge then revealed to the KWF Women's roster that for the second time in the company's history, that there will be a Chick Royal Rumble. Fifteen KWF Chicks will compete, including AJ Lee, with the winner being crowned Women's Champion. We were treated to highlights of X-Division Title number one contender Jack Evans ahead of his rematch with Rey Mysterio. AJ Lee and Kaitlyn Chickbusted their way into defeating The Bellas. Kaz and Daniels visited a strip club as they toasted their decision to challenge for the Tag Titles. Wade Barrett defeated Mr. Anderson in a superb encounter. JB interviewed Sting in relation to The Dark Side, and while the Stinger said he still hadn't given up on The Absolute Lashley, he stated that his concentration was now fully on himself winning the Royal Rumble. Finally, the main event between Lesnar and Abyss produced all the power and glory expected, but was cut short as the rest of Why So Serious charged the ring to attack Brock, though in true fashion, the Tag Team Champions and their ladies did not appear to need much of a motive. Click HERE to catch up and read the full edition of January 9th’s Wednesday Night Turmoil!

We return and the ♫Sound of Madness♫ <<< click to play) hits as Panther makes his loud way to the ring. He gets a great reception, but Regal suggests that the fans aren't cheering him, but only the spunky Chick in his corner, Kaitlyn. JR: “The moustache-loving couple are huge fan favorites, and this match will pit the Black Cat up against another entrant for this Sunday's Royal Rumble.” ♫Cody Rhodes’ music♫ <<< click to play) hits and he heads to the squared circle. He blows a kiss to Kaitlyn as he gets to the bottom of the ramp, before flexing his 'guns' at her. Regal: “With that mustache, Panther better watch out. Kaitlyn might just be tempted away by the Dashing One.” However, she seems unimpressed, and she's not the only one as Panther comes flying over the top rope, hitting a plancha cross-body onto Rhodes. The fans go bananas as he throws Cody into the ring and the match begins.

Panther w/ Kaitlyn vs. Cody Rhodes

Panther gets straight to work and forces Rhodes into the corner. He lays the boot in and stomps a mudhole as the fans cheer. He backs off and raises his arm, before racing back across and hitting a hesitation dropkick right to the chest of Cody. He picks him up and sends him against the ropes, attempting a back-body drop, but Rhodes leapfrogs him, before coming back off the ropes again and hitting a swinging neckbreaker. He doesn’t stop to showboat as he goes to work on the legs of the Black Cat. Regal: “Excellent strategy from Cody here, trying to neutralize Panther’s aerial skill. If he can’t stand up, then he can’t leap off things.” JR: “Very true, I may not be the biggest fan of his personality, but Cody Rhodes is a very skilled individual in the ring. He gets that from his father, the American Dream, Dusty Rhodes.” Regal: “Thank God he didn’t also inherit his gut.” Rhodes is in control as he continues to work over the legs, stomping at the ankles before applying various submission moves, including a figure-four leglock. Panther is in pain, but after one big push, manages to turn the move over. Cody is forced to break as Regal says “I’m a huge fan of British wrestling and British wrestlers, but I’m yet to be convinced by Panther.” JR: “What are you talking about? He’s a former X-Division Champion, former Tag Team Champion, former United States Champion, and was part of one of the most successful and popular factions in the business.” Regal: “But he was never part of the British Invasion, because I decided he wasn’t up to the job, and Wade Barrett agrees.” JR: “Hang on, Barrett recruited him into the World Elite a couple of years ago, albeit briefly.” Regal: “And he saw then that this Cat is going nowhere, especially as he seems to have more interest in Kaitlyn as he does in winning Titles. He should take a leaf out of Cody’s book.” JR: “Well from what I hear, Cody isn’t exactly a celibate fellow either, but they’re both pro’s and in my view, they both have an excellent chance at the Royal Rumble this Sunday.” Regal concedes that, although he doesn’t rate Panther, he will have a good shot at the Rumble given his agility. Despite Cody’s best efforts, Panther has recovered and gotten himself back into the contest, and his legs haven’t been damaged enough to stop him from springboarding off the middle rope to nail a flying enziguiri. He covers but gets just Two. The match continues to go back and forth, with Cody getting a near fall off a DDT after he rammed his opponent’s shoulder into the ring-post. Rhodes goes out to the apron and is about to head to the top rope. However, Kaitlyn starts talking to him. She appears to be ridiculing his moustache. Rhodes is outraged. He heads to the top rope, but keeps turning back to argue with Kaitlyn. “My moustache is incredible! You’re just jealous!” However, this causes enough of a distraction that Panther is able to get to his feet and intercept Cody on the top turnbuckle. He lifts him off with a fireman’s carry, before walking to the centre of the ring and spinning him into a PKO! He hooks the leg and gets One, Two and Three.

Winner: Panther.

Panther has his hand raised as JR plays up what is a big win pre-Rumble. “One of the KWF originals bringing his A-game, and he will be super confident heading into the Royal Rumble match!” Regal: “It was an impressive win, but he only got it because his trophy wench was saying such rude things about Cody’s mustache. It is a fine mustache.” Kaitlyn gets in the ring to celebrate with Panther, and starts stroking his mustache/whiskers. JR: “Haha, they look like an ol’ Western couple.” Regal: “Yes, and these fans find them so entertaining. Goodness me.”

We are with a cameraman who finds AJ Styles walking through the backstage area. There is a cheer from the crowd as he walks the halls. He soon stops to greet someone as he shakes the hand of Kurt Angle. Styles: “Hey Kurt, only four days until the Rumble. You ready to win that thing?” Angle: “Absolutely, I can't wait. Then when I do win, it'll be Kurt Angle v AJ Styles for the KWF Championship at WrestleMania. That's the kind of main event that could sell out the Grand Canyon.” AJ agrees, but Kurt slightly changes the subject. “You weren't on the show last week though, what happened? I mean, Brock comes back and nails you with an F5, then the following week he does it again in Madison Square Garden. The next week you don't show up, there's been some talk man.” Styles: “What kind of talk?” Angle: “Well, whispers backstage are that maybe you no-showed last week because you were... a little scared.” Styles is offended: “Scared? Of Brock Lesnar? That's crap! Okay, the guy might be the size of a small house, but unless it escaped the attention of that locker room, I am the KWF World Heavyweight Champion!” Angle: “Yeah AJ, of course. Everyone respects the hell out of you and you're more than a worthy Champion, but Lesnar is a pretty intense guy, and I've been hit with an F5 more than once too, I know how badly it hurts and for how long afterward. But if I could just offer you some advice ahead of Sunday, you have to be at the very top of your game if you want to overcome Brock Lesnar. He's a fighter, and it takes a lot more to take him down and keep him down than it does for the average wrestler. If you aren't on your A-game, he won't just beat you, he might end your career.” Styles seems to appreciate the words: “Thanks Kurt, I get it. I won't be underestimating Brock, but I'm also certainly not afraid of him, and with all due respect Kurt, (he pats him on the shoulder) if you can beat him, then I know I can.” Angle smirks as AJ walks off. Angle: “Good luck.” Styles turns back: “Good luck in the Rumble.”

Back from commercials, Ricardo Rodriguez is in the ring and he introduces Alberto Del Rio. The Mexican Aristocrat drives along the bottom side of the stage in a Rolls Royce and he makes his entrance. The comms take us to replays of his victory over R-Truth last week on Turmoil. Regal: “The man’s in top form. He showed what he can do to Truth and that Little Jimmy, and come Rumble time, I’m sure he can go toe to toe with Sheamus.” Del Rio is booed as he gets into the ring and he soon takes the mic from Rodriguez. He grins toward the audience and says: “My name, my name is Alberto Del Rio! But you already know that.” The crowd boo more. Del Rio tries to go on and stress Regal’s sentiments, but the fans boo even louder. This makes him angry and he bursts out: “Be quiet! You filthy peasants should be bowing to me! This is supposed to be the calm before the storm. You’re supposed to be worried that I’m going to defeat your imbecilic idol Sheamus and I’m going to take his Hardcore Title! Shut up! Be quiet, all of you!” The audience pour on the boos and as Del Rio tries to go on, ♫the music of Mick Foley♫ <<< click to play) hits. The fans cheer as KWF’s Hardcore Ambassador, and soon to be Hall of Famer, makes his way down to the ring. He gets on mic and takes in the warm reception. Del Rio seems insulted that Foley’s in his presence. Mick says: “First of all I wanna go on record to say that it’s great that KWF’s right here, Live in Fairbanks, Alaska!” The fans cheer more as he goes on: “Secondly, Alberto, I have to remind you that you’re not in the presence of what you call peasants. These people are fans of what we do and if they boo you, it means they don’t like you, and right now I don’t like what you stand for either.” Foley says that he was surprised at Del Rio’s challenge for Sheamus’ Hardcore Title and he’s wondering why Del Rio is as confident as he is. “You put your challenge on the table, Sheamus accepted and the match was made. Congrats Alberto, but let me tell you something. Sheamus is a man that represents all of these people right here. You see, you have to realize that when you take on the Celtic Warrior, you gotta deal with the sixth man. The guy’s got home field advantage wherever he goes and that will weigh on you when it comes to your challenge.” Del Rio smirks: “So? You think I care what they think?! Their filthy mouths, booing me, let them, I don’t care. It’ll just make my victory at the Royal Rumble even sweeter.” Foley smiles: “Victory? Haha, well the second thing I was going to say Alberto is that I don’t think you know what’s coming on Sunday. You see I’ve been around the block and back again. I’ve been in boiler room matches, dumpster matches, I’ve been set on fire, thrown off a Cell – you name it. I’m the KWF’s Hardcore Ambassador because of everything that I’ve been through and everything that I’ve witnessed at a Hardcore pain-is-pleasure level and I’m going to give you a friendly warning here. Your confidence, and downright arrogance toward these people is disrespectful – and Sheamus won’t be happy with that. The man drinks with these folks when he travels. He’s not about First Class jets and high-priced cars. And Alberto, Sheamus is a man who fights for fun.” Del Rio: “Enough with this. What is your point Mick? What are you trying to do, to belittle me in front of the world?” Foley: “I’m not trying to belittle you Del Rio, you do that all by yourself. What I am trying to do is give you a bit of a reality check. Sheamus is the only Hardcore Champion in recent memory that carries that Belt because he truly deserves it. Mark Henry had it. Big Show had it, and so did RVD. They were great and we all know Van Dam always gives as good as he gets, but Del Rio, Sheamus is the only new breed of Hardcore that I think could have cut it back in the extreme days of ECW.” The fans cheer at the mention of ECW and Foley goes on to say that Del Rio may have defeated R-Truth in a Hardcore match last week, but he didn’t go through any real suffering. “Sheamus suffered to win the Belt and to defend it, a man would have to damn near kill him to take the Title off him.” The fans cheer as Foley finishes: “No amount of money is going to help you against Sheamus and my friend...” Del Rio barks: “I am not your friend!” and then he swings for Foley, punching him right in the face and decking him to the canvas. The crowd boo like hell, but we watch as Sheamus comes storming down the ramp. He gets in the ring and Del Rio and Rodriguez dive through the ropes, ensuring that Sheamus can’t get near them. The fans cheer Sheamus’ appearance. He looks furious as he helps Foley to his feet and we hear him shout toward Del Rio: “I’ll get you Sunday fella!” We fade to commercials.

Alex Shelley vs. Styler w/ Layla

Back after the break the bell rings as fan favorite Alex Shelley locks up with Styler of the British Invasion. The bout begins at a frantic pace as Shelley shows off what he can do and Layla watches on from ringside. JR: “Seems like Styler can’t keep up with Shelley here.” Regal: “Alex Shelley’s fast, but Styler is that much a quicker thinker. He’ll best him in time, he just has to be patient.” The fans boo as Layla reaches in to try and grab Shelley’s leg, but Shelley sees her and then tells her off. This leads to Styler chop-blocking Shelley down and now the tide turns in favor of the Brit. JR and Regal tell of how both these superstars will be in KWF’s Royal Rumble match this Sunday. JR: “When the Keystone Wrestling Federation first had a Rumble, there were no X-Division superstars involved in the match. Last year there were a few and this year we have Styler, Shelley, Jay Lethal, Aries, Daniel Bryan. A number of superstars may be looking to use the Rumble to break out of the X-Division.” Regal: “Possibly Jim, but Styler would be the stand-out man who can best all those that you mentioned. If anyone thinks they can win the Rumble though, they’re highly mistaken. Wade Barrett is going to be in at number Thirty and with Styler and Drew McIntyre competing, the British Invasion will definitely win the Royal Rumble this year. Mark my words.” The match has gone back and forth here, but Layla proves to be a distraction once too often and this results in Styler getting the upper hand and finishing Shelley off with a modified jumping Busby Kick. Shelley goes down defenseless and Styler gets the Three.

Winner: Styler.

The fans boo as the ref checks on Shelley. Regal talks up Styler and says: “the young Brit has come a long way and with recent performances he should be a dead cert for the next shot at Rey Mysterio’s X-Division Title.” JR: “Oh I don’t know about that. Rey’s got to get through Jack Evans first of all. Don’t forget folks, Evans goes one on one with Mysterio this Sunday. Konnan’s banned from ringside and this time, Evans may well defeat Rey to win the Gold.” Styler celebrates as we see Shelley complaining to the ref about the distractions from Layla.

We are backstage once again with the KWF Champion, as AJ Styles is talking to his former Thundercat teammate Panther, who has an ice-pack on his shoulder. Styles tells him that he is struggling to find partners for tonight's main event. “You're not good to go again are you?” Panther: “Would love to but I can't take this ice-pack off, plus Kaitlyn is about to rub lotion into my thighs.” Styles: “Your legs hurt too?” Panther: “No.” Styles smirks as Panther tells him that no-one wants to tag with AJ because he has a target on his back. “You seem to be a magnet for F5's right now, and it doesn't seem that anyone is willing to be on your team when Lesnar storms the ring again. Don't get me wrong dude, I got total faith in you for the Rumble, but you've got a heat-seeking Brock on you right now.” AJ asks Panther what he makes of Edge's decision to bring Brock back in and give him a shot straight away. “Hey, I'm with you and everyone else who says that, as a hard-working wrestler who has paid his dues trying to claw his way to the top, I'm a little resentful that he comes in on a huge contract and gets a KWF Title shot straight away... however... if you look at it from Edge's point of view, it kind of makes sense. See, Brock sells. Seeing him back in the KWF has taken our ratings higher than they've been since the rundown to Mania last year, and like it or not, Edge's job is to get high ratings, high buy-rates – and for more and more people to read KWF all over the world.” Panther and Styles both look toward the camera, breaking that third wall. Panther goes on: “Believe it or not, the reason so many people are looking forward to our Rumble is not just to see yours truly win the Rumble match, but to watch AJ Styles and Brock Lesnar tear it up for the World Championship. And let’s not overlook the Rumble itself. You thought we were all motivated beforehand, well now whomever wins it all will not only get a guaranteed KWF Title shot at WrestleMania, but will likely be up against you and have a match of the year, or be up against Brock and have a chance to take their frustration at his signing out on the man himself. Either way, who wins? The KWF fans, the ones who make this company what it is and the reason it still exists to this day after three and a half years, and like it or not, that's all down to Edge re-signing Lesnar. He’s as good a GM as he was a wrestler and hey, he is the Ultimate Opportunist after all.” AJ says that he still isn't convinced that Edge and Lesnar don't have a deal in place, but can kind of understand Panther's point, and adds that Brock's un-earned Title shot doesn't matter anyway “because when I crack his head open with a Pele and finish him off with the Spiral Tap, Lesnar will be sent to the back of the line as The Phenomenal One heads down the Road to WrestleMania!” Panther: “I know you're gonna do it bro.” They shake hands as AJ has one last request from his friend. He asks him if he's still on good terms with Gambit. Panther smiles, getting the hint and he nods. “No problem man, I'll go ask them. Be careful though. Don't know if anyone told you, but dey crazy!” He laughs and exits. JR: “AJ Styles wants to tag with Why So Serious tonight? I'm not sure that's such a wise decision, but we'll have to wait and see.”

Mickie James vs. Beth Phoenix

We return from commercials at the conclusion of Mickie James’ entrance. The fans applaud as she waves to them from the turnbuckles, but Beth Phoenix attacks from behind and the ref begins the match. Beth clobbers Mickie on the back of her head and the fans boo as the comms explain how the KWF Chicks all have an equal opportunity at the Women’s Championship this Sunday. JR: “AJ Lee’s the reigning Champion, but in a Chick Rumble, she may lose the Belt as all the odds are against her in what will be a 15-Chick contest.” Regal: “It’s not a Rumble Jim, it’s a Battle Royal, but you’re absolutely right that all the Chicks will be after her. Ladies like Beth Phoenix don’t pander to the fans like an AJ Lee or Mickie James for example. Beth’s all business and I assure you, after having been out of the Title picture for so long, she’ll be looking to begin 2013 with a bang and start the year by becoming the new Women’s Champion.” We watch as Phoenix continues her dominant start to the match, but Mickie kicks out after every pin attempt. This aggravates Beth and the fans boo as she gets James into the corner and blatantly chokes her with her boot. The referee pulls Beth away and tells her off. Mickie meanwhile is able to use the ropes to pull herself up and as Beth approaches, Mickie wraps her thighs around her opponents neck and then swings out to perform her trademark headscissors. The crowd cheer as Mickie gets up and shouts to them: “Come onnnn!” she yells as Beth gets up and Mickie takes her down with a clothesline. Beth gets up again, and again James clotheslines her down. Beth gets up and Mickie sets to grab her. She tries for a Mickie-DT, but no, Phoenix pushes and the two of them go through the ropes, landing hard on the outside of the ring. The audience gasp at the thud of their bodies hitting the floor and the referee begins the 10-count. He gets to Five and Beth’s up and able to get back in the ring. However, Mickie’s taken the majority of the beating in the match and she takes up to 9 and a half before she finally gets back into the contest. Beth tries to seize the opportunity and she grabs James for a possible GlamSlam. She lifts her up, but Mickie roars out of it to fling herself forward and she rolls Beth into a pinning predicament. Phoenix kicks her legs, but it’s not enough as Mickie holds on for the One, Two and Three!

Winner: Mickie James.

The crowd go wild as Mickie rolls under the bottom rope to ringside and the ref exits the ring to raise her hand. JR: “James wins! James wins! What a match William.” Regal: “It was a good match and look at Beth, she’s angry Jim.” JR: “She is and she’s going to have to channel her frustrations now.” Regal: “Yes and I expect that she’ll channel them into winning the Women’s Championship. I’ll tell you what though, these Chicks must be knackered after that match.” Mickie celebrates with a big smile on her face. She performs the Belt hand gesture around her waist and the fans cheer her out.

We head backstage where JB is standing by ready to interview Angelina Love and Velvet Sky, The Beautiful People. He starts by asking them what they made of the match that just took place. They dismiss Mickie James' victory and Velvet says that Miss Hardcore Country is simply another mid-carder these days. “She can't keep up with the pace of this Division anymore. Thanks to me and Angelina, we've taken Women's wrestling to heights people could only dream of.” Leading on from that, JB asks them what they think of their chances in this Sunday's Chick Royal Rumble. Love: “Our chances are excellent because we work so well together. Individually there are no Chicks who can stand with us, but when we're a team, it's not even a fair contest.” JB points out that AJ Lee is the current Champion and has a potential teammate of her own in Kaitlyn. Velvet: “Oh please, that little squirt and her bulked up sidekick? AJ will be blown over the top rope if someone leaves a door open in the foyer, but it could take a few of us to move Kaitlyn, in fact it'll probably take four or five per leg.” Love: “Yeah, they're like they size of a baby hippo. But make no mistake about it JB, as long as me and Velvet have something to do about it, neither one of AJ or Kaitlyn will be winning that Rumble.” Velvet: “How could they when one of us will be lifting the Title high above our head?” Love: “You got that right girl. (To the camera) The Beautiful People have been off your screens for way too long. At the Rumble, we’re going to take our chances and 2013 will be another year where we dominate every ugly b*tch in the back. This is our Women’s Division. We’re the hottest, sexiest – most Rated R Chicks in this industry and come Sunday, we raise Women’s Gold once again.” They exit as JB hands it back to ringside.

JR: “Them's fighting words from The Beautiful People, but has it not occurred to them, what will happen if they're the last two remaining? They can't work as a team then.” Regal: “They'll figure something out, they're too pretty not to.” JR: “Well I for one can't wait for that Chick Rumble, but back to tonight and ladies and gentlemen, it is with great excitement that I can announce that Why So Serious have in fact accepted AJ Styles' invitation to team with him in the main event of the evening against Big Show, Wade Barrett and Brock Lesnar!” Regal: “How curious.” JR: “How do you mean?” Regal: “Well, AJ has beef with Brock, then last week he was mysteriously attacked by Why So Serious, and now he's teaming up with them. I smell an 'arrangement'.” JR: “That's paranoid nonsense. AJ Styles would never hire a hit and get others to do his dirty work. The man can handle himself and besides, it’s not like he’s exactly on talking terms with Why So Serious – he had to ask Panther to be the middle man. AJ’s a fighting Champion though folks and tonight he will be fighting alongside the KWF World Tag Team Champions!”

We fade into a black video as smoke billows across the screen. All of a sudden we can see some figures, and the camera pans up to show The UnderTaker sitting in his workshop. We are used to seeing The Absolute Lashley in the background, but he is not there. The Deadman is by himself, and he addresses the camera. “There are none so blind as those who will not see. People question my treatment of my protégé, but they do not understand. The power of The Dark Side will live forever, but it will not always go through me. I need someone to carry on my work, to reign over the KWF, and I saw that in Lashley. After I captured him and molded him, I created a monster the likes of which had never been seen in this industry, and the world feared The Absolute One. He destroyed people, he terrified everyone and he became the KWF World Heavyweight Champion. But once I faded into the background, Lashley began to stumble. He failed to live up to the standards of The Dark Side, and so I was forced to return, to put right the wrongs that he had made for himself. Lashley failed me, which is why (he stands to the side to reveal a casket) I put him in this casket. The Absolute Lashley was my protégé, but now he is just a failed experiment.. As for you... Sting... you have been poking your nose in where it is not wanted. You dare to think that Lashley is any of your business? Well the Rumble is the focus now and I would advise you to keep your eyes open, because The Deadman, The Phenom, The UnderTaker will be joining you. The Road to WrestleMania is underway, this is my time of year, and at the Royal Rumble, you Sting, and 28 other souls will Rest... In... Peace!!!” The camera pans down into the darkness.

We cut to a frantic scene backstage where two figures are kicking at bodies on the floor. It’s Frankie Kazarian and Christopher Daniels who are doing the kicking! As the camera crew comes onto the scene they quickly skip away from the bodies and it looks like they’ve taken out Gambit and The Joker! JR: “My God, what the hell?! I didn’t know Kaz and Daniels were even in the building.” Regal: “Oh this is a bold move, very bold indeed. They’re looking to take the Tag Titles from Why So Serious on Sunday and they’ve just made a statement here Jim. They’re proving that they’re not afraid of Gambit and The Joker.” JR: “But sneak attacks and running away doesn’t prove that at all. And Gambit and Joker were supposed to partner AJ tonight. What’s going to happen to our main event?!”

We come to a dark video. It pans out and we see smoke around a floor. All of a sudden, a body flies into the smoke from above and crashes to the floor, then another, then several more. It's raining bodies as the camera pans up to a wrestling ring, where a shadowy figure is launching people over-the-top rope. A voiceover says “Thirty men enter... one man heads to the main event of KWF WrestleMania!” We then come to images of the past three KWF Royal Rumbles, showing Samoa Joe winning in 2010, The Icon Sting triumphing in 2011 and then The Phenomenal AJ Styles emerging victorious this year. The video comes back to the shadowy man tossing people from the ring. He turns to the camera and we cannot determine who it is, but the shot slowly zooms into his face, and all we can see are his eyes. A question mark appears over his head, and we see quick action of the likes of King Dolph, Wade Barrett, Kurt Angle, Sting, Joe, Bryan, Zack Ryder, Panther, John Cena, Rob Van Dam and many more. The screen goes back to the smoking floor, where we see a graphic: KWF Royal Rumble, THIS SUNDAY January 20th 2013. Read it here, only on KWF Blogs!

Back at ringside we watch as ♫the music of Brock Lesnar♫ <<< click to play) hits and the fans boo as the World Title number one contender makes his way to the ring. The comms build up to this Sunday’s Royal Rumble encounter between Lesnar and AJ Styles. They also tell of the irony that the winner of that match may well face either of Lesnar’s partners here tonight at KWF’s WrestleMania. JR: “Big Show will be entering the Rumble at number One and Wade Barrett will enter at number Thirty. Tonight they stand side by side with Lesnar, but William, who’s going to partner AJ? Joker Hardy and Gambit just got taken out and we’ve had no word on their condition.” Regal: “Jim I’m just being told that they won’t be competing, so it looks like AJ might be on his own. This is a major disadvantage for the World Champion. Even I feel sorry for him.” Big Show completes his entrance and we get set for our main event as Wade Barrett enters. Regal: “Where’s Layla?” JR: “Well Mister Regal, I’m now being told that Layla’s banned from ringside because of her actions earlier when Styler defeated Alex Shelley.” ♫Get Ready To Fly!♫ <<< click to play). The Phenomenal One enters to a rousing reception from the fans and he tries to keep on a calm face as he makes his way down to the foot of the ramp. He waits for a moment and doesn’t take his eyes off Lesnar who’s bouncing on the spot in the ring. Regal: “Lesnar’s in magnificent condition given that beat-down from Why So Serious last week.” JR: “Well that evens out the playing field given how Brock F5’d our Champion two weeks in a row.” AJ waits and we see Big Show and Wade Barrett become impatient. They shout to Styles to get in the ring. JR: “This can’t be a Handicap match. The final show before the Rumble and AJ’s got to go three-on-one? This is absurd!” But then, ♫music hits♫ <<< click to play) and the audience goes absolutely berserk! The tron rises and out comes C… M… Punk! Regal: “What?! Punk?! Punk’s teaming with AJ?! Whatever next?!” JR: “Punk’s teaming with AJ!” The fans go bonkers and Styles looks surprised as Punk joins him at the foot of the ramp. They exchange a few friendly words as JR reminds is that Styles most recently defeated CM Punk twice, to win and retain the World Championship. Punk and Styles look to get in the ring, but as they approach ♫music hits♫ <<< click to play) and “No way!?” says Regal as the next person out to partner Styles tonight is none other than John Cena! The crowd are in shock as Cena comes down the ramp and he, AJ and Punk storm the ring – and the battle ensues immediately!

Brock Lesnar, Big Show & Wade Barrett vs. AJ Styles, CM Punk & John Cena

The comms can’t believe it as the referee tries to gain control. JR: “This must’ve been Edge’s doing. The GM knew AJ was never in any kind of cahoots with Why So Serious and by God, no way was Styles going to take a three-on-one mauling before the Rumble. He’s our World Heavyweight Champion and tonight he’s being backed up by CM Punk and John Cena! Cena of all people William!?” Regal: “I’m lost for words Jim. AJ himself thought he was going to be alone and after what Panther said earlier, I realized that he was right, Styles and Lesnar are the two biggest targets in the business right now – and Punk and Cena, well it seems they want a piece of the action.” Punk and Barrett battle to ringside while Big Show corners Cena and soon the referee is able to get some kind of control to officially start the match. The bell rings and we see Lesnar in his corner, far away from Styles who tags Cena and gets himself in the match. JR: “Lesnar, for a man so confident, he was quick to get to his corner there.” Regal: “He’s a clever man Jim. There’s no need to allow AJ to ride this momentum from the fans and his partners. Lesnar did the smart thing and doused that flame right away. People don’t give him enough credit, but Lesnar has as much brains as brawn.” Styles does well initially against Show, but he’s overpowered as Big Show plants him with a sidewalk slam. Show covers, but only gets Two as Styles kicks out and CM Punk quickly comes into the ring. This distracts Big Show momentarily and Styles is able to get back to his corner to tag Cena. Cena comes in and Big Show tags Wade Barrett in the far corner. William Regal speaks of how shocked he is that John Cena’s in the same team as AJ Styles and CM Punk. “One can understand that Punk and Styles have mutual respect given their classic matches in the KWF, but who knew that John Cena would be the one to team with them? The Doctor’s usually a loner, he only looks out for himself. I don’t understand this at all.” JR: “But William, we’ve seen change in John Cena’s attitude over the past few months. In fact, since Hulk Hogan and Ric Flair lost their power in the KWF, Cena’s not been a main event competitor, nor has he competed very often for the World Championship. I think Cena’s been humbled and have you noticed, Punk and AJ are working well with him. There’s no body language or questioning eye contact there at all. AJ and Punk seem to trust Cena.” As the contest goes on we watch as the legal Barrett befalls Cena and tags in Brock Lesnar for his first official appearance in the match. Brock comes in and tries to pick the bones of Cena, but The Doctor fights his way to his feet and he launches Brock toward his corner. This leads to a tag to Punk who comes in and performs his running high knee, followed by a bulldog and “Down goes Lesnar! Down goes Lesnar!” yells JR.

Punk tags in AJ who may finally be able to get himself a piece of Brock, but no, Barrett and Big Show come in from the far corner and all hell breaks loose. The fans chant and cheer for Styles, Punk and Cena and we watch as the referee tries to gain control. Big Show takes a mighty kick to the head from Punk and this makes him fall through the ropes to ringside. AJ tries to get a piece of Brock, but Barrett takes him on instead and Lesnar mouths off “I don’t have to face you till Sunday.” JR: “I think AJ’s trying to make a point that he’s not afraid of Brock Lesnar. We heard his conversation with Kurt Angle earlier and by what we’re seeing here, it’s Brock if anything who’s scared of AJ.” Regal: “Brock Lesnar scared of a puny twerp like AJ Styles? Give over Jim. I told you earlier, Brock’s a very clever man. D’you remember when he was in the KWF before when he took on Triple H and in the midst of that he was able to kidnap Hunter and Stephanie’s children? D’you think he could have pulled that off if he was a dumb nut? No, Lesnar knows what he’s doing and AJ’s falling for it. At the Rumble the same thing will happen and Styles will be unfocused. This will lead to Brock picking his moment and then pouncing to take away AJ’s World Title.” With the uncontrollable frenzy occurring in the ring, we suddenly hear ♫music♫ <<< click to play) and the tron rises. Down the ramp come Gambit and Jeff ‘The Joker’ Hardy! The fans cheer their appearance as JR says that as far as he knows, Kaz and Daniels have left the building. Regal: “That doesn’t matter to Why So Serious Jim. They were supposed to be in this main event and now they’re out here just looking for victims. They look so pissed off I’m telling you.” As the Tag Champs get in the ring we see Abyss emerge from under the ring apron. Gambit swings for Punk while The Joker goes after Barrett. A significant moment, says Regal, where Why So Serious are showing that they’re not on anyone’s side, “they’re in it for themselves and their purpose is to make a bad situation worse.” The referee’s finally had enough and he calls for the bell.

Result: No Contest.

The bell rings frantically, but that seems to be a signal for all the locker room to burst out. We watch as X-Division superstars, the British Invasion, Rumble participants and even Hornswoggle all come down to the ring and we have a pre-Rumble Rumble occurring right before our very eyes. The bell continues to ring as JR and Regal talk up how crazy and hectic the Rumble will be this Sunday. JR: “And folks remember, Styles’ partners tonight, Punk and Cena, they’re both in the Rumble too! With all their histories, I wonder if Punk or Cena will win the Rumble match and go on to challenge Styles at Mania?!” Regal: “Challenge Brock you mean?! It’s Lesnar who’s going to be Champion Jim. I don’t think AJ Styles can overcome him. I’ll tell you what though, why the bloody hell do pre-Rumble wrestling programs always end in mass brawls!? Jesus Christ!” JR: “Because the WrestleMania main event’s on the line! Everybody wants in!” The fans go wild as battles and brawls spill over into the audience and JR yells: “We’ll see you Sunday folks!” as KWF’s Wednesday Night Turmoil fades out.

[kwfblogs]

KWF Wednesday Night Turmoil: 9th Jan. 2013 – Oil Palace. Tyler, TX.

We fade in via a video montage reminding us of the conclusion of last week’s edition of Wednesday Night Turmoil. It was a night where the KWF General Manager invited World Champion AJ Styles and new KWF recruit Brock Lesnar to the ring, and Edge announced that Lesnar’s first pay-per-view match would be against AJ for the Title at KWF Royal Rumble. The night ended, for the second week in a row, with an F5 from Brock on the World Champion. ♫Wednesday Night Turmoil’s opening video♫ <<< click to watch) plays and we come Live into the Oil Palace. The crowd are on their feet for the entrance of ♫Ooooohhhh Yeeaaahhhhhh!♫ <<< click to play) ‘Black Machismo’ Jay Lethal and meanwhile, Jim Ross and William Regal bring us in on commentary. Regal reflects on how Turmoil concluded last week and he says that it’s nice to see that Edge is no longer playing favorites in the KWF. JR says: “Oh Mister Regal, I never thought Edge was playing favorites at all. AJ’s worked hard to get to where he is and I think that’s Styles’ biggest gripe with the GM in this instance. In fact most of the locker room has actively told Edge this past week that they don’t feel that Lesnar has any right to walk in here and get a Title shot right away.” Regal: “Well we’ll soon be hearing from the GM. There’s an interview lined up with JB and I think Edge should really lay down the law. Don’t take jip from the locker room Edge, it’s your show and it’s a bloody good one.” Lethal receives a great reception from the audience and the comms tell that KWF’s in the Oil Palace for the very first time. Austin Aries makes his entrance and the crowd boo. The comms tell that we have Lethal vs. Aries right now, Del Rio will take on R-Truth in a Hardcore match later on and as well as the Chickbusters vs. The Bellas, we’re going to be treated to a battle between two Royal Rumble participants; Mr. Anderson versus the British Invasion leader Wade Barrett.

‘Black Machismo’ Jay Lethal vs. Austin Aries

The bell rings and Lethal waves his arms a-la the late great Macho Man Randy Savage. Austin Aries smiles and they walk up to one another for a collar and elbow tie-up. However, it’s not all fun and games as Lethal would make it seem because Aries quickly puts on a side headlock and he takes Lethal to the canvas. Aries gets off him, stands up to drop a hard elbow, then another before going against the ropes, but when he comes back Lethal’s up and he lifts Aries by his leg for a flapjack. Aries lands hard on his stomach and uses the ropes to pull himself to his feet. But as he turns round, Lethal’s ready for him and so Aries dives out of the ropes and takes a moment to catch his breath. Lethal waves his arms once more and the fans loudly cheer in appreciation. Soon Aries gets back in the ring and tries to get some momentum going his way, but Lethal grounds him with a suplex and this leads to him waving his arms for the fans again. He covers for One, Two, but only Two and the match goes on. Regal: “This is what I don’t like about Jay Lethal. He’s always done this ‘Black Machismo’ gig in the KWF and I think it’s made it tougher for him to really identify who he wants to be. I mean, the man can go places, but why not keep your eye on the ball and focus on winning matches? That’s what this business is all about.” JR: “Winning matches comes with the persona William. And it’s not like Lethal’s mocking the Macho Man or putting his name down at all. I know for a fact that before Savage passed away, he was very happy with what Lethal was doing and Jay has continued his rendition of the Macho Man to pay respect to his memory and give the fans what they want. Lethal’s an excellent superstar. Finely conditioned and a great competitor in the ring. I personally believe that the Macho Man tribute boosts his confidence and thus does lead him to winning more matches.” We watch as Aries has gotten himself a foothold in this contest while the comms were in discussion. Aries shows off his showmanship side and performs his Pendulum Elbow, all the while flipping off the fans and then getting Two on a cover. JR says that Lethal does his Macho Man rendition for the fans, whereas Aries is a pompous show-off. Regal: “Well while you say the Macho Man ‘bit’ makes Lethal a better wrestler. I’d say Aries’ attitude of not giving a monkeys about these fans makes him live up to his status of being the greatest man that ever lived.” JR: “A self-proclaimed status.” The arrogant Aries goes to the top turnbuckle to attempt a Macho-like diving elbow. However, Lethal rolls out of the way and Aries crashes to the canvas. The tables turn and Lethal is able to drop Aries with a Lethal Injection and now the fans go wild as Lethal performs a proper Macho diving elbow and he covers for ‘One!’ count the crowd, ‘Two!’ and ‘Three!’

Winner: ‘Black Machismo’ Jay Lethal.

♫Lethal’s music♫ <<< click to play) hits and the Oil Palace cheers and applauds for his performance. JR tells that Lethal has only once won the KWF X-Division Title and in 2013, he’ll surely be after the Gold again. ‘Black Machismo’ celebrates up the ramp, getting his year off to a good start and Aries kicks the ropes, frustrated at the loss back in the ring. JR: “And ladies and gentlemen I’m just being told that both Lethal and Aries will be in the KWF Royal Rumble! Throughout 2011, we had a few superstars burst out of the X-Division to try their hand at other levels. Daniel Bryan went for Tag Gold and even now, we’ve got Christopher Daniels and Kazarian in a tag team. Lethal and Aries are going to be in the Rumble – and that could mean an X-Division superstar could main event WrestleMania!” Regal: “Yes but that’s not all Jim. (He listens intently). Folks we’re just hearing that the man you just mentioned, Daniel Bryan, he’ll be in the Rumble, Alex Shelley will be in it and so too… will Styler! The Brit with the Busby Kick! Fantastic! With Styler in the Rumble and Wade at number 30, I predict a fine victory for the Brits and it will be Wade Barrett who main event’s WrestleMania! Excellent. Yes, this is brilliant news.”

We come to our weekly round-up of what happened on last week’s edition of Wednesday Night Turmoil. It was the first show of the year and we were Live in New York City’s Madison Square Garden – an arena that has been core to many wrestling memories. The Rated R GM saw fit to put on one hell of a show and as we already covered, Brock Lesnar was the man at the centre of attention when the night ended. However, it could be argued that it was Edge who was centre of attention given that the ultimate opportunist announced the KWF Title match for Royal Rumble. We witnessed an angry side to Gambit as Kazarian slapped the backside of Kelly Kelly and the distraction led to a loss for the Cajun. There was X-Division tag action, Alberto Del Rio challenged Sheamus for his Hardcore Title and the evening’s main event match was Randy Orton putting up the Intercontinental Title against Big Show! To take in all this and more, click HERE to read January 2nd’s KWF Turmoil!

We go to Jeremy Borash and, as promised, JB has an interview lined up with KWF’s General Manager Edge. Edge doesn’t receive the usual cheer he gets when he comes on screen and Borash says that many of the fans are asking the question: “Has Edge turned on AJ Styles?” Edge: “JB I understand that people feel that way and I’m disappointed in that because it’s not the case at all. AJ and I have been friends for quite a while and when it comes to Brock Lesnar, I didn’t intend to screw AJ over. This past week I have had calls, e-mails, tweets and texts from everyone from John Cena to Little Jimmy. They’re all asking about the terms to Brock signing back to KWF and JB I’ll tell you the same thing I’ve told everybody; the move is good for business and that’s all there is to it.” JB questioningly asks Edge about Brock’s pat on his back last week, but Edge says that Brock Lesnar thinks he has the rule of the KWF just because he’s getting his Title match. Edge, toward the camera: “Thanks Brock. Patting me on the back, establishing our relationship and having all the fans doubt me and who I am as a man. Well Brock you’re signed with the KWF now and while you may think you have me in your pocket, big man you got another thing coming. I didn’t tell AJ about you signing to the company and I put him against you in a Title match at the Rumble because it was good for business. Now, Brock, as my employee, I’m putting you in a main event match right here tonight!” The fans cheer as JB gets excited. Edge goes on: “Brock, in the KWF, everyone’s on a level playing field and considering the volume of complaints I got to the terms of your contract, the least I can do, in the interest of fairness is put you through a similar amount of pain as you’ve put AJ through these past two weeks. My KWF World Champion was F5’d at the last Turmoil of 2012 and the first Turmoil of 2013. You think you can get away with that Brock? No. You’re now an active wrestler just like everyone else and therefore, you face consequences for your actions when you face a Monster tonight.” JB: “Monster? Brock Lesnar’s going to face a Monster?! Which Monster would that be Edge?” Edge smiles: “You know, Abyss.” The scene cuts to reactions from the audience and the comms are in shock. JR: “Lesnar’s making his second coming in the KWF and he’s against Abyss, tonight?! This is huge!” Regal: “It’s bloody out of order is what it is! What the flibbering hell does Edge think he’s doing?! I thought he was going to be fair now?” JR: “Fair? Did you think two unprovoked F5’s were fair?! Wow, I can’t believe this. What a main event we have set for tonight. Lesnar versus Abyss, oh my God!”

We come back from commercials and Ricardo Rodriguez is in the ring, introducing Alberto Del Rio. JR and Regal tell that this upcoming match will be a Hardcore contest and Del Rio will have a chance at showing what he can do when it comes to survival in an extreme wrestling contest. Regal: “I think he’ll survive just fine Jim. R-Truth’s no Hardcore competitor himself. This’ll just be like a sparring contest in my view.” JR: “Oh I’m not so sure about that. Truth’s always up for a fight and don’t let his whacky wherewithal fool ya. Truth wouldn’t be here if he couldn’t cut it in the KWF and I think he may well surprise Del Rio tonight.” As R-Truth makes his entrance alongside Little Jimmy, he gets in the ring and asks for a mic. The referee ensures that Del Rio stays toward a corner. Truth looks toward the fans: “Oil Palace Texas!” the crowd cheer. “Wha” – but ohh no, Del Rio blindsides Truth and decks him from behind.

Alberto Del Rio vs. R-Truth – Hardcore match

The Mexican Aristocrat is wasting no time as he gets to work on Truth. The fans boo but Regal says “How stupid do you want to be? Fancy playing to the fans like that when you've got a competitor like Alberto Del Rio stood right next to you waiting for a Hardcore match.” JR: “Good forbid one should assume someone would have any sporting integrity.” Regal: “Are you joking? Del Rio has integrity coming out of his backside.” Del Rio is stomping Truth in the corner, and then orders Ricardo to look under the ring for weapons. Regal: “Now that's resourceful, get Ricardo to get the weapons for him, then he can continue to pound on Truth.” Ricardo pulls out a steel chair, and slides it into the ring. Del Rio picks it up and swings at Truth as he gets to his feet, but Truth ducks it and slaps Del Rio across the face, sending the chair flying. He comes off the ropes and nails a Lie Detector. The fans cheer as Ricardo panics and looks under the ring for more weapons. Truth looks down and yells for Lil’ Jimmy to get him a weapon too. He sees the chair and picks it up, before looking down again and saying “Thank you Jimmy.” He strokes an imaginary head as Regal says “Barmy, he's absolutely barmy.” Truth then waits for Del Rio to get to his feet and jabs him in the gut. He then backs off before swinging for the fences, but Alberto rolls out of the ring. Truth follows, but Ricardo then steps in the way of his employer. The fans urge Truth to nail Ricardo, and it seems that he is about to, only for Del Rio to come round on the blind side and clobber him with a 2x4. He places it across Truth’s neck from behind and starts choking him out. The fans boo as Truth loses consciousness. Del Rio rolls him back in to the ring and follows, looking cocky and taking his time. Truth begins to stir again, but Del Rio slams him in the arm with the wood. JR: “My God! He’s gonna break his damn arm!” Regal: “He always softens the arm Jim, just setting up for the Cross Armbreaker, only this time he has a two-by-four to help him.” He soon drops the weapon and waits for Truth to get to his feet, before applying the Cross Armbreaker and forcing the tap.

Winner: Alberto Del Rio.

Del Rio lets go eventually and celebrates his win. Regal: “Now tell me that he can’t be Hardcore Champion. He’s so refined and elegant, but he can still break a man with a weapon with the greatest of ease.” JR: “He is certainly a dangerous individual, and he’ll have silenced a lot of doubters tonight. But remember, at the Royal Rumble he’ll be facing Sheamus, a man who has been Champion for several months and who loves nothing more than beating on cocky, brash individuals just like Del Rio.”

We cut to Edge’s skybox where the General Manager is surrounded by KWF Chicks. They’re badgering and pestering him, all trying to talk to him at once, and they’re all asking for the same thing – a shot at AJ’s Women’s Championship. Edge: “Ladies, ladies, please, one at a time, and that’s not the first time I’ll have to say that this evening I hope (he smiles cheekily at the camera, breaking that third wall as if to give a wink to the fans).. Look, as it happens, I do still need a match for the Women’s Title at the Royal Rumble, and seeing as that is less than two weeks away, here’s what I’m going to do. I believe in equal opportunities here in the KWF, and each and every one of you deserves to get a shot really. Some of you may remember two years ago there was a special one off match where the KWF Chicks had their own Royal Rumble match, and the winner went on to have a Women’s Championship match at WrestleMania. Well this year we are going to have another Chick Rumble, but this time the winner will not get a Title shot at Mania, because by winning the Rumble, they will become the New KWF Women’s Champion!” All the Chicks look impressed and excited. Edge continues “There will be fifteen participants, and a Chick can only be eliminated by being thrown over the top rope and down to the floor, none of this going through the middle rope crap.” Eve Torres pipes up: “Isn’t that a little unfair on AJ as Champion, I mean, surely she’ll have to enter at number one if she’s defending?” Edge: “Actually, no. Nobody will enter at number one, because all fifteen of you will start the match in the ring, last Chick standing wins.” Velvet Sky says: “Wait, isn’t that just a Battle Royal?” Edge: “Shhh!” The Chicks converse about Edge’s decision as we fade out.

We come to a video package highlighting the journey made by Jack Evans from the Indy circuit to the KWF’s X-Division. The Californian debuted in Ring of Honor in November 2003, and straight away started to showcase his high-flying talents and innovative moveset, and rivaled with current KWF superstars Samoa Joe and Evan Bourne. He would become part of a faction known as Generation Next alongside Alex Shelley and Austin Aries, and one particular highlight for Evans was his performance in a tag match against CM Punk and Colt Cabana. Evans would soon move to TNA where he became a part of Team Canada (despite being American), but this stint was short lived. He competed in the fabled Dragon Gate promotion before returning to ROH, and in 2006 featured in the short-lived MTV series Wrestling Society X. In 2008, Evans joined AAA where he became a part of The Foreign Legion, ironically under the leadership of Konnan. Evans enjoyed much success in Mexico, winning Tag and Cruiserweight Gold. However, last year he appeared on KWF television for the first time, wowing audiences with his high-risk moves and picking up enough victories to force himself into the picture for the X-Division Title. Last month he was interrupted by current Champion Rey Mysterio and his former leader from AAA, Konnan. Evans didn’t argue, but instead went straight to Edge and got himself booked in a Title match for Starrcade. Evans impressed at the final pay-per-view of 2012 and looked set to become X-Division Champion, only for Konnan to get involved and cost him that chance. However, Edge decided that Evans deserved a rematch, and so at the Royal Rumble it will be Evans versus Mysterio again, with Konnan banned from ringside. How far can Jack Evans go in the KWF? Can he defeat the great Rey Mysterio for the X-Division Title? Time will tell as the KWF Royal Rumble draws near.

When we return from commercials it is time for Chick action as ♫the music of Women’s Champion AJ Lee♫ <<< click to play) hits. She is followed by her Chickbuster pal Kaitlyn as JR talks up the state of the KWF Chicks. “Women’s wrestling is probably as competitive as it’s ever been. We have a popular Champion, and in just a week and a half we’ll be treated for a 15-Chick over the top rope Royal Rumble.” Regal: “I am enjoying the Chick Division at the moment Jim. They give it their all every night, and unlike elsewhere, they’re never told to hold anything back. If they want to try and show up the men, well I say good luck to them. Ms Lee could probably beat several of them the way she’s going at the moment.”

AJ & Kaitlyn vs. The Bellas

As the match begins with Kaitlyn up against Brie Bella, the commentators recap the recent history between AJ and her BFF. JR: “They came into the KWF as best friends, The Chickbusters, as they so affectionately called themselves, and both have enjoyed success. AJ Lee became Champion, but then lost the Title to Madison Rayne. The Queen Bee took it a step further and viciously attacked AJ after the match, injuring her and putting her on the shelf. Meanwhile, Kaitlyn had become the prize in a war between Panther and Dolph Ziggler, through no choice of her own, and was effectively ‘won’ by King Dolph when he defeated the Black Cat at the Sovereignty pay-per-view last summer. Kaitlyn was forced to be Dolph’s Queen, but shunned his repeated advances, so instead he decided to punish her. He appointed The Beautiful People as additional Queens and they helped make Kaitlyn’s life a living hell. However, Dolph still held a flame for the Houston Chick, and arranged for her to win the Women’s Title from Madison, thanks to help from Angelina Love and Velvet Sky. In an effort to free her from Dolph’s Kingdom, Panther cut a deal with Madison Rayne, which Kaitlyn agreed to, by which she would forge a false rivalry with Rayne and put her Title and Queen-ship on the line. Kaitlyn lay down as soon as the match began and handed the win to Madison. She had lost the Women’s Title, but she had won her freedom and ran back into the arms of Panther. However, a returning AJ Lee was furious that her friend had been in cahoots with the Chick who had savagely injured her, and found it very hard to forgive Kaitlyn for what she felt was betrayal. Kaitlyn spent weeks trying to explain that she also detests Rayne, and that it was simply the only way she could be free of her oppressive surroundings under King Dolph. The two would clash at Survivor Series when they were the last two left in the Women’s Title elimination match. Lee won after a hard fought battle, and that seemed to an end to any ill feeling as they embraced afterwards. Now, with AJ as Champion, Kaitlyn will get a chance, along with thirteen other Chicks, to take the Title from her at the Royal Rumble, and the Bellas could be looking to get an early advantage by softening the Champ up here tonight.”

The match itself has gone back and forth, with Kaitlyn starting well, but some twin magic after the Bellas caused a distraction led to the fresh Nikki coming in and taking control. She worked over Kaitlyn and tagged well with Brie, isolating the Texan. The Bellas attempt a double suplex, but it’s blocked, and then Kaitlyn shows a superb amount of strength to hit both with a  double suplex of her own. The fans cheer as she crawls across and is able to make the hot tag to AJ. The Women’s Champ comes in and is all fired up. She hits a series of flying clotheslines on both Bellas, before firing Nikki into the corner. Kaitlyn comes back in and throws Brie into the corner to join her sister, and then she launches AJ into them. JR: “Great teamwork from the Chickbusters there!” Regal: “When they’re on the same page they can be quite formidable.” The referee has lost control and he tries to restore order, as Kaitlyn lifts Nikki up in a Fireman’s Carry, before dropping her onto her knees. AJ heads to the top rope before pointing in the air and doing a Macho Man style hand movement, and then coming off to nail a Flying Elbow. JR: “That’s the second time we’ve seen that move tonight, clearly a tribute to her old trainer Jay Lethal!” Lee pins and gets a simple Three.

Winners: The Chickbusters.

AJ and Kaitlyn hug as they celebrate their victory. JR: “What an impressive win, and just like at Survivor Series, they worked so well as a team. That will give them both a great advantage in the Chick Rumble.” Regal: “It’ll be every woman for herself Jim, but you’re right. They could team up and ensure that they are the last two remaining, just like at Survivor Series. It promises to be a fascinating evening.” Kaitlyn lifts AJ onto her shoulder as Lee holds the Women’s Championship and the fans cheer them out.

Backstage we have a camera crew following Brock Lesnar and he bursts into the General Manager’s skybox. “Edge! What the hell do you think you’re doing? I’m not going up against Abyss tonight, my first match back is for the Title, it says so in my contract!” Edge: “No genius, it says that your first pay-per-view match is for the Title, but when it comes to Turmoil’s you’re an active KWF wrestler just like any other superstar and therefore the match tonight goes ahead.” Brock shouts angrily and he says that facing Abyss isn’t like facing AJ Styles: “They’re two completely different wrestlers to handle. What am I supposed to do?” Edge: “Well in UFC you had all heavyweight type fights so I’m sure you can handle Abyss. Oh wait, you were thinking that Styles is Champion so you can walk in here and take the Belt by swatting him away like a fly right? Well for starters, you’re a sucker if you believe that. AJ Styles will be able to compete with you toe to toe at the Rumble and Brock, after what you did to him over the last two weeks, the least you can deal with now is Abyss.” Brock becomes increasingly angry again, as Edge suggests that Lesnar better go and get ready. Brock storms out and now, we hear the fans cheer in the background as the scene fades on Edge.

We go to a clip of Christopher Daniels and Frankie Kazarian in a strip club. Daniels pays more attention to his Appletini than any of the ladies, but then Kaz stands up: “Man this sucks, these girls are no good.” Daniels: “Well what did you expect?” Kaz: “I don’t know. I was looking for a hottie to fit my every need, like Kelly does for Gambit. But none of these chicks can even swing around a pole all that well. Kelly’s the best at it man.” Daniels gets Kaz to sit down and the two of them stare intently at the strippers/pole dancers on stage. Daniels says that none of these girls live up to K2 because she was once an exhibitionist. “Think about it man. She may as well have been a hooker. When she debuted in ECW it was all about her stage show, her ass and oh look, when Why So Serious leave KWF, she goes back to stripping – she’s a common whore. You don’t want any piece of that.” Kaz: “Man, but that’s why I do. She seems so easy and I just want a chance at pinging her G-string and showing her my Flux Capacitor.” Daniels: “Nice.” Kaz: “I mean, I can’t get her out of my head. When she was in that pod in the Impact Zone the other week, honestly dude, she drove me wild. Imagine what it’s like to actually have a girl like her.”Daniels says that Kaz isn’t going to find a girl like Kelly here and the only real Barbie out there belongs to Remy LeBeau. Kaz concedes that perhaps the only way Kelly will take real notice of him is if he and Daniels challenge for the Tag Team Titles. Daniels continues sipping his Appletini and Kaz asks the barman for a Scotch. They clink glasses and Kaz finally agrees with Daniels: “Tag Titles here we come.”

Back Live at ringside JR and Regal tell that Why So Serious, especially Gambit, won’t be happy about what Kaz and Daniels have said here. JR: “These two are playing with fire. First Kaz harasses Kelly and now they call her such ugly names. It’s not right.” Regal: “But come on Jim, they’re not exactly lying. She must be easy if she’s so comfortable with taking her clothes off. And hey, these gentlemen are brave. They’re finally going to challenge for the Tag Titles!” JR: “Well I think they’re cowards for not being here tonight. Kaz slaps Kelly on the butt last week and tonight he’s not in the building? Smells like chicken to me.” Wade Barrett makes his entrance with Layla and soon we watch as Mr. Anderson comes out on stage. He introduces himself via his drop-down mic and the fans cheer him as he makes his way down to the ring. JR: “Two Royal Rumble participants about to collide folks. This one should be a slobberknocker.” Regal: “Haha, for Wade yes. He’ll lay waste to Anderson and make a real statement here. The British Invasion are going to have a special year Jim, I can feel it.”

Wade Barrett w/ Layla vs. Mr. Anderson

Layla’s at ringside and she claps as the bell rings and Barrett locks up with Anderson. The two of them push and try to outpower one another. Barrett is the stronger and he forces Anderson into the corner, but Anderson pushes him off and then thumbs him in the eye. Regal: “Git! He can’t do that!” JR: “Haha, that’s Mister Anderson for ya. Self-stated a-hole and he lives up to it every time he’s on your television screens folks. Wade Barrett best beware that a challenge from Mister Anderson is no easy feat.” Regal: “Of course it’s not Jim. Wade would have done his homework for this match. Anderson had a great run last year. He competed for the Intercontinental Title and the World Title – but he didn’t win. He failed and he’ll fail at the Royal Rumble and, as we’ll witness first hand, he’ll fail here tonight.” JR: “Oh that’s a bald faced lie. Anderson was the Intercontinental Champion last year William and true that he didn’t end the year well. However, he’s in the same boat as everyone else come Rumble time. The Royal Rumble is a chance at a clean slate. A chance to establish how one’s year will go and Anderson, well if you’re an a-hole like he is then I’m sure we can’t underestimate him tonight or during the Rumble match.” We watch as this contest unfolds and we witness an intriguing match-up. Barrett tries to ground Anderson and maintain control over him with a rear chinlock, but Anderson in turn uses this against Barrett to turn the momentum of the match, flipping Barrett over and putting on a bow and arrow. Layla looks on as the contest continues in this manner and Regal says that he’s surprised at how much of a mat wrestling match this has turned out to be. JR: “Perhaps Mister Regal, both these gentlemen are gearing themselves up for the Royal Rumble. I mean, to be eliminated out of the match one has to go over the top rope and both feet must hit the ground. With the way this match has gone, it seems that Barrett and Anderson are practicing for the Rumble, ensuring that they cover all their bases and making sure that they can maintain a mat-based offense, all the while knowing that while they’re so close to the canvas, they can’t be eliminated.” Regal: “Jim that’s possibly the most profound technical wrestling strategic thing you’ve ever said. But the match that’s on right now is what counts and there’s no over the top rope stipulation here. Come on Wade, enough with this, put him away.” Low and behold, Barrett does grasp the opportunity to out-wit Anderson. Having been on the canvas so long, Anderson may have thought that this is how the contest would pan out. But Barrett has other things in mind and when both men are back to their feet, *WHAM* ‘Ohhhh!’ gasp the crowd as we see a shocking Bull-Hammer Elbow shot, right to the jaw of Anderson and Barrett covers, hooking the leg for One, Two and Three.

Winner: Wade Barrett.

Regal: “Ho ho hoo, what a move! Fantastic! Anderson didn’t see that coming Jim, did you see that? That was great!” JR: “An impressive statement made here no doubt and dare I say that Wade Barrett may well be favorite to win the Rumble match. He’s on good form. His faction is in order and they win their matches. Barrett is full of confidence going into the pay-per-view, and of course he’s entering at number Thirty.” Barrett celebrates with Layla as Regal stands to applaud while the rest of the audience boo.

We are backstage once more with JB who says that he has his second very special guest of the evening. “Ladies and gentlemen, earlier tonight I had the opportunity to speak to KWF General Manager Edge, and now will you please welcome my guest at this time, he is The Icon, simply knows as the man they call Sting!” Sting steps into shot and JB’s first question… “Right off the bat, no pun intended, has to be… what did you make of the bizarre and eerie events on Turmoil in Madison Square Garden last week as The UnderTaker brought a casket to the ring, along with his druids, and along with The Absolute Lashley. The Phenom then ordered Lashley to get into the casket, which he did. How did you react to those scenes Sting?” The Stinger thinks for a moment. “JB, that was a very unsettling moment. As you and everybody else knows, I have been trying to get Lashley to snap out of this spell that Taker has him under. He has been tortured, ordered around, and basically used by the Deadman, and then he was cast aside like an unwanted Christmas sweater. I’m starting to think that Taker might be right, and that there is no element of Bobby left in there, he is just a soulless monster. But having said that, there was a moment last week, just for a second. If you watch the footage again, just as UnderTaker orders Lashley to get in the casket, there’s a look. Lashley looks at the casket and then back at Taker. To me, that look was saying “Please, don’t make me do this.” and for a second, I thought that would be the moment, but then he went and got in it anyway, the lid was shut, and perhaps so were my chances of ever saving Bobby’s soul. But come on JB!” Sting says, becoming more upbeat. “Ask me about the Royal Rumble! Ask me how the Stinger is going to throw 29 men out of the ring and win the Royal Rumble match for the second time in three years!” JB asks him if he’s confident ahead of the Rumble, to which Sting replies. “You better believe it! I’ve never felt more confident! Whoever gets in my way, whether it’s Kurt Angle, John Cena, Rob Van Dam, Abyss, Panther, The Miz, or even The Absolute One himself, I will do whatever it takes to ensure that I am victorious. At WrestleMania, Stinger’s going to headline the show and the Rumble, it’s gonna be Showtime!” Sting looks pumped and he exits as the scene fades out.

We come to a dark video. It pans out and we see smoke around a floor. All of a sudden, a body flies into the smoke from above and crashes to the floor, then another, then several more. It’s raining bodies as the camera pans up to a wrestling ring, where a shadowy figure is launching people over-the-top rope. A voiceover says “Thirty men enter… one man heads to the main event of KWF WrestleMania!” We then come to images of the past three KWF Royal Rumbles, showing Samoa Joe winning in 2010, The Icon Sting triumphing in 2011 and then The Phenomenal AJ Styles emerging victorious this year. The video comes back to the shadowy man tossing people from the ring. He turns to the camera and we cannot determine who it is, but the shot slowly zooms into his face, and all we can see are his eyes. A question mark appears over his head, and we see quick action of the likes of King Dolph, Wade Barrett, Kurt Angle, Sting, Samoa Joe, Daniel Bryan, Zack Ryder, Panther, John Cena, Rob Van Dam and many more. The screen goes back to the smoking floor, where we see a graphic: KWF Royal Rumble, coming January 20th 2013.

♫Brock Lesnar’s music♫ <<< click to play) hits and we are back Live here in Tyler, Texas for our main event of the evening. Regal says that he has chills, given how it’s been almost two years since Lesnar’s last KWF match and given how rarely we see Abyss compete. JR agrees, stating that the last time we saw Abyss in a match was the two-on-one Handicap match he had against The Dudley Boys: “and against them he was thrown through a flaming table – only to get up and walk out of the arena on his own accord. Abyss is arguably the most unaccounted for Monster in the KWF. We have a playing field that includes The UnderTaker, The Absolute Lashley and Kane, and sometimes Abyss may well be forgotten.” Regal: “But he shouldn’t be Jim. The man can take punishment like no other and given that he’s a part of that freak show Why So Serious, Abyss is a character not to be messed with. I didn’t agree with how this match came about, but this is a blockbuster main event, no doubt about it.” Abyss makes his entrance and the crowd cheer, giving him a superstar reception.

Brock Lesnar vs. Abyss

Lesnar bounces on the spot, doing his trademark motion. Abyss stands there and gets ready for a lock-up, but no, Brock punches him. Lesnar digs him in the gut, once, twice and then he impressively forces him toward the corner. JR: “Good Lord, what mighty strength. Lesnar’s roaring fearlessly into this contest.” Brock lays in shoulders to Abyss, but quickly the Monster fights back. He levels Brock with a headbutt and when Brock comes back, Abyss clobbers him down with a hard clothesline. Regal: “Brock began this match using his UFC techniques, but Abyss has shown him exactly the level of power that he’s got. What a fascinating contest we have here.” Lesnar gets up and tries to tackle Abyss down. Abyss elbows him hard on the back of his neck and he then underhooks one arm to lift Lesnar and take him over for a modified suplex. Brock doesn’t allow the cover, rolling out of the ring immediately and he holds the back of his neck in pain. Regal: “Having Lesnar face Abyss may not have been the cleverest move on the part of Edge. What if Brock’s not at a hundred percent at the Rumble? That wouldn’t be fair would it?” JR: “A hundred percent? What about AJ? Styles has conquered CM Punk twice and he’s taken two F5’s and you’re wondering about Brock’s welfare? No, after this tough test against Abyss, I think Lesnar and Styles will be on an even keel going into their World Title encounter.” Lesnar steps back toward the apron, but then drops down to the floor again. Abyss roars and then exits the ring as the arena rumbles as the Monster pursues the former Ultimate Fighting Champion. Abyss carries heavy weight though and Lesnar is far more agile, stepping onto the ring-steps before flying off to level an oncoming Abyss with a clothesline. Lesnar then quickly mounts Abyss’ torso and lays into him with lefts and heavy rights. He stands up, looking toward the audience and they boo as we go to our final commercial break of the night.

When we come back the crowd are going wild as Abyss has Lesnar atop the top turnbuckle and he performs an almighty superplex and both men go crashing to the canvas. The comms review, that during the break Lesnar had taken control of the match and had managed to bring Abyss back into the ring. However, perhaps trying too hard on his first match back in the KWF, Lesnar didn’t go for a cover and he went to the top turnbuckle. An uncharacteristic move, but not unbeknownst to Lesnar’s Pro Wrestling arsenal. He took too much time to get up there though and Abyss has now countered with this outstanding superplex. We watch Live as Abyss gets to his feet and on the far side, Lesnar gets up too. They come at loggerheads in the middle of the ring. A right from Lesnar. A right from Abyss. Lesnar, Abyss, Lesnar, Abyss, ‘Booo!’’s and ‘Yayyyy!’’s from the crowd and the atmosphere is electric, but wait, an invasion – Gambit, The Joker, out from the crowd and into the ring. They tackle Brock down and stomp away at him. Regal: “What on earth is this?!” JR: “Good God almighty, an all out attack. A full court press from Why So Serious!” The referee calls for the bell, throwing the match out.

Result: No Contest.

Brock Lesnar is down and he’s continuously getting booted and pummelled by KWF’s Tag Champs, Gambit and Jeff ‘The Joker’ Hardy. Some sections of the crowd are booing and JR doesn’t blame them, stating that this match could’ve gone either way, but Why So Serious have spoilt it. We watch as Kelly Kelly and Christy ‘Harley Quinn’ Hemme make their way down the ramp and as they get in the ring, Gambit and Joker have Brock on his feet. They double Irish-hip him and feed him to a spine-shattering Black-Hole Slam from Abyss. Hardy then laughs as he goes to the top turnbuckle, waves his arms old-school Hardy style, and then flies off for a Swanton Bomb on the defenceless Lesnar. Brock is laid out and Why So Serious line up in the middle of the ring to a very indifferent reception from the crowd, most of whom are stunned not just at the attack, but at the severity of it as well. JR: “I don’t understand this at all. What have Why So Serious got to do with this? Abyss could have won the match.” Regal: “Jim, look at Abyss, d’you really think he’s bothered about that? From his reactions I think he knew all along that The Joker and the rest of them would be out here. I don’t think a win or loss meant squat to Why So Serious here at all. I don’t see what the point of this is though. The main event’s been ruined and the number one contender to the World Title is laid out.” JR finishes the as the show fades out: “What the hell is going on?”

[kwfblogs]

KWF Wednesday Night Turmoil: 2nd Jan. 2013 – Madison Square Garden. New York, NY.

We see a short video clip showing us various scenes of fireworks that went off around the world when 2012 turned toward 2013 just over 24 hours ago. We then move on to a Live shot of the New York City skyline and Jim Ross voices over: “Ladies and gentlemen, we’re in the Big Apple for our first show of the year! Welcome to Wednesday Night Turmoil!” ♫Turmoil’s opening video♫ <<< click to watch) kicks in and then we come Live into Madison Square Garden where the fans are absolutely blowing the roof off the place. JR continues his introduction alongside co-commentator William Regal. JR: “It’s only the 3rd time KWF’s been in the Garden and the last time we were here was Survivor Series of 2011, the famous eve of KWF’s two brands, TNA RAW and Impact SmackDown, becoming one show a week.” Regal: “Yes Jim and it’s always nice to be in New York, but let’s get down to business. Ladies and gentlemen, Brock Lesnar showed up on Turmoil last week. It was at the end of the night, right after our Champion, AJ Styles, defeated Christopher Daniels in the main event. Mister Lesnar’s appearance was un-announced and not only did he take the spotlight from AJ, but he also F5’d him all the way to New Years!” JR: “William this is a very serious matter. Brock left the KWF almost two years ago and for him to return in the manner that he did, with the timing he did, right in the Impact Zone last week, well the fans want answers and I’m sure AJ Styles wants answers too – mostly from our General Manager Edge.” Regal: “That’s all going to come to a boil later tonight Jim. Edge is hosting a Cutting Edge special – and his two guests are AJ Styles and Brock Lesnar.” The comms go on to tell of what else we have lined up for tonight. There’ll be a 6-man X-Division tag match, Gambit will take on last week’s main eventer Christopher Daniels and we’ll witness Kaitlyn against Queen Madison as well.

Before all that though, ♫music hits♫ <<< click to play) and Turmoil in New York kicks off with Ricardo Rodriguez standing in the middle of the ring. He introduces Alberto Del Rio and the audience boo as the Mexican aristocrat enters by the low side of the stage in a 2013 Alpha Romeo Spider. The comms wonder what Del Rio is doing here, especially given that he’s smartly suited and not in any ring attire at all. Rodriguez finishes his intro as Del Rio takes the microphone off him. He tries to speak, but the audience continuously boo him, not giving him a chance. His expression changes, and he becomes somewhat more light-hearted. He smiles: “My name, my name is Alberto Del Rio!” The crowd boo again. “But you, you already know that.” More boos. “So no one had a good New Year’s celebration? All of you come in here, you boo me, you disrespect me and why? Because you don’t remember me?!” The fans boo again. Del Rio goes on to say that he’s not surprised at the reception that he’s getting because, in his words, all the people of New York are jealous of Del Rio’s wealth, his stature and his million dollar smile. “But I am not here to pander to you peasants. I am not here to entertain you, I’m not here to wish you the best for the new year. What I am here to do is put out a challenge.” Del Rio announces that he wants to challenge Sheamus to a match for the Hardcore Title at KWF’s upcoming Royal Rumble pay-per-view. Del Rio talks down both the General Manager, Edge, and KWF’s Hardcore Ambassador, Mick Foley. He says that he will put his pristine body on the line, not for their benefit, but for the benefit of ‘his people’. “You see, not every Mexican is as fortunate as me. Most of them have to crawl through tunnels and run through fields to get here, but Ricardo and I, we came here legally. We came here and we rubbed our wealth right into the faces of you pathetic American gringos and now, with the Hardcore Title on the line, I will prove to everybody that I bleed red, just like everyone else. I will bleed, but my rich talent, my wealth and my ability will have me win the Gold and 2013 will be known for the rise of Alberto Del Rio!” The audience boo as Ricardo gets back on mic and he continues saying Del Rio’s name: “Alberto Del Rio! Alberto Del Rio! Alberto Del Rio!” ♫Sheamus’ music♫ <<< click to play) hits and we see the Hardcore Champ step out from under the rising tron. The fans cheer his appearance and he stands on stage with a mic in hand. He smiles as he looks toward the fans and they cheer him. “Alberto, as much money as one can have, I don’t suppose you’ve bought the technology to devise yourself a brain cell have ya?” The crowd laugh as Sheamus goes on: “Because I spent New Years drinking myself ol’ Stone Cold style and Bertie, I still have the wherewithal to kick your arse, rich man or not.” The fans cheer and chant for Sheamus as he goes on to say that people of Del Rio’s heritage have similarities to those of Sheamus’ Irish background. Sheamus says that he knows exactly how it feels to come to American land, clawing and scraping for everything on the way. “Basics like food, water, clothes, you haven’t got a clue have-ya Bertie? You and your little ring announcer there. Well I’ll tell you what, come Rumble, you wanna try your luck against me, you got it fella. I’ll be more than happy to smash your face in. In fact, I’m going to beat you so bad that you will need all the money you’ve got – to pay for hospital bills and afford a golden bib to go round your neck so that Ricardo can feed ya Oat Meal for ya breakfast.” The fans cheer as Del Rio smugly stands in the middle of the ring. He says that he’s not going to lower himself to Sheamus’ level. “All this talk from you means nothing to me. At the Rumble, my destiny is already written Sheamus. I will become the new Hardcore Champion and you, and all these peasants, you won’t know what’s hit you.” ♫Del Rio’s music♫ <<< click to play) hits and Ricardo again continues announcing his name. Sheamus shakes his head as the comms wrap up. Regal: “What a man Del Rio is. I’ll tell you Jim, that’s someone to look up to. He’s been in the background a lot in the KWF and now, at the dawn of a New Year, he’s laying down his marker and he said it himself, he’ll bleed for that Title.” JR: “Yes and in all honesty I’m very surprised William, and so too is Sheamus I think. Del Rio’s very confident of winning this match and I wonder why. I hope he’s done his homework though, The Great White is a very proud Hardcore Champion and he will not let go of that Belt without a fight.”

Austin Aries, Styler & Rey Mysterio w/ Konnan vs. Jack Evans, Daniel Bryan & Alex Shelley

Back after commercials the bell rings and we’re into this 6-man X-Division tag team contest. The match begins with Daniel Bryan and Alex Shelley arguing over who starts, but Jack Evans then comes in and he willingly begins the match. Austin Aries is legal in the far corner and the two of them trade hip-tosses and arm drags early on. JR and Regal discuss matters as this match unfolds. JR: “Bryan and Shelley have history ladies and gentlemen. Throughout the summer of last year, both of them teamed with Samoa Joe in attempts to become Tag Team Champions. Neither could get the job done and while Bryan and Shelley coveted Joe’s services, it was Joe in the end who walked away from them both.” Regal: “But remember Jim, Alex Shelley was the one who tempted Joe away from Bryan in the first place. His usual partner, Chris Sabin got injured, again, and so for a period of a few weeks Joe and Shelley became the Motorcity Samoan Submission Machine Guns – or something of that ilk.” JR: “Indeed, and while Joe walked away from both these superstars, the tension ran on. Bryan defeated Shelley in a match on Turmoil and most recently, Joe defeated Bryan to put a full stop on the entire story.” Regal: “Or at least that was the idea. The story may be over, but as we can see, Bryan and Shelley still don’t like each other one bit.” We watch as the contest goes on and Jack Evans spends a lot of time in the ring. He tags to Bryan, but Bryan tries to ground Styler and then Aries, not for the continuance of the match, but more-so to show Shelley ‘how it’s done’. This leads to mistakes and Evans has to tag himself back in. When he tags in Shelley, the same scenario arises and meanwhile in the far corner, Mysterio, Aries and Styler are getting along just fine. Their tagging means that they’re often fresh and while Bryan and Shelley argue, the wearing down of Evans proves too much and in the end Rey Mysterio follows up Styler’s Busby Kick (punt version of a Shining Wizard), by dropping the dime, coming off the top turnbuckle with a splash and the X-Division Champion pins Evans yet again.

Winners: Rey Mysterio, Styler & Austin Aries.

The fans boo as Regal applauds Styler’s part in the match and he says that Rey Mysterio has nothing to worry about come Rumble time. “The man pinned Evans at Starrcade, pinned him again tonight and at the Royal Rumble it will be a hat trick.” JR: “Aww come on William, the contest will be very different then. It will be one on one for starters.” Regal: “Yes, but look, Konnan didn’t interfere at all tonight.” JR: “But with Bryan and Shelley arguing, Evans was in the match for most of the work. He was worn down and out-numbered. I’m not buying that Rey has Evans’ number at all. In fact, Evans may be able to learn a lot from a loss like this.” Regal chuckles. JR: “What’s so funny?” Regal: “Well normally when we see tag matches like this, it’s the fan favorites that get along and put on a show. Tonight, it’s the fan favorites who were arguing and bickering and that led to the ultimate fan fave, Evans, getting pinned. Haha, and now poor New York is upset and angry, booing Rey, Styler and Aries. Well boo hoo New York, your faves didn’t win haha. Just like the Jets and the Giants, pathetic.” JR: “You can be so cruel.”

We come to a video package that begins with Why So Serious’ Kelly Kelly dancing in a pod on last week’s post-Christmas edition of Wednesday Night Turmoil. We were in TNA’s old Impact Zone and it was a night where The UnderTaker’s power over The Absolute Lashley prevailed, as Lashley laid Sting out yet again. We saw Brodus Clay versus Wade Barrett, Sheamus versus The Miz, and The Beautiful People reigned supreme over Eve Torres. Alex Shelley took on Jack Evans in an X-Division epic and to top it all off, the Impact Zone saw a TNA classic as Christopher Daniels took on the KWF World Champion AJ Styles in the main event – and we all know what happened after that… to take it all in and read the full show, click HERE for December 26th’s Wednesday Night Turmoil!

We’re back Live and the comms reflect on the final Turmoil of 2012. They reiterate the fact that we saw some excellent matches on the night, but the big shock was the appearance of Brock Lesnar. ♫Music hits♫ <<< click to play) and the tron rises for the entrance of Christopher Daniels and his tag partner Frankie Kazarian. The comms tell that we’re getting set for Daniels versus Gambit in what should be a crowd pleasing match-up here in MSG. The Cajun enters with his girlfriend Kelly Kelly. They receive a pretty good reception and Regal besmirches that he can’t understand how Why So Serious are so well received. JR: “I don’t know what it is for sure William, but like the nWo and DX of old, Why So Serious don’t try to please the fans just to get some backing. They go about their business, crazy or not, and the crowd love’m.” Gambit kisses Kelly before getting into the ring and Daniels looks confident as we notice Kazarian lock his eyes on Kelly Kelly right away.

Christopher Daniels w/ Kazarian vs. Gambit w/ Kelly Kelly

*Ding-Ding-Ding* goes the bell and we’re underway. The two lock up and Daniels goes for a wristlock. Gambit counters and turns under Daniels’ arm for a hammerlock. Daniels counters that and drop-toe-holds Gambit, but LeBeau only drops to his knees and he turns to leap over and cover Daniels for One on the count. Daniels gets up, slightly surprised by his opponent and Gambit stands up with a smile on his face. Daniels wants to go again, but instead of locking up, Gambit goes toward a corner and lays across the top ropes. Daniels isn’t impressed with Gambit’s arrogance and he takes this moment to talk to Kazarian. Kaz however, has his eyes fixed on Kelly Kelly. Gambit gets off the corner and invites Daniels back in to compete. Daniels obliges and the contest goes on, back and forth with the fans increasingly in the corner of LeBeau. The comms remind us that Daniels has been considering talking to Edge and getting him and Kaz a Tag Title shot in the near future. JR: “It’s Kaz who’s been reluctant to go for the Gold William, but given his glaring of Barbie Blank over there, I think he’s going to want to be as close to her as he can possibly get.” Regal: “Yes, but his first instincts are right I think. Gambit and The Joker are a tag team that has the backing of two crazy Chicks and Abyss. That’s not good odds at all and if, if Kaz and Daniels go after the Tag Titles, they better well have a very good plan, because Gambit and Joker, after defeating The Dudleys twice, I don’t think there’s a team that can match them right now.” Having said that, Daniels gets some control in the match and as he maintains it, Kazarian gets closer to Kelly Kelly at ringside. Daniels throws Gambit out the ring and he lands by Kelly’s feet. She helps him up, pecking him on the cheek, but Gambit sees Kazarian just a few short paces away. He eyeballs him, but has to focus on the match and so gets back in the ring. LeBeau gets on top now, countering a DDT with a Double-Arm DDT of his own. The fans cheer as he gets to his feet, perhaps now in a position to set for Mardi-Gras. However, as Kelly applauds, Gambit looks over and Kazarian slaps her butt! Gambit swiftly goes by the ropes, warning Kaz off. Kelly also yells at him and it looks like Gambit’s about to exit the ring to go after Kaz, but no, Daniels grabs him from behind and Gambit doesn’t know what’s hit him as the vastly experienced Daniels lays him out with the Last Rites! He covers, hooking the leg and the crowd boo as Christopher Daniels pins one half of the Tag Team Champions.

Winner: Christopher Daniels.

Kelly Kelly tries to climb the stairs, but Kazarian gets in her way. He invites her to go toward him, but she moves away, sliding into the ring and going to Gambit. Daniels celebrates the victory and goes to Kaz, embracing him and then Kaz raises Daniels’ hand as the two of them celebrate up the ramp. Gambit comes to and he gets to his feet. No longer laid back, no longer nonchalant, LeBeau is perhaps the angriest we’ve ever seen him in the KWF, but Kelly talks to him and calms him down. Regal: “What an idiot. He had to have seen this coming, I mean, Kazarian was all-eyes-on-Kelly when she was in that pole dancing pod in the Impact Zone last week. And what’s the problem anyway? When Why So Serious were off KWF Blogs, Barbie Blank was a pole dancer in San Francisco. All of a sudden Gambit’s angry about this?” JR: “William, you’re putting the argument across well out of context. Kelly stripped and pole danced sure, but that was her job. She was working on a look-but-don’t-touch basis. Gambit’s not stupid, with a girl like Barbie he knows that he’ll have people drooling over her and that’s why he wasn’t concerned when Kaz was watching her in the pod last week. But Kazarian’s crossed a line tonight. He slapped Kelly’s derriere and dare I say, Kaz better watch himself. Why So Serious are unpredictable as it is, but touch a man’s woman and there may be hell to pay.”

We head to the back where almost the entire KWF roster is gathered. Some are sitting on chairs and others standing as they ask one another why Edge has called them all together like this. Edge enters and addresses the superstars. “Guys, tonight, as I'm sure you're all aware, we're in Madison Square Garden.” Eric Young looks around, appearing to not have been aware of that. Edge: “Now I have already lined up a great card for such an occasion, and we have a Casino Warfare Chick rematch happening in just a few moments. But, with the Rumble around the corner, I want to kill two birds with one stone and there’s no better place to do it than the Garden.” Edge goes on to explain that Randy Orton wants to be in the Royal Rumble match and therefore there shall be an Intercontinental Championship match Live tonight right here on Turmoil – and Randy will compete against somebody in this room. All of the assembled Superstars clamber over one another to raise their hands and shout “Me! Me! Me! I want a shot! Me!” Edge holds his hand out and says “Whoa, hold up one second. I haven't finished. There is one teeny tiny stipulation.” Everyone calms and sits down again. “Whoever goes up against Randy tonight will have an opportunity to become the Intercontinental Champion. However, the loser of the match will have to enter the Royal Rumble at number One.” All of a sudden the KWF Superstars are not as eager to put their name forward. Edge says that no matter who competes against Orton tonight, both men will be in the Royal Rumble – but the loser at number One. He exits, saying anyone who has the testicular fortitude to step forward has about thirty minutes to make their mind up.

We come back into the arena where JR and Regal react to Edge's proposition. JR: “Well what a choice Edge has given his roster. Some brave soul can have an Intercontinental Title shot right here tonight in Madison Square Garden, but they will be risking the possibility of having to enter the Royal Rumble from the very beginning.” Regal: “Wouldn't put me off Jim. Remember, as many people have won the Rumble from number One than from number Thirty. I wonder who's going to step up.” With that we watch as Kaitlyn makes her entrance and the former Queen comes to the ring to a good reception from the crowd. The current Queen soon follows and the sexy, yet scantily clad Madison Rayne gets roundly booed by the New York audience.

Kaitlyn vs. Queen Madison

As the match begins, JR reminds us that these two have had a strange recent past. “Kaitlyn was effectively 'won' by King Dolph Ziggler as he defeated Panther to make her his Queen. She was royalty against her will and spurned Dolph's advances, so he brought in The Beautiful People as his new Queen's, and the three of them punished and tormented poor Kaitlyn. They put their heads together to make Kaitlyn the Women’s Champion after Angelina Love and Velvet Sky screwed Madison out of the Title, but Kaitlyn was also a reluctant Champ as she felt she hadn't earned the Belt. Even as Champion she was abused by Dolph and The BP, and so together with Madison and Panther, hatched a plan that would allow her to be free of Dolph's shackles, while Madison would get her Women's Title back and become the new and only Queen of the KWF. Kaitlyn lay down at Casino Warfare and let Madison pin her, but always maintained that it was business only. Now here tonight she has a chance to legitimately wrestle Madison, with both possibly looking to get in the reckoning for a chance at AJ Lee's Championship.” Kaitlyn has shown early on that she is more than willing to put up a fight against Madison here, and is using her power game to get the better of the Queen. She fires her into the corner and hits a running clothesline, before nailing Rayne with a bulldog. Regal points out that neither Panther nor Dolph are at ringside with their respective ladies, and JR states that Edge has banned both from being out here due to their long term rivalry. “He doesn't want any distractions in this one, and given the quality of the wrestling we're seeing, who can blame him?” Madison has managed to get back into it after a boot to the gut of the Houston native. She hits Kaitlyn with a series of kicks, before wrapping her legs around her head and aiming to slam it into the canvas, but Kaitlyn uses her strength to lift Madison up and stand, before falling back and executing an electric chair. She covers and gets Two. Madison manages to reverse an attempted neckbreaker and turns it into a suplex, but Kaitlyn lands on her feet behind Rayne, grabs her around the neck and floors her with a Reverse DDT! She hooks the leg and gets Three.

Winner: Kaitlyn.

JR: “Big win for Kaitlyn and she just proved to any doubters, including the Women's Champion, that she has as much fight in her as anyone.” Regal: “I'll admit I felt no sympathy for her when she gave her Title away, but she does appear to have something about her. She may well be Champion again under her own power before long. And there's a lot of power in that attractive casing.” Kaitlyn celebrates as the fans cheer. Madison is furious as she makes her shameful exit and we go to commercials.

We return to a darkened arena and *BONG!* go the chimes as we watch the tron rise. Smoke fills the arena floor and the audience gasp as one as we watch the entrance of The UnderTaker Live in Madison Square Garden. JR quietly speaks of The UnderTaker’s presence, the chill in the air and Regal agrees that the Lord of Darkness is arguably the most feared being in the Keystone Wrestling Federation. Behind Taker, as he walks, we see druids. Some of whom hold flaming lanterns, but then, toward the back of their crowd we see that six of them are rolling a casket to ringside. The comms wonder what’s going on as UnderTaker gets into the ring, removes his dark hood and gets on mic to invite The Absolute Lashley down to the ring. JR: “What’s this about William?” Regal: “I’m not sure Jim, but after what Lashley did to Sting last week, perhaps UnderTaker is embracing his apprentice again. I mean, he said last week that Lashley is soul-less, he is The Absolute One. I think this may be some kind of statement, a statement from Taker that The Dark Side is about to rise again.” JR: “God help us all, if you’re right.” ♫Lashley’s music♫ <<< click to play) hits and the audience feel chills as he makes his way down to the ring. He looks at the casket before stepping through the ropes. The arena lights become slightly brighter, but most of what we see is dark and eerie. Two of the druids open the casket. UnderTaker looks at Lashley and says: “Get in.” The audience gasp and the comms wonder what on earth is happening. Lashley steps back and looks at the casket, and then looks back into the eyes of his master. The comms seem to be sympathizing with Lashley as UnderTaker points to the casket and says: “I won’t tell you again!” We hear thunder as Lashley then walks toward the ropes, steps through them and plants himself into the casket. He doesn’t look toward Taker as he lies back and very quickly, Taker raises his hands and the druids slam the coffin shut! The UnderTaker rolls his eyes back and exits the ring, with the druids rolling the casket behind him and they all exit up the ramp. JR and Regal can’t believe what they’ve seen. JR: “What was this all about? What was Taker doing here? The man has Lashley under his control, he buried Sting last week and now this?! UnderTaker just humiliated Lashley here.” Regal: “He did Jim and I think that is the point. The humiliation of it all. Not so long ago Taker was saying how he didn’t want Lashley as his apprentice anymore. He said that Lashley wasn’t worthy. Now I think last week was a test, a test to see if Lashley was still leaning toward the Dark Side. And he was, he took Taker’s words and he laid out Sting. But today, today I think The UnderTaker’s power is being abused by The Deadman. Taker said it himself, the man, Bobby Lashley has no soul. He knows nothing other than The Dark Side. And yet, The UnderTaker is still the master, still the Lord of Darkness. Goodness me, I think The Absolute Lashley is nothing more than a pawn now. Dear oh dear.” The camera pans away from The UnderTaker and up and way high in the rafters we see The Icon Sting. Sting had watched the whole thing. We fade to commercials.

♫I hear voices in my head, they council me, they understand, they talk to me!♫ <<< click to play). The Apex Predator Randy Orton heads to the ring with his Intercontinental Title around his waist. JR: “Well here comes The Viper, and William, do you think it'll be a significant disadvantage to Orton that he still has no idea who, if anyone, he's going to be facing here?” Regal: “Oh absolutely. The smartest thing you can do as a wrestler is research your next opponent so you can make your plan of action, but that of course is not an option for Randy. Then again, Randy's plan of action for anyone seems to be 'if it moves, RKO it', so I suppose he'll be fine.” Orton awaits his opponent as he stands in the ring. The crowd are silent in anticipation. JR: “There's a chance that no-one will show here. A Championship opportunity in the Garden is great, but risking being drawn at number One for the Royal Rumble might be too much for the guys in the back to put on the line.” All of a sudden, a challenger appears as his music hits: ♫Well it's the Big Show!♫ <<< click to play). Big Show marches to the ring with a grin on his face, looking tremendously confident while Orton shows a glimpse of unease as the giant gets bigger the closer he gets to the ring. Fearless, Orton slides out to meet Show on the outside and the two brawl back and forth. Show gets the better of things and starts firing his huge bear paws into the gut of the Viper. He slams Orton into the steps, before tossing him into the ring.

Randy Orton vs. Big Show – KWF Intercontinental Title

The referee calls for the bell to officially begin the match. JR: “Good God, what an explosive start to this contest. The Garden’s going wild for this William.” Regal: “Yes and it’s the competition for the Gold that makes this so spectacular Jim. Both men go into this with no fear and they go in all-guns-blazing. This is great, perfect for such a stage and I have to say, kudos to Edge for having this main event match in our opening Turmoil of the year and well done to Big Show for stepping up to the plate.” Show steps over the top rope and raises his hand and roars. JR: “My God, he's setting up for the Chokeslam already!?” Regal: “Oh dear Randy, bet you hadn't reckoned on this.” Orton gets to his feet and Show plants his mighty hand across his throat, before lifting him up, but Orton grabs him around the head and brings him down with a DDT! The fans cheer as now both men are on their backs. They get to their feet and the match pans out to be an even affair with both giving as good as they get. Orton is struggling to cope with the size and strength of the giant, but equally, Show cannot keep up with Orton's slithery ways and finds it difficult to hit him with anything meaningful as Orton evades his attempts. Show backs Orton up into the corner and starts to slap him hard across the chest with his open palm. Orton cries out in pain as his chest starts to bruise. There is a visible red hand print across him, as Show starts to take full control of proceedings.

JR reminds us that in the KWF, Big Show is a former Hardcore Champion, and knows what it takes to win Gold. He is also a former WCW, ECW and World Heavyweight Champion, and he is now dominating the Intercontinental Champion right here. Orton attempts to fight back and hits some shots, before going for a Thesz Press, but Show catches him and gets him in a Bear Hug. He squeezes Orton to the point that he begins to lose consciousness. The crowd in the Garden are captivated as Orton fades. JR: “Could this be the end of Randy Orton's reign as Champion? Big Show has him in all kinds of trouble, and he may well be unconscious.” The referee raises his arm, and it drops, he raises it again, it drops again, he raises it a third time, if it drops the match is over... but no! Orton keeps his arm in the air, and he uses it to club Show. He grabs him and headbutts the giant, and rakes the eyes in desperation, managing to get free. He hits a clothesline, then another, but Show won't go down. He goes for another clothesline and ducks an attack from Show, before hitting a picture perfect standing dropkick, which sends Show stumbling back and he falls into the ropes, getting his arms caught up in them. Orton smiles as JR says “Shades of Andre, and Orton is taking advantage.” The Viper hits the trapped giant with rights, getting his own back for those open palmed slaps. Show eventually manages to get himself free and tries to fight off Orton. The Champ goes for an RKO, but Show pushes him away. Orton runs back to him, but Show grabs him by the throat. He goes to lift him up but Orton pushes off him, before turning and leaping up to the middle rope. He springs back off it and RKO! He uses his extra height off the jump to reach around Show's head and bring him down with his patented finisher! He hooks the massive leg and gets One, Two and Three!

Winner and Still KWF Intercontinental Champion: Randy Orton.

♫Orton’s music♫ <<< click to play) hits as the fans cheer and he celebrates. JR: “Orton has retained, but he's been through hell to do it. He raises his Championship high, and William, you know what this means? Big Show will be entering the Royal Rumble at number One!” Regal: “In all honesty, I'm not sure he'll care too much. A big scary giant like him could see being in first as an advantage. He can have 29 guys come down to him one at a time and he can throw them over the top rope one after the other. If he entered later he might have to deal with up to ten superstars at once. Maybe that's why he accepted this match, though I don't think for one second he entertained the idea of losing.” The fans rise and cheer as Orton poses with his IC Championship atop the turnbuckles.

We come to a dark video. It pans out and we see smoke around a floor. All of a sudden, a body flies into the smoke from above and crashes to the floor, then another, then several more. It’s raining bodies as the camera pans up to a wrestling ring, where a shadowy figure is launching people over-the-top rope. A voiceover says “Thirty men enter… one man heads to the main event of KWF WrestleMania!” We then come to images of the past three KWF Royal Rumbles, showing Samoa Joe winning in 2010, The Icon Sting triumphing in 2011 and then The Phenomenal AJ Styles emerging victorious this year. The video comes back to the shadowy man tossing people from the ring. He turns to the camera and we cannot determine who it is, but the shot slowly zooms into his face, and all we can see are his eyes. A question mark appears over his head, and we see quick action of the likes of King Dolph, Wade Barrett, Kurt Angle, Sting, Joe, Bryan, Zack Ryder, Panther, John Cena, Rob Van Dam and many more. The screen goes back to the smoking floor, where we see a graphic: KWF Royal Rumble, coming January 20th 2013.

♫You think you know me!♫ <<< click to play). The General Manager of the KWF Edge comes out to a huge ovation. JR: “It's time for The Cutting Edge, and here comes our GM.” Regal: “This should be fascinating. Brock Lesnar back in the KWF and he'll come face-to-face with our KWF Champion AJ Styles for the second week in a row.” Edge enters the ring and says “Last week on Turmoil, as I am sure you all saw, there was a surprise return. As AJ Styles celebrated his win over Christopher Daniels, Brock Lesnar came to the ring in the Impact Zone and leveled him with an F5. I would like to set the record straight now. Just over a week ago, I re-signed Lesnar to the KWF, so Brock had every right to be in the Impact Zone last week. Now at this time I would like to invite the KWF World Heavyweight Champion AJ Styles down here.” Regal: “Oh here we go, let's see how Edge plays favorites now.” JR: “Will you stop it?!” ♫AJ’s music♫ <<< click to play) hits and Styles makes his entrance. He doesn't look too happy, but the fans give him a good reception. He gets into the ring and is handed a mic. Edge starts by saying he's glad to see that Styles is okay after the attack from Lesnar. Styles replies “Yeah I'm fine. Well, physically I'm fine, but something has been bugging me ever since Brock Lesnar jumped me on my old turf of the Impact Zone. Why, as GM of this company, did you think it not important to tell anyone that you had re-signed him? If I had known he was back, I might have been a little more prepared.” Edge: “AJ, I appreciate that you're upset about it, but despite being the KWF Champion, I don't have to run every decision I make by you or anyone else. This is the Keystone Wrestling Federation, and you're top of the tree, so you have to be alert at all times to all challengers. You should know better than anyone that as Champion, face of the company and all that, you’ve always got a target on your back. And with that in mind I should probably make you aware of something else that concerns you.” Edge then invites Brock Lesnar to the ring. His ♫music♫ <<< click to play) hits, and the former WWE and UFC Heavyweight Champion comes to the ring to a chorus of boos. Lesnar gets in the ring with a big smile on his face. He keeps his eyes on Styles and stands across the ring from him. Regal: “Look at the size of this man, Jesus!” Edge goes on to say that “the opportunity to sign someone of the caliber of Brock Lesnar doesn't come around too often, and so I had to negotiate a contract that would be for the ultimate benefit of the company.” Lesnar nods, as Edge goes on to announce that the key component of Brock’s contract was that his first pay-per-view match would be for the KWF World Title. “Therefore, I can announce to all of you here in Madison Square Garden that in two and a half weeks at the KWF Royal Rumble it will be Brock Lesnar versus The Phenomenal AJ Styles for the KWF World Heavyweight Championship!” The fans do cheer, but AJ is far from happy and he says that no one has the right to come into this company and get a Title shot right away. He confronts Edge and says “What happened to earning it?” Edge: “AJ, I am the General Manager and sometimes I have to make tough decisions, but it's about doing what is right for the fans and for the KWF.” He adds that this scenario is win-win, in that he gets a top star like Lesnar on his roster, and also has a high quality main event for the Royal Rumble: “And AJ, if I didn’t think you could handle this, I’d have never have agreed to letting Lesnar have this match.” AJ’s angry and he says that there’s usually a queue for a Title match. “Do you remember how I got to this point Edge? Hell, do you remember how you got became so successful in your career? We busted our asses night after night to claw our way up to main event status. Brock comes in here and in his very first match is handed a shot at the biggest prize in wrestling. If he wants to go off and be an Ultimate Fighter, fine, but when he steps back in between these yellow ropes, he needs to show why he deserves a Title shot, not just be handed one by a guy in a suit who bows to his every wish. What happened to you man? And I thought we were friends. You didn’t give me one ounce of a heads up that he’d be here last week. The Edge I used to roll with would never have caved to...” But Styles is interrupted as Lesnar picks him up and sets him up again, before *BAM!* JR: “F5! F5! F5!” Lesnar has floored the Champion for a second week running, and he grins like a Cheshire cat again. Edge just stands there wide eyed, looking at the fallen Styles, as Lesnar pats him on the back and exits the ring. ♫Lesnar’s music♫ <<< click to play) hits as he walks back up the ramp. JR: “Brock Lesnar has F5’d AJ Styles two weeks in a row, and he will face him for the KWF Championship at the Royal Rumble.” Regal: “That will be brilliant, but how intriguing is this? Edge has turned his back on AJ Styles and hired Brock Lesnar as his muscle. I like this side of Edge. No longer playing favorites, which means AJ Styles won't be holding that Title for much longer.” JR: “Now hold on a minute, there is nothing to suggest Edge hired Lesnar for anything other than competition in the roster. He looks just as shocked as anyone that Lesnar’s floored AJ. I’ll tell you what though, executive decision or not, Styles is right to mention the queue that forms for the Title. Edge was very hush-hush on re-signing Lesnar, but this announcement of his Rumble Title shot won’t go down well with anyone else in the locker room, let alone the Champion.” Regal: “Well I for one can’t wait to see Brock against Styles at the Rumble. It was one F5 last week, a second today – a third at the Rumble and we’ll have a new World Champion. Haha, I can’t wait.” JR: “With the match aside, I’d sure love to get more answers from Edge. Remember folks, he led The Thundercats and he was very good friends with AJ. Now he’s dropped a bomb on him and I have to say, Styles has somewhat been left out in the cold.” Regal: “In an F5 tornado more like, haha.” JR: “Folks we'll hopefully get more answers as we approach the Rumble. It's gearing up to be one hell of a pay-per-view. We'll see you next week!” We fade out on the image of Edge looking down on Styles, with Lesnar smirking from the stage.

[kwfblogs]

KWF Wednesday Night Turmoil: 26th Dec. 2012 – Impact Zone. Orlando, FL.

We enter into a venue door that is labeled ‘Studio 66’. The camera man takes us through the halls to see a selection of TNA Wrestling memorabilia and soon we step Live into the Impact Zone where the fans are going wild for the first visit to TNA’s Impact Zone under Edge’s KWF management. Jim Ross and William Regal excitedly introduce us to the show. They remind us that KWF Champion AJ Styles finished Turmoil on top last week after defeating X-Division Champion Rey Mysterio. JR: “But tonight folks we’re in for a TNA classic. AJ’s going to be in action again and it’s going to be a main event against an old adversary of his, The Fallen Angel, Christopher Daniels!” Regal: “Mister Daniels has defeated CM Punk in his time here in the Keystone Wrestling Federation Jim, he’ll be champing at the bit to get in the ring with Styles tonight. I can’t wait, that’s going to be a brilliant match.” The comms tell that we also expect to see Velvet Sky in action tonight as the Beautiful Person is set to take on Eve Torres. And Jack Evans will face Alex Shelley in what should be an X-Division masterpiece.

With that, the fans in the Impact Zone stand and cheer as we hear the ♫music♫ <<< click to play) of the one and only Icon, and Sting makes his entrance. He comes down to the ring, much less serious and much less intense than he was at KWF Starrcade. JR: “He had his game face on that night folks. He came down from the rafters, he had his Crow-like black and white face paint on and he was more than ready for the battle with The Absolute Lashley.” Sting, now with a bit of color to his face paint, a ‘KWF Icon’ t-shirt on, gets handed a mic and addresses this ruckus audience. He says that it’s great to be in Orlando, but after Starrcade, he senses that there is a disturbance in The Dark Side and he wants to take this moment to talk to one man. Sting calls out The Absolute Lashley and eventually, after some waiting, Lashley does emerge and makes his way to the ring. Regal: “What’s Sting up to here Jim? He’s already beaten Lashley, surely he doesn’t want to anger this beast again?” JR: “Aww, I don’t know what Sting’s thinking, but remember William, Lashley attacked Sting to make an example out of him. Sting was supposed to be the lamb to the slaughter in Lashley’s attempts to prove to The UnderTaker that he was a worth-while apprentice. But things didn’t go to plan and as we know, Lashley lost the match to Sting. Why Sting wants to talk to Lashley now is beyond me. The beast is dangerous and Sting may have won one match against him, but given that The Absolute One has never said a word, I very much doubt he’d welcome a friendly chat from The Icon.” Lashley’s darkness upon the arena turns to regular lighting as he stands across the ring from Sting. Sting slowly steps toward him and looks him in the eyes. He backs off and slowly paces left to right as he speaks: “Christmas. I had a great one, I opened presents, I saw my kids’ faces when we gathered by the tree and I had a fantastic Christmas dinner from my beautiful wife. How was everyone’s Christmas in the Impact Zone?” The fans cheer as Sting looks toward them and we see Lashley turn his head slightly as well. Sting goes toward him: “Bobby, how was your Christmas?” There’s almost a gasp from the crowd as Regal whispers: “Really? He’s asking Lashley about his Christmas?! What is he doing?!” Sting steps away from Lashley and says that he once knew a of a guy who was fun-loving, a beast in stature, but an approachable guy, a nice guy, a man who had many friends in this business, including himself and KWF’s current General Manager Edge. Sting goes on: “But the reason I called you out here Bobby, the reason I asked you to stand here with me is to tell you that you are a man, no different to me, no different to any man who had a Christmas with his friends and family yesterday. You are a man, who is under the thumb of The UnderTaker.” Sting gives the audience a moment to respond as Lashley stands there without any motion. Sting tells him that he is being abused by The UnderTaker and he says that Taker no longer wants him as his apprentice, so he doesn’t have to take his punishment anymore: “You’re your own man Bobby, you can break out of The Dark Side, you can have a happy new year and I don’t know about you, but ladies and gentlemen, Bobby Lashley would have a very good chance of winning the Royal Rumble wouldn’t you think?” The fans cheer, but then we hear *BONG!* and immediately on the tron we see The UnderTaker remove his hood. His eyes are whitened, but then he looks at us properly and he says: “Bobby?... ha ha ha ha ha haa (his evil cackle from his Ministry days), there’s no Bobby Lashley. How dare you assume that there is even a soul within that shell of a man that stands before you Sting?... Lashley, Lashley! You turn and you look at me!” Lashley turns and steps toward the centre of the ring as Sting steps in front of him, almost trying to protect him. Sting: “You see, Lashley, you don’t have to go through this. You can handle Taker, you can handle anything man.” UnderTaker: “Silence! Sting. This is none of your concern and your manipulative ways are telling of the pathetic human nature that you have, that everyone in this arena has and all those at home. Lashley. Don’t you ever think that you have to be weak like all of the mindless souls that think that this is a time of giving. Shopping malls. High Street sales. Normality. Is that what you want? Is that the legacy you wish to fulfill as The Absolute One here in the KWF?! You are The Absolute Lashley! You bow to me!” Sting turns round to talk to Lashley again, but before he can say a word, Lashley lifts Sting and plants him with a Sitdown Spinebuster! The crowd boo like hell as Taker’s eyes whiten with his evil expression. The Absolute Lashley gets up and then bows toward The UnderTaker as the scene fades out.

We come back Live after commercials and the comms reflect on what just happened. They review replays of what Sting and Taker had said and again we see how Lashley was much more responsive to Taker than he was to Sting. Regal: “The manner of that Sitdown Spinebuster was a clear message that Lashley is still The UnderTaker’s student.” JR: “Sure, but William, this whole time, ever since The UnderTaker returned at Survivor Series, he’s been telling Lashley that he was unworthy of being his apprentice. Taker said that he was disappointed with Lashley’s progress and he stated that he no longer wanted Lashley as his student. Lashley’s taken his words and chosen not to fight back whenever Taker has attacked him. Now, Sting tries to bring out the human side of Lashley, tries to remind him that the soul of Bobby Lashley is still in there and then UnderTaker commands a response from him and then Lashley bows?! I don’t get it. What does UnderTaker want here, what is he trying to achieve? One moment he tells Lashley he doesn’t want him, then the next he reminds him that he is The Absolute One? What’s The UnderTaker thinking?” Regal: “Well don’t look at me, I’m not asking him. I’ll tell you this though Jim, Sting made the fans smile in thinking about Christmas, but there was no humanity there from Lashley. The beast was like a dark hole without any emotional response. Taker made his presence known and it was lights out for The Icon. Wow, Lashley may be suffering his Master’s wrath, but it may just be a case of tough love and it seems to be working. That Sitdown Spinebuster was devastating.”

♫Funk is on a roll, Funk is on a roll…♫ <<< click to play) out comes Naomi, out comes Cameron and they’re dancing and swinging their arms as they are then joined by the Funkadelic Brodus Clay! The audience’s mood lightens and they cheer, chant and dance as Brodus and his Funkadactylls make their way to the ring. His opponent, Wade Barrett makes his entrance along with fellow British Invasion member Layla. Regal: “Ahh Layla, what a fine example of the female species.” Barrett looks as if he means business as he gets into the ring. Brodus has a smile on his face as JR says that this will be an intense battle between two polar opposites. Regal: “Yeah, Brodus is a bear. One of those grizzly ones that finds it hard to pick fish out of the water. My man Barrett is a titan, a God, and he’s going to slaughter this bear right here.” JR: “Impartial as always William.”

Brodus Clay vs. Wade Barrett w/ Layla

The bell rings and at ringside we see the happy pair of Cameron and Naomi bounce and cheer with the fans and they give a friendly wave to Layla. She rolls her eyes and shakes her head, plotting herself by the ring apron and saying “Come on Wade!” Barrett sets to lock up with Clay and he’s smart, breaking the lock right away and punching hard at Brodus’ gut. He hits closed fisted right hands and the referee warns him, but Brodus then has a big smile on his face and he claps his hands around Barrett’s head. The fans cheer as Clay plants a knee in Barrett’s stomach and then clobbers him right over his back. Regal: “That’s no way to treat a God.” JR: “God, is what you see Barrett as William, perceived to be this holy being because he leads your old faction, the British Invasion. Brodus Clay is a mammoth of an opponent and Barrett’s finding out first hand that one can’t take Clay lightly here.” Cameron and Naomi cheer as Clay decks Barrett and covers, but Barrett gets a shoulder up at One and a half. Barrett fights back to his feet, using his bare-knuckle style to try and overcome Clay. However, Brodus is strong and he uses the fans’ momentum in his favor. He hits a running high knee from off the ropes. He says “Sheeeeee!” as he then grabs Barrett and says “Suplex!” as he lifts him high up and over his head. Barrett hits the canvas hard, but uses his experience to roll on momentum and get himself out of the ring. He regroups by Layla, but she has to back off as the Funkasaurus comes out to ringside. Clay stalks Barrett, but Wade makes his way round the ring quickly. Clay turns toward Layla and smiles as he jiggles his body. The fans laugh as Layla seems disgusted. Barrett is smart though, using this time to recover and then charge at Clay from behind with his Bull-Hammer elbow! Clay is knocked down by the apron and he’s on dream street as Barrett then picks up his weight, showing his impressive strength as he gets Clay back in the ring, slides himself in for the cover and Brodus is irresponsive as Barrett gets the Three.

Winner: Wade Barrett.

Barrett slides out of the ring and regroups with Layla. She raises his hand and Regal talks up Barrett and his ruthlessness to take out Clay like that. JR says that Barrett caught Clay with his back turned, and he took full advantage. Regal says that both these men will be in the Royal Rumble match, but Barrett will be going in at number 30 and that makes him a certain favorite: “Wade could be the first Brit to win the Royal Rumble! It’s going to be a brilliant pay-per-view Jim, and imagine what a way it will be to start 2013 for Wade. Yes, yes, it’s going to be Wade’s year, the British Invasion will prosper!” Barrett exits to boos as Cameron and Naomi check on Clay.

It's time for our weekly reminder of all the action that went down on Turmoil seven days ago. On last week's show, Eric Young was given an opportunity to shine against Cody Rhodes, there was fallout from Starrcade as Konnan and Rey Mysterio were informed that Jack Evans would be getting another shot at Mysterio's X-Division Title at the upcoming Royal Rumble. Daniels and Kazarian took on The Usos, and then one of them made a suggestion that they set their sights a little higher. Women's Champion AJ Lee went up against Natalya, Intercontinental Champion Randy Orton went one on one with Kofi Kingston, and in the main event, as punishment for the actions of Konnan the previous Sunday, Rey Mysterio was made to face The Phenomenal KWF World Champion AJ Styles! To fully catch up, read December 19th’s Turmoil by clicking right HERE!

Back Live in the main arena, Santino Marella’s music hits and the fans cheer. However, before he emerges, the music changes to Jingle Bells, and we're joined in the Impact Zone by none other than Santa Claus. He makes his way down the ramp handing presents to the fans in attendance. He is followed by an elf, or namely, Hornswoggle in an elf hat and curly toed boots. JR: “My goodness, it's Santa-ino. He may be a day late, but he's bringing glad tidings of good cheer to these fans here in the Impact Zone!” Regal: “Bah humbug. If Santa wants to step into a KWF ring, he better be ready to bring more than just crappy presents.” Santa-ino gets in the ring and throws wrapped gifts around the arena, even lobbing a couple to JR and Regal. JR opens his and gets a jar of his own BBQ sauce. “Thank you Santa-ino! Sauce it!” Regal opens his and gets a lump of coal and a One Direction CD. He throws the CD away and keeps the coal. Santa-ino gets on the mic. “Ho-ho-ho, and that is not just a description of some of the KWF Chickolates in the back. Merry Christmas to all and one. I am Santa-ino, and I am here to help the KWF to celebrate the annual holiday that celebrates the birth of Arnold, Arnold Christ.” Hornswoggle whispers in his ear. “Oh sorry, 'Our Lord'... Our Lord Arnold Christ. Now who in this Impact Zone had a Merry Christmas!?” The fans all cheer. “Oh goody, well we're hoping to make it just a little bit better by handing out these wonderful presents...” Santa-ino is interrupted: ♫Awesome! I came to play!♫ <<< click to play). The Miz comes out and starts walking slowly down the ramp with a mic in hand. “Well, well, well. Here I thought it was going to be Santa Claus who was going to make a special appearance tonight, but all we got lumbered with was a turkey.” The fans boo as Miz steps into the ring. “You know, on Christmas Day I sat down with my gorgeous girlfriend, you all know who she is, and we watched a Christmas Carol. I couldn't help but be reminded of this company with every scene. First of all there was this complete moron called Bob Cratchit who tries to sponge off of his boss at Christmas. He's a needy, greedy, ungrateful simpleton, and he reminded me very much of all of these fans in the Impact Zone.” Those same fans boo him. “Then there was a hideous ghost of someone who used to matter, someone Marley, and well, he reminded me of JR.” Regal laughs. Hornswoggle makes noises at Miz, seemingly ordering him out of the ring. Miz looks down on him with disdain. “Well, well, if it isn't Tiny Tim.” Santa-ino has had enough and says “Look Miz, you are being naughty not nice, but I do actually have a present in this sack for you.” Miz is intrigued, as Santa-ino reaches in, but he pulls out his hand with the Cobra over it, and goes to hit Miz, but he grabs Hornswoggle and threatens to hit him with the mic. There is a standoff as The Cobra looks at Santa-ino and then again at The Miz, who grins: “Go on Santa, I dare you!” However, with that we hear the voice of Edge as the KWF General Manager comes up on the tron. He warns Miz and commands him to let og og Hornswoggle. He even jokingly tells Santa-ino and the Cobra to back down. He goes on: “Instead of Miz ruining what’s left of Christmas for all you fans, Miz, you’re going to have a match – against the Hardcore Champion!” ♫It's a shame that they lost their heads, a careless man could wind up dead!♫ <<< click to play). Miz panics and JR says “Thank your stars you only got coal William, this naughty Miz is going to get the beating of his life for Christmas. He has to face the the Celtic Warrior!” Regal: “To be fair, I would have been a much better behaved child if that had been the punishment for being on the naughty list.” We head to commercial.

The Miz vs. Sheamus w/ Santa-ino and Hornswoggle

When we return, the match has begun and surprisingly, Miz is on top. He is cocky enough to think he can beat the Hardcore Champion, and we are shown on split screen how Sheamus came out of the ring to get him during the break, but Miz used Regal's coal to crack the Irishman in the head. The bell didn't ring until they were both in the squared circle, and so there was no disqualification. JR: “Sheamus is used to getting hit with foreign objects and he didn’t hesitate to get in the ring to have this match officially begin.” We can see as we come back to the action that Sheamus has a black mark on his head from the coal. Miz is working over the legs by stomping the ankles and knees. JR reminds us that Miz has just come off the back of a loss to Randy Orton at Starrcade, and perhaps has an opportunity to put his name forward for a future Hardcore Title shot if he can win tonight. He has Sheamus in a headlock, but gets pushed against the ropes. As he rebounds back, the Celtic Warrior attempts a Brogue Kick, but Miz ducks and stops behind him, trying to lock on the Skull-Crushing Finale, but Sheamus elbows him away. Miz then runs into a belly-to-belly suplex. Sheamus gets up and looks like he means business now. He works Miz over with his arsenal of moves, including the Irish Curse backbreaker and White Noise, getting a near fall off the latter. Santa-ino and Hornswoggle watch from ringside, cheering the Hardcore Champion on. Sheamus beats his chest and shouts “Fellaaaa!” as the fans cheer him, and Miz is up. Sheamus beats his chest again and shouts “Brogue! Brogue! Brogue!” He goes for another Brogue Kick, but again Miz escapes, before hitting a chop bloc and flooring the Great White. He hits a series of elbows, and then some frantic shots to the head. He moves Sheamus into the corner and goes for a face wash, but Sheamus moves at the last second and Miz straddles the middle rope. He is in pain and stumbles back into the middle of the ring where *BAM!* he gets floored with a Brogue Kick! Sheamus covers and gets One, Two and Three.

Winner: Sheamus.

Sheamus celebrates his win as Santa-ino and Hornswoggle join him in the ring. Santa-ino reaches into his sack and pulls out one last gift. He hands it to Sheamus, who says “For me?! Aww, thanks Santa!” He hugs him tightly, almost causing Santa-ino to choke. He unwraps the present and his face lights up as he pulls out two cans of Guinness. “Oh wow! Now it's Christmas!” He heads to the middle ropes, before opening both cans, shouting “Fella!” again and crashing them together Stone Cold style, before pouring the contents of both cans into his mouth. His face is covered in Guinness as he wipes his eyes and celebrates further with Santa-ino and Hornswoggle.

We come to a video package featuring The Viper, The Apex Predator, The Intercontinental Champion, Randy Orton. We see action from his career from his beginnings in the WWE, his move into Evolution, his first WWE Championship, his rivalries with Triple H, The UnderTaker and John Cena, and then into his KWF career including his participation in the Evolution Triple Threat match at WrestleMania, his participation in Money in the Bank the next year and then his victory in a Fatal-4-Way at this year's event where he became Intercontinental Champion. We hear his voice over the video saying what the IC Title means to him, and how he wants to become the greatest Intercontinental Champ of all time. He lost the Title to Christian in controversial circumstances and was put on the injured shelf as a result. However, he returned to win another shot after picking up a briefcase in the Feast of Fired match at Casino Warfare and cashed it in at Survivor Series, where he bested Christian and Mr. Anderson in a Triple Threat to win back his coveted Title. We see several RKO's from The Viper, before his name flashes across the screen and he says “My name is Randy Orton! And I will become the greatest Intercontinental Champion of all time!”

When we return from commercial, we are ready for Chick action as the ♫music of The Beautiful People!♫ <<< click to play) hits and the duo make their sultry way to the ring. Regal: “Oh boy, a Christmas treat for me! Oh, check it out. I got this Christmas card from Taz.” As the BP make their entry into the ring by shaking their behinds on the middle rope, Regal opens the card and we hear Taz's voice say “Let the pigeons loose!” Regal: “Haha, I knew I'd be able to make use of that.” Eve Torres enters and JR states that this should be a compelling match as Velvet Sky prepares to face Eve.

Velvet Sky w/ Angelina Love vs. Eve Torres

They lock up and Eve starts to get the better of things as she snapmares Velvet over, before a dropkick to the back of the head. JR: “Both of these Chick's will be looking to impress tonight as Edge is still yet to determine who will be the number one contender for AJ Lee's Women's Championship. Eve has never been Champion in the KWF, and she'll see the run up to the Royal Rumble as a good a time as any to force herself to the front of the queue for a Title shot.” Regal: “I hope any Chick gets that Belt from AJ. She may look normal on KWF Blogs, but I've seen her on House Shows. She's a total whackjob!” JR: “I believe she prefers to be known as 'misunderstood'.” Regal: “I had a cousin who was 'misunderstood'. He now lives in a warden-controlled flat with his imaginary sock puppet Cecil.” The match has gone back and forth as Eve shows some promise, but then makes an error that allows Velvet back in. Angelina is also proving a distraction as ever, but Torres hits a high kick to the head of Sky, before shaking her butt and hitting a standing moonsault. She covers, but gets only Two. Regal: “I love that move. Perhaps I should incorporate it into my moveset if I ever make a comeback.” JR: “I will pay you one thousand dollars if you promise never to do so.” Regal: “Deal!” Meanwhile back to the action, Angelina Love is cheering on her BFF, who is starting to control things now. She fires Eve into the corner, and then follows up with a handstand followed by a leap, but Eve moves, before clotheslining Sky down. Torres signals and then goes to the top rope. She is set for the moonsault, but as she dives off, Velvet is pulled out the way by Love and Eve crashes and burns. Velvet picks her up and nails her with the Beauty Mark double-knee backbreaker, then gets the Three-count.

Winner: Velvet Sky.

JR: “Well as per usual they used the numbers game to win, but a win it is nonetheless for Velvet Sky and she, along with her tag team partner, will be hoping to be next in line for a shot at AJ Lee's Women's Title.” Regal: “They both have as good an argument as anyone for a shot. In the meantime I don't mind doing some scouting of the Chick Division, you know, if Edge needs the extra pair of hands, err, eyes.” JR: “You keep those hands to yourself William.” The Beautiful People celebrate up the ramp.

We go backstage as we see Why So Serious’ Kelly Kelly in an old TNA pod. She’s in there with a pole and she’s dancing. The camera pans to go round the pod and we see Frankie Kazarian standing there, enjoying the free show. Kaz looks mesmerized and moments later, Gambit comes along and stands right next to him, staring at Kelly’s ‘movements’. Kaz is taken aback when he realizes that Gambit’s there, but LeBeau says: “Yeah, I do this a lot too.” Kaz nervously says: “Err I wasn’t, I mean… errr…” Gambit ignores him and steps toward the pod. He reaches his hand in and helps Kelly step out of it. Gambit: “You alright hon’?” She turns to see Kaz: “Yeah, fine. Who’s that?” Gambit smiles: “Someone taking free view. No one important.” Gambit puts his arm around his girl and she around his waist and they walk off together.

At ringside we see that Alex Shelley has just made his entrance and we get set for some X-Division action. They reflect on what just occurred backstage and Regal says: “Those TNA pods, didn’t they used to have dancers in them? Sort of like when WCW had the Nitro Girls?” JR: “That’s right William and it seems that Kelly Kelly may have been having withdrawal symptoms. She was dancing on a pole in San Francisco all the while Why So Serious weren’t in the KWF. She must’ve seen that pod today and felt like having a little, shall we say, stretch?” Regal: “Maybe Jim, but did you see how Gambit belittled Kazarian like that? How disrespectful. Kelly as well, she didn’t even know who Kaz was.” JR: “It’s interesting William because just last week on Turmoil we overheard Kaz and his tag partner Christopher Daniels talk about possibly going to Edge to ask for a Tag Title shot. Kaz was against the idea because he said that challenging Gambit and Joker now wasn’t a good idea in terms of timing and given that Why So Serious usually wrestle 5-on-2. I wonder whether Kaz has changed his mind now?” Regal: “Probably not Jim. Did you see how laa-laa he was when he saw Kelly bend in the way she did? If she’s at ringside in a Tag Title bout, how’s Kaz going to focus?” ♫Jack Evans’ music♫ <<< click to play) hits and the fans cheer loudly for the entrance of the number one contender to the X-Division Title.

Alex Shelley vs. Jack Evans

The bell rings and these two clap hands to mark their respect for one another. They circle and then lock up. Evans with a quick go-behind. He tries a waistlock takedown, but Shelley counters and spins away from him to land on his feet. They collide with a lock up again, this time Shelley taking control with a side headlock. He pushes Evans away and grabs his arm, twisting it and wrenching it. Evans however uses his athleticism to handspring off the canvas, dance out of the move and then counter with a sharp dropkick right on the jaw of his opponent. The fans ‘Ohhhh’ on the connection and Evans covers, but Shelley kicks out at Two. The comms agree that Jack Evans has been soaring to superstardom since his KWF debut. They reiterate how he pushed Rey Mysterio to the limit at Starrcade and come Rumble, Evans will get another shot at Rey, and this time it will be one on one with no Konnan at ringside. We watch as Evans and Shelley up the pace of the match and they go back and forth, exciting the crowd and making them gasp at their array of moves. JR: “This is a fitting match put on by Edge. We’re in the Impact Zone for the first time in almost two years and Evans and Shelley are putting on a clinic.” Regal: “Yes and it’s better than the jibberish X-Division wrestling TNA House Shows currently put on, I’m just saying.” Shelley is on the ring apron. He runs along it and, climbs to the top turnbuckle and he measures as he sets to leap off. However, as he balances, we watch as Evans runs to meet Shelley up there, he instantly grabs Shelley by the neck and he digs his knees into Shelley’s gut and flips backward while keeping hold of his opponent! Shelley’s taken almost in a modified Monkey Flip to the canvas, but there’s no ‘flip’ on Shelley as Evans keeps hold of him and follows through with the knees right into Shelley’s gut on connection with the canvas! The crowd go absolutely bananas for the move as the comms review replays. JR: “Good God almighty! What a move from Jack Evans, another spectacular show from this kid.” Regal: “He’s not a kid, he’s a bloody veteran if anything. My my, what a move though, we haven’t seen that one from him before.” Evans covers after he gathers himself, but Shelley kicks out after Two. The comms agree that this is a great opportunity for Shelley, reminding us that he has very much been a tag team superstar here in the KWF. JR: “He’s teamed with Chris Sabin as the Motorcity Machine Guns and with Samoa Joe as well. The Guns never had a chance at KWF Tag Gold because of both his and Sabin’s injuries, but now, with Sabin indefinitely out of the industry, Shelley can focus on himself and try and climb the KWF X-Division ladder.” Shelley indeed puts on a great show, hitting Evans with a Hammerlock Legsweep DDT into an instant cover, but he only gets Two. He attempts a frog splash, but Evans gets his knees up. Evans comes back with a cartwheel kick, a tornado DDT and he gets Two as well. Back and forth they go and Shelley regains control, attempting a Shellshock, but Evans handsprings out of it. He runs up the turnbuckles and “Ahhhh!” yell both the comms as Evans leaps off to perform the Phoenix Frankensteiner! He gets to his feet immediately afterward, runs against the ropes and comes back to jump and nail a running 450 splash! He hooks the leg and the crowd count with the ref, ‘One!’ ‘Two!’ and ‘Three!’

Winner: Jack Evans.

The fans stand and applaud, an amazing match and the comms agree that they could’ve watched that one go on for days. Evans has his hand raised and we see him pat Shelley on the back as the former Machine Gun rolls out of the ring. We see numerous replays of the action, but then, back in the ring we see that Konnan and Rey Mysterio are there. Konnan’s on mic and he’s barking at Evans to get out of Rey’s ring. JR: “This is so disrespectful. Rey and Konnan did this to Evans after his match against Low-ki last month.” Regal: “Mysterio’s got nothing to apologize for Jim. He’s the X-Division Champion and after losing to Styles last week, Rey should be allowed to come out here and say his piece.” JR: “He probably is allowed, he’s probably got time set aside for him by Edge, but to come out and directly disrupt Evans’ celebrations, that’s a blatant act of mistreatment toward Evans. Rey and Konnan know exactly what they’re doing.” Just like on Turmoil of November 28th, Evans sets to respectfully exit the ring – but wait, he turns back on the apron and springboards to leap right back into the ring and nail a double dropkick! One leg on Rey and the other on Konnan! Both Rey and Konnan are hit with so much force that the momentum takes them out of the ring. Evans’ is excited as the fans cheer for him, and they cheer even louder as he picks up Mysterio’s X-Division Title! Evans raises the Belt as Regal says: “the Belt is Mysterio’s property, Evans, get your hands off it!” JR: “Haha, that serves Rey and Konnan right and remember about the Rumble William, Mysterio won’t have Konnan at ringside to watch his back. It’ll be Rey vs. Evans one on one ladies and gentlemen, and I can’t wait. Evans could raise the Title as Champion at the Royal Rumble!”

We come to a dark video. It pans out and we see smoke around a floor. All of a sudden, a body flies into the smoke from above and crashes to the floor, then another, then several more. It's raining bodies as the camera pans up to a wrestling ring, where a shadowy figure is launching people over-the-top rope. A voiceover says “Thirty men enter... one man heads to the main event of KWF WrestleMania!” We then come to images of the past three KWF Royal Rumbles, showing Samoa Joe winning in 2010, The Icon Sting triumphing in 2011 and then The Phenomenal AJ Styles emerging victorious this year. The video comes back to the shadowy man tossing people from the ring. He turns to the camera and we cannot determine who it is, but the shot slowly zooms into his face, and all we can see are his eyes. A question mark appears over his head, and we see quick action of the likes of King Dolph, Wade Barrett, Kurt Angle, Sting, Joe, Bryan, Zack Ryder, Panther, John Cena, Rob Van Dam and many more. The screen goes back to the smoking floor, where we see a graphic: KWF Royal Rumble, coming January 20th 2013.

We’re back Live and ♫Christopher Daniels’ music♫ <<< click to play) hits as we come to our main event of the evening. The comms tell that Daniels has recently been teaming with Frankie Kazarian and the two of them are considering a challenge for the Tag Title Gold. Tonight it’s about singles competition though and KWF General Manager Edge has made this our main event, putting on a TNA-style classic for this Impact Zone audience. Daniels is cocky as he enters and through the camera he says “I’m gonna beat you AJ! It’s my night tonight!” The fans boo Daniels as he poses in the ring, but then there’s a roar as the Impact Zone goes wild for the appearance of the KWF World Heavyweight Champion: ♫Get Ready To Fly!♫ <<< click to play).

Christopher Daniels vs. AJ Styles

The two eyeball one another and JR says: “We can see just by their expressions that this contest is a case of ‘you think you know me’, no pun intended with reference to Edge, our GM.” Regal: “Oh absolutely Jim. There have been many cases of ex-friends and ex-partners facing off in our KWF ring. We had Edge vs. Christian. We’ve had Sabu against RVD, The Miz against John Morrison and more recently, The Absolute Lashley versus Panther.” JR: “KWF classics William, and this one should be a classic right here.” The two lock up and try to force one another against the ropes, but both of them keep hold of the lock and neither man backs down. Daniels cleverly holds his arms up while Styles has him cornered. The referee backs AJ off saying “let him outta the corner.” AJ steps away, but Daniels tries to poke a thumb in his eye – but AJ catches his hand. Styles smiles as Daniels quickly grabs him with his free arm. He puts on a headlock, but AJ pushes him off toward the ropes. Daniels comes back and jumps over Styles as he hits the canvas. Daniels goes against the far ropes, comes back and *BAM* standing dropkick by AJ and he spreads his arms to pose for the fans. JR: “Now that’s Phenomenal! AJ Styles to a T ladies and gentlemen and our World Champion is not to be toyed with.” AJ goes back at Daniels, maybe to attempt a cover, but Daniels gets himself by the ropes and uses them for leverage, allowing him to counter AJ and yank him through the ropes. AJ goes through, but lands on his feet. Daniels gets up and runs against the far ropes to come back for a baseball slide, but Styles pulls up the ring apron and Daniels is all tangled up. AJ smiles again as Daniels waves his arms, telling to back off because he can’t defend himself. Styles decides against Daniels’ wishes. He punches him in the gut, kicks his chest with his left foot and then jumps to volley him right in the back of the head and Daniels becomes even more tangled as he falls into the apron. The crowd cheer the Champ and he waves his arms to them again. The referee tells him to get back in the ring while he helps Daniels out of his predicament and we go to our final commercial break of the night.

When we come back we see that Daniels has AJ in the middle of the ring, grounded with a body scissor submission. The comms take us through replays of what occurred during the break and we see that Daniels had got himself back in the match with a DDT on AJ, right on the apron. Regal: “That’s the toughest part of the canvas and that really shifted the momentum of the match and now Daniels is in control.” AJ fights out of the body scissor, elbowing Daniels off him and now both men get back to their feet. Styles hits Daniels with a punch. Daniels comes back with a backchop. Then AJ hits him with a backchop. Daniels with a backchop, back and forth they go and AJ then sets for a kick. However, Daniels catches his leg. He smirks, but AJ lifts his other leg up by Daniels’ neck. This causes Daniels to let go of the held leg and AJ instantly lifts it to put it by the other side of Daniels’ neck and in one swift movement, AJ snaps Daniels over with a hurracanranna! JR: “Jesus, what a move that was!” Regal: “How he pulls these moves off is beyond me, goodness me.” Styles goes over to Daniels for the cover, gets One, Two – but a kick-out from Daniels and this match goes on. Styles gets his opponent back to his feet and hits him with a couple of rights before running against the ropes. However, before he can forge an attack, Daniels takes him down with an STO! A huge move and the momentum shifts again. Daniels with the cover this time, gets One, Two – he may beat the Champ, but no – Styles kicks out, right at the last second. Daniels complains to the referee, who says it was close, but not a Three. Daniels gets to his feet. He pulls AJ in position and then goes to the turnbuckles. He leaps, second turnbuckle, the top one, BME – but no, he lands on his feet because AJ’s up and as Daniels looks up toward Styles *BAM* Pele! Pele out of nothing! The fans go wild as AJ then quickly goes to the top turnbuckle. He leaps off and performs an outstanding Spiral Tap! An instant cover and this time it’s One! Two! And Threeeeee!

Winner: AJ Styles.

♫Get Ready To Fly!♫ <<< click to play) AJ’s music hits and the fans go wild for yet another main event performance, yet another spectacular show put on by our KWF World Heavyweight Champion. The referee raises AJ’s hand and the comms review replays, showing us how to and fro this match went. JR: “What a match William. Last week AJ faced the X-Division’s Champion and won. Tonight, against another X-Division competitor, I didn’t think we would see a contest that could top his match against Mysterio, but boy, this match was just as great.” Regal: “Indeed Jim and I must say that I applaud AJ as well. It’s not easy being the World Champion and have the heavyweights after you all the time, but to willingly take on the challenges of athletes that are just as fast, just as agile, Styles is proving that he’s a Champion on all levels. I’m mightily impressed this evening. AJ’s beaten CM Punk, Rey Mysterio and Chris Daniels in a matter of two weeks.” We watch Daniels walk off down the side of the ramp while Styles continues celebrating in the ring. ♫Music hits♫ <<< click to play) and AJ’s celebrations are cut short. He looks toward the stage and the crowd are stunned as we see the appearance of the one and only Brock Lesnar! Regal: “What the?” JR: “Lesnar?! Brock Lesnar’s here?! Back in the KWF!?” Lesnar marches down to the ring, no acknowledgment of the crowd and his eyes, his eyes are fixed on AJ Styles. The referee dives out of the ring as Lesnar marches toward Styles. AJ doesn’t back down, not an inch, but he’s just been in a main event match, he’s vulnerable. Lesnar looks down at AJ’s hands. He sees the KWF Championship Belt and in an instant, Lesnar pounces on Styles’ vulnerability and he lifts AJ atop his shoulders to spin him off in mid-air and plant him with an almighty F5! The fans are absolutely stunned and the comms silenced as the final Turmoil of 2012 fades out on Brock Lesnar standing over AJ Styles.